Document Number Title Most Recent 

Publication Date

Scope Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3 Sector 4 Contents

ARINC 654 ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN 

GUIDELINES FOR 

INTEGRATED MODULAR 

AVIONICS PACKAGING AND 

INTERFACES

9/12/1994 Refers electromagnetic 

compatibility, shielding, 

thermal management, 

vibration and shock of IMA 

systems. Emphasis is placed 

both on the design of IMA 

components and their 

electrical, optical and electromechanical interfaces.

Transportation Systems 1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Objectives

1.2 Scope

1.3 References

2.0 VIBRATION AND SHOCK

2.1 Introduction

2.2 Vibration and Shock Isolation

3.0 THERMAL CONSIDERATIONS

3.1 Thermal Management

3.1.1 Electronic System Thermal 

Design Objectives

3.1.2 Design Condition Definitions

3.1.3 Air Flow

3.1.4 Fully Enclosed and FlowThrough Cooling

3.1.5 Thermal Design Conditions

3.1.6 Cooling Hole Sizes - Limit Cases

3.2 Electronic Parts Application

3.3 Ambient Temperatures

3.4 Equipment Sidewall 

Temperature

3.5 LRM Thermal Appraisal

3.6 Thermal Interface Information

3.7 Materials for Thermal Design

4.0 DESIGN LIFE

4.1 Operational Design Life

4.2 Failure Modes

 f l/ ARINC 666 ITEM 7.0 Encryption and 

Authentication

2002 Information Technology 

ATIS 0300100 IP NETWORK DISASTER 

RECOVERY FRAMEWORK

1/12/2009 Pertains to enumerate 

potential proactive or 

automatic policy-driven 

network traffic management 

actions that should be 

performed prior to, during, 

and immediately following 

disaster conditions.

Information Technology Emergency Services 
ATIS 0300202 Internetwork Operations 

Guidelines for Network 

Management of the Public 

Telecommunications 

Networks under Disaster 

Conditions

1/11/2009 Describes the cooperative 

network management 

actions (that may be) 

required of interconnected 

network operators during 

emergency conditions 

associated with disasters 

that threaten life or property 

and case congestion in the 

public telecommunications 

networks.

Information Technology Emergency Services communications

ATIS 0300202A SUPPLEMENT TO ATIS 

T1.202, INTERNETWORK 

OPERATIONS - GUIDELINES 

FOR NETWORK 

MANAGEMENT OF THE 

PUBLIC 

TELECOMMUNICATIONS 

NETWORKS UNDER DISASTER 

CONDITIONS, TO CLARIFY 

CALL PRECEDENCE STRATEGY 

IN CLAUSE 5.3

1/8/2005 This supplement replaces 

clause 5.3 of T1.202-2004.

Information Technology Emergency Services communications

ATIS 0300211 Information Interchange - 

Structure and Coded 

Representation of National 

Security and Emergency 

Preparedness (NS/EP) 

Telecommunications Service 

Priority (TSP) Codes for the 

North Telecommunications 

System

5/10/2012 Defines the specifications, 

characteristics, and values of 

the National 

Security/Emergency 

Preparedness (NS/EP) 

Telecommunications Service 

Priority code used by the 

NS/EP Telecommunications 

Service Priority System (TSP) 

and telecommunication 

service vendors providing 

NS/EP services.

Information Technology Emergency Services communications 1 SCOPE & PURPOSE

2 NORMATIVE REFERENCES

3 DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, & 

ACRONYMS

4 GENERAL

5 DATA ELEMENTS

6 CODE SET VALUES

7 FORMAT STRUCTURES

8 CODE SET MAINTENANCE

A ROLE OF TSP IN AN NGN/IP 

ENVIRONMENT
ATIS 0300211A INFORMATION 

INTERCHANGE - STRUCTURE 

AND CODED 

REPRESENTATION OF 

NATIONAL SECURITY AND 

EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS 

(NS/EP) 

TELECOMMUNICATIONS 

SERVICE PRIORITY (TSP) 

CODES FOR THE NORTH 

AMERICAN 

TELECOMMUNICATIONS 

SYSTEM

1/5/2007 Information Technology Emergency Services communications

ATIS 0500002 Emergency Services 

Messaging Interface (ESMI)

2008(R2013) Describes protocols and 

message sets for use in the 

Emergency Services 

Messaging Interface.

Information Technology Emergency Services communications

ATIS 0500006 Emergency Information 

Services Interfaces (EISI) ALI 

Service

2008(R2013) Describes protocols and 

message sets for used in the 

ESNet in order to 

communicate between 

Entities Consuming 

Emergency Services (ECES) 

and Entities Providing 

Emergency Services (EPES).

Information Technology Emergency Services communications

ATIS 0500007 Emergency Information 

Services Interface (EISI) 

Implemented with Web 

Services

2008(R2013) Covers standards for an 

Emergency Information 

Services Interface (EISI) in 

the Emergency Services 

Network (ESNet). It specifies 

protocols and message sets 

for use in the ESNet in order 

to communicate between 

Entities Consuming 

Emergency Services (ECES) 

and Entities Providing 

Emergency Services (EPES).

Information Technology Emergency Services communications
ATIS 0600317 Uniform Language for 

Accessing Power Plants 

Human-Machine Language

1993(R2013) Defines a command 

language that permits a 

uniform method of 

communicating with power 

systems in a 

telecommunications 

environment. This standard 

specifically addresses 

command language 

elements necessary for 

human-to-machine 

communication with systems 

that monitor and control 

power equipment.

Information Technology Energy communications

ATIS-0600334 Electrical Protection of 

Communications Towers and 

Associated Structures

1/5/2013 Specifies the minimum 

electrical protection, 

grounding, and bonding 

criteria necessary to mitigate 

the disruptive and damaging 

effects of lightning.

Energy Communications

ATIS-0700010 CMAS via EPS Public Warning 

System Specification

1/1/2013 Specifies the use of the 

Evolved Packet System (EPS) 

Public Warning System 

(PWS) for the broadcast of 

CMAS messages and includes 

the mapping of CMAS 

application level messages to 

the Cell Broadcast Center 

(CBC) message structure as 

used within the EPS.

Communications Emergency Services Societal 
ATIS-0700015 IMPLEMENTATION OF 3GPP 

COMMON IMS EMERGENCY 

PROCEDURES FOR IMS 

ORIGINATION AND 

ESINET/LEGACY SELECTIVE 

ROUTER TERMINATION

1/3/2014 Defines North American 

emergency call handling 

procedures in an IMS-based 

origination network 

(including steps taken by the 

originating device and 

network elements) and 

routing of such calls to a 

terminating ESInet or to a 

legacy Selective Router.

Emergency Services Communications Information Technology 

ATIS-1000650 ISDN - USAGE OF THE CAUSE 

INFORMATION ELEMENT IN 

DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER 

SIGNALING SYSTEM NUMBER 

1 (DSS1)

1995(R2010) Describes the usage, format, 

and encoding of the cause 

information element within 

the context of the Digital 

Subscriber Signaling System 

Number 1 (DSS1) of an 

Integrated Services Digital 

Network (ISDN).

Information Technology 

AAMA 510 VOLUNTARY GUIDE 

SPECIFICATION FOR BLAST 

HAZARD MITIGATION FOR 

FENESTRATION SYSTEMS

Establishes system 

performance classifications 

that can be expected to 

reduce the hazards resulting 

from a prescribed blast load.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AAMA 512 VOLUNTARY SPECIFICATIONS 

FOR TORNADO HAZARD 

MITIGATING FENESTRATION 

PRODUCTS

Applies for existing test 

methods and other 

procedures to qualify 

windows and other glazed 

fenestration products 

tornado hazard mitigation. 

Also presents a system for 

rating the ability of windows 

to withstand impact, 

pressure cycling, and water 

penetration generally 

associated with tornado 

conditions.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
AAMA 907 VOLUNTARY SPECIFICATION 

FOR CORROSION RESISTANT 

COATINGS ON CARBON STEEL 

COMPONENTS

Includes requirements for 

corrosion resistant coatings 

on carbon steels used for 

hardware components in 

window, door, and skylight 

applications.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Transportation Systems 

AAMA AMC-1 ALUMINUM: THE TOTAL 

SOLUTION FOR SUSTAINABLE, 

STRONG AND EFFICIENT 

COMMERCIAL BUILDING 

DESIGN

Defines why aluminum has 

been the material of choice 

in commercial construction 

for many years, specifically 

focusing on: aluminums 

freedom of design, finishes 

(anodized and liquid and 

powder coating, thermal 

barriers (polyurethane 

systems and polyamide), 

sustainability and 

recyclability, cost advantages 

and cooling costs, and 

strength to weight ratio.

Commercial Facilities 

AAMA 506 Voluntary Specifications for 

Impact and Cycle Testing of 

Fenestration Products 

2011 Designed to provide a 

system for rating the ability 

of windows, doors, skylights 

and sliding glass doors to 

withstand impact and 

pressure cycling generally 

associated with hurricane 

conditions.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
AAMA 512 Voluntary Specifications for 

Tornado Hazard Mitigating 

Fenestration Products 

2011 This specification uses 

existing test methods and 

other procedures to qualify 

windows and other glazed 

fenestration products 

tornado hazard mitigation. 

This specification provides a 

system for rating the ability 

of windows to withstand 

impact, pressure cycling, and 

water penetration generally 

associated with tornado 

conditions.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AAMA 520 Voluntary Specification for 

Rating the Severe WindDriven Rain Resistance of 

Windows, Doors and Unit 

Skylights 

2012 This voluntary specification 

provides an optional rating 

of the ability of fenestration 

products to resist severe 

wind-driven rain. This 

voluntary specification is 

based on a rapidly pulsed 

pressure differential 

method, recognizing that 

conditions encountered 

during tropical storms, 

hurricanes, or severe 

thunder storms are not 

static. In addition, the 

procedures and equipment 

required to perform the 

specified tests are provided

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
AASHTO AAB 1 ABOVE AND BEYOND 1/1/2008 Includes both people and 

communities - reaching out 

across sectors of society and 

helping to ensure the health 

of our society, our economy, 

and our environment.

Societal Introduction Planning and Designing 

Transportation to Fit the 

Community Integrating 

Transportation and Land Use to 

Promote Sustainable Communities 

Enhancing Our Quality of Life 

Promoting Walking and Biking On 

the Road to Cleaner Air Water 

Quality and Wetlands - Successful 

Legacies Preserving Wildlife and 

Ecosystems for Future Generations 

Building Bridges to America's Past 

Recycling - Transportation Agencies 

"Go Green" Beautifying America's 

Roadsides Sound Solutions Keep 

Down the Noise Taking the Scenic 

Route to America's Treasures 

References
AASHTO BSG 1 BRIDGE SECURITY 

GUIDELINES

Defines a specific bridge 

should be conducted during 

the planning of new bridges, 

rehabilitation of existing 

bridges, or both.

Transportation Systems AASHTO EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 

HIGHWAYS SUBCOMMITTEE ON 

BRIDGES AND STRUCTURES 

FOREWORD ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

SECTION 1 - DESIGN AND LOCATION 

FEATURES SECTION 2 - DESIGN AND 

LOCATION FEATURES SECTION 3 - 

STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS OF BLAST 

EFFECTS SECTION 4 - PROVISIONS 

FOR BLAST DESIGN APPENDICES 

APPENDIX A - DESIGN EXAMPLES: 

INTRODUCTION APPENDIX B - 

DESIGN EXAMPLE 1: REINFORCED 

CONCRETE BRIDGE COLUMN 

IN DESIGN CATEGORY C APPENDIX C 

- DESIGN EXAMPLE 2: CONCRETE 

BRIDGE COLUMN FOR A 

LARGER THREAT WITHIN DESIGN 

CATEGORY C APPENDIX D - DESIGN 

EXAMPLE 3: CHANGES REQUIRED 

FOR A COLUMN DESIGN 

CATEGORY B APPENDIX E - DESIGN 

EXAMPLE 4: AASHTO LRFD 

APPLICATION FOR DESIGN 

CATEGORY A REFERENCES
AASHTO CPMS 1 COMPARATIVE 

PERFORMANCE 

MEASUREMENT: SAFETY

Introduces results of the 

third in a series of 

comparative performance 

measurement efforts 

sponsored by the AASHTO 

Standing Committee on 

Quality, Performance 

Measurement and 

Benchmarking 

Subcommittee. The purpose 

of these efforts is to identify 

states that have achieved 

exemplary performance, find 

out what practices have 

contributed to their success, 

and document these 

practices for the benefit of 

other states.

Transportation Systems 1. Executive Summary 2. 

Introduction 3. Identification of 

States with Notable Performance 4. 

Identification of Effective Practices 

5. Improving Future Comparative 

Performance Measurement For 

Safety References Appendix A - 

Interview Guide for Identification of 

best Practices Appendix B - 

State Interview Summaries

AASHTO FHD-1 A GUIDE FOR ACHIEVING 

FLEXIBILITY IN HIGHWAY 

DESIGN

1/5/2004 Gives an overview of the 

entire highway project 

development process. Also it 

includes a discussion of the 

major stages of a highway 

project, background on the 

major inputs to highway 

design criteria and design, 

differences in types of 

projects, and the design 

decision-making process.

Transportation Systems Acknowledgments Introduction 1. 

The Project Development Process 2. 

Context-Sensitive Solutions through 

Community Involvement 3. 

Highway Geometric ElementsDesign and Safety Considerations 

For Context-Sensitive Project 

Solutions 4. Legal Liability and 

Highway Design Appendix A - U.S. 

Federal Regulations on 

Environmental Protection Affecting 

Highway Design
AASHTO GSH 9 GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS FOR 

HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION

Describes the implied subject 

of such a sentence is 

typically the Contractor, 

although in certain 

situations, the subject may 

also be a vendor, fabricator, 

or manufacturer engaged by 

the Contractor to supply 

material, products, or 

equipment for use on the 

project.

Transportation Systems PREFACE DIVISION 100 GENERAL 

PROVISIONS SECTION 101 GENERAL 

INFORMATION, DEFINITIONS, 

AND TERMS SECTION 102 BIDDING 

REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 

SECTION 103 CONTRACT AWARD 

AND EXECUTION SECTION 104 

SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 105 

CONTROLLING WORK SECTION 106 

CONTROLLING MATERIAL SECTION 

107 LEGAL RELATIONS AND 

RESPONSIBILITY TO THE 

PUBLIC SECTION 108 PROSECUTION 

AND PROGRESS SECTION 109 

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 

DIVISION 200 EARTHWORK SECTION 

201 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 

SECTION 202 REMOVAL OF 

STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS 

SECTION 203 EXCAVATION AND 

EMBANKMENT SECTION 204 

SUBGRADE PREPARATION SECTION 

205 RESERVED SECTION 206 

EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR 

CONDUITS AND MINOR 

STRUCTURES SECTION 207 

EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 

 
AASHTO GSW 4 GUIDE FOR VEHICLE 

WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS

Provides information for 

states and for commercial 

carriers that can be used in 

connection with vehicle size 

and weight issues and permit 

practices directed towards 

improving safety, managing 

highway and bridge 

infrastructure, and 

streamlining regulatory 

processes. Contains 

definitions of commonlyused terms, descriptions of 

vehicles in regular operation, 

dimension and weight limits, 

and an overview of the 

permitting process for 

overweight, oversize 

vehicles. Also provides an 

explanation of the rules and 

processes related to the 

movement of military 

vehicles.

Transportation Systems Defense Industrial Base Foreword Chapter 1. Definitions 

Chapter 2. Vehicles in Regular 

Operation Chapter 3. Issuance of 

Truck Permits and Restrictions 

Chapter 4. National Defense 

Appendix
AASHTO GVCB 2 GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS AND 

COMMENTARY FOR VESSEL 

COLLISION DESIGN OF 

HIGHWAY BRIDGES

Contains the current LRFD 

Bridge Design methodology; 

clarify some of the risk 

procedure elements; make 

minor modifications and 

corrections; and to discuss, 

and incorporate where 

deemed necessary, results 

from barge and ship collision 

research conducted since the 

original vessel collision 

publication.

Transportation Systems FOREWORD SECTION 1 

INTRODUCTION 1.1 PURPOSE 1.2 

BACKGROUND 1.3 BASIC 

CONCEPTS 1.4 DESIGN ANALYSIS 

1.5 FLOW CHARTS REFERENCES 

SECTION 2 SYMBOLS AND 

DEFINITIONS Design Provisions 

SECTION 3 GENERAL PROVISIONS 

3.1 GENERAL 3.2 APPLICABILITY OF 

SPECIFICATION 3.3 OPERATIONAL 

CLASSIFICATION 3.4 DATA 

COLLECTION 3.5 VESSEL TYPE AND 

CHARACTERISTICS 3.6 DESIGN 

VESSEL 3.7 DESIGN IMPACT SPEED 

3.8 VESSEL COLLISION ENERGY 3.9 

SHIP COLLISION FORCE ON PIER 

3.10 SHIP BOW DAMAGE DEPTH 

3.11 SHIP COLLISION FORCE ON 

SUPERSTRUCTURE 3.12 BARGE 

COLLISION FORCE ON PIER 3.13 

BARGE BOW DAMAGE DEPTH 3.14 

IMPACT LOAD COMBINATION 3.15 

LOCATION OF IMPACT FORCES 3.16 

MINIMUM IMPACT REQUIREMENT 

3.17 BRIDGE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 

REFERENCES SECTION 4 DESIGN 

VESSEL SELECTION 4.1 GENERAL 

 
AASHTO HB SPECIFICATIONS FOR 

HIGHWAY BRIDGES

1/3/2005 The structural design 

standards used by state 

bridge engineers. Widely 

used worldwide by practicing 

engineers and as a textbook 

in colleges and universities. 

This new edition features a 

section on seismic design.

Transportation Systems DIVISION I DESIGN SECTION 1 

GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 2 

GENERAL FEATURES OF DESIGN 

SECTION 3 LOADS PART A 

TYPES OF LOADS PART B 

COMBINATIONS OF LOADS PART C 

DISTRIBUTION OF LOADS SECTION 4 

FOUNDATIONS PART A 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND 

MATERIALS PART B SERVICE 

LOAD DESIGN METHOD ALLOWABLE 

STRESS DESIGN PART C 

STRENGTH DESIGN METHOD LOAD 

FACTOR DESIGN SECTION 5 

RETAINING WALLS PART A 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND 

MATERIALS PART B SERVICE 

LOAD DESIGN METHOD ALLOWABLE 

STRESS DESIGN PART C 

STRENGTH DESIGN METHOD LOAD 

FACTOR DESIGN SECTION 6 

CULVERTS SECTION 7 

SUBSTRUCTURES PART A 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND 

MATERIALS PART B SERVICE 

LOAD DESIGN METHOD ALLOWABLE 

STRESS DESIGN PART C 

 
AASHTO HSM 1 HIGHWAY SAFETY MANUAL 1/2/2012 Helps measurably reduce the 

frequency and severity of 

crashes on American 

roadways by providing tools 

for considering safety in the 

project development 

process.

Transportation Systems VOLUME 1 Part A - Introduction, 

Human Factors, and Fundamentals 

Chapter 1 - Introduction and 

Overview Chapter 2 - Human 

Factors Chapter 3 - Fundamentals 

Part B - Roadway Safety 

Management Process Chapter 4 - 

Network Screening Chapter 5 - 

Diagnosis Chapter 6 - Select 

Countermeasures Chapter 7 - 

Economic Appraisal Chapter 8 - 

Prioritize Projects Chapter 9 - Safety 

Effectiveness Evaluation VOLUME 2 

Part C - Predictive Method Chapter 

10 - Predictive Method for Rural 

Two-Lane, Two-Way Roads 

Chapter 11 - Predictive Method for 

Rural Multilane Highways 

Chapter 12 - Predictive Method for 

Urban and Suburban 

Arterials VOLUME 3 Part D - Crash 

Modification Factors Chapter 13 - 

Roadway Segments Chapter 14 - 

Intersections Chapter 15 - 

Interchanges Chapter 16 - Special 

Facilities and Geometric 

Situations Chapter 17 - Road 

k AASHTO LR 1 THE ROAD TO LIVABILITY: 

HOW STATE DEPARTMENTS 

OF TRANSPORTATION ARE 

USING ROAD INVESTMENTS 

TO IMPROVE COMMUNITY 

LIVABILITY

21/04/2010 Provides examples of the 

many ways states are 

working to enhance a 

community's attractiveness, 

build its local economy, 

create a sense of place, 

preserve its character, 

enhance its safety, and 

improve access to services.

Transportation Systems 
AASHTO MASH 1 MANUAL FOR ASSESSING 

SAFETY HARDWARE

Gives present uniform 

guidelines for the crash 

testing of both permanent 

and temporary highway 

safety features and 

recommended evaluation 

criteria to assess test results.

Transportation Systems Chapter 1 - Introduction Chapter 2 - 

Test Matrices and Conditions 

Chapter 3 - Test Installation 

Chapter 4 - Test Vehicle 

Specifications Chapter 5 - 

Evaluation Criteria Chapter 6 - Test 

Documentation Chapter 7 - InService Performance Evaluation 

Appendix A - Commentary Appendix 

B - Soil Strength Performance Test 

Appendix C - Electronic & 

Photographic Instrumentation 

Specifications Appendix D - 

Analytical and Experimental Tools 

Appendix E - Measurement of 

Vehicle Deformation Appendix F - 

Determination of THIV, PHD, and ASI 

Appendix G - Occupant Risk 

Estimation for 1500A Vehicle 

Appendix H - Test Vehicle Selection 

Procedures Glossary References 

and Bibliography

AASHTO MSD 1 MAINTAINING STRATEGIC 

DIRECTION FOR PROTECTING 

AMERICA'S 

TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM

Describes the topic that 

DOTs are now being 

challenged to ensure that 

the infrastructure they own 

and operate is adequately 

protected against terrorism.

Transportation Systems 
AASHTO OSOW 1 A SYNTHESIS OF SAFETY 

IMPLICATIONS OF 

OVERSIZE/OVERWEIGHT 

COMMERCIAL VEHICLES

1/12/2009 Describes specific objective 

of this research project was 

to prepare a synthesis of 

safety implications of 

oversize/ overweight 

(OS/OW) commercial 

vehicles.

Transportation Systems Executive Summary Section 1. 

Introduction Section 2. The Concern 

- Heavy Commercial Truck Growth 

Section 3. Heavy Vehicle Types, 

Weights, and Sizes Section 4. Truck 

Characteristics Affecting Crashes 

Section 5. Heavy Truck Crashes in 

General Section 6. Data Associated 

with OS/OW Heavy Vehicles. 

Section 7. Illustrative Case Studies 

Section 8. Summary, Findings, and 

Recommendations Bibliography 

Glossary of Terms Related to Heavy 

Trucks. Acronyms

AASHTO PAR 1 PROTECTING AMERICA'S 

ROADS, BRIDGES AND 

TUNNELS: THE ROLE OF 

STATE DOT'S IN HOMELAND 

SECURITY

Provides an overview of why 

the security of our roads, 

bridges, and tunnels is 

important, what DOTs are 

doing to improve it, and the 

keys to a better partnership.

Transportation Systems 
AASHTO RSDG ROADSIDE DESIGN GUIDE 1/2/2012 Provides a synthesis of 

current information and 

operating practices related 

to roadside safety and is 

written in dual units - metric 

and U.S. Customary.

Transportation Systems PREFACE CHAPTER 1 - AN 

INTRODUCTION TO ROADSIDE 

SAFETY CHAPTER 2 - ECONOMIC 

EVALUATION OF ROADSIDE 

SAFETY CHAPTER 3 - ROADSIDE 

TOPOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE 

FEATURES CHAPTER 4 - SIGN, 

SIGNAL, AND LUMINAIRE 

SUPPORTS, UTILITY POLES, TREES, 

AND SIMILAR ROADSIDE FEATURES 

CHAPTER 5 - ROADSIDE BARRIERS 

CHAPTER 6 - MEDIAN BARRIERS 

CHAPTER 7 - BRIDGE RAILINGS AND 

TRANSITIONS CHAPTER 8 - END 

TREATMENTS CHAPTER 9 - TRAFFIC 

BARRIERS, TRAFFIC CONTROL 

DEVICES, AND OTHER SAFETY 

FEATURES FOR WORK ZONES 

CHAPTER 10 - ROADSIDE SAFETY IN 

URBAN OR RESTRICTED 

ENVIRONMENTS CHAPTER 11 - 

ERECTING MAILBOXES ON STREETS 

AND HIGHWAYS CHAPTER 12 - 

ROADSIDE SAFETY ON LOWVOLUME ROADS AND 

STREETS GLOSSARY INDEX

AASHTO SHSP AASHTO STRATEGIC 

HIGHWAY SAFETY PLAN: A 

COMPREHENSIVE PLAN TO 

SUBSTANTIALLY REDUCE 

VEHICLE-RELATED FATALITIES 

AND INJURIES ON THE 

NATION'S HIGHWAYS

1/2/2005 Provides a strategic plan that 

would impact national 

statistics on vehicle-related 

death and injury.

Transportation Systems Introduction Section I: The AASHTO 

Initiative Section II: The Plan 

Elements Part 1 - Drivers Part 2 - 

Special Users Part 3 - Ve hicles Part 

4 - Highways Part 5 - Emergency 

Medical Services Part 6 - 

Management

AASHTO SLF3 1 AASHTO SAFETY LEADERSHIP 

FORUM 3

Provides an excellent 

opportunity for the State 

Departments of 

Transportation to consider 

critical steps toward 

achieving desired State and 

national transportation 

safety improvement goals.

Transportation Systems 
AASHTO SLF4 1 SAFETY LEADERSHIP FORUM 

4: REDUCING FATALITIES BY 

HALF

17/05/2009 Acts as a guide to the most 

critical processes and safety 

practices for achieving 

AASHTO's ambitious safety 

goal of reducing fatalities by 

half was made clearer at the 

fourth AASHTO Safety 

Leadership Forum.

Transportation Systems Executive Summary The Road to 

Achieving AASHTO's Safety Goal 

What Every CEO Needs to Know to 

Succeed at Reducing Fatalities 

Conversation Circles - Sharing 

Challenges and Success Stories 

Promising State Safety Strategies to 

Reduce Fatalities Identifying 

Future Needs to Boost State and 

Local Safety Success Innovative 

State Program Ideas Striving for the 

Goal: Federal, State, and Industry 

Partners How the Vehicle Industry 

has Contributed to Halving Fatalities 

Forecasts of Possible Future Areas 

Ripe for Attaining Fatality 

Reductions Commitment to the 

Goal Resources The Suggestion Box 

Safety Forum Bonus Session - 

Mississippi Report on Hurricane 

Evacuation Appendix A - Agenda 

Appendix B - CEO Safety Actions 

Checklist Appendix C - Conversation 

Circle I: Promising State Strategies to 

Reduce Fatalities

AASHTO SR 3 HIGHWAY SAFETY DESIGN 

AND OPERATIONS GUIDE

Combines results of research 

and state-of-the-art 

technologies with proven 

engineering practices for 

enhancing safety in the 

operation and management 

of highways. Covers principal 

conclusions and 

recommendations for 

roadside design and traffic 

operations.

Transportation Systems Preface Chapter 1 - Introduction 

Chapter 2 - Design Concepts for Safe 

Highways Chapter 3 - Freeways 

Chapter 4 - Rural Highways Chapter 

5 - Urban and Suburban Highways 

Chapter 6 - Maintaining Highway 

Safety
AASHTO TF 29 TASK FORCE 29 REPORT - 

GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS FOR 

CATHODIC PROTECTION OF 

CONCRETE BRIDGE DECKS 

(1994)

Defines specifications for 

cathodic protection of 

reinforced concrete bridge 

decks, applicable to the 

nation's bridges. Cathodic 

protection is the only known 

fully developed means of 

mitigating the corrosion of 

reinforcing steel in existing 

bridge decks caused by the 

presence of chloride ions.

Transportation Systems 

AASHTO TF 32 TASK FORCE 32 REPORT - 

MANUAL FOR CORROSION 

PROTECTION OF CONCRETE 

COMPONENTS IN BRIDGES

Deals with the numerous 

systems available to provide 

corrosion protection for 

bridge components. By 

premature bridge failures, it 

is imperative that a quality 

product be provided at the 

time of construction. Use of 

this manual should ensure 

minimizing the number of 

concrete bridges or concrete 

components that will 

deteriorate to an 

unacceptable condition over 

their service life.

Transportation Systems 

AASHTO TIA TRANSPORTATION: INVEST IN 

AMERICA

Provides recommendations 

for financing future 

transportation needs in the 

areas of security, safety, 

congestion relief, freight, 

research, capacity, 

preservation, environmental 

stewardship and 

streamlining, and planning 

and conformity.

Transportation Systems 
ACI 222R PROTECTION OF METALS IN 

CONCRETE AGAINST 

CORROSION

Describes the factors that 

influence corrosion of 

reinforcing steel in concrete, 

measures for protecting 

embedded reinforcing steel 

in new construction, 

techniques for detecting 

corrosion in structures in 

service, and remedial 

procedures.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Chapter 1 - Introduction Chapter 2 - 

Mechanism of corrosion of steel in 

concrete Chapter 3 - Protection 

against corrosion in new 

construction Chapter 4 - Procedures 

for identifying corrosive 

environments and active corrosion 

in concrete Chapter 5 - 

Remedial measures Chapter 6 - 

References

ACI 318-11 Building Code Requirements 

for Structural Concrete and 

Commentary

The "Building Code 

Requirements for Structural 

Concrete" ("Code") covers 

the materials, design, and 

construction of structural 

concrete used in buildings 

and where applicable in 

nonbuilding Structures. The 

Code also covers the 

strength evaluation of 

existing concrete structures. 

Among the subjects covered 

are: contract documents; 

inspection; materials; 

durability requirements; 

concrete quality, mixing, and 

placing; formwork; 

embedded pipes; 

construction joints; 

reinforcement details; 

analysis and design; strength 

and serviceability; flexural 

and axial loads; shear and 

torsion; development and 

splices of reinforcement; 

slab systems; walls; footings; 

precast concrete; composite 

fl l b 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
ACI 350 CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR 

ENVIRONMENTAL 

ENGINEERING CONCRETE 

STRUCTURES AND 

COMMENTARY

10/9/2012 Covers the structural design, 

materials selection, and 

construction of 

environmental engineering 

concrete structures.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities PART 1 - GENERAL

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS

CHAPTER 2 - DEFINITIONS

PART 2 - STANDARDS FOR TESTS 

AND MATERIALS

CHAPTER 3 - MATERIALS

PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION 

REQUIREMENTS

CHAPTER 4 - DURABILITY 

REQUIREMENTS

CHAPTER 5 - CONCRETE QUALITY 

MIXING AND PLACING

CHAPTER 6 - FORMWORK, 

EMBEDDED PIPES, AND 

CONSTRUCTION 

AND MOVEMENT JOINTS

CHAPTER 7 - DETAILS OF 

REINFORCEMENT

PART 4 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

CHAPTER 8 - ANALYSIS AND DESIGNGENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

CHAPTER 9 - STRENGTH AND 

SERVICEABILITY REQUIREMENTS

CHAPTER 10 - FLEXURE AND AXIAL 

LOADS

CHAPTER 11 - SHEAR AND TORSION

 ACI SCG1 THE SUSTAINABLE CONCRETE 

GUIDE - STRATEGIES AND 

EXAMPLES

Gives insight on specific 

strategies for the best use of 

concrete in highperformance, long-lasting, 

green buildings. Included in 

the guide are case studies, 

technical data and 

references, and numerous 

practices that can be 

implemented immediately.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Chapter 1 - Carbon footprint 

Chapter 2 - Thermal transmission 

Chapter 3 - Thermal mass and 

storage Chapter 4 - Longevity and 

service life Chapter 5 - Stormwater 

management Chapter 6 - Human 

factors and the living/working 

environment Chapter 7 - Safety and 

security Chapter 8 - Reduce, reuse, 

recycle Chapter 9 - Economic 

impact Chapter 10 - Resilience with 

climate change Chapter 11 - 

Compatibility with other innovative 

sustainability strategies
ACI SCGI THE SUSTAINABLE CONCRETE 

GUIDE - STRATEGIES AND 

EXAMPLES

2010 Gives insight on specific 

strategies for the best use of 

concrete in highperformance, long-lasting, 

green buildings. Included in 

the guide are case studies, 

technical data and 

references, and numerous 

practices that can be 

implemented immediately.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Chapter 1 - Carbon footprint

Chapter 2 - Thermal transmission

Chapter 3 - Thermal mass and 

storage

Chapter 4 - Longevity and service life

Chapter 5 - Stormwater 

management

Chapter 6 - Human factors and the 

living/working

environment

Chapter 7 - Safety and security

Chapter 8 - Reduce, reuse, recycle

Chapter 9 - Economic impact

Chapter 10 - Resilience with climate 

change

Chapter 11 - Compatibility with 

other innovative

sustainability strategie

ACI SD SIMPLIFIED DESIGN OF 

REINFORCED CONCRETE 

BUILDINGS

Offers practicing engineers 

with timesaving analysis, 

design, and detailing 

methods of primary framing 

members of a reinforced 

concrete building.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 A Simplified Design Approach 2 

Simplified Frame Analysis 3 

Simplified Design for Beams and OneWay Slabs 4 Simplified Design for 

Two-Way Slabs 5 Simplified Design 

for Columns 6 Simplified Design for 

Structural Walls 7 Simplified Design 

for Footings 8 Structural Detailing 

of Reinforcing for Economy 9 

Design Considerations for 

Economical Formwork 10 Design 

Considerations for Fire Resistance 

11 Design Considerations for 

Earthquake Forces 12 Introduction 

to Sustainable Design
AIA IgCC International Green 

Construction Code

2012 The IgCC creates a regulatory 

framework for new and 

existing buildings, 

establishing minimum green 

requirements for buildings 

and complementing 

voluntary rating systems 

which may extend beyond 

the customizable baseline of 

the IgCC. The code acts as an 

overlay to the existing set of 

International Codes, 

including provisions of the 

International Energy 

Conservation Code and ICC700, the National Green 

Building Standard, and 

incorporates ASHRAE 

Standard 189.1 as an 

alternate path to 

compliance.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC 101 DESIGNING WITH 

STRUCTURAL

 STEEL - A GUIDE FOR 

ARCHITECTS

Covers architectural issues, 

including design ideas, 

structural systems concepts, 

tolerances, coating systems, 

fire protection, thermal 

movement, exposed 

structures, bending and 

shaping of steel members, 

welding, design tables and 

representative dimensional 

information for beams and 

columns, tables of structural 

shapes in U.S. standard and 

metric units and economical 

architectural details.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
AISC 303 Code of Standard Practice for 

Steel Buildings and Bridges

2010 The AISC 303 standard sets 

forth criteria for the trade 

practices involved in steel 

buildings, bridges, and other 

structures, where other 

structures are defined as 

those structures designed, 

fabricated, and erected in a 

manner similar to buildings, 

with building-like vertical 

and lateral load resisting 

elements

AISC 325 STEEL CONSTRUCTION 

MANUAL

Includes several updates and 

revisions, including the new 

HP18 and HP16 series, 

updated connection tables 

based on increased bolt 

shear strength values, 

revised single-plate and 

extended single-plate 

connection design 

procedures, enhanced prying 

action procedure, and a 

revised bracket plate design 

procedure.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 Scope 2 Structural products 2.1 

W-, M-, S- and HP-Shapes 2.2 

Channels. 2.3 Angles 2.4 

Structural Tees (WT-, MT- and STShapes) 2.5 Hollow Structural 

Sections (HSS) 2.6 Steel Pipe 2.7 

Double Angles 2.8 Double 

Channels 2.9 W-Shapes with Cap 

Channels 2.10 S-Shapes with Cap 

Channels 2.11 Plate Products 

2.12 Crane Rails 2.13 Other 

Structural Products 3 Standard mill 

practices 3.1 Hot-Rolled 

Structural Shapes 3.2 Hollow 

Structural Sections 3.3 Steel Pipe 

3.4 Plate Products TABLES

AISC 326 DETAILING FOR STEEL 

CONSTRUCTION

Contains instruction, 

explanations, problem 

solutions and many typical 

shop details and drawings.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC 327 AISC SEISMIC DESIGN 

MANUAL

7/1/2013 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
AISC 341 SEISMIC PROVISIONS FOR 

STRUCTURAL STEEL 

BUILDINGS

22/06/2010 Pertains to the design of 

seismic force resisting 

systems of structural steel or 

of structural steel acting 

compositely with reinforced 

concrete, unless specifically 

exempted by the applicable 

building code.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities CROSS REFERENCE SYMBOLS 

GLOSSARY ACRONYMS PROVISIONS 

A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS B. 

GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 

C. ANALYSIS D. GENERAL MEMBER 

AND CONNECTION DESIGN 

REQUIREMENTS E. MOMENTFRAME SYSTEMS F. BRACED-FRAME 

AND SHEAR-WALL SYSTEMS G. 

COMPOSITE MOMENT-FRAME 

SYSTEMS H. COMPOSITE BRACEDFRAME AND SHEAR-WALL SYSTEMS 

I. FABRICATION AND ERECTION J. 

QUALITY CONTROL AND QUALITY 

ASSURANCE K. PREQUALIFICATION 

AND CYCLIC QUALIFICATION 

TESTING PROVISIONS 

COMMENTARY A. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS B. GENERAL 

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS C. 

ANALYSIS D. GENERAL MEMBER 

AND CONNECTION DESIGN 

REQUIREMENTS E. MOMENTFRAME SYSTEMS F. BRACED-FRAME 

AND SHEAR-WALL SYSTEMS G. 

COMPOSITE MOMENT-FRAME 

SYSTEMS H. COMPOSITE BRACED-

 AISC 348 SPECIFICATION FOR 

STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING 

HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTS

31/12/2009 Describes the design of 

bolted joints and the 

installation and inspection of 

the assemblies of fastener 

components.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Symbols Glossary Section 1 - 

General Requirements Section 2 - 

Fastener Components Section 3 - 

Bolted Parts Section 4 - Joint Type 

Section 5 - Limit States in Bolted 

Joints Section 6 - Use of Washers 

Section 7 - Pre-Installation 

Verification Section 8 - Installation 

Section 9 - Inspection Section 10 - 

Arbitration Appendix A - Testing 

Method to Determine the Slip 

Coefficient for Coatings 

Used in Bolted Joints Appendix B - 

Allowable Stress Design (ASD) 

Alternative References Index
AISC 358 PREQUALIFIED 

CONNECTIONS FOR SPECIAL 

AND INTERMEDIATE STEEL 

MOMENT FRAMES FOR 

SEISMIC APPLICATIONS

Describes design, detailing, 

fabrication and quality 

criteria for connections that 

are prequalified in 

accordance with the AISC 

Seismic Provisions for 

Structural Steel Buildings for 

use with special moment 

frames (SMF) and 

intermediate moment 

frames (IMF).

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities SYMBOLS GLOSSARY STANDARD 

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL CHAPTER 2 - 

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS CHAPTER 3 

- WELDING REQUIREMENTS 

CHAPTER 4 - BOLTING 

REQUIREMENTS CHAPTER 5 - 

REDUCED BEAM SECTION (RBS) 

MOMENT CONNECTION CHAPTER 6 - 

BOLTED UNSTIFFENED AND 

STIFFENED EXTENDED ENDPLATE MOMENT CONNECTIONS 

CHAPTER 7 - BOLTED FLANGE PLATE 

(BFP) MOMENT 

CONNECTION CHAPTER 8 - WELDED 

UNREINFORCED FLANGE-WELDED 

WEB (WUF-W) MOMENT 

CONNECTION CHAPTER 9 - KAISER 

BOLTED BRACKET (KBB) 

MOMENT CONNECTION CHAPTER 

10 - CONXTECH CONXL MOMENT 

CONNECTION APPENDIX A - 

CASTING REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX 

B - FORGING REQUIREMENTS 

COMMENTARY INTRODUCTION 

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL CHAPTER 2 - 

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS CHAPTER 3 

- WELDING REQUIREMENTS 

 
AISC 360 SPECIFICATION FOR 

STRUCTURAL STEEL 

BUILDINGS

22/06/2010 Pertains to the design of the 

structural steel system or 

systems with structural steel 

acting compositely with 

reinforced concrete, where 

the steel elements are 

defined in the AISC Code of 

Standard Practice for Steel 

Buildings and Bridges.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities SYMBOLS GLOSSARY 

SPECIFICATION A. GENERAL 

PROVISIONS B. DESIGN 

REQUIREMENTS C. DESIGN FOR 

STABILITY D. DESIGN OF MEMBERS 

FOR TENSION E. DESIGN OF 

MEMBERS FOR COMPRESSION F. 

DESIGN OF MEMBERS FOR FLEXURE 

G. DESIGN OF MEMBERS FOR SHEAR 

H. DESIGN OF MEMBERS FOR 

COMBINED FORCES AND TORSION I. 

DESIGN OF COMPOSITE MEMBERS 

J. DESIGN OF CONNECTIONS K. 

DESIGN OF HSS AND BOX MEMBER 

CONNECTIONS L. DESIGN FOR 

SERVICEABILITY M. FABRICATION 

AND ERECTION N. QUALITY 

CONTROL AND QUALITY ASSURANCE 

APPENDIX 1 - DESIGN BY INELASTIC 

ANALYSIS APPENDIX 2 - DESIGN FOR 

PONDING APPENDIX 3 - DESIGN 

FOR FATIGUE APPENDIX 4 - 

STRUCTURAL DESIGN FOR FIRE 

CONDITIONS APPENDIX 5 - 

EVALUATION OF EXISTING 

STRUCTURES APPENDIX 6 - 

STABILITY BRACING FOR COLUMNS 

 
AISC 420/SSPC-QP 3 Certification Standard for 

Shop Application of Complex 

Protective Coating Systems

2010 This AISC standard is a joint 

effort between AISC 

and SSPC: The Society for 

Protective Coatings. The 

standard allows paint shops 

and steel fabricators to meet 

the qualification criteria for 

two major certification 

programs (AISC's 

Sophisticated Paint 

Endorsement, SPE, and 

SSPC's QP 3 program) using 

the same reference 

document. AISC's SPE 

certification confirms to 

owners, the design 

community, and the 

construction industry that a 

firm has knowledgeable 

personnel and the 

organization, experience, 

procedures, and equipment 

to provide surface 

preparation and application 

of complex painting systems 

in a shop facility according to 

contract specifications.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC 503 SELECTED ASTM STANDARDS 

FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL 

FABRICATION

20/08/2013 Provides all ASTM standards 

that apply in the design and 

construction of structural 

steel buildings and bridges.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
AISC 801 DESIGN GUIDE 1: BASE PLATE 

AND ANCHOR ROD DESIGN

15/10/2012 Helps engineers and 

fabricators in the design, 

detailing and specification of 

column-base-plate and 

anchor-rod connections, in a 

manner that avoids common 

fabrication and erection 

problems.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1.0 INTRODUCTION 2.0 MATERIAL, 

FABRICATION, INSTALLATION, AND 

REPAIRS 2.1 Material Specifications 

2.2 Base Plate Material Selection 

2.3 Base Plate Fabrication and 

Finishing 2.4 Base Plate Welding 

2.5 Anchor Rod Material 2.6 

Anchor Rod Holes and Washers 2.7 

Anchor Rod Sizing and Layout 2.8 

Anchor Rod Placement and 

Tolerances 2.9 Column Erection 

Procedures 2.9.1 Setting Nut 

and Washer Method 2.9.2 

Setting Plate Method 2.9.3 Shim 

Stack Method 2.9.4 Setting 

Large Base Plates 2.10 Grouting 

Requirements 2.11 Anchor Rod 

Repairs 2.11.1 Anchor Rods in 

the Wrong Position 2.11.2 

Anchor Rods Bent or Not Vertical 

2.11.3 Anchor Rod Projection Too 

Long or Too Short 2.11.4 Anchor 

Rod Pattern Rotated 90 degree 

2.12 Details for Seismic Design D 3.0 

DESIGN OF COLUMN BASE PLATE 

CONNECTIONS 3.1 Concentric 

Compressive Axial Loads 3.1.1 

 i i i 
AISC 802 DESIGN GUIDE 2: STEEL AND 

COMPOSITE BEAMS WITH 

WEB OPENINGS

15/10/2012 Web openings have been 

used for many years in 

structural steel beams. This 

design guide summarizes 

design concepts for the 

practising engineer and 

reviews the research and 

history of web openings. 

Also presents a unified 

design approach to both 

steel and composite beams 

with web openings, including 

the requirements for 

reinforcement.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 INTRODUCTION 2 DEFINITIONS 

AND NOTATION 2.1 Definitions 

2.2 Notation 3 DESIGN OF 

MEMBERS WITH WEB OPENINGS 

3.1 General 3.2 Load and 

Resistance Factors 3.3 Overview 

of Design Procedures 3.4 MomentShear Interaction 3.5 Equations for 

Maximum Shear Capacity, M[m] 

3.6 Equations for Maximum Shear 

Capacity, V[m] 3.7 Guidelines for 

Proportioning and Detailing 

Beams with Web Openings 3.8 

Allowable Stress Design 4 DESIGN 

SUMMARIES AND EXAMPLE 

PROBLEMS 4.1 General 4.2 

Example 1: Steel Beam with 

Unreinforced Opening 4.3 

Example 1A: Steel Beam with 

Unreinforced Opening - ASD 

Approach 4.4 Example 2: Steel 

Beam with Reinforced Opening 

4.5 Example 3: Composite Beam 

with Unreinforced Opening 4.6 

Example 4: Composite Girder with 

Unreinforced and Reinforced 

Openings 5 BACKGROUND AND 

 l AISC 803 DESIGN GUIDE 3: 

SERVICEABILITY DESIGN 

CONSIDERATIONS FOR STEEL 

BUILDINGS

15/10/2012 Covers serviceability design 

criteria for all building types, 

including tall buildings. 

Topics include deflection, 

vibration, and drift as they 

relate to cladding, roofing, 

skylights, interior partitions, 

equipment, and motion 

perception.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 

Design Considerations Relative to 

Roofing Chapter 3 Design 

Considerations Relative to Skylights 

Chapter 4 Design Considerations 

Relative to Cladding, Frame 

Deformation, and Drift Chapter 5 

Design Considerations Relative to 

Interior Partitions and 

Ceilings Chapter 6 Design 

Considerations Relative to 

Vibration/Acceleration Chapter 7 

Design Considerations Relative to 

Equipment References Appendix 

Summary of Serviceability 

Considerations
AISC 804 DESIGN GUIDE 4: EXTENDED 

END-PLATE MOMENT 

CONNECTIONS - SEISMIC 

ANDWIND APPLICATIONS

15/10/2012 The use of extended endplate moment connections is 

increasing in steel frame 

construction. Covers the 

design, fabrication, and 

erection of this type of 

connection. Gives 

recommendations and 

background for four-bolt as 

well as eight-bolt end-plate 

connections.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 Introduction 1.1 Background 

1.2 Overview of the Design Guide 

1.3 Brief Literature Overview 

1.3.1 End Plate Design 1.3.2 Bolt 

Design 1.3.3 Column Side design 

4 1.3.4 Cyclic test of End-Plate 

Moment Connections 1.3.5 

Finite Element Analysis of End-Plate 

Moment Connections 2 

Background for Design Procedures 

2.1 Basis of Design 

Recommendations 2.2 Overview 

of Theory and Mechanics 2.2.1 

Connection Design Moment 

2.2.2 Yield Line Theory 2.2.3 

Bolt Force Model 2.3 Limit State 

Check List 2.4 Detailing and 

Fabrication Practices 3 Design 

Procedure 3.1 Overview 3.2 

Design Steps 3.3 Analysis 

Procedure 3.4 Limitations 4 

Design Examples 4.1 Scope 4.2 

Four Bolt Unstiffened Extended (4E) 

End-Plate Connection 4.3 

Four Bolt Stiffened Extended (4ES) 

End-Plate Connection 4.4 

Eight Bolt Stiffened Extended (8ES) 

dl i 
AISC 805 DESIGN GUIDE 5: DESIGN OF 

LOW- AND MEDIUM-RISE 

STEEL BUILDINGS

The design of medium-rise 

steel buildings is 

consolidated in one booklet 

as a reference for all 

designers of these 

structures. This design guide 

includes rules for economic 

design for engineers. Loading 

requirements are also 

discussed as well as joist and 

composite floor systems.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 BASIC DESIGN RULES FOR 

ECONOMY 2 LIVE LOAD AND BAY 

SIZE SELECTION 2.1 Live Load 

Selection 2.2 Bay Size Selection 3 

COMPOSITE FLOORS 3.1 Allowable 

Stress (ASD) and Load 3.2 

Economy with LRFD 3.3 Floor Load 

Capacity Enhancement 3.4 Shored 

vs. Unshored Construction 3.5 

Serviceability Considerations 3.6 

Underfloor Duct Systems 4 OPEN 

WEB JOIST FLOOR SYSTEMS 4.1 

Joist Size and Spacing 4.2 Girder 

Beam Design 4.3 Composite Joist 

Systems 4.4 Floor Vibration 5 

WIND LOAD DESIGN 5.1 Drift 

Limits 5.2 "K" Bracing Frames 5.3 

Unbraced Frame Design 5.4 Special 

Wind Frames 6 APPENDICES 6.1 

LRFD Composite Beam Design 6.2 

Composite Beam Load Capacity 

Enhancement 6.3 Composite Beam 

Long Term Deflection 6.4 Steel 

Joist Typical Bay 6.5 K-Frame 

Bracing Optimization 6.6 Unbraced 

Frame Design

AISC 806 DESIGN GUIDE 6: LOAD AND 

RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN 

OF W-SHAPES ENCASED IN 

CONCRETE

15/10/2012 Covers the design of Wshape columns encased in 

reinforced structural 

concrete with vertical 

deformed reinforcing bars 

and lateral ties, including the 

associated connection design 

issues, placement of 

reinforcing bars and ties, and 

treatment of joints and base 

plates.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 INTRODUCTION 2 SCOPE PART 1 - 

USE AND DESIGN OF COMPOSITE 

COLUMNS REFERENCES 

NOMENCLATURE PART 2 - 

SUGGESTED DETAILS FOR 

COMPOSITE COLUMNS PART 3 - 

DESIGN EXAMPLES PART 4 - LRFD 

COMPOSITE BEAM-COLUMN DESIGN 

TABLES PART 5 - COMPOSITE 

COLUMN PROGRAM CMPOL
AISC 807 DESIGN GUIDE 7: INDUSTRIAL 

BUILDINGS - ROOFS TO 

ANCHOR RODS

15/10/2012 Provides complete coverage 

of structural considerations 

encountered in the design of 

conventional industrial 

buildings.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities PART 1 - INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGSGENERAL 1 INTRODUCTION TO 

PART 1 2 LOADING CONDITIONS 

AND LOADING COMBINATIONS 3 

OWNER ESTABLISHED CRITERIA 

3.1 Slab-on-Grade Design 3.2 Jib 

Cranes 3.3 Interior Vehicular 

Traffic 3.4 Future Expansion 3.5 

Dust Control/Ease of Maintenance 

4 ROOF SYSTEMS 4.1 Steel Deck 

for Built-up or Membrane Roofs 

4.2 Metal Roofs 4.3 Insulation 

and Roofing 4.4 Expansion Joints 

4.5 Roof Pitch, Drainage and 

Ponding 4.6 Joists and Purlins 5 

ROOF TRUSSES 5.1 General 

Design and Economic Considerations 

5.2 Connection Considerations 

5.3 Truss Bracing 5.4 Erection 

Bracing 5.5 Other Considerations 

6 WALL SYSTEMS 6.1 Field 

Assembled Panels 6.2 Factory 

Assembled Panels 6.3 Precast 

Wall Panels 6.4 Masonry Walls 

6.5 Girts 6.6 Wind Columns 7 

FRAMING SCHEMES 7.1 Braced 

Frames vs. Rigid Frames 7.2 Tube 

l i 
AISC 808 DESIGN GUIDE 8: PARTIALLY 

RESTRAINED COMPOSITE 

CONNECTIONS

1/12/1996 Covers design of braced and 

unbraced frames with 

partially restrained 

composite connections and 

is divided into four parts.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities PART I: BACKGROUND 1 

Introduction 2 Characterization of 

Connection Behavior 3 Advantages 

and Limitations 4 Connection M-? 

Curves 5 Analysis 5.1 Service Load 

Range 5.2 Beam Line Analysis for 

Gravity Loading at Service 5.3 

Connection Ultimate Strength 

(Gravity Loads) 5.4 Frame and 

Beam Ultimate Strength 6 Design 

Considerations 6.1 PR Beam 

Deflections 6.2 Lateral Drift 6.3 

Beam Stiffness 6.4 PR-CC Effect on 

Column End Restraint 6.5 Bottom 

Angle Connection 7 Detailing 8 

References PART II: DESIGN 

PROCEDURES 1 Introduction 2 PRCCs for Gravity Design in Braced 

Frames 2.1 Introduction 2.2 

Recommended Design ProcedureBraced Frames 3 PR-CCs for Lateral 

Resistance in Unbraced Frames 3.1 

Introduction 3.2 Design Procedure 

for Unbraced Frames PART III: 

DESIGN EXAMPLE PR-CCs in Braced 

Frames: N-S Direction PR-CCs in 

Unbraced Frames: E-W Direction 

 
AISC 809 DESIGN GUIDE 9: TORSIONAL 

ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURAL 

STEEL MEMBERS

15/10/2012 Design and analysis of 

structural members 

subjected to torsional 

loading are covered in this 

Steel Design Guide. An 

update of the former AISC 

publication of similar name, 

coverage includes 

determination of torsional 

stresses, fundamentals of 

torsional theory, 

Specification provisions and 

serviceability issues. The 

design process are illustrated 

by design examples and the 

use of design aids.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 Introduction 2 Torsion 

Fundamentals 2.1 Shear Center 

2.2 Resistance of a Cross-Section to 

A Torsional Moment 2.3 

Avoiding and Minimizing Torsion 

2.4 Selection of Shapes for Torsional 

Loading 3 General Torsional Theory 

3.1 Torsional Response 3.2 

Torsional Properties 3.2.1 

Torsional Constant J 3.2.2 Other 

Torsional Properties for Open 

Cross-Sections 3.3 Torsional 

Functions 4 Analysis for Torsion 

4.1 Torsional Stresses on I-, C-, and ZShaped Open Cross-Sections 

4.1.1 Pure Torsional Shear Stresses 

4.1.2 Shear Stresses Due to Warping 

4.1.3 Normal Stresses Due to 

Warping 4.1.4 Approximate 

Shear and Normal Stresses Due 

to Warping on I-Shapes 4.2 

Torsional Stress on Single Angles 

4.3 Torsional Stress on Structural 

Tees 4.4 Torsional Stresses on 

Closed and Solid Cross-Sections 

4.5 Elastic Stresses Due to Bending 

and Axial Load 4.6 Combining 

i l i h h 
AISC 810 ERECTION BRACING OF LOWRISE STRUCTURAL STEEL 

FRAMES

15/10/2012 Design examples and 

information for the design of 

temporary lateral support 

systems and components for 

low-rise buildings. Detailed 

engineering calculation for 

the justification of 

temporary bracing systems 

are covered in Part One. 

Prescriptive systems for 

temporary bracing as well as 

engineering guidance to 

foster structural details that 

are inherently erectable are 

given in Part Two.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 Introduction 1.1 Types of 

Systems 1.2 Current State of the 

Art 1.3 Common Fallacies 1.4 Use 

of This Guide PART 1 - 

DETERMINATION OF BRACING 

REQUIREMENTS BY CALCULATION 

2 Introduction to part 1 3 

Construction phase load for 

temporary supports 3.1 Gravity 

Loads 3.2 Environmental Loads 

3.2.1 Wind Loads 3.2.2 Seismic 

Loads 3.3 Stability Loads 3.4 

Erection Operation Loads 3.5 Load 

Combinations 4 Resistance to 

construction phase loads by the 

permanent structures 4.1 

Columns 4.2 Column Bases 

4.2.1 Fracture of the Fillet Weld 

Connecting the Column to 

the Base Plate 4.2.2 Bending 

Failure of the Base Plate 4.2.3 

Rupture of Anchor Rods 4.2.4 

Buckling of the Anchor Rods 

4.2.5 Anchor Rod Pull or Push 

Through 4.2.6 Anchor Rod Pull 

Out 4.2.7 Anchor Rod "Push 

Out" of the Bottom of the 

i i di 
AISC 811 DESIGN GUIDE 11: FLOOR 

VIBRATIONS DUE TO HUMAN 

ACTIVITY

15/10/2012 Includes the design of steel 

framed floor systems and 

footbridges for vibration 

serviceability due to human 

activities. Both human 

comfort and the need to 

control movement for 

sensitive equipment are 

considered. Remedial 

measures for problem floors 

are discussed.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 Introduction 1.1 Objectives of 

the Design Guide 1.2 Road Map 

1.3 Background 1.4 Basic 

Vibration Terminology 1.5 Floor 

Vibration Principles 2 Acceptance 

Criteria For Human Comfort 2.1 

Human Response to Floor Motion 

2.2 Recommended Criteria for 

Structural Design 2.2.1 Walking 

Excitation 2.2.2 Rhythmic 

Excitation 3 Natural Frequency of 

Steel Framed Floor Systems 3.1 

Fundamental Relationships 3.2 

Composite Action 3.3 Distributed 

Weight 3.4 Deflection Due to 

Flexure: Continuity 3.5 Deflection 

Due to Shear in Beams and Trusses 

3.6 Special Consideration for Open 

Web Joists and Joist Girders 4 

Design For Walking Excitation 4.1 

Recommended Criterion 4.2 

Estimation of Required Parameters 

4.3 Application of Criterion 4.4 

Example Calculations 4.4.1 

Footbridge Examples 4.4.2 

Typical Interior Bay of an Office 

Building Examples 4.4.3 

i l i 
AISC 812 DESIGN GUIDE 12: 

MODIFICATION OF EXISTING 

STEEL WELDED MOMENT 

FRAME CONNECTIONS FOR 

SEISMIC RESISTANCE

1/3/2003 Covers the rehabilitation of 

existing welded steel 

moment frame buildings to 

improve their seismic 

resistance.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Preface 1 Introduction 1.1 

Background 1.2 Factors 

Contributing to Connection Failures 

1.3 Repair and Modification 1.4 

Objective of Design Guide 2 

Achieving Improved Seismic 

Performance 2.1 Reduced Beam 

Section 2.2 Welded Haunch 2.3 

Bolted Bracket 3 Experimental 

Results 3.1 Related Research 

3.1.1 Reduced Beam Section 

3.1.2 Welded Haunch 3.1.3 

Bolted Bracket 3.2 NIST/AISC 

Experimental Program 3.2.1 

Reduced Beam Section 3.2.2 

Welded Haunch 3.2.3 Bolted 

Bracket 4 Design Basis for 

Connection Modification 4.1 

Material Strength 4.2 Critical 

Plastic Section 4.3 Design Forces 

4.3.1 Plastic Moment 4.3.2 

Beam Shear 4.3.3 Column-Beam 

Moment Ratio 4.4 Connection 

Modification Performance Objective 

5 Design of Reduced Beam Section 

Modification 5.1 Recommended 

Design Provisions 5.1.1 

i i d d 
AISC 813 WIDE-FLANGE COLUMN 

STIFFENING AT MOMENT 

CONNECTIONS

15/10/2012 Determining the design 

stiffness and strength for 

unreinforced wide-flange 

columns at locations of 

strong axis beam-to-column 

moment connection. Covers 

the design of column 

stiffening elements such as 

web doubler plates and 

transverse stiffeners (also 

known as continuity plates), 

when the unreinforced 

column strength and/or 

stiffness is inadequate. In 

both cases 

recommendations for 

economy are included.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 Introduction 1.1 Scope 1.2 

Column Stiffening 1.3 References 

Specifications 1.4 Definitions of 

Wind, Low-Seismic, and HighSeismic Applications 1.5 

Acknowledgements 2 Strong-Axis 

Moment Connections to 

Unreinforced Columns 2.1 Force 

Transfer in Unreinforced Columns 

2.2 Determining the Design Strength 

of an Unreinforced Column 

2.3 Column Cross-Sectional Stiffness 

Considerations 2.4 Design Aids 3 

Economical Selection of Columns 

3.1 Achieving Balance Between 

Increases In Material Cost and 

Reductions in Labor Cost 3.2 

Eliminating Column Stiffening 3.3 

Minimizing the Economic Impact of 

Column Stiffening 

Requirements in Wind and LowSeismic Applications 3.4 

Minimizing the Economics Impact of 

Column Stiffening 

Requirements in High-Seismic 

Applications 4 Strong-Axis Moment 

Connections to Stiffened Columns 

 ii h l 
AISC 814 DESIGN GUIDE 14: 

STAGGERED TRUSS FRAMING 

SYSTEMS/WEXLER AND LIN

15/10/2012 Covers the design and 

construction of staggered 

truss framing systems, which 

can be used to frame 

systems, which can be used 

to frame steel buildings with 

a floor-to-floor height 

approximately equal to that 

of flat-plate concrete 

construction.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 Staggered Truss Framing Systems 

1.1 Advantages of Staggered Trusses 

1.2 Material Description 1.3 

Framing Layout 1.4 Responsibilities 

1.5 Design Methodology 1.6 

Design Presentation 2 Diaphragm 

Action with Hollow Core Slabs 2.1 

General Information 2.2 

Distribution of Lateral Forces 2.3 

Transverse Shear in Diaphragm 2.4 

Diaphragm Chords 3 Design of Truss 

Members 3.1 Hand and Computer 

Calculations 3.2 Live Load 

Reduction 3.3 Gravity Loads 3.4 

Lateral Loads 3.5 Load Coefficients 

3.6 Vertical and Diagonal Members 

3.7 Truss Chords 3.8 Computer 

Modeling 3.9 Columns 4 

Connections in Staggered Trusses 

4.1 General Information 4.2 

Connection Between Web Member 

and Gusset Plate 4.3 Connection 

Between Gusset Plate and Chord 

4.4 Design Example 4.5 

Miscellaneous Considerations 5 

Seismic Design 5.1 Strength and 

Ductility Design Requirements 5.2 

 i i i id i 
AISC 815 DESIGN GUIDE 15: AISC 

REHABILITATION AND 

RETROFIT GUIDE: A 

REFERENCE FOR HISTORIC 

SHAPES AND SPECIFICATIONS

15/10/2012 Specifies an historical review 

of the ASTM material 

standards beginning in 1900 

and on AISC specifications 

from 1923 forward. Also 

describes how existing 

structural systems can be 

enhanced for increased 

strength and stiffness.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 Historical Review of Specifications 

1.1 Structural Shapes and Plates 

1.2 Steel Pipe and Hollow Structural 

Sections 1.3 Hot-Driven Rivets 

1.4 Structural Bolts 1.4.1 Carbon 

Steel Bolts 1.4.2 High Strength 

Steel Bolts 1.5 Structural Welding 

2 Properties of Beam and Column 

Sections 1873-2000 2.1 Steel 

Sections 1971-2000 2.2 Steel 

Sections 1953 -1970 2.3 Steel 

Sections 1887-1952 2.4 Wrought 

Iron Sections 1873-1900 3 

Evaluation of Existing Structures 

3.1 Introduction 3.2 Evaluation 

Methods 3.2.1 Gravity Loads 

3.2.2 Seismic Loads 3.3 Chapter N, 

AISC LRFD Specification 3.3.1 

Specification Provisions 3.3.2 

Commentary 4 Enhancement of 

Existing Structural Systems 4.1 

Gravity Systems 4.1.1 Floors 

4.1.2 Columns 4.2 Lateral Systems 

4.2.1 Fully restrained moment 

frames 4.2.2 Partially Restrained 

Moment Frames 4.2.3 

Concentrically Braced Frames 

 i d 
AISC 816 DESIGN GUIDE 16: FLUSH 

AND EXTENDED MULTIPLEROW MOMENT END-PLATE 

CONNECTIONS

15/10/2012 Covers the design of flush 

and extended multiple row 

moment end-plate 

connections.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 Uses and Classification of Moment 

End-Plate Connections 1.1 

Introduction 1.2 Background 

1.2.1 Design Procedures for 

Moment End-Plates with 

Fully Tightened Bolts 1.2.2 

Design Procedures for Moment EndPlates with Snug Tight Bolts 

1.2.3 Finite Element Analysis of 

Moment End-Plates 1.2.4 

Performance of Moment End-Plate 

Connections for Seismic 

Loading 2 Design Procedures 2.1 

Introduction 2.2 Yield-Line Theory 

and Mechanics 2.3 Bolt Force 

Predictions 2.4 Moment-Rotation 

Relationships 2.5 Design 

Procedures 2.5.1 Design 

Procedure 1 2.5.2 Design 

Procedure 2 2.5.3 Additional 

Assumptions and Conditions 2.6 

Limit States Check List 3 Flush EndPlate Design 3.1 Design Equations, 

Limitations, and Definitions 

3.1.1 Design Equations 3.1.2 

Limitations 3.1.3 Definitions 

3.2 Design Examples 3.2.1 Twol l h iff d 
AISC 817 DESIGN GUIDE 17: HIGH 

STRENGTH BOLTS - A PRIMER 

FOR STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS

15/10/2012 Provides the structural 

engineer with the 

information necessary to 

select suitable high-strength 

bolts, specify the methods of 

their installation and 

inspection, and to design 

connections that use this 

type of fastener.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 Introduction 1.1 Purpose and 

Scope 1.2 Historical Notes 1.3 

Mechanical Fasteners 1.4 Types of 

Connections 1.5 Design Philosophy 

1.6 Approach Taken in this Primer 2 

Static Strength of Rivets 2.1 

Introduction 2.2 Rivets Subject to 

Tension 2.3 Rivets in Shear 2.4 

Rivets in Combined Tension and 

Shear 3 Installation of Bolts and 

Their Inspection 3.1 Introduction 

3.2 Installation of High-Strength 

Bolts 3.2.1 Turn-of-Nut 

Installation 3.2.2 Calibrated 

Wrench Installation 3.2.3 

Pretensions Obtained using Turn-ofNut and Calibrated Wrench 

Methods 3.2.4 Tension-Control 

Bolts 3.2.5 Use of Direct Tension 

Indicators 3.3 Selection of SnugTightened or Pretensioned Bolts 

3.4 Inspection of Installation 

3.4.1 General 3.4.2 Joints Using 

Snug-Tight Bolts 3.4.3 Joints 

Using Pretensioned Bolts 3.4.4 

Arbitration 4 Behavior of Individual 

Bolts 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Bolts in 

i l i h AISC 818 DESIGN GUIDE 18: STEELFRAMED OPEN-DECK 

PARKING STRUCTURES

1/4/2003 Provides designers with a 

complete introductory 

reference for the design of 

steel-framed, open-deck 

parking structures.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
AISC 819 DESIGN GUIDE 19: FIRE 

RESISTANCE OF STRUCTURAL 

STEEL FRAMING

Includes the design of fire 

resistant steel framing, 

including building code 

requirements, fire protection 

methods and materials, 

standard fire resistance 

tests, and the associated 

rating system. Provides 

detailed guidance for the 

selection of rated designs for 

columns, beams, and 

trusses, complemented with 

comprehensive design 

examples and W/D tables for 

common protection 

configurations.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC 820 DESIGN GUIDE 20: STEEL 

PLATE SHEAR WALLS

15/10/2012 Addresses the history and 

design of steel plate shear 

walls. Covers design 

procedures and design 

examples for steel plate 

shear walls in both highseismic and R = 3 

applications.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC 821 DESIGN GUIDE 21: WELDED 

CONNECTIONS - A PRIMER 

FOR ENGINEERS

Provides a complete 

overview of topics related to 

structural welding, including 

selection of weld types, weld 

design, metallurgy, weld 

repair, distortions, weld 

procedure specifications, 

thermal cutting, quality, 

inspection, seismic 

considerations, economy, 

and safety.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
AISC 822 DESIGN GUIDE 22: FACADE 

ATTACHMENTS TO STEELFRAMED BUILDINGS

Describes the design of 

facade attachments to steelframed buildings. Facade 

system fundamentals are 

discussed, along with 

building performance issues 

that influence attachment 

design.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC 824 DESIGN GUIDE 24: HOLLOW 

STRUCTURAL SECTION 

CONNECTIONS

15/10/2012 Gives design provisions for 

various configurations of HSS 

connections and the 

applicable limit states.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC 826 DESIGN GUIDE 26: DESIGN OF 

BLAST RESISTANT 

STRUCTURES

Gives disseminate 

knowledge of blast 

resistance and progressive 

collapse mitigation to the 

structural engineering 

community, presenting basic 

theory with design examples 

so engineers can achieve 

simple and effective designs.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC 827 DESIGN GUIDE 27: 

STRUCTURAL STAINLESS 

STEEL

11/9/2013 Gives guidance for the 

design of structural stainless 

steel.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC 828 DESIGN GUIDE 28: STABILITY 

DESIGN OF STEEL BUILDINGS

13/11/2013 Gives innovative methods 

for stability design, including 

the introduction of the direct 

analysis method, aligned 

with the design provisions in 

the 2005 AISC Specification 

for Structural Steel Buildings.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 1 Base Plate and Anchor Rod 

Design (Second Edition)

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
AISC Design Guide 10 Erection Bracing of Low-Rise 

Structural Steel Frames (See 

errata listed at end of file.)

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 11 Floor Vibrations Due To 

Human Activity (See errata 

listed at end of file.)

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 12 Modification of Existing Steel 

Welded Moment Frame 

Connections for Seismic 

Resistance

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 13 Wide-Flange Column 

Stiffening at Moment 

Connections (See errata 

listed at end of file.)

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 14 Staggered Truss Framing 

Systems

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 15 AISC Rehabilitation and 

Retrofit Guide: A Reference 

for Historic Shapes and 

Specifications

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 16 Flush and Extended MultipleRow Moment End-Plate 

Connections (See errata & 

addendum at end of file.)

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 17 High Strength Bolts--A Primer 

for Structural Engineers (See 

errata listed at end of file.)

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 18 Steel-Framed Open-Deck 

Parking Structures

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
AISC Design Guide 19 Fire Resistance of Structural 

Steel Framing

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 2 Design of Steel and 

Composite Beams with Web 

Openings (See errata listed at 

end of file.)

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 20 Steel Plate Shear Walls Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 21 Welded Connections--A 

Primer for Engineers

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 22 Facade Attachments to SteelFramed BuildingsCommercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 23 Constructability of Structural 

Steel Buildings

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 24 Hollow Structural Section 

Connections

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 25 Frame Design Using WebTapered MembersCommercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 26 Design of Blast Resistant 

Structures

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
AISC Design Guide 27 Structural Stainless Steel Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 28 Stability Design of Steel 

Buildings

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 3 Serviceability Design 

Considerations for Steel 

Buildings (Second Edition)

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 4 Extended End-Plate Moment 

Connections Seismic and 

Wind Applications (Second 

Edition) (See addendum at 

end of file.)

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 5 Design of Low- and MediumRise Steel BuildingsCommercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 6 Load and Resistance Factor 

Design of W-Shapes Encased 

in Concrete (See errata listed 

at end of file.)

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 7 Industrial Buildings--Roofs to 

Anchor Rods (Second Edition)

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 8 Partially Restrained 

Composite Connections

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC Design Guide 9 Torsional Analysis of 

Structural Steel Members 

(See errata listed at end of 

file.)

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
AISC G471 STEEL BUILDING 

SYMPOSIUM: BLAST AND 

PROGRESSIVE COLLAPSE 

RESISTANCE

Covers introduction and 

guidance for the design and 

construction of blast and 

progressive collapse 

resistant steel buildings.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC G472 DETAILING CARDS Presents a summary of 

typical detailing dimensions 

for beams and columns in a 

convenient format for 

detailing.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC H050 A FATIGUE PRIMER FOR 

STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS

1/5/1998 Gives structural engineers 

with the necessary 

background to understand 

and use the current rules for 

fatigue strength. Fatigue 

Primer for Structural 

Engineers examines the 

fundamentals of fatigue and 

looks at basic fracture 

mechanic concepts, fatigue 

strength analysis, fatigue 

assessment procedures for 

variable stress range, 

distortion-induced fatigue 

cracking, inspection and 

repair of fatigue cracks.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
AISC N690 SPECIFICATION FOR SAFETYRELATED STEEL STRUCTURES 

FOR NUCLEAR FACILITIES

31/01/2012 Relates to the design of 

safety-related steel 

structures and steel 

elements in nuclear facilities.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities SYMBOLS GLOSSARY 

SPECIFICATION NA. GENERAL 

PROVISIONS NB. DESIGN 

REQUIREMENTS NC. DESIGN FOR 

STABILITY ND. DESIGN OF 

MEMBERS FOR TENSION NE. 

DESIGN OF MEMBERS FOR 

COMPRESSION NF. DESIGN OF 

MEMBERS FOR FLEXURE NG. 

DESIGN OF MEMBERS FOR SHEAR 

NH. DESIGN OF MEMBERS FOR 

COMBINED FORCES AND TORSION 

NI. DESIGN OF COMPOSITE 

MEMBERS NJ. DESIGN OF 

CONNECTIONS NK. DESIGN OF HSS 

AND BOX MEMBER CONNECTIONS 

NL. DESIGN FOR SERVICEABILITY 

NM. FABRICATION AND ERECTION 

NN. QUALITY CONTROL AND 

QUALITY ASSURANCE APPENDIX N1. 

DESIGN BY INELASTIC ANALYSIS 

APPENDIX N2. DESIGN FOR 

PONDING APPENDIX N3. DESIGN 

FOR FATIGUE APPENDIX N4. 

STRUCTURAL DESIGN FOR FIRE 

CONDITIONS APPENDIX N5. 

EVALUATION OF EXISTING 

 
AISC P700 GUIDE TO DESIGN CRITERIA 

FOR BOLTED AND RIVETED 

JOINTS

Describes the various 

theories of design, strength, 

and performance criteria of 

mechanically fastened joints 

and also reviews their 

historical development.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 Introduction 1.1 Purpose and 

Scope 1.2 Historical Notes 1.3 

Types and Mechanical Properties of 

Structural Fasteners 2 

General Provisions 2.1 Structural 

Steels 2.2 Types of Connections 

2.3 Loads 2.4 Factor of SafetyLoad Factor Design 2.5 Bolted and 

Riveted Shear Splices 2.6 Fatigue 

2.7 Fracture 3 Rivets 3.1 Rivet 

Types 3.2 Installation of Rivets 

3.3 Behavior of Individual Fasteners 

3.4 Basis for Design 

Recommendations 4 Bolts 4.1 

Bolt Types 4.2 Behavior of 

Individual Fasteners 4.3 

Installation of High-Strength Bolts 

4.4 Relaxation 4.5 Reuse of HighStrength Bolts 4.6 Galvanized 

Bolts and Nuts 4.7 Use of 

Washers 4.8 Corrosion and 

Embrittlement 4.9 Effect of Nut 

Strength 4.10 Basis for Design 

Recommendations 5 Symmetric 

Butt Splices 5.1 Joint Behavior up 

to Slip 5.2 Joint Behavior After 

Major Slip 5.3 Joint Behavior 

d d di AISC S341 Seismic Provisions for 

Structural Steel Buildings

2010 The AISC 341 standard 

governs the design, 

fabrication and erection of 

structural steel members 

and connections in the 

seismic force resisting 

systems, and splices and 

bases of columns in gravity 

framing systems of buildings 

and other structures with 

moment frames, braced 

frames and shear walls.

 

AISC S360 Specification for Structural 

Steel Buildings

2010 The AISC 360 standard 

applies to the design of the 

structural steel system or 

systems with structural steel 

acting compositely with 

reinforced concrete, where 

the steel elements are 

defined in AISC 303, the AISC 

Code of Standard Practice 

for Steel Buildings and 

Bridges.

AISC V253 THE BEHAVIOR OF STEEL 

COLUMNS

Gives the behavior of steel 

columns and educational 

value for structural and steel 

classes. Covers physical 

behavior and a very good 

relation of behavior to 

mathematical model.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISC V254 THE BEHAVIOR OF 

UNRESTRAINED STEEL BEAMS

Demonstrates the major 

physical phenomena that are 

involved in the response of 

unrestrained steel beams to 

loading.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
ANSI/AISC N690 Specification for SafetyRelated Steel Structures for 

Nuclear Facilities

2012 This AISC 

standard, Specification for 

Safety-Related Steel 

Structures for Nuclear 

Facilities (ANSI/AISC N690-

12), dated January 31, 2012, 

includes both the load and 

resistance factor design and 

allowable strength design 

methods of design, and is a 

supplement to the 

AISC 2010 Specification for 

Structural Steel Buildings. 

The document applies to the 

design of safety-related steel 

structures and steel 

elements in nuclear facilities 

and replaces ANSI/AISC N690-

06. It has been approved by 

the AISC Committee on 

Specifications and it is ANSIaccredited.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

Prequalified Connections for 

Special and Intermediate 

Steel Moment Frames for 

Seismic Applications

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

RCSC Specification for 

Structural Joints Using HighStrength Bolts

2009 This specification covers the 

design of bolted joints and 

the installation and 

inspection of fastener 

assemblies in structural steel 

connections. The document 

is maintained by 

the Research Council on 

Structural 

Connections (RCSC) with the 

participation of AISC.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
Seismic Provisions for 

Structural Steel Buildings

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

Specification for Structural 

Steel Buildings

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AITC 104 TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION 

DETAILS

5/5/2003 Includes detailed sketches 

and descriptive information 

for connections of glued 

laminated timber members 

including: beams to 

masonry; cantilever beams; 

beam and purlin hangers; 

beam to columns; column 

anchorage; arch anchorage; 

arch connections; truss 

connections; suspended 

loading connections. 

Describes various 

connections that should be 

avoided and details the 

protection of glulam from 

decay. Recommended for 

architects, engineers, 

building officials, timber 

designers and detailers of 

glued laminated timber.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 Introduction 2 Beam to Masonry 

Anchorages 3 Cantilever Beam 

Connections 4 Beam and Purlin 

Hangers for Roof Systems 5 Beam 

to Column Connections 6 Column 

Anchorage 7 Arch Anchorages 8 

Arch Connections 9 Truss 

Connections 10 Suspended Loads 

11 Details to Protect Against Decay 

Appendix Connection Details to Be 

Avoided
AITC 108 STANDARD FOR HEAVY 

TIMBER CONSTRUCTION

9/5/2002 Describes requirements for 

the heavy timber rating of 

columns, floor framing, roof 

framing, floors, roofs decks, 

load-bearing and non-loadbearing walls, construction 

details, and standard 

dimensions. Recommended 

for architects, engineers, 

building officials, timber 

designers and detailers of 

glued laminated timber.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AITC 111 RECOMMENDED PRACTICE 

FOR PROTECTION OF 

STRUCTURAL GLUED 

LAMINATED TIMBER DURING 

TRANSIT, STORAGE AND 

ERECTION

Covers recommended 

practices for using end 

sealers, surface sealers, 

wrapping and protection of 

preservatively treated 

members, job site storage 

and erection.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1. INTRODUCTION 2. END SEALERS 

3. SURFACE SEALERS 4. WRAPPING 

5. PROTECTION FOR PRESERVATIVE 

TREATED MEMBERS 6. SHIPPING 

AND HANDLING 7. JOB SITE 

STORAGE

AITC 112 STANDARD FOR TONGUEAND-GROOVE HEAVY TIMBER 

ROOF DECKING

26/11/2003 Applicable to solid sawn 

tongue-and-groove heavy 

timber decking. Its provisions 

are not applicable to 

laminated timber decking. 

Discusses species, sizes and 

patterns, lengths, moisture 

content, applications, 

specifications, weights of 

installed decking and 

allowable load tables for 

nominal 2, 3 and 4 inch 

thickness decking. 

Recommended for 

architects, engineers, 

building officials, timber 

designers and detailers of 

timber construction.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities INTRODUCTION SPECIES SIZES 

AND PATTERNS LENGTHS 

MOISTURE CONTENT 

APPLICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS 

WEIGHTS OF INSTALLED DECKING 

ALLOWABLE LOADS
AITC A190.1 AMERICAN NATIONAL 

STANDARD, STRUCTURAL 

GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER

Provides standard criteria for 

manufacture to certification 

of structural glued laminated 

timber.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 Purpose 2 Scope 3 List of 

referenced publications 4 

Requirements 4.1 General 4.2 

Sizes and tolerances 4.3 Grade 

combinations 4.4 Lumber for 

laminating 4.5 Adhesives 4.6 

Laminating 5 Inspection and test 

procedures 5.1 General 5.2 

Production line tests 5.3 Physical 

tests 5.4 Qualification tests 5.5 

Visual inspection of finished product 

5.6 Reinspection 6 Quality control 

system 6.1 General 6.2 Qualified 

inspection and testing agency 7 

Marking 8 Effective data 9 

History of project 10 Definitions 

Tables 1 Required shear strength 

of adhesive joints in laminated 

construction of different species at 

various moisture content values 2 

Summary of physical tests for daily 

production 3 Summary of 

qualification tests Appendices A 

Guide for specifying B 

Reinspection practices

AISI S100 North American Specification 

for the Design of ColdFormed Steel Structural 

Members

2012 The AISI S100 standard 

applies to the design of 

structural members coldformed to shape from 

carbon or low-alloy steel 

sheet, strip, plate, or bar not 

more than 1 in. (25.4 mm) in 

thickness and used for loadcarrying purposes in 

buildings and structures 

other than buildings 

provided allowances are 

made for dynamic effects.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
AISI S110 Standard for Seismic Design 

of Cold-Formed Steel 

Structural Systems – Special 

Bolted Moment Frames

2012 AISI S110 standard applies to 

the design and construction 

of cold-formed steel 

members and connections in 

seismic force resisting 

systems (SFRS) in buildings 

and other structures. The 

scope of AISI S110 is 

currently limited to special 

bolted moment frames in 

structures 1 story in height.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISI S200 North American Standard for 

Cold-Formed Steel Framing – 

General Provisions

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISI S210 North American Standard for 

Cold-Formed Steel Framing – 

Floor and Roof System Design

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISI S210 North American Standard for 

Cold-Formed Steel Framing – 

Header Design

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISI S211 North American Standard for 

Cold-Formed Steel Framing – 

Wall Stud Design

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISI S212 North American Standard for 

Cold-Formed Steel Framing – 

Lateral Design

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISI S213 North American Standard for 

Cold-Formed Steel Framing – 

Lateral Design

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISI S214 North American Standard for 

Cold-Formed Steel Framing – 

Truss Design

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISI S220 orth American Standard for 

Cold-Formed Steel Framing – 

Nonstructural Members

2011 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
AISI S230 Standard for Cold-Formed 

Steel Framing – Prescriptive 

Method for One and Two 

Family Dwellings

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AISI S310 North American Standard for 

the Design of Profiled Steel 

Diaphragm Panels

2013 AISI S310 standard applies to 

diaphragms and wall 

diaphragms that contain 

profiled steel panels, which 

include fluted panels or 

deck, and cellular deck.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI A 300 Part 1 Pruning 2008 Pruning of trees to reduce 

risk ; Pruning of trees to 

restore damaged trees; 

Utility pruning (line 

clearance tree trimming of 

utility distribution 

infrastructure)

Energy Commercial Facilities Residential Facilities Government 

Facilities 

ANSI A 300 Part 7 Integrated Vegetation 

Management (IVM)

2012 Addresses rights-of-way 

(ROW) vegetation 

management using IVM 

principles under and around 

utility transmission 

infrastructure.

Energy 

ANSI A 300 Part 9 Tree Risk Assessment 2011 Addresses performance of 

tree structure risk 

assessments (applicable both 

before and after damaging 

weather events). 

Commercial Facilities Residential Facilities Government Facilities 
ANSI A10.26 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 

FOR CONSTRUCTION AND 

DEMOLITION SITES

1/2/2012 Pertains to those emergency 

procedures involving: 1) 

fires, collapses, hazardous 

spills and other emergencies 

that could endanger 

workers; 2) emergency 

rescue of injured or ill 

workers or other persons or 

of uninjured workers unable 

to rescue themselves; 3) 

onsite provision of first aid 

and emergency medical care; 

4) evacuation and 

transportation of injured or 

ill workers to appropriate 

emergency medical facilities; 

5) pre-planning and 

coordination of emergency 

plan with emergency 

medical facilities; 6) training 

on emergency 

procedures/plans for 

workers and other groups.

Emergency Services 1. General 2. Referenced Standards 

3. Definitions 4. Pre-Planning and 

Coordination 5. Emergency/Incident 

Management 6. First Aid and 

Emergency Medical Care 7. 

Appendices Appendices: 1 

Emergency Action Plan 2 Rescue 

Hazard Analysis (RHA) Matrix 3 

Emergency Rescue Procedures 4 

Incident Management System 5 

Critical Incident Stress Management
ANSI N323c Radiation Protection 

Instrumentation Test and 

Calibration - Air Monitoring 

Instruments

6/11/2009 Describes test and 

calibration requirements for 

air monitoring instruments 

used for detection and 

measurement of airborne 

radioactive substances. The 

appendices of this standard 

provide reference 

information.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

 1. Overview

1.1 Scope

1.2 Purpose

1.3 Special word usage

2. Relationship to other standards

3. Definitions

4. Program elements

4.1 Type testing

4.2 Acceptance testing

4.3 Initial calibration

4.4 Functional checks

4.5 Maintenance and recalibration

4.6 Performance tests

5. Air flow rate calibrations

6. Instrument calibrations

6.1 Pre-calibration inspection

6.2 As-found readings

6.3 Electronic calibration

6.4 Meters and chart recorders

6.5 Background response 

verification

6.6 Calibration of background 

subtraction

6.7 Alarm circuit verification

6.8 Radiological calibration

7. Additional calibration 

requirements for particulate 

d bl i
ANSI N42.43 American National Standard 

Performance Criteria for 

Mobile and Transportable 

Radiation Monitors used for 

Homeland Security

23/4/2007 Describes the operational 

and performance 

requirements for 

transportable and/or mobile 

radiation monitors used in 

homeland security 

applications.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

1 Overview

1.1 Scope

1.2 Purpose

2 Normative references

3 Definitions

3.1 General

3.2 Definitions of particular 

relevance to ANSI N42.43

4 General considerations

4.1 Evaluation of monitors

4.2 Meeting performance 

specifications

4.3 Units and uncertainties

4.4 Special word usage

4.5 Standard test conditions

4.6 Tests performed under standard 

test conditions

4.7 Tests performed with variation 

of influence quantities

4.8 Statistical fluctuations

5 Design requirements

5.1 General characteristics

5.2 Physical configuration

5.3 Data storage

5.4 Indication features

5.5 Occupancy and speed sensors 

for vehicle monitors

 ki ANSI S3.41 AUDIBLE EMERGENCY 

EVACUATION

 SIGNAL

11/11/2008 Applicable to an audible 

emergency evacuation 

signal.

Emergency Services 1 SCOPE 2 PURPOSE 3 

APPLICATIONS 4 STANDARDS 

REFERRED TO IN THIS STANDARD 5 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE AUDIBLE 

EMERGENCY EVACUATION SIGNAL 

5.1 Temporal Pattern 5.2 

Recognition 5.3 Sound Pressure 

Level 5.4 Duration 5.5 

Supplementary Instructions 6 

VISUAL AND/OR TACTILE SIGNALS 

APPENDIX: EXAMPLE OF THE 

APPLICATION OF THE 

TEMPORAL PATTERN TO AUDIBLE 

SIGNALS
ANSI X9.101 Securities and related 

financial instruments - 

International securities 

identification numbering 

systems (ISIN)

2003 Specifies uniform structure 

for international securities 

identification numbers 

(ISINs). It is intended for use 

in any application in the 

trading and administration of 

securities and other financial 

instruments.

Financial Services Foreword 

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Term and definition

4 Principles

5 ISIN allocation

5.1 Countries where a numbering 

agency exists

5.2 Countries where no numbering 

agency exists

5.3 Existing ISINs and existing 

securities without ISINs

5.4 Application for ISIN

5.5 Exchange of information

6 Registration authority

7 Information and enquiries

Annex A (normative) Formula for 

computing modulus 10 

"Double-Add-Double" check digit

Annex B (normative) Competence of 

numbering agencies

Annex C (normative) Minimum 

information

Annex D (informative) Examples
ANSI X9.105-3 Financial transaction card 

originated messages - 

Interchange message 

specifications - Part 3: 

Maintenance procedures for 

messages, data elements and 

code values

2003 Establishes the role of the 

maintenance agency (MA) 

and specifies the procedures 

for adding messages and 

data elements to codes 

listed in Annex A of X9.105.

Financial Services Foreword

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Application procedures

4.1 Application procedure for 

changes to ISO 8583-1

4.2 Criteria for approval of an 

application for changes 

to ISO 8583-1

5 Appeal process

5.1 Appeal bodies

5.2 Information to be provided

6 Balloting process

7 Sponsoring authority

7.1 Eligibility to become a 

sponsoring authority

7.2 Responsibilities

8 Registration and maintenance 

management group (RMMG)

8.1 Constitution

8.2 Responsibilities

8.3 Voting procedures

9 Maintenance Agency

9.1 Appointment

9.2 Resignation

9.3 Responsibilities

 bli i f h 
ANSI X9.106 Retail Financial Services - 

Merchant Category Codes

17/12/2003 Specifies code values used to 

enable the classification of 

merchants into specific 

categories based on the type 

of business, trade or services 

supplied. Also establishes 

the procedures for a 

Registration and 

Maintenance Management 

Group (RMMG), which 

considers requests for new 

code values, and a 

Maintenance Agency (MA), 

which provides the 

administrative procedures 

required to maintain an upto-date list of codes.

Financial Services Foreword

1 Scope

2 Terms and definitions

3 Merchant category codes

4 Application for code value 

additions, changes and deletions

4.1 Application procedure

4.2 Criteria for approval of a new 

merchant category code

4.3 Criteria for approval of a 

merchant category code 

change or deletion

5 Registration and Maintenance 

Management Group (RMMG)

5.1 Constitution

5.2 Responsibilities

5.3 Voting procedures

6 Maintenance Agency (MA)

6.1 Appointment

6.2 Resignation

6.3 Responsibilities

7 Appeal process

7.1 Appeal bodies

7.2 Information to be provided

8 Publication of changes to ISO 

18245

Annex A (normative) Merchant 

 d
ANSI X9.30-1 Public Key Cryptography 

Using Irreversible Algorithms - 

Part 1: The Digital Signature 

Algorithm (DSA)

30/1/1997 Defines a method for digital 

signature (signature) 

generation and verification 

for the protection of 

messages and data using the 

Digital Signature Algorithm 

(DSA).

Information Technology FOREWORD

1 SCOPE

2 DEFINITIONS AND COMMON 

ABBREVIATIONS

2.1. DEFINITIONS

2.2. COMMON ABBREVIATIONS AND 

ACRONYMS

3 APPLICATION

3.1. GENERAL

3.2. THE USE OF THE DSA 

ALGORITHM 

4 THE DIGITAL SIGNATURE 

ALGORITHM (DSA)

4.1. DSA PARAMETERS

4.2. CONTROL OF KEYING MATERIAL

4.3. SIGNATURE GENERATION

4.4. SIGNATURE VERIFICATION

ANNEX A: GENERATION OF PRIMES 

FOR THE DSA 

A.1. INTRODUCTION

A.2. A PROBABILISTIC PRIMALITY 

TEST

A.3. GENERATION OF PRIMES

ANNEX B: RANDOM NUMBER 

GENERATION FOR THE DSA

B.1. INTRODUCTION

B.2. ALGORITHMS

 '
ANSI X9.30-2 Public Key Cryptography 

Using Irreversible Algorithms - 

Part 2: The Secure Hash 

Algorithm (SHA-1)

6/1/1997 The Secure Hash Algorithm 

(SHA-1) is required for use 

with the Digital Signature 

Algorithm and may be used 

whenever a secure hash 

algorithm is required.

Information Technology FOREWORD

1. SCOPE 

2. DEFINITIONS AND COMMON 

ABBREVIATIONS

2.1. DEFINITIONS

2.2. ABBREVIATIONS AND 

ACRONYMS AND OPERATIONS ON 

WORDS

2.2.1. Abbreviations and Acronyms

2.2.2. Operations On Words

2.3. BIT STRINGS AND INTEGERS

3. THE SECURE HASH ALGORITHM 

(SHA-1)

3.1. MESSAGE PADDING

3.2. FUNCTIONS AND CONSTANTS 

USED

3.3. COMPUTING THE MESSAGE 

DIGEST

3.4. ALTERNATIVE METHOD OF 

COMPUTATION

3.5. COMPARISON OF METHODS

3.6. COMPUTATIONAL EXAMPLES

ANNEX A: FIRST SAMPLE MESSAGE 

AND ITS MESSAGE DIGEST

ANNEX B: A SECOND SAMPLE 

MESSAGE AND ITS MESSAGE DIGEST 

ANNEX C: A THIRD SAMPLE 

 
ANSI X9.42 Public Key Cryptography for 

the Financial Services 

Industry: Agreement of 

Symmetric Keys Using 

Discrete Logarithm 

Cryptography

19/11/2003 Describes schemes for the 

agreement of symmetric 

keys using Diffie-Hellman 

and MQV algorithms. It 

covers methods of domain 

parameter generation, 

domain parameter 

validation, key pair 

generation, public key 

validation, shared secret 

value calculation, key 

derivation, and test message 

authentication code 

computation for discrete 

logarithm problem based key 

agreement schemes.

Information Technology 1 SCOPE

2 NORMATIVE REFERENCES

3 DEFINITIONS

4 SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

4.1 SYMBOLS

4.2 ABBREVIATIONS

5 ORGANIZATION

6 APPLICATION

7 BASIC ALGORITHMS, FUNCTIONS, 

AND CONVERSION RULES

7.1 DOMAIN PARAMETER 

GENERATION

7.2 DOMAIN PARAMETER 

VALIDATION

7.3 PRIVATE/PUBLIC KEY 

GENERATION

7.4 PUBLIC KEY VALIDATION

7.5 CALCULATION OF SHARED 

SECRET ELEMENTS

7.6 DATA CONVERSION RULES

7.7 KEY DERIVATION FROM A 

SHARED SECRET VALUE

7.8 MAC COMPUTATION

7.9 ANSI X9.42 IMPLEMENTATION 

VALIDATION

8 KEY AGREEMENT SCHEMES

8.1 KEY AGREEMENT USING THE 
ANSI X9.5 Financial Institution 

Numbering System (FINS)

2/8/2001 Provides specifications for 

identifying an institution in a 

securities transaction by 

means of a FINS number. 

Serves as the common 

denominator in 

communications among 

users for completion of 

transactions and exchange of 

information. Specifies both 

the configuration of the 

number and the meaning 

attached to each portion. 

Intends that the FINS 

number be used for all 

comparisons, deliveries, and 

similar transactions involving 

securities-processing 

organizations.

Financial Services Foreword

1 Introduction

2 Scope and Field of Application

3 Definitions

4 Configuration of the FINS Number

4.1 Industry Code

4.2 Institution Code

5 Issuance of Number

6 Maintenance

7 Procedures for the Maintenance 

of the Fins

7.1 Functions of the Maintenance 

Agency

7.2 Responsibilities of the Sponsor

7.3 Publication and dissemination of 

information
ANSI X9.63 Public Key Cryptography for 

the Financial Services 

Industry, Key Agreement and 

Key Transport Using Elliptic 

Curve Cryptography

21/12/2011 Describes key establishment 

schemes that employ 

asymmetric cryptographic 

techniques.

Information Technology X9 MEMBER ORGANIZATION 

REPRESENTATIVE 

X9F MEMBER ORGANIZATION 

REPRESENTATIVE 

X9F1 MEMBER ORGANIZATION 

REPRESENTATIVE 

1 SCOPE

2 DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS 

AND REFERENCES

3 APPLICATION

4 MATHEMATICAL CONVENTIONS

5 CRYPTOGRAPHIC INGREDIENTS

6 KEY AGREEMENT SCHEMES

7 KEY TRANSPORT SCHEMES

ANNEX A (NORMATIVE) - 

NORMATIVE NUMBER-THEORETIC 

ALGORITHMS

ANNEX B (INFORMATIVE) - 

MATHEMATICAL BACKGROUND

ANNEX C (INFORMATIVE) - TABLES 

OF TRINOMIALS, 

PENTANOMIALS, AND GAUSSIAN 

NORMAL BASES

ANNEX D (INFORMATIVE) - 

INFORMATIVE NUMBER-THEORETIC 

ALGORITHMS

ANNEX E (INFORMATIVE) - COMPLEX 
ANSI X9.79-1 FINANCIAL SERVICES PUBLIC 

KEY INFRASTRUCTURE - PART 

1: PKI PRACTICES AND POLICY 

FRAMEWORK

23/1/2001 Defines the components of a 

PKI and sets a framework of 

practices and policy 

requirements for a PKI.

Financial Services 1 SCOPE OF THIS STANDARD

2 NORMATIVE REFERENCE(S)

3 DEFINITIONS

4 SYMBOLS (AND ABBREVIATIONS)

5 ORGANIZATION

6 PKI CERTIFICATE POLICY AND 

CERTIFICATION 

PRACTICE STATEMENT

7 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

ANNEX A (NORMATIVE) - ELEMENTS 

OF POLICY AND PRACTICE

ANNEX B (NORMATIVE) - 

CERTIFICATION AUTHORITY 

CONTROL OBJECTIVES

ANNEX C (INFORMATIVE) - X.509 

CERTIFICATE FIELDS

ANNEX D (INFORMATIVE) - 

BIBLIOGRAPHY

ANNEX E (INFORMATIVE) - OBJECT 

IDENTIFIERS (OID)
ANSI X9.80 Prime Number Generation, 

Primality Testing, and 

Primality Certificates

15/8/2005 Defines methods for 

generating large prime 

numbers as needed by public 

key cryptographic 

algorithms. It also provides 

testing methods for testing 

candidate primes presented 

by a third party. It allows 

primes to be generated 

either deterministically or 

probabilistically, where: - A 

number shall be accepted as 

prime when a probabilistic 

algorithm that declares it to 

be prime is in error with 

probability less than 2[-100]. - 

A deterministic prime shall 

be generated using a method 

that guarantees that it is 

prime.

Information Technology Foreword

Tables

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Symbols and abbreviated terms

5 Prime Generation Methods

5.1 General Discussion

5.2 Generation of Primes Using 

Random Integers

5.2.1 Generation of Random Primes 

with Sequential Search

5.2.2 Generation of Random Primes 

with Uniform Distribution

5.2.3 Testing Using Probabilistic 

Methods

5.2.4 Testing Using Deterministic 

Methods

5.3 Constructive Methods

5.3.1 Shawe-Taylor's Algorithm

5.3.2 Maurer's Algorithm

5.4 Side Conditions for Generating 

Primes using Random integers

6 Candidate Prime Testing Methods

7 Tables of Parameters

7.1 Rounds Required for Millerbi if ll d b 
ANSI X9.8-1 BANKING - PERSONAL 

IDENTIFICATION NUMBER 

MANAGEMENT AND 

SECURITY - PART 1: PIN 

PROTECTION PRINCIPLES 

AND TECHNIQUES FOR 

ONLINE PIN VERIFICATION IN 

ATM & POS SYSTEMS

21/3/2003 Specifies: a) Basic principles 

and techniques which 

provide the minimum 

security measures required 

for effective international 

PIN management; b) PIN 

protection techniques 

applicable to financial 

transaction card originated 

transactions in an online 

environment and a standard 

means of interchanging PIN 

data.

Financial Services Foreword

Tables 

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Definitions 

4 Basic principles of PIN 

management

5 PIN entry devices

5.1 Character set

5.2 Character representation 

5.3 PIN entry

5.4 Packaging considerations 

6 PIN security issues

6.1 PIN control requirements 

6.1.1 Hardware and software 

6.1.2 Recording media 

6.1.3 Oral communications 

6.1.4 Telephone keypads 

6.2 PIN encipherment 

6.3 Physical security 

6.3.1 Physical security for PIN entry 

devices

6.3.2 Physically secure device 

6.3.3 Physically secure environment 

6.3.4 PIN entry device requirements 

7 Techniques for 

/ i f 
ANSI X9.82-1 Random Number Generation 

Part 1: Overview and Basic 

Principles

26/7/2006 Defines techniques for the 

generation of random 

numbers that shall be used 

whenever ASC X9 Standards 

require the use of a random 

number or bitstring for 

cryptographic purposes.

Information Technology Foreword

Introduction 

1 Scope 

2 Conformance

3 Normative references

4 Terms and definitions 

5 Symbols and Abbreviations 

6 General Discussion 

6.1 Overview of Document 

6.2 The Need for Random Numbers

6.3 Examples of Cryptographic Use 

of Random Numbers

7 Overview of Random Bit 

Generators

7.1 Secure RBG 

7.2 Idealized Coin Flipping - The 

Canonical RBG

7.2.1 Coin Flipping Preliminaries 

7.2.2 Properties of Idealized Coin 

Flipping 

7.2.3 Possible Problems with Actual 

Coin Flipping 

7.2.4 von Neumann Unbiasing

7.3 Random Bit Generation 

Functional Model

7.3.1 Entropy Source

7.3.2 Algorithmic Processing 

 f i i h h ANSI Z535 COLOR CHART 19/9/2011 Provides a 2011 designation 

with updated and corrected 

information concerning ink 

specifications for the Z535 

safety colors.

Communications

ANSI Z535 SET ANSI Z535 SET 19/9/2011 Contains all six Z535 

standards and color chart.

Communications Set includes ANSI Z535.1, ANSI 

Z535.2, ANSI Z535.3, ANSI Z535.4, 

ANSI Z535.5, ANSI Z535.6 & ANSI 

Z535 Color Chart. (02/2011)
ANSI Z535.3 Criteria for safety symbols 19/9/2011 Specifies general criteria for 

the design, evaluation, and 

use of safety symbols to 

identify and warn against 

specific hazards, and to 

provide information to avoid 

personal injury.

Communications Foreword

1 Introduction 

2 Scope and purpose

3 Application

4 Definitions

5 Safety symbol types, surround 

shapes, and colors

6 Graphic design considerations

7 Safety symbol selection criteria

8 Normative references

Annexes 

A - Principles and Guidelines for 

Graphical Design of Safety 

Symbols

B - General Procedures for 

Evaluating Candidate Safety Symbols

C - Informative References
ANSI Z535.4 PRODUCT SAFETY SIGNS AND 

LABELS

19/9/2011 Defines specifications for 

design, application, use, and 

placement of safety signs 

and labels on a wide variety 

of products. A new type of 

product safety sign, the 

"safety instruction sign," was 

added to join the existing 

types of signs, hazard 

alerting signs, and safety 

notice signs, which were also 

more clearly defined and 

named in this edition.

Communications Foreword

1 Introduction

2 Scope and Purpose

3 Application and exceptions 

4 Definitions

5 Use of signal words

6 Sign or label format

7 Safety sign and label colors

8 Letter style and size

9 Sign and label placement 

10 Expected life and maintenance 

11 Safety symbols 

12 References 

Annexes

A - Providing Information About 

Safety Messages in 

Collateral Materials and Product 

Safety Signs and 

Labels 

B - Principles and Guidelines for the 

Design of Product 

Safety Signs and Labels 

C - The Use of ISO Safety Signs for 

Products

D - Translations of Signal Words

E - Risk Estimation and Signal Word 

Selection

 f i f
ANSI Z535.5 SAFETY TAGS AND 

BARRICADE TAPES (FOR 

TEMPORARY HAZARDS)

19/9/2011 Defines requirements for the 

design, application, and use 

of safety tags and barricade 

tapes for temporary hazards.

Communications Foreword

1 Introduction

2 Scope and purpose

3 Definitions

4 Safety tags and barricade tape 

classifications

5 Tag and tape format and color 

criteria

6 Tag location, attachment methods, 

life expectancy, 

and authorization

7 Letter style, viewing distance, tag 

size and shape

8 Safety symbols

9 References

Annexes 

A - Principles and Guidelines for the 

Design of Safety Tags 

and Barricade Tapes

B - Previous Formats for Signal Word 

Panels

C - Risk Estimation and Signal Word 

Selection

D - Information References

ANSI Z535.6 PRODUCT SAFETY 

INFORMATION IN PRODUCT 

MANUALS, INSTRUCTIONS, 

AND OTHER COLLATERAL 

MATERIALS

19/9/2011 Defines requirements for the 

design and location of 

product safety messages in 

collateral materials for a 

wide variety of products.

Communications Foreword

1 Introduction

2 Scope and purpose 

3 Application and exceptions 

4 Definitions

5 Message components 

6 Supplemental directives

7 Grouped safety messages

8 Section safety messages

9 Embedded safety messages 

10 Property damage messages 

11 References 

Annexes

A - Providing Information About 

Safety Messages in 

Collateral Materials and Product 

Safety Signs 

and Labels 

B - Translations of Signal Words

C - Risk Estimation and Signal Word 

Selection
ANS 15.16 Emergency Planning for 

Research Reactors

23/9/2008 Provides the approach to 

coping with emergencies and 

minimizing the 

consequences of accidents at 

research reactor facilities.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

ANS 2.15 Criteria for Modeling and 

Calculating Atmospheric 

Dispersion of Routine 

Radiological Releases from 

Nuclear Facilities

In development Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

ANS 2.17 Evaluation of Subsurface 

Radionuclide Transport at 

Commercial Nuclear Power 

Plants

2010 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

ANS 2.27 Criteria for Investigations of 

Nuclear Facility Sites for 

Seismic Hazard Assessments

31/7/2008 Provides standard criteria 

and procedures to collect 

data needed as input to 

probabilistic analysis of 

seismic hazards at nuclear 

facilities as specified in 

ANSI/ANS-2.29-2008, 

"Probabilistic Seismic 

Hazards Analysis".

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

ANS 2.29 Probabilistic Seismic Hazard 

Analysis

2008 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

ANS 2.3 Estimating Tornado, 

Hurricane, and Extreme 

Straight Line Wind 

Characteristics at Nuclear 

Facility Sites 

2011 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

ANS 2.8 Determining Design Basis 

Flooding at Power Reactor 

Sites

withdrawn - in Revision Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 
ANS 58.3 Physical Protection for 

Nuclear Safety-Related 

Systems and Components

1992. Reapproved in 2008 Describes physical protection 

criteria important to safety 

in nuclear power generating 

stations that are either LWR 

or HTGR. Includes an 

identification of potential 

hazards to systems and 

components important to 

safety, and an acceptable 

means of insuring the 

protection of this 

equipment.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

ANS2.30 Assessing Capability for 

Surface Faulting at Nuclear 

Facilities

In development Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

ANSI/ANS 3.11 Determining Meteorological 

Information at Nuclear 

Facilities

2010 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

ANSI/ANS 3.8.2 Criteria for the Functional 

and Physical Characteristics 

of Radiological Emergency 

Response Facilities

withdrawn - in Revision Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

ANSI/ANS 3.8.3 Criteria for Radiological 

Emergency Response Plans 

and Implementing 

Procedures

withdrawn - in Revision Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

ANSI/ANS 3.8.7 Criteria for Planning, 

Development, Conduct, and 

Evaluation of Drills and 

Exercises for Emergency 

Preparedness

withdrawn - in Revision Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 
API 1133 GUIDELINES FOR ONSHORE 

HYDROCARBON PIPELINES 

AFFECTING HIGH 

CONSEQUENCE 

FLOODPLAINS

1/2/2010 Provides criteria for the 

design, construction, 

operation, maintenance and 

abandonment of onshore 

pipelines that could affect 

high consequence 

floodplains and associated 

commercially navigable 

waterways. It applies only to 

steel pipelines that transport 

gas, hazardous liquids, 

alcohols or carbon dioxide.

Energy Transportation Systems 1 SCOPE 

2 REFERENCES 

3 DEFINITIONS 

4 DESIGN 

4.1 Route Selection 

4.2 Construction Methods 

4.3 Material Specifications for 

Trenched and Drilled Crossings 

4.4 Valves 

5 CONSTRUCTION 

5.1 Environmental Considerations 

5.2 Safety 

5.3 Selecting a Contractor 

5.4 Accessibility 5.5 

Pipe Handling 5.6 

Space Considerations 

5.7 Welding 

5.8 Inspection and Testing 

5.9 As-built Drawings 

5.10 Site Restoration 

5.11 Construction Completion 

6 OPERATION 

6.1 System Guidelines 

6.2 Pipeline Operations 

6.3 Emergency Plan 

6.4 Restoration 7 

MAINTENANCE 7.1 

i i i f 
API 1160 MANAGING SYSTEM 

INTEGRITY FOR HAZARDOUS 

LIQUID PIPELINES

1/9/2013 Pertains to pipeline systems 

used to transport "hazardous 

liquids" as defined in U.S. 

Title 49 CFR Part 195.2.

Energy transportation Systems 1 Scope 2 Normative References 

3 Terms, Definitions, Acronyms, and 

Abbreviations 4 Integrity 

Management Program 5 

Identifying Critical Locations with 

Respect to the Consequences of a 

Release 6 Gathering, Reviewing, 

and Integrating Data 7 Risk 

Assessment Implementation 8 

Integrity Assessment and 

Remediation 9 Reassessment 

Frequencies 10 Preventive and 

Mitigative Measures to Assure 

Pipeline Integrity 11 Integrity 

Management of Pump Stations and 

Facility Piping 12 Program 

Evaluation 13 Management of 

Change Annex A (normative) - 

Threats to Pipeline Integrity Annex 

B (informative) - In-line Inspection 

Technologies Annex C (informative) - 

Repair Strategies Annex D 

(normative) - Calculating 

Reassessment Intervals Annex F 

(informative) - Leak Detection 

Methods Bibliography
API 14E RECOMMENDED PRACTICE 

FOR DESIGN AND 

INSTALLATION OF OFFSHORE 

PRODUCTION PLATFORM 

PIPING SYSTEMS

1/1/2013 Recommends minimum 

requirements and guidelines 

for the design and 

installation on new piping 

systems on offshore 

production platforms. 

Includes general 

recommendations on design 

and application of pipe, 

valves and fittings for typical 

processes; general 

information on installation, 

quality control and items 

related to piping systems 

such as insulation; and 

specific recommendations 

for the design of particular 

piping systems.

Energy transportation Systems Policy

Foreword

Definitions

Symbols

Section 1 - General

Scope

Code for pressure piping

Policy

Industry codes, guides and 

standards

American Iron and Steel Institute

American National Standards 

Institute

American Petroleum Institute

American Society for Testing and 

Materials

National Association of Corrosion 

Engineers

National Fire Protection Association

Gas Processors Suppliers Association

Hydraulics Institute

Governmental rules and regulations

Demarcation between systems with 

different pressure

ratings

Corrosion considerations

General

i h l i API 2508

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 

OF ETHANE AND ETHYLENE 

INSTALLATIONS AT MARINE 

AND PIPELINE TERMINALS, 

NATURAL GAS PROCESSING 

PLANTS REFINERIES, 

PETROCHEMICAL PLANTS 

AND TANK FARMS

Cancelled Energy 
API 2510 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 

OF LPG INSTALLATIONS

1/10/2011 Describes the design, 

construction, and location of 

liquefied petroleum gas 

(LPG) installations at marine 

and pipeline terminals, 

natural gas processing 

plants, refineries, 

petrochemical plants and 

tank farms.

Energy Transportation Systems 1 Scope

1.1 Retroactivity

1.2 Characteristics of LPG

1.3 Safety

2 Referenced Publications

3 Terms and Definitions

4 Design of LPG vessels

4.1 Applicable Design Construction 

Codes

4.2 Design Pressure and 

Temperature

4.3 Design Vacuum

4.4 Materials of Construction

4.5 Vessel Connections

4.6 Previously Constructed Vessels

5 Sitting Requirements and Spill 

Containment

5.1 Siting

5.2 Drainage

5.3 Spill Containment

5.4 Remote Impoundment

5.5 Diking

6 Foundations and Supports for LPG 

Storage vessels 

and Related Piping 

6.1 Applicable Codes and 

Specifications

 i l i
API 353 MANAGING SYSTEMS 

INTEGRITY OF TERMINAL 

AND TANK FACILITIES - 

MANAGING THE RISK OF 

LIQUID PETROLEUM 

RELEASES

1/11/2006 Describes the issues of 

overall risk management, 

risk assessment, risk ranking, 

risk mitigation, and the 

performance measures 

applicable to an overall 

integrity management 

program.

Energy Transportation Systems 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 PURPOSE 

AND OBJECTIVES 1.2 SCOPE 

1.3 TARGET AUDIENCE 1.3.1 

How to Use This Document 

1.3.2 Roles and Responsibilities 

1.3.3 Training and Qualifications 

1.3.4 Governmental Requirements 

1.4 APPLICABLE FACILITIES 

1.4.1 Petroleum Terminals 

1.4.2 Pipeline Tankage Facilities 

1.4.3 Bulk Plants 1.4.4 Lube 

Blending and Packaging Facilities 

1.4.5 Asphalt Facilities 1.4.6 

Aviation Service Facilities 

1.4.7 Overlapping Facilities 

Coverage 1.4.8 Nonapplicable Facilities 2. TERMS, 

DEFINITIONS, AND ACRONYMS 

2.1 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.2 

ACRONYMS 3. REFERENCES AND 

STANDARDS 4. BASIC CONCEPTS OF 

RISK 4.1 PRINCIPLES AND 

PHILOSOPHY OF RISK 4.1.1 

What Is Risk? 4.1.2 

Likelihood of Occurrence 4.1.3 

Consequence of Occurrence 

4.1.4 Risk 4.2 RISK SCORING 

 i k i l 
API 620 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 

OF LARGE, WELDED, LOWPRESSURE STORAGE TANKS

 Describes large, fieldassembled storage tanks of 

the type that contain 

petroleum intermediates 

(gases or vapors) and 

finished products, as well as 

other liquid products 

commonly handled and 

stored by the various 

branches of the industry.

Energy 1 Scope

2 References

3 Definitions

4 Materials

5 Design

6 Fabrication

7 Inspection, Examination and 

Testing

8 Marking

9 Pressure- and Vacuum-relieving 

Devices

Annex A (informative) - Inquiries and 

Suggestions

for Change

Annex B (normative) - Use of 

Materials That are Not 

Identified with Listed Specifications

Annex C (informative) - Suggested 

Practice Regarding

Foundations

Annex D (informative) - Suggested 

Practice Regarding 

Supporting Structures

Annex E (informative) - Suggested 

Practice Regarding 

Attached Structures (Internal and 

External)

 (i f i ) l 
API 650 WELDED TANKS FOR OIL 

STORAGE

1/7/2013 Describes minimum 

requirements for material, 

design, fabrication, erection, 

and testing for vertical, 

cylindrical, aboveground, 

closed- and open-top, 

welded storage tanks in 

various sizes and capacities 

for internal pressures 

approximating atmospheric 

pressure (internal pressures 

not exceeding the weight of 

the roof plates), but a higher 

internal pressure is 

permitted when additional 

requirements are met.

Energy 1 Scope

2 Normative References

3 Terms and Definitions

4 Materials

5 Design

6 Fabrication

7 Erection

8 Methods of Examining Joints

9 Welding Procedure and Welder 

Qualifications

10 Marking

Annex A (normative) - Optional 

Design Basis for Small Tanks

Annex AL (normative) - Aluminum 

Storage Tanks

Annex B (informative) - 

Recommendations for Design and 

Construction of Foundations for 

Aboveground Oil Storage 

Tanks

Annex C (normative) - External 

Floating Roofs

Annex D (informative) - Inquiries and 

Suggestions for Change

Annex E (normative) - Seismic 

Design of Storage Tanks

Annex EC (informative) - 

 
API SECURITY GUIDELINES SECURITY GUIDELINES FOR 

THE PETROLEUM INDUSTRY

1/4/2005 Describes general guidance 

to owners and operators of 

U.S. domestic petroleum 

assets for effectively 

managing security risks and 

provide a reference of 

certain applicable Federal 

security laws and regulations 

that may impact petroleum 

operations.

Energy Executive Summary 1.0 

Introduction 1.1 Scope and 

Objective 1.2 Organization of the 

Document 1.3 Underlying Basis of 

this Guidance 1.4 Other Guidelines 

and Security References 2.0 

Overview of Terrorism and the 

Petroleum Industry 2.1 

Background on Terrorism and 

Security 2.2 Threat to the 

Petroleum Industry 3.0 Threat 

Assessment 3.1 The Value of 

Threat Assessment 3.2 Threat 

Assessment Process 3.3 Security 

Alert Level Systems 3.3.1 

Introduction 3.3.2 Department 

of Homeland Security Alert System 

(HSAS) 3.3.3 U.S. Coast Guard 

Maritime Security Levels 3.3.4 

International Ship and Port Facility 

Security (ISPS) Alert Levels 

4.0 The Security Management 

System Process 4.1 Initial 

Screening 4.2 Data Gathering 4.3 

Initial SVA 4.4 Example Elements 

of a Security Plan 4.4.1 Security 

Administration & Organization of 

h ili 
ANSI/ASIS SPC.1 Organizational Resilience: 

Security, Preparedness and 

Continuity Management 

Systems - Requirements with 

Guidance for Use Standard

2009 This Standard provides 

guidance for the use of a 

maturity model for the 

phased implementation of 

the ANSI/ASIS SPC.1-2009 

Organizational Resilience 

(OR) Standard in six phases, 

ranging from an unplanned 

approach, to managing 

events, to going beyond the 

requirements of the OR 

Standard and creating a 

holistic environment for 

resilience management. 

Standard is included in the 

U.S. DHS’s Private Sector 

Preparedness Program (PSPrep), a voluntary program 

designed to improve private 

sector resilience and 

preparedness in an all 

hazards environment. 

Business Continuity

ANSI/ASIS SPC.2 Auditing Management 

Systems – Risk, Resilience, 

Security and Continuity

2014 Provides guidance for 

conducting resilience, 

security, crisis, continuity 

and other risk-based audits 

within the context of 

management systems and 

practical advice on 

conducting audits. 

Business Continuity
ANSI/ASIS SPC.4 Organizational Resilience 

Maturity Model - Phased 

Implementation of the 

Organizational Resilience 

Management System 

Standard

2012 Describes a maturity model 

for phased implementation 

of the ANSI/ASIS SPC.1-2009 

as a series of steps designed 

to help organizations 

evaluate where they 

currently are with regard to 

resilience management and 

preparedness, set goals for 

where they want to go, 

benchmark where they are 

relative to those goals, and 

plot a business sensible path 

to get there. 

Business Continuity

ASIS BC GDL (2005) Business Continuity Guideline 

- A Practical Approach for 

Emergency Preparedness, 

Crisis Management, and 

Disaster Recovery

2005 Business Continuity
ASIS PAP.1 Security Management 

Standard: Physical Asset 

Protection

2012 This Standard presents a 

comprehensive management 

approach for the protection 

of assets by the application 

of security measures for 

physical asset protection. It 

provides generic principles, 

requirements, and guidance 

as well as the framework for 

a management system to 

assist organizations in the 

design, implementation, 

monitoring, evaluation, 

maintenance, and 

replacement of physical 

protection systems (PPS). All 

the requirements and 

guidance in this Standard are 

intended to be incorporated 

in ANSI/ASIS SPC.1-2009 

Organizational Resilience 

(OR) Standard, or any type of 

an organization’s 

management system based 

on the PDCA model. The 

Standard is applicable to 

organizations of all sizes 

 ll i 

Business Continuity Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 
ASIS SPC.4 Maturity Model for the 

Phased Implementation of 

the Organizational Resilience 

Management System

2012 The ASIS Organizational 

Resilience American National 

Standard provides 

organizations with a 

comprehensive management 

framework to anticipate, 

prevent if possible, and 

prepare for and respond to a 

disruptive incident. It 

provides generic auditable 

criteria to establish, check, 

maintain, and improve a 

management system to 

enhance prevention, 

preparedness (readiness), 

mitigation, response, 

continuity, and recovery 

from an emergency, crisis, or 

disaster. The standard 

addresses the core elements 

and criteria of the DHS Title 

IX preparedness program.

Business Continuity

ASIS TASR GDL Threat Advisory System 

Response Guideline

2008 Business Continuity
ASIS/BSI BCM.01-2010 Business Continuity 

Management Systems: 

Requirements with Guidance 

for Use

2010 The ASIS/BSI Business 

Continuity Management 

Systems - Requirements with 

Guidance for Use standard 

(based on the BS 25999, Part 

1 and Part 2) specifies 

requirements for a business 

continuity management 

system (BCMS) to enable an 

organization to identify, 

develop, and implement 

policies, objectives, 

capabilities, processes, and 

programs-taking into 

account legal and other 

requirements to which the 

organization subscribes to-to 

address disruptive events 

that might impact the 

organization and its 

stakeholders. This Standard 

specifies requirements for 

planning, establishing, 

implementing, operating, 

monitoring, reviewing, 

exercising, maintaining, and 

improving a documented 

 i hi h f 

Business Continuity
ASME A112.18.3 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS FOR 

BACKFLOW PROTECTION 

DEVICES AND SYSTEMS IN 

PLUMBING FIXTURE FITTINGS

Describes functional 

performance and requires 

physical characteristics of 

devices and systems which 

provide backflow protection 

consistent with the level of 

risk associated with the 

plumbing fixture fitting 

application.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

A112 Dedication Foreword 

Committee Roster Correspondence 

With the A112 Committee 1 

Purpose 2 Scope 3 Reference 

Standards 4 Definitions 5 

Application of Backflow Prevention 

Devices 6 General Requirements 

for Backflow Prevention Devices 

7 Evaluation of Backflow Prevention 

Devices 8 Fixture Fittings With 

Internal Devices Complying With 

Paras. 6 and 7 9 Fixture Fittings 

With Internal Devices Not 

Complying With Para. 7 10 Test 

Methods and Performance Criteria 

11 Functional Test of Backflow 

Prevention Devices 12 Functional 

Test of Backflow Prevention 

Systems 13 Independence of 

Devices 14 Leakage of Protection 

Systems With Atmospheric Vents 

15 Durability Tests 16 Verification 

of the Critical Level [Hose Connected 

Movable Outlet Faucets With 

Atmospheric Vents, Paras. 

8.1.1(b), (c), and (d)] Nonmandatory 

Appendix A - Rationale for Sampling 

h d i i l d
ASME A17.1 SAFETY CODE FOR 

ELEVATORS AND 

ESCALATORS - INCLUDES 

REQUIREMENTS FOR 

ELEVATORS, ESCALATORS, 

DUMBWAITERS, MOVING 

WALKS, MATERIAL LIFTS, 

AND DUMBWAITERS WITH 

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER 

DEVICES

21/10/2013 Describes the design, 

construction, operation, 

inspection, testing, 

maintenance, alteration, and 

repair of the following 

equipment and its associated 

parts, rooms, spaces, and 

hoistways, where located in 

or adjacent to a building or 

structure: (a) hoisting and 

lowering mechanisms, 

equipped with a car, that 

move between two or more 

landings; (b) power-driven 

stairways and walkways for 

carrying persons between 

landings; and (c) hoisting and 

lowering mechanisms 

equipped with a car that 

serves two or more landings 

and is restricted to the 

carrying of material by its 

limited size or limited access 

to the car.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities ASME Foreword ASME Committee 

Roster CSA Committees ASME 

Preface CSA Preface Summary of 

Changes Part 1 - General Part 2 - 

Electric Elevators Part 3 - Hydraulic 

Elevators Part 4 - Elevators With 

Other Types of Driving 

Machines Part 5 - Special 

Application Elevators Part 6 - 

Escalators and Moving Walks Part 7 - 

Dumbwaiters and Material Lifts Part 

8 - General Requirements Part 9 - 

Reference Codes, Standards, and 

Specifications Nonmandatory 

Appendices A - Control System B - 

Door Landing and Unlocking Zones 

C - Location of Top Emergency Exit 

D - Rated Load and Capacity Plates 

for Passenger Elevators E - 

Elevator Requirements for Persons 

With Physical Disabilities in 

Jurisdictions Enforcing NBCC F - 

Ascending Car Overspeed and 

Unintended Car Movement 

Protection G - Top of Car Clearance 

H - Private Residence Elevator 

Guarding I - Escalator and Moving 

lk i l i hi f 
ASME A17.3 SAFETY CODE FOR EXISTING 

ELEVATORS AND 

ESCALATORS - INCLUDES 

REQUIREMENTS FOR 

ELECTRIC AND HYDRAULIC 

ELEVATORS AND 

ESCALATORS

26/08/2011 Describes safety of life and 

limb, and to promote the 

public welfare. It covers 

existing elevators, 

escalators, and their 

hoistways.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Committee Roster 

Preface Summary of Changes Part I - 

Introduction Part II - Hoistways and 

Related Construction for 

Electric Elevators Part III - 

Machinery and Equipment for 

Electric Elevators Part IV - 

Hydraulic Elevators Part V - 

Escalators Part VI - Dumbwaiters 

Part VII - Hand Elevators Part VIII - 

Sidewalk Elevators Part IX - Moving 

Walks Part X - Private Residence 

Elevators Nonmandatory 

Appendices A - Distances Between 

Hoistway Doors and Car Doors or 

Gates B - Types of Roped-Hydraulic 

Elevators C - A17.1-1987, Rules 

211.3-211.8 D - Rack and Pinion 

Machines (A17.1-1987, Rules 

208.3-208.9d, and Rule 1200.4e) 

Index

ASME A17.5 ELEVATOR AND ESCALATOR 

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

1/3/2011 Pertains to the following 

electrical equipment for 

elevators, escalators, moving 

walks, dumbwaiters, 

material lifts, and elevating 

devices for persons with 

physical disabilities (platform 

lifts and stairway chairlifts): 

(a) motor controllers; (b) 

motion controllers; (c) 

operation controllers; (d) 

operating devices; and (e) all 

other electrical equipment 

not listed/certified and 

labelled/marked according 

to another product safety 

standard or code.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Preface 1 Scope 2 Reference 

publications and abbreviations 3 

Construction 4 Enclosure 

construction 5 Doors and covers 6 

Polymeric enclosures 7 Openings in 

enclosures 8 Wire-bending space 9 

Enclosures with environmental 

ratings 10 Protection against 

corrosion 11 Insulating material 12 

Protective devices 13 Protection of 

control circuits 14 Internal wiring 

15 Wiring terminals and leads 16 

Electrical spacings 17 Grounding 18 

Printed circuit boards 19 Tests 20 

Marking Annexes A (informative) - 

Application examples B 

(informative) - CSA and ASME 

elevator and escalator publications
ASME A17.6 STANDARD FOR ELEVATOR 

SUSPENSION, 

COMPENSATION, AND 

GOVERNOR SYSTEMS

30/07/2010 Specifies the means and 

members of suspension, 

compensation, and governor 

systems for elevators within 

the scope of ASME 

A17.1/CSA B44. It includes 

the material properties, 

design, testing, inspection, 

and replacement criteria for 

these means.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Committee Roster 

Correspondence With ASME A17 

Committee Preface Part 1 - 

Stranded Carbon Steel Wire Ropes 

for Elevators Mandatory Appendix I 

- Tables Part 2 - Aramid Fiber Ropes 

for Elevators Part 3 - Noncircular 

Elastomeric Coated Steel Suspension 

Members for Elevators 

Nonmandatory Appendix A - 

Inspection and Replacement of Steel 

Wire Ropes

ASME A17.7 PERFORMANCE-BASED 

SAFETY CODE FOR 

ELEVATORS AND 

ESCALATORS

Describes the design, 

construction, operation, 

inspection, testing, 

maintenance, alteration, and 

repair of the following 

equipment and its associated 

parts, rooms, spaces, and 

hoistways, where located in 

or adjacent to a building or 

structure.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword ASME Preface Form and 

arrangement 1 GENERAL 1.1 

SCOPE 1.2 PURPOSE 1.3 

DEFINITIONS 2 SAFETY 

REQUIREMENTS 2.1 PROCESSES 

FOR ESTABLISHING SAFETY 2.2 

OPTIONS FOR ESTABLISHING SAFETY 

2.3 SAFETY ASSESSMENT SUBJECT 

2.4 ASSURING SAFETY BY 

IMPLEMENTING GESRs 2.5 

SORTING OF APPLICABLE GESRs FOR 

APPROACH 1 2.6 

IMPLEMENTATION OF GESRs 2.7 

RISK ASSESSMENT PROCESS 2.8 

PROTECTIVE MEASURES AND 

SAFETY PRINCIPLES 2.9 

APPLICATION OF SPs 2.10 CODE 

COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTATION 

2.11 CODE DATA PLATE 2.12 

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 3 

GLOBAL ESSENTIAL SAFETY 

REQUIREMENTS (GESRs) FOR 

ELEVATORS 3.1 COMMON GESRs 

RELATED TO PERSONS AT DIFFERENT 

LOCATIONS 3.2 GESRs RELATED 

TO PERSONS ADJACENT TO THE 

ELEVATOR - FALLING INTO 

 
ASME B&PV COMPONENTS 

DESIGN & ANALYSIS

DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF 

ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE 

VESSEL COMPONENTS IN THE 

CREEP RANGE

Describes the general 

principles of design at 

elevated temperatures 

which is given with extensive 

references cited for further 

in-depth understanding of 

the subject.

Energy 

ASME B20.1 SAFETY STANDARD FOR 

CONVEYORS AND RELATED 

EQUIPMENT

15/05/2012 Pertains to the design, 

construction, installation, 

maintenance, inspection, 

and operation of conveyors 

and conveying systems in 

relation to hazards. The 

conveyors may be of the 

bulk material, package, or 

unit-handling types, where 

the installation is designed 

for permanent, temporary, 

or portable operation.

Foreword Committee Roster 

Summary of Changes Introduction 

1 Scope 2 Reference to Other Codes 

3 Intent 4 Definitions 5 General 

Safety Standards 6 Specific Safety 

Standards
ASME B31.12 HYDROGEN PIPING AND 

PIPELINES

15/03/2012 Pertains to piping in gaseous 

and liquid hydrogen service 

and to pipelines in gaseous 

hydrogen service.

Energy Transportation Systems Foreword Committee Roster ASME 

B31.12-2011 Summary of Changes 

PART GR - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

Chapter GR-1 - Scope and 

Definitions Chapter GR-2 - Materials 

Chapter GR-3 - Welding, Brazing, 

Heat Treating, Forming, 

and Testing Chapter GR-4 - 

Inspection, Examination, and Testing 

Chapter GR-5 - Operation and 

Maintenance Chapter GR-6 - Quality 

System Program for Hydrogen Piping 

and Pipeline Systems PART IP - 

INDUSTRIAL PIPING Chapter IP-1 - 

Scope and Responsibilities Chapter 

IP-2 - Design Conditions and Criteria 

Chapter IP-3 - Pressure Design of 

Piping Components Chapter IP-4 - 

Service Requirements for Piping 

Components Chapter IP-5 - Service 

Requirements for Piping Joints 

Chapter IP-6 - Flexibility and Support 

Chapter IP-7 - Specific Piping 

Systems Chapter IP-8 - Dimensions 

and Ratings of Components Chapter 

IP-9 - Fabrication, Erection, and 

Assembly Chapter IP-10 - 

i i i d i 
ASME B31.4 PIPELINE TRANSPORTATION 

SYSTEMS FOR LIQUIDS AND 

SLURRIES

12/11/2012 Gives requirements for the 

design, materials, 

construction, assembly, 

inspection, testing, 

operation, and maintenance 

of piping transporting liquids 

between production 

facilities, tank farms, natural 

gas processing plants, 

refineries, pump stations, 

ammonia plants, terminals 

(marine, rail, and truck), and 

other delivery and receiving 

points.

Energy Transportation Systems Foreword

Committee Roster

Introduction

Summary of Changes

Chapter I - Scope and Definitions

Chapter II - Design

Chapter III - Materials

Chapter IV - Dimensional 

Requirements

Chapter V - Construction, Welding, 

and Assembly

Chapter VI - Inspection and Testing

Chapter VII - Operation and 

Maintenance Procedures

Chapter VIII - Corrosion Control

Chapter IX - Offshore Liquid Pipeline 

Systems

Chapter X - Carbon Dioxide Pipeline 

Systems

Chapter XI - Slurry Pipeline Systems

Mandatory Appendix

I - Referenced Standards

Nonmandatory Appendices

A - Submittal of Technical Inquiries 

to the B31 Pressure 

Piping Committee

B - Publications That Do Not Appear 

i h d d
ASME B31.8 GAS TRANSMISSION AND 

DISTRIBUTION PIPING 

SYSTEMS

4/1/2013 Describes the design, 

fabrication, installation, 

inspection, and testing of 

pipeline facilities used for 

the transportation of gas. It 

also covers safety aspects of 

the operation and 

maintenance of those 

facilities.

Energy Transportation Systems Foreword Committee Roster 

Introduction Summary of Changes 

General Provisions and Definitions 

Chapter I - Materials and Equipment 

Chapter II - Welding Chapter III - 

Piping System Components and 

Fabrication Details Chapter IV - 

Design, Installation, and Testing 

Chapter V - Operating and 

Maintenance Procedures Chapter VI 

- Corrosion Control Chapter VII - 

Intentionally Left Blank Chapter VIII - 

Offshore Gas Transmission Chapter 

IX - Sour Gas Service Appendices 

Mandatory Appendix A - References 

Mandatory Appendix B - Numbers 

and Subjects of 

Standards and Specifications 

That Appear in Mandatory Appendix 

A Nonmandatory Appendix C - 

Publications That Do 

Not Appear in the Code or 

Mandatory Appendix A 

Mandatory Appendix D - Specified 

Minimum Yield 

Strength for Steel Pipe 

Commonly Used in Piping Systems 

d di l ibili 
ASME B31.8S MANAGING SYSTEM 

INTEGRITY OF GAS PIPELINES

11/1/2013 Pertains to onshore pipeline 

systems constructed with 

ferrous materials and that 

transport gas. The principles 

and processes embodied in 

integrity management are 

applicable to all pipeline 

systems.

Energy Transportation Systems Foreword Committee Roster 

Summary of Changes 1 

Introduction 2 Integrity 

Management Program Overview 3 

Consequences 4 Gathering, 

Reviewing, and Integrating Data 5 

Risk Assessment 6 Integrity 

Assessment 7 Responses to 

Integrity Assessments and 

Mitigation (Repair and 

Prevention) 8 Integrity 

Management Plan 9 Performance 

Plan 10 Communications Plan 11 

Management of Change Plan 12 

Quality Control Plan 13 Terms, 

Definitions, and Acronyms 14 

References and Standards 

Nonmandatory Appendices A - 

Threat Process Charts and 

Prescriptive Integrity Management 

Plans B - Direct Assessment Process 

C - Preparation of Technical Inquiries

ASME B31E STANDARD FOR THE SEISMIC 

DESIGN AND RETROFIT OF 

ABOVE-GROUND PIPING 

SYSTEMS

6/7/2010 Describes a method for the 

seismic design of aboveground, metallic piping 

systems in the scope of the 

ASME B31 Code for Pressure 

Piping (B31.1, B31.3, B31.4, 

B31.5, B31.8, B31.9, B31.11).

Energy Transportation Systems Foreword Committee Roster 

Correspondence With the B31 

Committee Introduction 1 Purpose 

2 Materials 3 Design 4 Interactions 

5 Documentation 6 Maintenance 7 

References

ASME B31G MANUAL FOR DETERMINING 

THE REMAINING STRENGTH 

OF CORRODED PIPELINES: 

SUPPLEMENT TO ASME B31 

CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING

24/10/2012 Gives guidance in the 

evaluation of metal loss in 

pressurized pipelines and 

piping systems.

Energy Transportation Systems Foreword Committee Roster 

Correspondence With the B31 

Committee 1 Introduction 2 

Evaluation Methods 3 Tables of 

Allowable Length of Corrosion
ASME B31J STANDARD TEST METHOD 

FOR DETERMINING STRESS 

INTENSIFICATION FACTORS (IFACTORS) FOR METALLIC 

PIPING COMPONENTS

Describes an engineering 

procedure deemed 

appropriate for the 

determination of the fatigue 

capacity of a piping 

component or joint in most 

services, relative to a 

standard butt-welded joint.

Energy Foreword Committee Roster 

Correspondence With the B31 

Committee Introduction 1 General 

2 Definitions 3 Test Procedure 4 

Stress Intensification Factor 5 

Variations in Materials and 

Geometry 6 Test Report 

Nonmandatory Appendix A - 

Commentary on B31J

ASME FFS 1 FITNESS-FOR-SERVICE 1/2/2009 Covers both the present 

integrity of the component 

given a current state of 

damage and the projected 

remaining life.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Special Notes PART 1 - 

INTRODUCTION PART 2 - FITNESSFOR-SERVICE ENGINEERING 

ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE 

PART 3 - ASSESSMENT OF EXISTING 

EQUIPMENT FOR BRITTLE 

FRACTURE PART 4 - ASSESSMENT 

OF GENERAL METAL LOSS PART 5 - 

ASSESSMENT OF LOCAL METAL LOSS 

PART 6 - ASSESSMENT OF PITTING 

CORROSION PART 7 - ASSESSMENT 

OF HYDROGEN BLISTERS AND 

HYDROGEN DAMAGE 

ASSOCIATED WITH HIC AND SOHIC 

PART 8 - ASSESSMENT OF WELD 

MISALIGNMENT AND SHELL 

DISTORTIONS PART 9 - ASSESSMENT 

OF CRACK-LIKE FLAWS PART 10 - 

ASSESSMENT OF COMPONENTS 

OPERATING IN THE CREEP 

RANGE PART 11 - ASSESSMENT OF 

FIRE DAMAGE PART 12 - 

ASSESSMENT OF DENTS, GOUGES, 

AND DENT-GOUGE 

COMBINATIONS PART 13 - 

ASSESSMENT OF LAMINATIONS 

ANNEX A - THICKNESS, MAWP AND 

 
ASME NQA 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE 

REQUIREMENTS FOR 

NUCLEAR FACILITY 

APPLICATIONS

15/03/2013 Describes requirements and 

guidelines for the 

establishment and execution 

of quality assurance 

programs during siting, 

design, construction, 

operation and 

decommissioning of nuclear 

facilities.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Government Facilities Commercial Facilities Foreword Preparation of Technical 

Inquiries to the Nuclear Quality 

Assurance Committee Committee 

Roster Summary of Changes Part I - 

Requirements for Quality Assurance 

Programs for Nuclear Facilities 

(From Former NQA-1) Part II - 

Quality Assurance Requirements for 

Nuclear Facility Applications 

Part III - Guidance for Implementing 

Part I and II Requirements Part IV - 

Guidance on the Application and 

Use of NQA-1

ASME OM-S/G Standards and Guides for 

Operation and Maintenance 

of Nuclear Power Plants

17/10/2007 Describes the requirements 

for preservice and inservice 

testing and examination of 

certain components to 

assess their operational 

readiness in light-water 

reactor power plants.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Government Facilities Commercial Facilities Energy Foreword

Preparation of Technical Inquiries to 

the Committee on

Operation and Maintenance of 

Nuclear Power Plants

Committee Roster

Preface

Summary of Changes

STANDARDS

Part 2 - Performance Testing of 

Closed Cooling Water Systems

in LWR Power Plants

Part 3 - Requirements for 

Preoperational and Initial Start-up 

Vibration Testing of Nuclear Power 

Plant Piping Systems

Part 12 - Loose Part Monitoring in 

Light-Water Reactor Power 

Plants

Part 16 - Performance Testing and 

Inspection of Diesel Drive 

Assemblies in LWR Power Plants

Part 21 - Inservice Performance 

Testing of Heat Exchangers in

Light-Water Reactor Power Plants

Part 24 - Reactor Coolant and 

Recirculation Pump Condition 

i i
ASME PCC 3 INSPECTION PLANNING 

USING RISK-BASED METHODS

Describes the concepts and 

principles used to develop 

and implement a risk-based 

inspection (RBI) program.

Foreword Committee Roster 1 

Scope, Introduction, and Purpose 2 

Basic Concepts 3 Introduction to 

Risk-Based Inspection 4 Planning 

the Risk Analysis 5 Data and 

Information Collection 6 Damage 

Mechanisms and Failure Modes 7 

Determining Probability of Failure 8 

Determining Consequence of Failure 

9 Risk Determination, Analysis, and 

Management 10 Risk Management 

With Inspection Activities 11 Other 

Risk Mitigation Activities 12 

Reanalysis 13 Roles, 

Responsibilities, Training, and 

Qualifications 14 Documentation 

and Record Keeping 15 Definitions 

and Acronyms 16 References 

Nonmandatory Appendices A - 

Damage Mechanism Definitions B - 

Damage Mechanism and Defects 

Screening Tables C - Table of 

Inspection/Monitoring Methods D - 

Quantitative Methods Including 

Expert Opinion Elicitation E - 

Examples of Risk-Based Inspection 

Program Audit Questions

ASME PDS 1.1 DIMENSIONING, 

TOLERANCING, SURFACE 

TEXTURE, AND METROLOGY 

STANDARDS - RULES FOR 

DRAWINGS WITH 

INCOMPLETE REFERENCE TO 

APPLICABLE DRAWING 

STANDARD

31/12/2013 Describes the applicable 

dimensioning and 

tolerancing standards, 

surface texture standards, 

and associated 

measurement standards 

when no reference is made 

to a company, regional, 

national, or international 

standard on dimensioning 

and tolerancing on a drawing 

or model.

Foreword Committee Roster 

Correspondence With the H213 

Committee 1 Scope 2 Product 

Definition Specifications 3 Y14.5 

Reference to Standard 4 Drawings 

Without Reference to a Standard 5 

ANSI/ASME B46 and B89 Standards
ASME PTB 2 GUIDE TO LIFE CYCLE 

MANAGEMENT OF PRESSURE 

EQUIPMENT INTEGRITY

30/06/2009 Specifies a summary of some 

of the more commonly used 

codes, standards, 

recommended practices 

(RPs), specifications and 

guidelines produced by 

organizations based in the 

United States that assist 

manufacturers, owners, 

users and their designated 

agents, regulators and other 

stakeholders in maintaining 

the integrity of fixed 

pressure equipment in 

process plants and in general 

industrial use.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Energy List of Appendices List of Tables 

Foreword 1. Scope 2. 

Abbreviations 3. Definitions 4. 

Organization of this Guide 5. 

Overview 6. Power (Steam) Boilers 

7. Heat Recovery Steam Generators 

(HRSGs) 8. Heating Boilers 9. 

Unfired Steam Boilers 10. Typical 

Pressure Vessels 11. Large, Heavy 

Wall and High Temperature Pressure 

Vessels 12. High Pressure Vessels 

13. Heat Exchangers 14. Storage 

Tanks 15. Piping Systems 16. 

Acquisition (Purchase) of 

Components, Including Fittings 17. 

Post-construction Documents for 

Components, Including Fittings 

18. Overpressure Protection 

Systems 19. Specific Tasks 

Acknowledgments

ASME PTC PM PERFORMANCE 

MONITORING GUIDELINES 

FOR POWER PLANTS

30/04/2010 Gives information to 

implement and utilize a 

performance monitoring and 

optimization program 

effectively.

Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Foreword Committee Roster 

Correspondence With the PTC PM 

Committee Introduction Section 1 - 

Fundamental Concepts Section 2 - 

Program Implementation Section 3 - 

Case Studies/Diagnostic Examples 

Nonmandatory Appendix A - 

Thermodynamics Fundamentals
ASME PVHO 1 SAFETY STANDARD FOR 

PRESSURE VESSELS FOR 

HUMAN OCCUPANCY

31/05/2012 Pertains to all pressure 

vessels that enclose a human 

within its pressure boundary 

while under internal or 

external pressure exceeding 

a differential pressure of 2 

psi (15 kPa).

Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

Foreword Committee Roster 

Correspondence With the PVHO 

Committee Summary of Changes 

Section 1 - General Requirements 

Section 2 - Viewports Section 3 - 

Quality Assurance for PVHO 

Manufacturers Section 4 - Piping 

Systems Section 5 - Medical 

Hyperbaric Systems Section 6 - 

Diving Systems Section 7 - 

Submersibles Mandatory 

Appendices I Reference Codes, 

Standards, and Specifications II 

Definitions Nonmandatory 

Appendices A Design of Supports 

and Lifting Attachments B 

Recommendations for the Design of 

Through-Pressure Boundary 

Penetrations C Recommended 

Practices for Color Coding and 

Labeling D Guidelines for the 

Submission of a PVHO Case for 

the Use of Nonstandard Designs, 

Materials, and Construction E 

Useful References

ASME PVHO 2 SAFETY STANDARD FOR 

PRESSURE VESSELS FOR 

HUMAN OCCUPANCY: INSERVICE GUIDELINES

7/6/2013 Gives technical criteria for 

the user to establish the 

serviceability of a PVHO 

acrylic window under its 

specific environmental 

service conditions.

Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

Foreword Committee Roster 

Correspondence With the PVHO 

Committee Summary of Changes 

Section 1 - General Section 2 - 

Viewports Mandatory Appendices I - 

Definitions II - Reference Standards 

and Specifications III - Quality 

Assurance Program for Repair of 

Severely Damaged Windows IV - 

Additional Window Repair 

Requirements and Forms V - Partial 

List of Harmful Substances and 

Acceptable Products VI - 

Mechanical Testing Computations 

and Forms
ASME RAM 1 RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY, 

AND MAINTAINABILITY OF 

EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 

IN POWER PLANTS

18/10/2013 Gives the requirements to 

establish a RAM program for 

any power-generation 

facility.

Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Foreword Committee Roster 

Correspondence With the RAM 

Committee 1 Introduction 2 Scope 

3 Purpose 4 Definitions 5 RAM 

Process 6 RAM Description 

Mandatory Appendix I - Definitions 

Nonmandatory Appendix A - 

References

ASME RA-S LEVEL 1/LARGE EARLY 

RELEASE FREQUENCY 

PROBABILISTIC RISK 

ASSESSMENT FOR NUCLEAR 

POWER PLANT APPLICATIONS

30/09/2013 Specifies requirements for 

probabilistic risk 

assessments (PRAs) used to 

support risk-informed 

decisions for commercial 

nuclear power plants, and 

describes a method for 

applying these requirements 

for specific applications.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Energy Foreword Preparation of Technical 

Inquires to the Committee on 

Nuclear Risk Management 

Committee Roster Preface PART 1 - 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR A 

LEVEL 1 PRA, INCLUDING LARGE 

EARLY RELEASE FREQUENCY PART 2 - 

REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERNALEVENTS AT-POWER PRA PART 

3 - REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERNAL 

FLOOD AT-POWER PRA PART 

4 - REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERNAL 

FIRES AT-POWER PRA PART 5 - 

REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC 

EVENTS AT-POWER PRA PART 

6 - REQUIREMENTS FOR SCREENING 

AND CONSERVATIVE ANALYSIS 

OF OTHER HAZARDS ATPOWER PART 7 - REQUIREMENTS 

FOR HIGH-WIND EVENTS\ATPOWER PRA PART 8 - 

REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERNAL 

FLOOD EVENTS AT-POWER 

PRA PART 9 - REQUIREMENTS FOR 

OTHER HAZARDS AT-POWER 

PRA PART 10 - SEISMIC MARGIN 

ASSESSMENT REQUIREMENTS 
ASME RA-S LEVEL 1/LARGE EARLY 

RELEASE FREQUENCY 

PROBABILISTIC RISK 

ASSESSMENT FOR NUCLEAR 

POWER PLANT APPLICATIONS

30/9/2013 Specifies requirements for 

probabilistic risk 

assessments (PRAs) used to 

support risk-informed 

decisions for commercial 

nuclear power plants, and 

describes a method for 

applying these requirements 

for specific applications.

Foreword

Preparation of Technical Inquires to 

the Committee 

on Nuclear Risk Management

Committee Roster

Preface

PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

FOR A 

LEVEL 1 PRA, INCLUDING LARGE 

EARLY RELEASE FREQUENCY

PART 2 - REQUIREMENTS FOR 

INTERNAL-EVENTS 

AT-POWER PRA

PART 3 - REQUIREMENTS FOR 

INTERNAL FLOOD

AT-POWER PRA

PART 4 - REQUIREMENTS FOR 

INTERNAL FIRES

AT-POWER PRA

PART 5 - REQUIREMENTS FOR 

SEISMIC EVENTS

AT-POWER PRA

PART 6 - REQUIREMENTS FOR 

SCREENING AND 

CONSERVATIVE ANALYSIS OF

OTHER HAZARDS AT-POWER

PART 7 - REQUIREMENTS FOR HIGHASME RT 1 SAFETY STANDARD FOR 

STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS 

FOR LIGHT RAIL VEHICLES

18/09/2009 Pertains to car bodies for 

newly constructed light-rail 

vehicles for transit passenger 

service in North America. It 

defines requirements for the 

incorporation of passive 

safety design concepts 

related to the performance 

of the car body of light-rail 

vehicles in collisions, so as to 

enhance passenger safety 

and limit and control 

damage.

Transportation Systems Foreword Committee Roster 

Correspondence With the RT 

Committee Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Definitions 3 Interoperability 4 

Structural Requirements 5 Design 

Load Requirements 6 Coupler 

System 7 Material 8 Crash Energy 

Management (CEM) 9 Analysis 10 

Tests 11 References
ASME RT 2 SAFETY STANDARD FOR 

STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS 

FOR HEAVY RAIL TRANSIT 

VEHICLES

Pertains to carbodies of 

newly constructed heavy rail 

transit vehicles for transit 

passenger service.

Transportation Systems Foreword Committee Roster 

Correspondence With the RT 

Committee Introduction Summary 

of Changes 1 Scope 2 Definitions 

3 Interoperability 4 Structural 

Requirements 5 Design Load 

Requirements 6 Coupler System 7 

Materials 8 Crash Energy 

Management (CEM) 9 Analysis 10 

Tests

ASME STP-PT-011 INTEGRITY MANAGEMENT OF 

STRESS CORROSION 

CRACKING IN GAS PIPELINE 

HIGH CONSEQUENCE AREAS

31/10/2008 Provides a compilation of 

results obtained through a 

series of white papers 

developed as part of a gas 

transmission company JIP 

addressing specific issues 

related to SCC in gas pipeline 

HCAs.

Energy Transportation Systems Foreword Abstract 1 SUMMARY 2 

BACKGROUND AND OBJECTIVES 3 

APPROACH 4 TASK 1 - 

CLARIFICATION OF ISSUES 5 TASK 2 - 

RESPONSES TO QUESTIONS 6 TASK 

3 - INDUSTRY AND PEER REVIEWS 7 

TASK 4 - INTERACTIONS WITH DOT 

PHMSA 8 TASK 5 - INTERACTIONS 

WITH ASME 9 CONCLUDING 

REMARKS Appendix A - Field 

Experience of SCC in Gas 

Transmission Pipelines Appendix B - 

Definition of SCC Susceptible 

HCA's and Segments Appendix C - 

Prioritizing SCC Susceptible 

HCA'S and Segments Appendix D - 

ReAssessment Intervals Appendix E - 

Hydrostatic Test Procedure 

Appendix F - Dig Locations for SCC 

DA Appendix G - Number of Digs for 

SCC DA Appendix H - Crack Severity 

Appendix I - Issues Related to 

Predicting Failure Pressure 

Appendix J - Issues Related to 

Estimating Remaining Life 

Appendix K - Condition Monitoring 

Acknowledgments Abbreviations 

d 
ASME STP-PT-048 CRITERIA FOR RELIABILITYBASED AND ASSESSMENT 

FOR ASME B31.8 CODE

30/06/2012 Gives guidance to potential 

users of the proposed ASME 

Appendix B31.8R on 

Reliability Based Design and 

Assessment (RBDA) by 

documenting the relevant 

background information 

required to fully understand 

the requirements of the 

Appendix and to apply them 

correctly in decision making.

Energy FOREWORD 1. PURPOSE 2. SCOPE 

3. DEFINITIONS 4. OVERVIEW OF 

RBDA METHODOLOGY 5. LIMIT 

STATES 6. RELIABILITY TARGETS 7. 

DEVELOPING LIMIT STATE 

FUNCTION 8. PROBALISTIC 

CHARACTERIZATION OF INPUT 

VARIABLES 9. RELIABILITY 

ESTIMATION 10. IMPLICATIONS OF 

USING THE APPENDIX 11. EXAMPLE 

APPLICATIONS 12. REFERENCES 

Acknowledgements

ASME STP-PT-052 ALIGN MECHANICAL AND 

CIVIL-STRUCTURAL 

EARTHQUAKE DESIGN AND 

QUALIFICATION RULES FOR 

ASME B31 PIPING SYSTEMS 

AND PIPELINES

15/06/2012 Gives recommendations for 

an improved interface 

between current seismic 

design, analysis and 

qualification codes and 

standards, as well as 

recommendations for 

improvements of these 

codes and standards, to 

achieve a consistent, 

complete, and nonredundant set of 

requirements and guidance 

for the design engineers.

Energy Transportation Systems Foreword Abstract 1 

Recommendations for Seismic 

Design and Qualification 2 

Earthquake and Seismic Test 

Performance of Piping Systems 

Experimental Methods 3 Seismic 

Testing of Piping Systems Annex A - 

Stress Analysis Outline 

Acknowledgements
ASME TR A17.1-8.4 GUIDE FOR ELEVATOR 

SEISMIC DESIGN

31/03/2014 Gives detailed information 

on ASME A17.1 

harmonization efforts with 

all building codes and 

summarizes the 

harmonization impact on 

elevator design via force 

comparisons based on 

component, component 

mounting location, and 

building geographical 

location, and provides an 

International Building Code 

(IBC) quick reference for 

seismic requirements and 

equivalent zone force levels.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Committee Roster Part 1 - 

Modification of ASME A17.1-2010, 

Section 8.4, Elevator Safety 

Requirements for Seismic Risk 

Zone 2 or Greater Part 2 - 

Derivations Part 3 - Sample 

Calculations Mandatory Appendix I - 

Sample Calculation Figures

ASME-ITI/AWWA J100 RISK AND RESILIENCE 

MANAGEMENT OF WATER 

AND WASTEWATER SYSTEMS

1/7/2010 Describes the requirements 

for all-hazards risk and 

resilience analysis and 

management for the water 

sector and prescribes 

methods that can be used 

for addressing these 

requirements.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Transportation Systems Foreword 1 Introduction 2 

RAMCAP Overview 3 Organization 

of This Document 4 Comments 

Committee Roster Risk and 

Resilience Management of Water 

and Wastewater Systems 1 Scope 

2 Definitions 3 Bibliography 4 

Requirements 5 Process Control 

6 Verification Nonmandatory 

Appendix A: Guidance on the Use of 

this Standard Nonmandatory 

Appendix B: Optional Use of 

RAMCAP Scales for Recording 

Consequence and Vulnerability 

Estimates Appendix C: Glossary 

Nonmandatory Appendix D: 

Expanded Bibliography Mandatory 

Appendix E: RAMCAP Reference 

Threats Non-mandatory Appendix 

F: Proxy Indicator of Terrorism 

Threat Likelihood for the Water 

Sector Nonmandatory Appendix G: 

Integrated Analysis of Natural 

Hazards Nonmandatory Appendix 

H: Water Sector Utility Resilience 

Analysis Approach
ASCE 12 05 GUIDELINES FOR THE DESIGN 

OF URBAN SUBSURFACE 

DRAINAGE

Supersedes ASCE 12 92. 

Combined with ASCE 13 05 

and ASCE 14 05. (11/2005) 

New 2013 Edition is also 

available; See: ASCE/EWRI 12-

13, 13-13, 14-13. (11/2013)

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Foreword

Acknowledgements

1.0 SCOPE

2.0 DEFINITIONS

3.0 SITE ANALYSIS

4.0 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

5.0 DRAIN ENVELOPES

6.0 HYDRAULICS AND HYDROLOGY

7.0 STRUCTURAL CONSIDERATIONS

8.0 MATERIALS

9.0 CODES AND PERMITS

10.0 REFERENCES

INDEX

ASCE 10 97 DESIGN OF LATTICED STEEL 

TRANSMISSION STRUCTURES

2000 Defines requirements for the 

design, fabrication, and 

testing of members and 

connections for electrical 

transmission structures. 

Pertains to hot-rolled and 

cold-formed steel shapes.

Energy Communications STANDARDS FOREWORD 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 1.0 General 

2.0 Loading, Geometry, and Analysis 

3.0 Design of Members 4.0 Design 

of Connections 5.0 Detailing and 

Fabrication 6.0 Testing 7.0 

Structural Members and 

Connections Used in Foundations 

8.0 Quality Assurance/Quality 

Control Commentary References 

Appendix A - Notation Appendix B - 

Examples Index

ASCE 11 99 GUIDELINE FOR STRUCTURAL 

CONDITION ASSESSMENT OF 

EXISTING BUILDINGS

2000 Gives guidelines and 

methodology for assessing 

the structural condition of 

existing buildings 

constructed of combinations 

of materials including 

concrete, metals, masonry, 

and wood. It also defines the 

assessment procedure 

including investigation, 

testing methods, and format 

for the report of the 

condition assessment.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities STANDARDS DEDICATION 

FOREWORD ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

1.0 General 2.0 Assessment 

Procedure 3.0 Structural Materials 

Assessment 4.0 Evaluation 

Procedures and Evaluation of 

Structural Materials and Systems 

5.0 Report on Structural Condition 

Assessment Appendix A - Report of 

Structural Condition Assessment 

Appendix B - Organization 

References Index
ASCE 13 05 GUIDELINES FOR THE 

INSTALLATION OF URBAN 

SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE

2006 Defines installation and 

construction guidance for 

urban subsurface drainage 

systems and discusses 

subjects such as airports, 

roads, and other commercial 

transportation systems, and 

industrial, residential, and 

recreational areas.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Foreword Acknowledgements 1.0 

SCOPE 2.0 DEFINITIONS 3.0 

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 4.0 SITE 

INVESTIGATION 5.0 INSTALLATION 

6.0 INSPECTION Appendix A - 

Recommended Use of Trench Boxes 

1.0 INTRODUCTION 2.0 GENERAL 

CONSIDERATIONS 3.0 SUBTRENCH 

CONSTRUCTION 4.0 REGULAR 

TRENCH CONSTRUCTION 5.0 

SUMMARY 7.0 REFERENCES INDEX

ASCE 14 05 GUIDELINES FOR THE 

OPERATION AND 

MAINTENANCE OF URBAN 

SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE

2006 Gives guidelines for 

operation and maintenance 

of urban subsurface 

drainage, topics include: 

design criteria, maintenance 

procedures, safety, water 

quality, inspection, and 

rehabilitation.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Foreword Acknowledgements 1.0 

SCOPE 2.0 DEFINITIONS 3.0 

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE 

PLAN 4.0 WATER QUALITY 5.0 

PERIODIC INSPECTION 6.0 

MAINTENANCE 7.0 REFERENCES 

INDEX

ASCE 15 98 STANDARD PRACTICE FOR 

DIRECT DESIGN OF BURIED 

PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE 

USING STANDARD 

INSTALLATIONS (SIDD)

2000 Focuses on the direct design 

of buried precast concrete 

pipe using Standard 

Installations, and reviews the 

design and construction of 

the soil/pipe interaction 

system that is used for the 

conveyance of sewage, 

industrial wastes, storm 

water, and drainage.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Transportation Systems PART I. GENERAL PART II. 

DIRECT DESIGN METHOD USING 

STANDARD INSTALLATIONS 

PART III. CONSTRUCTION OF 

SOIL/PRECAST CONCRETE 

PIPE SYSTEMS APPENDIX A: 

MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 

APPENDIX B: SI UNITS FOR 

NOTATION AND EQUATIONS 

COMMENTARY INDEX
ASCE 16 95 STANDARD FOR LOAD AND 

RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN 

(LRFD) FOR ENGINEERED 

WOOD CONSTRUCTION

1996 Gives design criteria for 

structures constructed of 

structurally graded lumber, 

structural glued laminated 

timber, panel products, 

poles, piles, and other 

structural wood 

components, and their 

connections.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Preface Acknowledgments 

Notation 1 General Provisions 2 

Design Requirements 3 Tension 

Members 4 Compression Members 

And Bearing 5 Flexural Members, 

Bending, And Shear 6 Members 

With Combined Bending And Axial 

Loads 7 Mechanical Connections 8 

Structural-Use Panels 9 Shear Walls 

And Diaphragms 10 Serviceability 

Considerations Appendix A1 - 

Resistance Of Spaced Columns 

Appendix A2 - Glued Laminated 

Timber (Glulam) Appendix A3 - 

Ponding Appendix A4 - Qualification 

Of Fasteners And Connectors 

Appendix A5 - Resistance Of Shear 

Plates Or Split Rings In End 

Grain Appendix A6 - Design Of PanelBased Assemblies Glossary 

Commentary Index

ASCE 20 96 STANDARD GUIDELINES FOR 

THE DESIGN AND 

INSTALLATION OF PILE 

FOUNDATIONS

1997 Defines guidelines for the 

design and construction of 

pile foundations.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities FOREWORD STANDARDS 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 1 GENERAL 

2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 

3 PILE SHAFT STRENGTH 

REQUIREMENTS 4 SOIL-PILE 

INTERFACE STRENGTH 

REQUIREMENTS AND CAPACITY 5 

DESIGN LOADS 6 DESIGN STRESSES 

7 CONSTRUCTION AND LAYOUT 

GUIDELINES FOR PILE DESIGN 8 

INSTALLATION GUIDELINES FOR PILE 

CONSTRUCTION 9 APPLICABLE 

STANDARDS APPENDIX A - PARTIAL 

FACTORS OF SAFETY INDEX
ASCE 24 05 FLOOD RESISTANT DESIGN 

AND CONSTRUCTION

2006 Gives minimum 

requirements for floodresistant design and 

construction of structures 

located in flood hazard 

areas.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Water and 

Wastewater 

Systems 

Standards Foreword 

Acknowledgements 1.0 GENERAL 

2.0 BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR 

FLOOD HAZARD AREAS THAT 

ARE NOT IDENTIFIED AS COASTAL 

HIGH HAZARD AREAS AND 

COASTAL A ZONES 3.0 HIGH RISK 

FLOOD HAZARD AREAS 4.0 

COASTAL HIGH HAZARD AREAS AND 

COASTAL A ZONES 5.0 MATERIALS 

6.0 DRY AND WET FLOODPROOFING 

7.0 UTILITIES 8.0 BUILDING ACCESS 

9.0 MISCELLANEOUS 

CONSTRUCTION 10.0 REFERENCES 

Commentary INDEX

ASCE 25 06 EARTHQUAKE ACTUATED 

AUTOMATIC GAS SHUTOFF 

DEVICES

2008 Provides current minimum 

functionality requirements 

for earthquake-actuated 

automatic gas shut-off 

devices and systems. Applies 

only to devices carrying 

gaseous fuels, such as 

natural gas and propane.

Energy Foreword History of the 

Development of the Standard 

Acknowledgments 1.0 GENERAL 

2.0 CONSTRUCTION 3.0 

PERFORMANCE 4.0 DEFINITIONS 

5.0 REFERENCES COMMENTARY 

INDEX
ASCE 29 05 STANDARD CALCULATION 

METHODS FOR STRUCTURAL 

FIRE PROTECTION

2007 Provides the most current 

and proven methods for 

calculating the fire resistance 

of selected structural 

members and barrier 

assemblies using structural 

steel, plain concrete, 

reinforced concrete, timber 

and wood, concrete 

masonry, and clay masonry.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword 

Acknowledgments 

1.0 STANDARD CALCULATION 

METHODS FOR STRUCTURAL 

FIRE PROTECTION 2.0 STANDARD 

METHODS FOR DETERMINING THE 

FIRE RESISTANCE OF PLAIN AND 

REINFORCED CONCRETE 

CONSTRUCTION 3.0 STANDARD 

METHODS FOR DETERMINING THE 

FIRE RESISTANCE OF TIMBER 

AND WOOD STRUCTURAL 

ELEMENTS 4.0 STANDARD 

CALCULATION METHODS FOR 

DETERMINING THE FIRE 

RESISTANCE OF MASONRY 5.0 

STANDARD METHODS FOR 

DETERMINING THE FIRE RESISTANCE 

OF STRUCTURAL STEEL 

CONSTRUCTION COMMENTARY 

APPENDIX A 

INDEX

ASCE 30 00 GUIDELINE FOR CONDITION 

ASSESSMENT OF THE 

BUILDING ENVELOPE

2000 Provides a guideline and 

methodology for assessing 

the condition and 

performance of existing 

building envelope systems 

and components, and 

identifying problematic and 

dysfunctional elements.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities STANDARDS FOREWORD 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 1.0 General 

2.0 Building Envelope Systems, 

Component Features and 

Materials 3.0 Condition 

Assessment Procedure 4.0 

Evaluation 5.0 Report of the 

Condition Assessment Appendices 

Appendix A - Report of Condition 

Assessment Appendix B - Building 

Exteriors Performance 

References Bibliography Index
ASCE 31 03 SEISMIC EVALUATION OF 

EXISTING BUILDINGS

2003 Provides a three-tiered 

process for seismic 

evaluation of existing 

buildings in any level of 

seismicity. Aims to serve as a 

nationally applicable tool for 

design professionals, code 

officials, and building owners 

looking to seismically 

evaluate existing buildings.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1.0 General Provisions 2.0 

Evaluation Requirements 3.0 

Screening Phase (Tier 1) 4.0 

Evaluation Phase (Tier 2) Chapter 5: 

Detailed Evaluation Phase (Tier 3) 

Appendix A - Examples Appendix B - 

Summary Data Sheet INDEX

ASCE 32 01 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 

OF FROST-PROTECTED 

SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS

2001 Deals with the design and 

construction of frostprotected shallow 

foundations in areas subject 

to seasonal ground freezing. 

Foundation insulation 

requirements to protect 

heated and unheated 

buildings from frost heave 

are presented in easy-tofollow steps with reference 

to design tables, climate 

maps, and other necessary 

data to furnish a complete 

frost-protection design.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1. Scope and Limitations 2. 

References 3. Symbols, Units, and 

Definitions 4. Design Principles 5. 

Simplified FPSF Design Method for 

Heated Buildings with Slab-OnGround Foundations 6. FPSF Design 

Method for Heated Buildings 7. 

FPSF Design Method for Unheated 

Buildings 8. Special Design 

Conditions for FPSF Appendix A: 

Design Data Commentary Index

ASCE 37 02 DESIGN LOADS ON 

STRUCTURES DURING 

CONSTRUCTION

2002 Defines minimum design 

load requirements during 

construction for buildings 

and other structures. It also 

addresses partially 

completed structures, as 

well as temporary structures 

used during construction.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1.0 General 2.0 Loads and Load 

Combinations 3.0 Dead and Live 

Loads 4.0 Construction Loads 5.0 

Lateral Earth Pressure 6.0 

Environmental Loads Index
ASCE 38 02 STANDARD GUIDELINES FOR 

THE COLLECTION AND 

DEPICTION OF EXISTING 

SUBSURFACE UTILITY DATA

2002 Directs issues such as: (a) 

how utility information can 

be obtained; (b) what 

technologies are available to 

obtain that information; and 

(c) how that information can 

be conveyed to the 

information users.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1.0 Introduction 

2.0 Scope 3.0 

Definitions 4.0 

Engineer and Owner Collection and 

Depiction Tasks 5.0 Utility Quality 

Level Attributes 6.0 Deliverables 

Formatting 7.0 Relative Costs and 

Benefits of Quality Levels 8.0 

Information Sources 

Appendices: Surface Geophysical 

Methods for Utility Imaging 

Appendix A - General 

Appendix B - Electromagnetic 

Methods 

Appendix C - Magnetic Methods 

Appendix D - Elastic Wave Methods 

Appendix E - High-Cost, Very 

Specialized Methods 

Appendix F - Data Processing 

Techniques Index
ASCE 39 03 STANDARD PRACTICE FOR 

THE DESIGN AND OPERATION 

OF HAIL SUPPRESSION 

PROJECTS

2003 Specifies a process through 

which hail suppression 

operations should be 

designed, organized, and 

conducted.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

1.0 The Hail Problem 1.1 Historical 

Perspective 1.2 The Status of Hail 

Suppression Technology 2.0 Hail 

Concepts 2.1 Requirements for 

Hail Development 2.2 The Scientific 

Basis for Hail Suppression 2.3 

Concept Visualization 2.4 Cloud 

Modeling 3.0 The Design of Hail 

Suppression Operations 3.1 

Definition of Project Scope 3.2 

Delivery Methods 3.3 Seeding 

Agent Selection 3.4 Meteorological 

Data Collection 3.5 Selection and 

Siting of Equipment 3.6 Legal Issues 

3.7 Environmental Concerns 4.0 

Operation of Hail Suppression 

Projects 4.1 The Operations Manual 

4.2 Personnel Requirements 4.3 

Operational Decision-Making 4.4 

Communications 4.5 Safety 

Considerations 4.6 Public Relations, 

Information, and Involvement 5.0 

Evaluation of Hail Suppression 

Efforts 5.1 Project Evaluation 

Approaches 5.2 Evaluation 

measures 5.3 Dissemination of 

Results 6.0 Glossary of Terms and 

 f 
ASCE 41-06 SEISMIC REHABILITATION OF 

EXISTING BUILDINGS

2007 Describes nationally 

applicable provisions for the 

seismic rehabilitation of 

buildings.

Standards

Foreword

Acknowledgments

1.0 REHABILITATION 

REQUIREMENTS

2.0 SCOPE

3.0 ANALYSIS PROCEDURES

4.0 FOUNDATIONS AND GEOLOGIC 

SITE HAZARDS

5.0 STEEL

6.0 CONCRETE

7.0 MASONRY

8.0 WOOD AND LIGHT METAL 

FRAMING

9.0 SEISMIC ISOLATION AND 

ENERGY DISSIPATION

10.0 SIMPLIFIED REHABILITATION

11.0 ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, 

AND ELECTRICAL 

COMPONENTS

Appendix

APPENDIX A - USE OF THIS 

STANDARD FOR LOCAL OR DIRECTED 

RISK MITIGATION PROGRAMS

SYMBOLS

ACRONYMS

DEFINITIONS
ASCE 42 04 STANDARD PRACTICE FOR 

THE DESIGN AND OPERATION 

OF PRECIPITATION 

ENHANCEMENT PROJECTS

2004 Provides state-of-the-art 

cloud seeding technology 

applications for precipitation 

enhancement projects. By 

utilizing a variety of 

meteorological and 

hydrological observations, 

water resources engineers 

can evaluate the 

effectiveness of improving 

precipitation methods. 

Subjects discussed in this 

publication include the 

history and status of cloud 

seeding and the concepts, 

designs, operations, and 

evaluation of these projects.

Information Technology Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

FOREWORD LIST OF FIGURES 

SECTION 1.0 - INTRODUCTION TO 

PRECIPITATION ENHANCEMENT 

PROJECTS SECTION 2.0 - SCIENTIFIC 

BASIS OF NATURAL PRECIPITATION 

EFFICIENCY AND ITS MODIFICATION 

SECTION 3.0 - THE DESIGN OF 

PRECIPITATION ENHANCEMENT 

RESEARCH AND OPERATIONAL 

PROJECTS SECTION 4.0 - 

OPERATIONS OF PRECIPITATION 

ENHANCEMENT PROJECTS 

SECTION 5.0 - EVALUATION OF 

PRECIPITATION ENHANCEMENT 

PROJECTS SECTION 6.0 - GLOSSARY 

OF TERMS AND ACRONYMS 

SECTION 7.0 - REFERENCES 

SECTION 8.0 - CONVERSION OF 

UNITS Index
ASCE 43 05 SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA 

FOR STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS, 

AND COMPONENTS IN 

NUCLEAR FACILITIES

2005 Specifies criteria for seismic 

design of safety-related 

Structures, Systems, and 

Components (SSCs) in a 

broad spectrum of nuclear 

facilities.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Government Facilities Foreword Acknowledgments 

Acronyms/Notation Definitions 

Standard 1.0 Introduction 2.0 

Earthquake Ground Motion 3.0 

Evaluation of Seismic Demand 4.0 

Evaluation of Structural Capacity 5.0 

Load Combinations and Acceptance 

Criteria for Structures 6.0 

Ductile Detailing Requirements 7.0 

Special Considerations 8.0 

Equipment and Distribution Systems 

9.0 Seismic Quality Provisions 

Appendix A A.0 Approximate 

Methods for Sliding and Rocking 

of an Unanchored Rigid Body 

Appendix B B.0 Commentary on and 

Examples of Approximate 

Methods for Sliding and Rocking of 

an Unanchored Rigid Body 

Commentary C1.0 Introduction 

C2.0 Earthquake Ground Motion 

C3.0 Evaluation of Seismic Demand 

C4.0 Evaluation of Structural 

Capacity C5.0 Load Combinations 

and Acceptance Criteria for 

Structures C6.0 Ductile Detailing 

Requirements C7.0 Special 

id i i d ASCE 45 05 GUIDELINES FOR THE DESIGN 

OF URBAN STORMWATER 

SYSTEMS

2006 Defines design guidance for 

urban stormwater systems, 

covering topics such as 

airports, roads, and other 

transportation systems; and 

industrial, commercial, 

residential, and recreation 

areas.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Transportation Systems Foreword Acknowledgements 1.0 

SCOPE 2.0 DEFINITIONS 3.0 SITE 

ANALYSIS 4.0 HYDROLOGY 5.0 

NONSTRUCTURAL CONSIDERATIONS 

6.0 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 7.0 

HYDRAULIC DESIGN 8.0 

STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF 

STORMWATER SYSTEMS 9.0 

MATERIALS 10.0 REGULATIONS 

AND PERMITS 11.0 APPLICABLE 

DOCUMENTS/REFERENCES INDEX
ASCE 46 05 GUIDELINES FOR THE 

INSTALLATION OF URBAN 

STORMWATER SYSTEMS

2006 Defines construction 

guidance for urban 

stormwater systems, and 

discusses applications such 

as airports; roads and other 

transportation systems; and 

industrial, residential, and 

recreation areas.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Transportation Systems Foreword Acknowledgements 1.0 

SCOPE 2.0 DEFINITIONS 3.0 

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 4.0 

PRECONSTRUCTION SITE 

INSPECTION 5.0 CONSTRUCTION 

6.0 INSPECTION 7.0 REFERENCES 

APPENDICES INDEX

ASCE 47 05 GUIDELINES FOR THE 

OPERATION AND 

MAINTENANCE OF URBAN 

STORMWATER SYSTEMS

2006 Defines operation and 

maintenance guidance for 

urban stormwater systems. 

It also covers applications 

such as airports; roads and 

other transportation 

systems; and industrial, 

commercial, residential, and 

recreation areas.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Transportation Systems Foreword Acknowledgements 1.0 

SCOPE 2.0 DEFINITIONS 3.0 

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE 

PLAN 4.0 WATER QUALITY 5.0 

PERIODIC INSPECTION 6.0 

MAINTENANCE 7.0 APPLICABLE 

DOCUMENTS/REFERENCES INDEX

ASCE 5-13/6-13 BUILDING CODE 

REQUIREMENTS 

AND SPECIFICATION FOR 

MASONRY STRUCTURES

2013 Specifies the design and 

construction of masonry 

structures. Topics include: 

definitions, contract 

documents, quality 

assurance, materials, 

placement of embedded 

items, analysis and design, 

strength and serviceability, 

flexural and axial loads, 

shear, details and 

development of 

reinforcement, walls, 

columns, pilasters, beams 

and lintels, seismic design 

requirements, glass unit 

masonry, and veneers.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
ASCE 7 10 MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS 

FOR BUILDINGS AND OTHER 

STRUCTURES

15/03/2013 Specifies minimum load 

requirements for the design 

of buildings and other 

structures that are subject to 

building code requirements.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities STANDARDS FOREWORD 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS DEDICATION 

1 General 2 Combinations of Loads 

3 Dead Loads, Soil Loads, and 

Hydrostatic Pressure 4 Live Loads 5 

Flood Loads 6 Reserved for Future 

Provisions 7 Snow Loads 8 Rain 

Loads 9 Reserved for Future 

Provisions 10 Ice Loads - 

Atmospheric Icing 11 Seismic Design 

Criteria 12 Seismic Design 

Requirements for Building 

Structures 13 Seismic Design 

Requirements for Nonstructural 

Components 14 Material Specific 

Seismic Design and Detailing 

Requirements 15 Seismic Design 

Requirements for Nonbuilding 

Structures 16 Seismic Response 

History Procedures 17 Seismic 

Design Requirements for Seismically 

Isolated Structures 18 Seismic 

Design Requirements for Structures 

with Damping Systems 19 SoilStructure Interaction for Seismic 

Design 20 Site Classification 

Procedure for Seismic Design 21 

i ifi d i ASCE 9 91 STANDARD PRACTICE FOR 

THE CONSTRUCTION AND 

INSPECTION OF COMPOSITE 

SLABS

1994 Defines provisions applicable 

to composite slabs. It is 

intended as a guide 

document and not as a 

mandatory standard practice 

for: (a) good construction 

practice; (b) inspection 

procedures.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL CHAPTER 2 - 

CONSTRUCTION PRACTICE CHAPTER 

3 - INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS 

APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 

APPENDIX A - SI UNITS APPENDIX B - 

DECK MEASUREMENTS 

COMMENTARY INDEX

ASCE T&DI 58 10 STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF 

INTERLOCKING CONCRETE 

PAVEMENT FOR MUNICIPAL 

STREETS AND ROADWAYS

2010 Defines the procedures for 

the structural design of 

interlocking concrete 

pavements. Applies to paved 

areas subject to applicable 

permitted axle loads and 

trafficked up to 10 million 80-

kN (18,000-lb)-equivalent 

single axle loads (ESALs).

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Interlocking Concrete 

Pavers Standards Committee 1 

General 2 Preparation for 

Pavement Design 3 Design 

Elements 4 Design Tables and 

Worked Examples 5 Other Design 

Considerations Glossary of Terms 

References Index
ASCE/EWRI 12-13, 13-13, 14-13 STANDARD GUIDELINES FOR 

THE DESIGN, INSTALLATION, 

AND OPERATION AND 

MAINTENANCE OF URBAN 

SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE

15/11/2013 ASCE/EWRI 12-13 Defines 

the state-of-the art design 

guidance for urban 

subsurface drainage in a 

logical order. ASCE/EWRI 13-

13 Defines installation and 

construction guidance for 

urban subsurface drainage 

systems. ASCE/EWRI 14-13 

Defines operation and 

maintenance guidance for 

urban subsurface drainage 

systems.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Standard Guidelines for the Design 

of Urban Subsurface Drainage, 

ANSI/ASCE/EWRI 12-13 

FOREWORD 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 1 

Scope 2 Definitions 

3 Site Analysis 4 

System Configuration 5 

Drain Envelopes 6 

Hydraulics and Hydrology 

7 Structural Considerations 

8 Materials 9 Codes 

and Permits 10 References 

Standard Guidelines for the 

Installation of Urban Subsurface 

Drainage, ANSI/ASCE/EWRI 13-13 

FOREWORD 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

1 Scope 2 

Definitions 3 

Contract Documents 4 

Site Investigation 5 

Installation 6 

Inspection 7 

References Appendix 

A - Recommended Use of Trench 

Boxes Standard Guidelines for the 

i d i f 
ASCE/EWRI 33 09 COMPREHENSIVE 

TRANSBOUNDARY WATER 

QUALITY MANAGEMENT 

AGREEMENT WITH 

GUIDELINES FOR 

DEVELOPMENT OF A 

MANAGEMENT PLAN, 

STANDARDS, AND CRITERIA

2009 Provides the most current 

model for comprehensive 

water quality planning and 

management of shared 

water resources. It also 

provides a framework that 

governments can adopt or 

modify with regard to 

riparian rights.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Standards Foreword PREAMBLE 

ARTICLE 1 - DECLARATION OF 

PURPOSES AND POLICIES ARTICLE 2 - 

GENERAL PROVISIONS ARTICLE 3 - 

ADMINISTRATION ARTICLE 4 - 

TRANSBOUNDARY WATER QUALITY 

MANAGEMENT ARTICLE 5 - 

FINANCING ARTICLE 6 - DISPUTE 

RESOLUTION ARTICLE 7 - 

IMPLEMENTATION ARTICLE 8 - 

REFERENCES APPENDIX A - 

GUIDELINES FOR DEVELOPMENT OF 

A TRANSBOUNDARY WATER 

QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN 

APPENDIX B - GUIDELINES FOR THE 

DEVELOPMENT OF 

TRANSBOUNDARY WATER 

QUALITY STANDARDS AND CRITERIA 

INDEX
ASCE/EWRI 56/57 10 ASCE/EWRI 56-10 - 

GUIDELINES FOR THE 

PHYSICAL SECURITY OF 

WATER UTILITIES; ASCE/EWRI 

57-10 - GUIDELINES FOR THE 

PHYSICAL SECURITY OF 

WASTEWATER/STORMWATE

R UTILITIES

2011 Pertains to physical security 

for facilities used in potable 

water source, treatment, 

and distribution systems.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

ASCE/EWRI 56-10 FOREWORD 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS GUIDELINES 

FOR THE PHYSICAL SECURITY OF 

WATER UTILITIES 1 Application of 

Guidelines 2 Raw Water Facilities 3 

Wells and Pumping Stations 4 

Water Treatment Plants 5 Finished 

Water Storage Facilities 6 Water 

Distribution Systems 7 Water 

System Support Facilities Appendix 

A - Physical Security Elements 

GLOSSARY AND ABBREVIATIONS 

REFERENCES INDEX ASCE/EWRI 57-

10 FOREWORD 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS GUIDELINES 

FOR THE PHYSICAL SECURITY OF 

WASTEWATER/STORMWATER 

UTILITIES 1 Application of 

Guidelines 2 Wastewater Treatment 

Plants 3 Collection Systems 4 

Pumping Stations 5 

Wastewater/Stormwater System 

Support Facilities Appendix A - 

Physical Security Elements 

GLOSSARY AND ABBREVIATIONS 

REFERENCES INDEX

ASCE/EWRI 60 12 GUIDELINE FOR 

DEVELOPMENT OF EFFECTIVE 

WATER SHARING 

AGREEMENTS

2012 Defines the basis for 

developing a complete, 

comprehensive, and wellintegrated agreement for 

allocating and managing 

shared water resources. Also 

outlines a process to ensure 

that all pertinent factors are 

considered in the 

development of an 

agreement, so that the 

physical realities of the 

shared resources as well as 

the different political 

systems, cultures, and water 

use customs are 

accommodated.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 
ASCE/SEI 49 12 WIND TUNNEL TESTING FOR 

BUILDINGS AND OTHER 

STRUCTURES

17/09/2012 Defines the minimum 

requirements for conducting 

and interpreting wind tunnel 

tests to determine wind 

loads on buildings and other 

structures.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASCE/SEI 55 10 TENSILE MEMBRANE 

STRUCTURES

2010 Gives minimum criteria for 

the design and performance 

of membrane-covered cable 

and rigid member structures, 

including frame structures, 

collectively known as tensile 

membrane structures. It also 

includes permanent and 

temporary structures.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Standards Foreword 

Acknowledgements Tensile 

Membrane Structures Standard 

Committee Roster 1 General 2 

Membrane Materials 3 Connections 

4 Design 5 Fabrication and Erection 

Appendix A - Special Provisions 

Appendix B - A Procedure for 

Determining Modulus of 

Elasticity Bibliography Commentary 

Index

ASCE/SEI 59 11 BLAST PROTECTION OF 

BUILDINGS

2011 Defines minimum planning, 

design, construction, and 

assessment requirements for 

new and existing buildings 

subject to the effects of 

accidental or malicious 

explosions, including 

principles for establishing 

appropriate threat 

parameters, levels of 

protection, loadings, analysis 

methodologies, materials, 

detailing, and test 

procedures.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities FOREWORD ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

1 General 2 Design Considerations 

3 Performance Criteria 4 Blast 

Loads 5 Fragmentation 6 

Structural Systems 7 Protection of 

Spaces 8 Exterior Envelope 9 

Materials Detailing 10 Performance 

Qualification COMMENTARY INDEX
ASHRAE GUIDELINE 29 GUIDELINE FOR THE RISK 

MANAGEMENT OF PUBLIC 

HEALTH AND SAFETY IN 

BUILDINGS

24/10/2009 Provides qualitative and 

quantitative methods for 

management of the risk of 

extraordinary incidents in 

buildings. Specific subject 

areas of concern include air, 

food, and water.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Societal Foreword

1 Purpose

2 Scope

3 Definitions

4 Risk Management Approach

5 Design for New and Existing 

Facilities

6 Operation and Maintenance of 

Buildings

7 References

Informative Appendix A - Risk 

Management Example

Informative Appendix B - 

Supplemental Information

Informative Appendix C - 

Bibliography

ASHRAE 169 CLIMATIC DATA FOR 

BUILDING DESIGN 

STANDARDS

 Describes weather data 

used in ashrae standards, 

including dry-bulb, dewpoint, and wet-bulb 

temperatures; enthalpy; 

humidity ratio; wind 

conditions; solar irradiation; 

latitude; longitude; and 

elevation for locations 

worldwide.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword

1 Purpose

2 Scope

3 Definitions, Abbreviations, and 

Acronyms

4 Climatic Design Data and Climate 

Zones

5 U.S. Climate Zones by County

6 International Climate Zone Maps

Normative Appendix A: Climatic 

Design Data and Climate Zones

Normative Appendix B: Climate 

Zones For U.S. States and Counties

Informative Appendix C: Climate 

Zone Maps

Informative Appendix D: Addenda 

Description Information
ASHRAE 189.1 STANDARD FOR THE DESIGN 

OF HIGH-PERFORMANCE 

GREEN BUILDINGS - EXCEPT 

LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL 

BUILDINGS

5/9/2013 Gives minimum 

requirements for the siting, 

design, construction, and 

plan for operation of highperformance green buildings 

to (a) balance environmental 

responsibility, resource 

efficiency, occupant comfort 

and well being, and 

community sensitivity, and 

(b) support the goal of 

development that meets the 

needs of the present without 

compromising the ability of 

future generations to meet 

their own needs.

Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

 Foreword

1 Purpose

2 Scope

3 Definitions, Abbreviations, and 

Acronyms 

4 Administration and Enforcement 

5 Site Sustainability 

6 Water Use Efficiency

7 Energy Efficiency

8 Indoor Environmental Quality 

(IEQ)

9 The Building's Impact on the 

Atmosphere, Materials, 

and Resources

10 Construction and Plans for 

Operation

11 Normative References

Normative Appendix A: Prescriptive 

Building Envelope Tables

Normative Appendix C: Prescriptive 

Equipment Efficiency Tables

Normative Appendix D: 

Performance Option for Energy 

Efficiency

Normative Appendix F: Building 

Concentrations

Informative Appendix G: Informative 

f
ASHRAE GUIDELINE 12 MINIMIZING THE RISK OF 

LEGIONELLOSIS ASSOCIATED 

WITH BUILDING WATER 

SYSTEMS

2010 Covers specific 

environmental and 

operational guidelines that 

contributes to the safe 

operation of building water 

systems to minimize the risk 

of occurrence of 

Legionellosis.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

 1 Purpose

2 Scope

3 Ecology of Legionella

4 Potable and Emergency Water 

Systems

5 Heated Spas

6 Architectural Fountains and 

Waterfall Systems

7 Cooling Towers Including Fluid 

Coolers (Closed-Circuit

Cooling Towers) and Evaporative 

Condensers

8 Direct Evaporative Air Coolers, 

Misters (Atomizers), 

Air Washers, and Humidifiers

9 Indirect Evaporative Air Coolers

10 Metalworking Systems

11 Monitoring for Legionella

12 References

Annex A: Bibliography
ASHRAE GUIDELINE 32 SUSTAINABLE, HIGHPERFORMANCE OPERATIONS 

AND MAINTENANCE

25/01/2012 Pertains to the ongoing 

operational practices for a 

building and its systems, 

particularly with respect to 

energy efficiency, occupant 

comfort, indoor air quality 

(IAQ), health and safety.

Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

Foreword 1 Purpose 2 Scope 3 

Definitions, Abbreviations, and 

Acronyms 4 Intended Users of the 

Guideline 5 Level 1: Senior 

Management Steps 6 Level II: 

Action Areas for Facility Managers 

- Implementing the Change 7 Level 

III: Actions and Tools for Technicians 

- Carrying Out Best Practices 8 

References 9 Bibliography 

Informative Annex A: Additional 

Resources Informative Annex B: 

Benchmarking and Building Rating 

Systems Informative Annex C: 

Maintaining Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) 

Informative Annex D: Measurement 

and Occupant Surveys for 

Comfort and Indoor Environmental 

Quality (IEQ) Informative Annex E: 

Training Needs Assessment 

Informative Annex F: Building 

Information Modeling (BIM) 

Informative Annex G: Predictive 

Maintenance Techniques 

Informative Annex H: Guidance for 

HVAC Energy Savings Informative 

Annex I: Energy Performance 

i i d f i ASIS SPC.3 Resilience in the supply chain In development Expands the scope of the 

ANSI/ASIS SPC.1:2009 

standard to include 

resilience in the supply 

chain.

Business Continuity

ASIS SPC.5 Community Resilience: 

Guidance on Capacity 

Building and Public-Private 

Partnerships Stanard

In development Provides guidance to address 

the interfaces between 

individual, organizational and 

community resilience to 

enhance public-private 

partnerships and resilience 

planning.

Business Continuity
ASSE 1001 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS

 FOR ATMOSPHERIC TYPE 

VACUUM BREAKERS

Gives protection of the 

potable water supply against 

pollutants or contaminants 

that enter the system due to 

backsiphonage through the 

outlet. Applies to 

atmospheric type vacuum 

breakers that are single pipeapplied.

Section I 1.1 Application 1.2 

Scope 1.3 Limitations on Design 

1.4 Reference Standards Section II 

2.0 Test Specimens 2.1 Samples 

Submitted for Test 2.2 Samples 

Tested 2.3 Drawings 2.4 

Rejection Section III 3.0 

Performance Requirements and 

Compliance Testing 3.1 

Hydrostatic Test of the Complete 

Device 3.2 Deterioration at 

Extremes of Manufacturer's 

Temperature Range Test Figure 

1 Table 1 3.3 Allowable 

Pressure Loss at Rated Flow Test 

Table 2 3.4 Examination of Air Inlet 

Shield 3.5 Air Flow Test Figure 

2A Figure 2B Figure 3A 

Figure 3B 3.6 Backsiphonage Test 

Table 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 

Figure 6 3.7 Evaluation of Female 

Threaded Connections Section IV 

4.0 Detailed Requirements 4.1 

Materials 4.2 Markings 4.3 

Installation and Maintenance 

Instruction Section V 5.0 

Definitions

ASSE 1003 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS FOR WATER 

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES 

FOR DOMESTIC WATER 

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

Covers self-contained, direct 

acting single diaphragm type 

valves. Valves shall be 

permitted to have an 

integral strainer, separate 

strainer connected to the 

valve inlet, or be without 

strainer.

ASSE 1012 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS FOR 

BACKFLOW PREVENTER WITH 

INTERMEDIATE 

ATMOSPHERIC VENT

Devices which have 

functional capabilities for 

preventing both back 

siphonage and back pressure 

backflow in watersupply 

lines, and which can operate 

under continuous or 

intermittent pressure 

conditions.
ASSE 1013 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS FOR 

REDUCED PRESSURE 

PRINCIPLE BACKFLOW 

PREVENTERS AND REDUCED 

PRESSURE PRINCIPLE FIRE 

PROTECTION BACKFLOW 

PREVENTERS

Pertains to Reduced Pressure 

Principle Backflow 

Preventers (RP) and Reduced 

Pressure Principle Fire 

Protection Backflow 

Preventers (RPF). Also 

pertains to Manifold 

Reduced Pressure Principle 

Backflow Assemblies 

consisting of two (2) or more 

complete Reduced Pressure 

Principle Backflow 

Preventers in parallel.

ASSE 1024 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS FOR DUAL 

CHECK BACKFLOW 

PREVENTERS

Two independently acting 

check valves - operates 

under intermittent or 

continuous pressure 

conditions.

ASSE 1030 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS FOR 

POSITIVE PRESSURE 

REDUCTION DEVICES FOR 

SANITARY DRAINAGE 

SYSTEMS

Aims at reducing the impact 

of short duration air 

pressure transients, which 

arise in drainage waste and 

vent systems networks 

through use.

ASSE 1037 PRESSURIZED FLUSHING 

DEVICES (FLUSHOMETERS) 

FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES

Requirements for 

pressurized flushing devices, 

for the safe and sanitary 

operation of plumbing 

fixtures.

ASSE 1044 TRAP SEAL PRIMER VALVES - 

DRAINAGE TYPE

Designed to supply water to 

a trap to provide and 

maintain its water seal using 

a feed system from a fixture 

drainline.
ASSE 1047 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS FOR 

REDUCED PRESSURE 

DETECTOR FIRE PROTECTION 

BACKFLOW PREVENTION 

ASSEMBLIES

Defines the purpose of a 

Reduced Pressure Detector 

Fire Protection Backflow 

Prevention Assembly to keep 

contaminated water from 

fire protection systems from 

flowing back into a potable 

water distribution system 

when some abnormality in 

the system causes the 

pressure to be temporarily 

higher in the contaminated 

part of the system than in 

the potable water supply 

piping.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

ASSE 1048 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS FOR DOUBLE 

CHECK DETECTOR FIRE 

PROTECTION BACKFLOW 

PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES

Defines the purpose of a 

Double Check Detector Fire 

Protection Backflow 

Prevention Assembly to keep 

polluted water from fire 

protection systems from 

flowing into a potable water 

distribution system when 

some abnormality in the 

system causes the pressure 

to be temporarily higher in 

the polluted part of the 

system than in the potable 

water supply piping.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

ASSE 1049 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS FOR 

INDIVIDUAL AND BRANCH 

TYPE AIR ADMITTANCE 

VALVES FOR CHEMICAL 

WASTE SYSTEMS

Defines AAVCs devices used 

in chemical waste systems to 

prevent the siphonage of 

trap seals.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 
ASSE 1052 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS FOR HOSE 

CONNECTION BACKFLOW 

PREVENTERS

Consists of two independent 

checks, force loaded or 

biased to a closed position, 

with an atmospheric vent 

located between the two 

check valves which is force 

loaded or biased to an open 

position, and a means for 

attaching a hose.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

ASSE 1053 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS FOR DUAL 

CHECK BACKFLOW 

PREVENTER WALL HYDRANTS 

- FREEZE RESISTANT TYPE

15/04/2005 Establishes design and 

performance requirements 

and test procedures for Dual 

Check Backflow Preventer 

Wall Hydrants - Freeze 

Resistant. Provides 

protection of the potable 

water supply from 

contamination due to 

backsiphonage or 

backpressure without 

damage to the device due to 

freezing, and is field testable 

to verify protection under 

the high hazard conditions 

present at a hose threaded 

outlet.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

ASSE 1057 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS FOR FREEZE 

RESISTANT SANITARY

Gives protection of the 

potable water supply from 

contamination due to 

ground water and to prevent 

backflow in accordance with 

the backflow prevention 

device selected.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 
ASSE 1060 OUTDOOR ENCLOSURES FOR 

FLUID CONVEYING 

COMPONENTS

Gives the requirements of an 

outside enclosure for various 

types of backflow prevention 

assemblies. It includes 

enclosure types for freezing 

and non-freezing locations. 

The enclosures incorporate 

features to provide for 

freeze protection, positive 

drainage to prevent 

submergence of the 

assembly, security and 

accessibility for testing and 

repair.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

ASSE 1063 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS FOR AIR 

VALVE & VENT INTAKE 

PREVENTERS

Allows the release and 

admission of high volumes of 

air through air valves and air 

vents in water distribution 

systems but prevent the 

entry of contaminated water 

when the air valve outlet 

becomes submerged from 

flooding or is the target of 

malicious tampering.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

ASSE 1071 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS FOR 

TEMPERATURE ACTUATED 

MIXING VALVES FOR 

PLUMBED EMERGENCY 

EQUIPMENT

Specifies devices which 

consist of a hot water inlet 

connection, a cold water 

inlet connection, a mixed 

water outlet connection, a 

temperature controlling 

element and a means for 

adjusting the mixed water 

outlet temperature while in 

service.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

ASSE 1072 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS FOR 

BARRIER TYPE FLOOR DRAIN 

TRAP SEAL PROTECTION 

DEVICES

Defines an alternative 

method of protecting floor 

drain water trap sealsBarrier-Type Floor Drain Trap 

Seal Devices.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 
AWWA C651 Disinfecting Water Mains 1/6/2005 Defines essential procedures 

for the disinfection of new 

and repaired potable water 

mains.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 Foreword

I Introduction

II Special Issues

III Use of This Standard

IV Major Revisions

V Comments

Standard

1 General

2 References

3 Definitions

4 Requirements

5 Verification

6 Delivery

Appendixes

A - Chlorine Residual Testing

B - Chlorine Dosages

C - Disposal of Heavily Chlorinated 

Water

AWWA C653 Disinfection of Water 

Treatment Plants

1/12/2013 Specifies chlorination 

materials, procedures, and 

Requirements for 

disinfection of new 

treatment facilities and 

existing water treatment 

facilities temporarily taken 

out of service for cleaning, 

inspection, maintenance, 

painting, repair, or any other 

activity or event that might 

lead to contamination of 

water.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 Foreword

I Introduction

II Special Issues

III Use of This Standard

IV Major Revisions

V Comments

Standard

1 General

2 References

3 Definitions

4 Requirements

5 Verification

6 Delivery
AWWA C654 Disinfection of Wells 1/7/2013 Defines the procedures for 

disinfection and 

bacteriological testing of 

wells for potable water 

service following 

construction, servicing, 

maintenance, or any other 

activity or event that might 

lead to contamination of the 

water.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Foreword

I Introduction

II Special Issues 

III Use of This Standard 

IV Major Revisions 

V Comments 

Standard

1 General

2 References

3 Definitions

4 Requirements

5 Verification

Appendix A - Chemical 

Requirements for 50-mg/L 

Chlorine Solution

AWWA D water storage tanks Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

AWWA G300 Source Water Protection 1/6/2014 Defines the essential 

requirements for the 

effective protection of 

source waters.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 Foreword

I Introduction

II Special Issues

III Use of This Standard

IV Major Revisions

V Comments

Standard

1 General

2 References

3 Definitions

4 Requirements

5 Verification

6 Delivery

Appendixes

A - Bibliography
AWWA G430 SECURITY PRACTICES FOR 

OPERATION AND 

MANAGEMENT

Describes the minimum 

requirements for a 

protective security program 

for a water or wastewater 

utility.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 Foreword

I Introduction

II Special Issues

III Use of This Standard

IV Major Revisions

V Comments

Standard

1 General

2 References

3 Definitions

4 Requirements

5 Verification

6 Delivery

Appendix

A - Resources

AWWA M11 STEEL PIPE: A GUIDE FOR 

DESIGN AND INSTALLATION

1/12/2013 Includes complete 

information for designing, 

installing, and maintaining 

steel pipe and fittings for 

potable water transmission 

and distribution.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Transportation Systems Foreword

Acknowledgments

Chapter 1 - History, Uses, and 

Physical Characteristics of 

Steel Pipe

Chapter 2 - Manufacture and Testing

Chapter 3 - Hydraulics of Pipelines

Chapter 4 - Determination of Pipe 

Wall Thickness

Chapter 5 - Water Hammer and 

Pressure Surge

Chapter 6 - External Loads

Chapter 7 - Supports for Pipe

Chapter 8 - Pipe Joints

Chapter 9 - Fittings and 

Appurtenances

Chapter 10 - Principles of Corrosion 

and Corrosion Control

Chapter 11 - Protective Coatings and 

Linings

Chapter 12 - Transportation, 

Installation, and Testing

Chapter 13 - Supplementary Design 

Data and Details

Appendix A - Table of Working 

Pressures for Allowable Unit 

Stresses

d
AWWA M19 EMERGENCY PLANNING FOR 

WATER UTILITIES

2001 Provides techniques for 

developing contingency 

plans for a variety of 

emergencies from natural 

disasters to human-caused 

crises. Also describes how to 

develop an emergency 

preparedness plan, how to 

identify vulnerabilities in 

your water system, and how 

to determine how a 

disruption would likely 

impact service.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services Foreword Acknowledgments 

Chapter 1 - Overview Chapter 2 - 

Hazard Summary Chapter 3 - 

Vulnerability Assessment Chapter 4 - 

Mitigation Actions Chapter 5 - 

Preparedness Planning Chapter 6 - 

Emergency Response, Recovery, and 

Training Appendix A - South 

Carolina's Guide for Hurricane 

Procedures Bibliography Index List 

of AWWA Manuals

AWWA M19 EMERGENCY PLANNING FOR 

WATER UTILITIES

2001 Provides techniques for 

developing contingency 

plans for a variety of 

emergencies from natural 

disasters to human-caused 

crises. Also describes how to 

develop an emergency 

preparedness plan, how to 

identify vulnerabilities in 

your water system, and how 

to determine how a 

disruption would likely 

impact service.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services Foreword

Acknowledgments

Chapter 1 - Overview

Chapter 2 - Hazard Summary

Chapter 3 - Vulnerability Assessment

Chapter 4 - Mitigation Actions

Chapter 5 - Preparedness Planning

Chapter 6 - Emergency Response, 

Recovery, and Training

Appendix A - South Carolina's Guide 

for Hurricane Procedures

Bibliography

Index

List of AWWA Manuals
AWS D1.1/D1.1M STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE 

- STEEL

2010 ERRATA 2011 Covers the requirements for 

fabricating and erecting 

welded steel structures.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Dedication

Personnel

Foreword 

List of Tables

List of Figures

1. General Requirements

2. Design of Welded Connections

3. Prequalification of WPSs

4. Qualification

5. Fabrication

6. Inspection

7. Stud Welding

8. Strengthening and Repairing 

Existing Structures

Annexes

Annex A (Normative) - Effective 

Throat

Annex B (Normative) - Effective 

Throats of Fillet Welds in 

Skewed T-Joints

Annex D (Normative) - Flatness of 

Girder Webs - Statically 

Loaded Structures

Annex E (Normative) - Flatness of 

Girder Webs - Cyclically 

Loaded Structures

Annex F (Normative) - Temperaturei h ATC-58 Development of NextGeneration PerformanceBased Seismic Design Criteria

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/ARMA 5 Vital Record Programs: 

Identifying, Managing and 

Recovering Business Critical 

Records

2010 This publication addresses 

the establishment of a vital 

records program. It includes 

clarification of what a vital 

records program 

encompasses and the 

requirements for identifying 

and protecting vital records, 

assessing and analyzing their 

vulnerability, and 

determining the impact of 

their loss on the 

organization. 

Business Continuity Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 
VDI 2100-1 Gaseous ambient air 

pollution measurement - 

indoor air pollution 

measurement - gas 

chromatographic 

determination of organic 

compounds - fundamentals

1/6/2008 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Vorbemerkung 

1 Einleitung 

2 Problemfeld 

3 Abkürzungen 

4 Probenahmeverfahren 

4.1 Allgemeines 

4.2 Probenahme ohne Anreicherung 

4.3 Probenahme mit Anreicherung 

4.4 Transport und Lagerung 

5 Probenaufbereitung und 

Dosierung 

5.1 Allgemeines 

5.2 Direkte Dosierung von 

gasförmigen Proben

5.3 Probenaufbereitung und 

Dosierung von einer festen

Sammelphase 

6 Chromatographische Trennung 

6.1 Allgemeines 

6.2 Säulentyp und -material 

6.3 Stationäre Phase und Filmdicke 

6.4 Leistungskriterien 

6.5 Wahl geeigneter 

chromatographischer 

Betriebsbedingungen 

7 Detektion 

7.1 Allgemeines 

 l ii i d k 
VDI 2263 DUST FIRES AND DUST 

EXPLOSIONS; HAZARDS, 

ASSESSMENT, PROTECTIVE 

MEASURES

1/5/1992 Provides to assess the 

hazards and the measures 

taken to prevent dust fires 

and dust explosions, as well 

as their dangerous results.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

Vorbemerkung

1 Geltungsbereich

2 Begriffe

3 Gefahren durch brennbare Stäube

3.1 Entstehen von Staub

3.1.1 Nutzstaub

3.1.2 Abfallstaub

3.2 Brand- und Explosionsverhalten 

von Staub

3.2.1 Abgelagerter Staub

3.2.2 Aufgewirbelter Staub

4 Untersuchungsverfahren zur 

Beurteilung von Staub

4.1 Staubprobe, 

Probenvorbereitung, Testprobe

4.2 Abgelagerter Staub

4.2.1 Entzündbarkeit

4.2.2 Brennverhalten

4.2.3 Glimmtemperatur

4.2.4 Selbstentzündung

4.2.5 Exotherme Zersetzung

4.3 Aufgewirbelter Staub

4.3.1 Staubexplosionsfähigkeit

4.3.2 Explosionsgrenzen

4.3.3 Maximaler Explosionsdruck, 

maximaler zeitlicher

Druckanstieg, K[St]-Wert

 id d i VDI 3819-2 FIRE PROTECTION BUILDING 

SERVICES - FUNCTIONS AND 

CORRELATIONS

1/7/2013 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

VDI 3819-3 FIRE PROTECTION IN 

BUILDING SERVICES - FIRE 

PROTECTION PLANNING AND 

BRIEFING - OBLIGATIONS, 

CONTENTS AND 

DOCUMENTATION

1/1/2009 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 
VDI 6004-1 PROTECTION OF BUILDING 

SERVICES - FLOOD - 

BUILDINGS, INSTALLATIONS, 

EQUIPMENT

1/6/2006 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Water and 

Wastewater 

Systems 

Vorbemerkungen 1 

Geltungsbereich 2 Begriffe und 

Definitionen 3 Risiken und Schäden 

3.1 Hochwasserschäden und ihre 

Ursachen 3.2 Gesetzliche 

Anforderungen und Schutzziele 3.3 

Verantwortung 3.4 Strategie zur 

Schadenbegrenzung 3.5 

Risikotransfer 4 

Vorsorgemassnahmen 4.1 Mobiler 

Hochwasserschutz 4.2 Bauliche 

Massnahmen 4.3 Organisatorische 

Massnahmen 5 

Hochwasserangepasste TGAInstallationen 5.1 Elektrische 

Anlagen 5.2 

Trinkwasserversorgung 5.3 

Gebäudeentwässerung 5.4 

Heizungsanlagen 5.5 

Gasinstallationen 5.6 

Raumlufttechnische Anlagen 5.7 

Kälteanlagen 5.8 TGA-Anlagen im 

Aussenbereich 5.9 Aufzugsanlagen 

5.10 Leitungsdurchführungen 

innen/aussen - Durchdringungen 

5.11 Kommunikationsnetze 5.12 

Hochwasserpumpanlagen 

i / bil h VDI 6028-1-1 ASSESSMENT CRITERIA FOR 

BUILDING SERVICES - 

TECHNICAL QUALITY FOR 

SUSTAINABLE BUILDINGS

1/11/2013 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

VDI 6200 STRUCTURAL SAFETY OF 

BUILDINGS - REGULAR 

INSPECTIONS

1/2/2010 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/AMD 100 Structural Performance 

Ratings of Side-Hinged Door 

Systems and Procedures for 

Component Substitution

2013 Provides producers of sidehinged exterior door systems 

(SHEDS) with a costeffective, code-recognized 

standard for testing and 

labeling structural 

performance ratings.
ASTM 04.12 CONSTRUCTION - BUILDING 

CONSTRUCTIONS (2) - E 2112 - 

LATEST - SUSTAINABILITY - 

PROPERTY MANAGEMENT 

SYSTEMS - TECHNOLOGY 

AND UNDERGROUND 

UTILITIES

1/11/2013 Contains 161 Standards. Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM C1193 Standard Guide for Use of 

Joint Sealants 

2009 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM C1382 Test Method for Determining 

Tensile Adhesion Properties 

of Sealants When Used in 

Exterior Insulation and Finish 

Systems (EIFS) Joints 

2005 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM C1397 Standard Practice for 

Application of Class PB 

Exterior Insulation and Finish 

Systems

2009 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM C1481 Standard Guide for Use of 

Joint Sealants with Exterior 

Insulation and Finish Systems 

2006 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM C1535 Standard Practice for 

Application of Exterior 

Insulation and Finish Systems 

Class PI 

2005 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM D1356 TERMINOLOGY RELATING TO 

SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS OF 

ATMOSPHERES

1/6/2014 CONTAINED IN VOL. 11.03, 

2014 Defines a collective 

vocabulary relating to 

sampling and analysis of 

atmospheres.

Chemical 
ASTM D5952 GUIDE FOR THE INSPECTION 

OF WATER SYSTEMS FOR 

LEGIONELLA AND THE 

INVESTIGATION OF POSSIBLE 

OUTBREAKS OF 

LEGIONELLOSIS 

(LEGIONNAIRES'DISEASE OR 

PONTIAC FEVER)

1/7/2008 CONTAINED IN VOL. 11.03, 

2014 Defines the 

appropriate responses for 

employers, building owners 

and operators, facility 

managers, health and safety 

professionals, public health 

authorities, and others: 1) 

With concern that a 

manmade water system may 

be contaminated with 

bacteria known as legionella, 

2) To identify one or more 

cases of legionnaire's disease 

or Pontiac fever.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

ASTM D6306 Guide for Placement and Use 

of Diffusion Controlled 

Passive Monitors for Gaseous 

Pollutants in Indoor Air

1/4/2010 CONTAINED IN VOL. 11.03, 

2014 Describes the 

placement and use of 

diffusion controlled monitors 

in the indoor atmosphere.

Chemical 

ASTM D6327 Test Method for 

Determination of Radon 

Decay Product Concentration 

and Working Level in Indoor 

Atmospheres by Active 

Sampling on a Filter

1/6/2010 CONTAINED IN VOL. 11.03, 

2014 Gives instruction for 

using the grab sampling filter 

technique to determine 

accurate and reproducible 

measurements of indoor 

radon decay product (RDP) 

concentrations and of the 

working level value 

corresponding to those 

concentrations.

Chemical 
ASTM D6345 Guide for Selection of 

Methods for Active, 

Integrative Sampling of 

Volatile Organic Compounds 

in Air

1/6/2010 CONTAINED IN VOL. 11.03, 

2012 Gives assistance in the 

selection of active 

integrative sampling 

methods, in which the 

volatile organic analytes are 

collected from air over a 

period of time by drawing 

the air into the sampling 

device, with subsequent 

recovery for analysis.

Chemical 

ASTM D7316 Guide for Interpretation of 

Existing Field Instrumentation 

to Influence Emergency 

Response Decisions

1/1/2007 CONTAINED IN VOL. 11.02, 

2009 Provides useful 

information for the 

interpretation of radiological 

instrument responses in the 

event of a radiological 

incident or emergency.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Emergency Services 

ASTM D7520 Test Method for Determining 

the Opacity of a Plume in the 

Outdoor Ambient 

Atmosphere

1/1/2014 CONTAINED IN VOL. 11.07, 

2014 Defines the procedures 

to determine the opacity of a 

plume, using digital imagery 

and associated hardware and 

software.

Chemical 

ASTM E1445 Terminology Relating to 

Hazard Potential of Chemicals

1/7/2008 CONTAINED IN VOL. 14.02, 

2012 Describes terminology 

used in the area of hazard 

potential of chemicals.

Chemical 

ASTM E1688 Guide for Determination of 

the Bioaccumulation of 

Sediment-Associated 

Contaminants by Benthic 

Invertebrates

1/7/2010 CONTAINED IN VOL. 11.06, 

2013 Defines procedures for 

measuring the 

bioaccumulation of sedimentassociated contaminants by 

infaunal invertebrates.

Chemical 
ASTM E2020 Guide for Data and 

Information Options for 

Conducting an Ecological Risk 

Assessment at Contaminated 

Sites

1999. Reapproved 2010 CONTAINED IN VOL. 11.06, 

2013 Pertains to assist 

remedial project teams, 

specifically ecological risk 

assessors, in identifying data 

and information options that 

may be used to perform a 

screening or complex 

ecological risk assessment 

(ERA) at a contaminated site.

Chemical Healthcare and Public 

Health 

ASTM E2032 Guide for Extension of Data 

From Fire Resistance Tests 

Conducted in Accordance 

with ASTM E?119

2009(R2013) CONTAINED IN VOL. 04.07, 

2014 Describes the 

extension of fire resistance 

ratings obtained from fire 

tests performed in 

accordance with Test 

Method E 119 to 

constructions that have not 

been tested.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM E2098 Standard Test Method for 

Determining Tensile Breaking 

Strength of Glass Fiber 

Reinforcing Mesh for Use in 

Class PB Exterior Insulation 

and Finish Systems (EIFS), 

after Exposure to a Sodium 

Hydroxide Solution 

2006 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM E2121 PRACTICE FOR INSTALLING 

RADON MITIGATION 

SYSTEMS IN EXISTING LOWRISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS

1/3/2013 CONTAINED IN VOL. 04.12, 

2013 Specifies methods for 

reducing radon entry into 

existing attached and 

detached residential 

buildings three stories or less 

in height.

Chemical residential facilities
ASTM E2129 PRACTICE FOR DATA 

COLLECTION FOR 

SUSTAINABILITY ASSESSMENT 

OF BUILDING PRODUCTS

1/11/2010 CONTAINED IN VOL. 04.12, 

2012 Provides a set of 

instructions for collecting 

data to be used in assessing 

the sustainability of 

elements or products for use 

in both commercial and 

residential buildings.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM E2134 Standard Test Method for 

Evaluating the TensileAdhesion Performance of an 

Exterior Insulation and Finish 

System (EIFS) 

2006 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM E2238 GUIDE FOR EVACUATION 

ROUTE DIAGRAMS

1/11/2012 CONTAINED IN VOL. 11.03, 

2012 Specifies minimum 

guidelines for the design and 

placement of evacuation 

route diagrams (ERDs) used 

in buildings. Covers the 

evacuation of building 

occupants when directed by 

emergency response 

authorities in emergencies 

such as fire, earthquake, and 

bomb threat.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM E2273 Standard Test Method for 

Determining the Drainage 

Efficiency of Exterior 

Insulation 

and Finish Systems (EIFS) Clad 

Walls 

2003 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM E2321 Standard Practice for Use of 

Test Methods E 96 for 

Determining the Water Vapor 

Transmission (WVT) of 

Exterior Insulation and Finish 

Systems (EIFS) 

2003 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM E2359 Standard Test Method for 

Field Pull Testing of an InPlace Exterior Insulation and 

Finish System Clad Wall 

Assembly 

2006 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
ASTM E2392/E2392M GUIDE FOR DESIGN OF 

EARTHEN WALL BUILDING 

SYSTEMS

1/5/2010 CONTAINED IN VOL. 04.12, 

2012 Specifies guidance for 

earthen building systems, 

also called earthen 

construction, and addresses 

both technical requirements 

and considerations for 

sustainable development.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM E2411 Specification for Chemical 

Warfare Vapor Detector 

(CWVD)

1/3/2007 CONTAINED IN VOL. 15.08, 

2013 Defines the technical 

and mission requirements 

for the use of a CWVD and 

relates each of the 

performance and electrical 

shock and fire parameters to 

a detector requirement.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM E2413 GUIDE FOR HOSPITAL 

PREPAREDNESS AND 

RESPONSE

2009 CONTAINED IN VOL. 15.08, 

2014 Describes concepts, 

principles, and practices of 

an all-hazards 

comprehensive emergency 

management program for 

the planning, mitigation, 

response, recovery, and 

coordination of hospitals in 

response to a major incident.

Healthcare and Public 

Health 

Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

ASTM E2413 Standard Guide for Hospital 

Preparedness and Response

2009 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM E2430 Standard Specification for 

Expanded Polystyrene 

(“EPS”) Thermal Insulation 

Boards 

For Use In Exterior Insulation 

and Finish System (EIFS) 

2005 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
ASTM E2432 GUIDE FOR GENERAL 

PRINCIPLES OF 

SUSTAINABILITY RELATIVE TO 

BUILDINGS

1/8/2011 CONTAINED IN VOL. 04.12, 

2012 Specifies the 

fundamental concepts and 

associated building 

characteristics for each of 

the general principles of 

sustainability.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM E2485 Standard Test Method for 

Freeze/Thaw Resistance of 

Exterior Insulation and Finish 

Systems (EIFS) and Water 

Resistive Barrier Coatings 

2006 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM E2486 Standard Test Method for 

Impact Resistance of Class PB 

and PI Exterior Insulation 

 and Finish Systems (EIFS) 

2006 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM E2506 GUIDE FOR DEVELOPING A 

COST-EFFECTIVE RISK 

MITIGATION PLAN FOR NEW 

AND EXISTING CONSTRUCTED 

FACILITIES

1/4/2011 CONTAINED IN VOL. 04.12, 

2012 Defines a generic 

framework for developing a 

cost-effective risk mitigation 

plan for new and existing 

constructed facilities - 

buildings, industrial facilities, 

and other critical 

infrastructure.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM E2511 Standard Guide for Detailing 

of EIFS-Clad Wall Assemblies 

2009 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM E2520-07 Practice for Verifying 

Minimum Acceptable 

Performance of Trace 

Explosive Detectors

1/3/2007 CONTAINED IN VOL. 15.08, 

2012 Evaluates the detector 

response to evaporated 

residues of lowconcentration solutions of 

explosive compounds placed 

on test swipes. The solutions 

used for this evaluation are 

prepared in a suitable 

organic solvent and contain a 

single high explosive.

Chemical 
ASTM E2531 Guide for Development of 

Conceptual Site Models and 

Remediation Strategies for 

Light Nonaqueous-Phase 

Liquids Released to the 

Subsurface

1/7/2009 CONTAINED IN VOL. 11.05, 

2012 Defines guidelines 

applies to sites with LNAPL 

present as residual, free, or 

mobile phases, and 

anywhere that LNAPL is a 

source for impacts in soil, 

ground water, and soil 

vapor.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Food and Agriculture 

ASTM E2541 GUIDE FOR STAKEHOLDERFOCUSED, 

CONSENSUS-BASED DISASTER 

RESTORATION PROCESS FOR 

CONTAMINATED ASSETS

1/8/2010 CONTAINED IN VOL. 15.08, 

2012 Defines a framework 

(that is, strategy) for 

involving the public in a 

stakeholder-focused, 

consensus-based event 

restoration process, for 

those situations where such 

involvement is essential to 

move a stalled (due to 

stakeholder issues) 

restoration process forward.

Chemical Healthcare and Public 

Health 
ASTM E2541 Standard Guide for 

Stakeholder-Focused, 

Consensus-Based Disaster 

Restoration Process for 

Contaminated Assets

2010 To ensure a publicly 

acceptable and timely 

restoration of an asset 

contaminated as a result of a 

natural or man-made 

disaster, including a terrorist 

event, it is essential to have 

a pre-planned strategy 

developed and tailored at 

the community level and 

facilitated by the 

government which 

advocates the support and 

involvement of the affected 

community during such a 

crisis period. This preplanned strategy for 

restoration will need to be 

seamlessly incorporated into 

the overall emergency 

management process within 

the community. This guide 

presents a framework (that 

is, strategy) for involving the 

public in a stakeholderfocused, consensus-based 

event restoration process, 

f h i i h 

Chemical Societal 

ASTM E2568 New PB Exterior Insulation 

and Finish Systems

2009

ASTM E2601 Standard Practice for 

Radiological Emergency 

Response

2008 Emergency Services 

ASTM E2601 Practice for Radiological 

Emergency Response

1/8/2008 CONTAINED IN VOL. 15.08, 

2013 Gives decision-making 

considerations for response 

to incidents that involve 

radioactive materials.

Emergency Services Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

ASTM E2601-08 Standard Practice for 

Radiological Emergency 

Response

Emergency Services Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 
ASTM E2616 Guide for Remedy Selection 

Integrating Risk-Based 

Corrective Action and NonRisk Considerations

1/10/2009 CONTAINED IN VOL. 11.05, 

2012 Defines the selection of 

appropriate remedial actions 

at sites where a release of 

chemicals (for example, 

vapor-phase, dissolvedphase, or non-aqueous 

phase liquids (NAPL)) into 

the environment has 

occurred.

Chemical 

ASTM E2640 GUIDE FOR RESOURCE 

MANAGEMENT IN 

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT 

AND HOMELAND SECURITY

1/10/2010 CONTAINED IN VOL. 15.08, 

2012 Defines a standard 

frame of reference for 

managing resources in 

conjunction with an incident.

Emergency Services 

ASTM E2640-10 Standard Guide for Resource 

Management in Emergency 

Management and Homeland 

Security

Emergency Services 

ASTM E2668 Standard Guide for 

Emergency Operations 

Center (EOC) Development

2010 Emergency Services 

ASTM E2668 Standard Guide for 

Emergency Operations 

Center (EOC) Development

2010 This guide provides general 

guidelines for the 

development of an 

emergency operations 

center (EOC).

Emergency Services 

ASTM E2682 GUIDE FOR DEVELOPING A 

DISASTER RECOVERY PLAN 

FOR MEDICAL 

TRANSCRIPTION 

DEPARTMENTS AND 

BUSINESSES

1/5/2009 CONTAINED IN VOL. 14.01, 

2009 Covers multiple 

medical transcription 

settings in which healthcare 

documents are generated 

and stored: medical 

transcription departments, 

home offices, and medical 

transcription service 

organizations (MTSOs).

Healthcare and Public 

Health 

Emergency Services 
ASTM E2728 GUIDE FOR WATER 

STEWARDSHIP IN THE 

DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, 

AND OPERATION OF 

BUILDINGS

1/3/2011 CONTAINED IN VOL. 04.12, 

2012 Covers ideal 

sustainability and applied 

sustainability for water 

management, consistent 

with Guide E2432. Both ideal 

sustainability and applied 

sustainability should inform 

decisions regarding water 

management.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ASTM E2731 Specification for Materials to 

Mitigate the Spread of 

Radioactive Contamination 

after a Radiological 

Dispersion Event

1/1/2010 CONTAINED IN VOL. 15.08, 

2012 Defines a basis for 

identification of materials 

used to immobilize 

radioactive contamination, 

minimize exposure, and 

facilitate subsequent 

decontamination.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

ASTM E2732 Practice for Responder 

Family Support Service

1/3/2011 CONTAINED IN VOL. 15.08, 

2012 Defines a standard 

approach for designated 

personnel in public, private 

and not-for-profit 

organizations that provide 

recreational, cultural, 

educational and related 

services to the public to 

respond in a support role 

providing assistance, and as 

needed to the local family of 

a responder on assignment 

in an emergency situation.

Emergency Services 

ASTM E2770 Guide for Operational 

Guidelines for Initial 

Response to a Suspected 

Biothreat Agent

1/11/2010 CONTAINED IN VOL. 15.08, 

2013 Specifies 

considerations for decisionmakers when responding to 

incidents that may involve 

biothreats.

Emergency Services 
ASTM E2831/E2831M Guide for Deployment of 

Blast Resistant Trash 

Receptacles in Crowded 

Places

1/8/2011 CONTAINED IN VOL. 15.08, 

2012 Classifies the key 

factors that should be 

considered prior to the 

deployment of blast resistant 

trash receptacles (BRTRs) in 

crowded places.

Emergency Services Government Facilities Commercial Facilities 

ASTM E2842 Standard Guide for 

Credentialing for Access to an 

Incident or Event Site

2014

ASTM E2915 Standard Guide for 

Emergency Operations 

Center (EOC) Management

2013 This guide provides general 

guidelines for the 

management of an 

emergency operations 

center (EOC) prior to, during, 

and after activation for 

emergency or disaster 

support.

Emergency Services 

ASTM E2951 Standard Guide for 

Community Emergency 

Preparedness for Persons 

with Disabilities

2013 This guide provides 

recommendations for the 

local or regional AHJ to use 

in dealing with persons with 

disabilities who reside within 

their area of responsibility or 

jurisdiction.

Emergency Services 

ASTM E736 TEST METHOD FOR 

COHESION/ADHESION OF 

SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE 

MATERIALS APPLIED TO 

STRUCTURAL MEMBERS

2000(R2011) CONTAINED IN VOL. 04.11, 

2014 Defines a procedure for 

measuring the 

cohesion/adhesion or bond 

strength (tensile) 

perpendicular to the surface 

of sprayed fire-resistive 

material (SFRM) applied to 

rigid backing.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
ASTM F 1086 GUIDE FOR STRUCTURES AND 

RESPONSIBILITIES OF 

EMERGENCY MEDICAL 

SERVICES SYSTEMS 

ORGANIZATIONS

1994(R2008) Provides optimum 

guidelines for the 

responsibilities and 

structures that will ease 

development, delivery, and 

assessment of Emergency 

Medical Services on regional, 

state and local levels.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

ASTM F 1149 PRACTICE FOR 

QUALIFICATIONS, 

RESPONSIBILITIES, AND 

AUTHORITY OF INDIVIDUALS 

AND INSTITUTIONS 

PROVIDING MEDICAL 

DIRECTION OF EMERGENCY 

MEDICAL SERVICES

1993(R2013) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2013 Defines the 

qualifications, 

responsibilities, and 

authority of individuals and 

institutions providing 

medical direction of 

emergency medical services.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

ASTM F 1220 GUIDE FOR EMERGENCY 

MEDICAL SERVICES SYSTEM 

(EMSS) 

TELECOMMUNICATIONS

1995(R2006) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2012 Covers 

telecommunications 

practices and performance 

standards required to 

support all of the functions 

of community EMSS on a 

statewide basis.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

communications

ASTM F 1268 GUIDE FOR ESTABLISHING 

AND OPERATING A PUBLIC 

INFORMATION, EDUCATION, 

AND RELATIONS PROGRAM 

FOR EMERGENCY MEDICAL 

SERVICE SYSTEMS

1990(R2012) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2012 Gives national 

voluntary standards and 

recommendations to 

effectively provide 

emergency medical service 

system information and 

education to the public.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

communications

ASTM F 1287 GUIDE FOR SCOPE OF 

PERFORMANCE OF FIRST 

RESPONDERS WHO PROVIDE 

EMERGENCY MEDICAL CARE

1990(R2012) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2012 Covers minimum 

requirements for the scope 

of performance of first 

responders who may be 

responsible for the initial 

care of sick and injured 

persons of all ages in the 

prehospital environment.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 
ASTM F 1288 GUIDE FOR PLANNING FOR 

AND RESPONSE TO A 

MULTIPLE CASUALTY 

INCIDENT

1990(R2009) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2012 Defines the planning, 

needs assessment, training, 

integration, coordination, 

mutual aid, implementation, 

provision of resources, and 

evaluation of the response of 

a local emergency medical 

service (EMS) organization or 

agency to a multiple patient 

producing situation that may 

or may not involve property 

loss.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

ASTM F 1339 GUIDE FOR ORGANIZATION 

AND OPERATION OF 

EMERGENCY MEDICAL 

SERVICES SYSTEMS

1992(R2008) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2013 Describes the 

organization and operation 

of Emergency Medical 

Services Systems (EMSS) at 

the state, regional and local 

levels.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

ASTM F 1422 GUIDE FOR USING THE 

INCIDENT COMMAND 

SYSTEM FRAMEWORK IN 

MANAGING SEARCH AND 

RESCUE OPERATIONS

1/12/2008 CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2012 Describes the use of 

the Incident Command 

System (ICS) as the 

management framework for 

the civilian search and rescue 

(SAR) operations.

Emergency Services 

ASTM F 1525/F1525M GUIDE FOR USE OF 

MEMBRANE TECHNOLOGY IN 

MITIGATING HAZARDOUS 

CHEMICAL SPILLS

1/10/2009 CONTAINED IN VOL. 11.05, 

2012 Defines considerations 

for the use of membrane 

technology in the mitigation 

of dilute concentrations of 

spilled chemicals into ground 

and surface waters.

Chemical Emergency Services 
ASTM F 1616 GUIDE FOR SCOPE OF 

PERFORMANCE OF FIRST 

RESPONDERS WHO PRACTICE 

IN THE WILDERNESS OR 

DELAYED OR PROLONGED 

TRANSPORT SETTINGS

1995(R2009) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2012 Defines minimum 

performance requirements 

for first responders who may 

initially provide care for sick 

or injured persons in the 

specialized pre-hospital 

situations of the wilderness 

or delayed or prolonged 

transport settings, including 

catastrophic disasters.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

ASTM F 1637 PRACTICE FOR SAFE 

WALKING SURFACES

1/8/2013 CONTAINED IN VOL. 15.07, 

2013 Specifies design and 

construction guidelines and 

minimum maintenance 

criteria for new and existing 

buildings and structures.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM F 1653 GUIDE FOR SCOPE OF 

PERFORMANCE OF TRIAGE IN 

A PREHOSPITAL 

ENVIRONMENT

1995(R2012) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2012 Provides minimum 

requirements for the scope 

of performance for 

individuals who perform 

triage at an emergency 

medical incident involving 

multiple casualties in a prehospital environment.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

ASTM F 3048 GUIDE FOR 

SWIFTWATER/FLOOD 

SEARCH AND RESCUE 

OPERATIONS

1/2/2014 CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2014 Defines a framework 

within which 

swiftwater/flood Search and 

Rescue (SAR) operations 

shall be conducted as part of 

the National Incident 

Management System 

(NIMS)/Incident Command 

System (ICS).

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 
ASTM F1177 TERMINOLOGY RELATING TO 

EMERGENCY MEDICAL 

SERVICES

28/10/2002 CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2012 Includes definitions of 

terms which apply to all F30 

standards, but which are 

more precise than common 

usage.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

ASTM F1221 Guide for Interagency 

Information Exchange

1989(R2006) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2012 Covers the planning, 

operations, and evaluation 

phases of interagency 

communications as part of a 

comprehensive EMS system.

Emergency Services Communications

ASTM F1258 Practice for Emergency 

Medical Dispatch

1995(R2006) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2012 Covers the definition of 

responsibilities, knowledge, 

practices, and organizational 

support required to 

implement, perform, and 

manage effectively the 

emergency medical dispatch 

function.

Emergency Services Communications

ASTM F1288 GUIDE FOR PLANNING FOR 

AND RESPONSE TO A 

MULTIPLE CASUALTY 

INCIDENT

1990 R 2009 CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2012 Defines the planning, 

needs assessment, training, 

integration, coordination, 

mutual aid, implementation, 

provision of resources, and 

evaluation of the response of 

a local emergency medical 

service (EMS) organization or 

agency to a multiple patient 

producing situation that may 

or may not involve property 

loss.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 
ASTM F1339 GUIDE FOR ORGANIZATION 

AND OPERATION OF 

EMERGENCY MEDICAL 

SERVICES SYSTEMS

1/12/1998 CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2013 Describes the 

organization and operation 

of Emergency Medical 

Services Systems (EMSS) at 

the state, regional and local 

levels.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

ASTM F1517 GUIDE FOR SCOPE OF 

PERFORMANCE OF 

EMERGENCY MEDICAL 

SERVICES AMBULANCE 

OPERATIONS

1/7/1994 CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2012 Covers minimum 

standards for the 

performance of emergency 

medical services (EMS) 

ambulance operators, 

including: operator 

qualifications, pre-run 

operation, and post-run 

aspects.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

ASTM F1560 Practice for Emergency 

Medical Dispatch 

Management

2000(R2006) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2012 Provides information 

on the function of the 

emergency medical dispatch 

(EMD) including the prompt 

and accurate processing of 

calls for emergency medical 

assistance.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

ASTM F1629 Guide for Establishing 

Operating Emergency 

Medical Services and 

Management Information 

Systems, or Both

1995(R2007) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2013 Defines a standard 

guideline for planning, 

development and 

maintenance guideline of an 

EMS-MIS framework, 

including linkage among prehospital, hospital and other 

public safety or government 

agencies.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 
ASTM F1655 Guide for Training First 

Responders Who Practice in 

Wilderness, Delayed, or 

Prolonged Transport Settings

1995(R2013) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2013 Provides minimum 

training standards for first 

responders who care for sick 

or injured persons in the 

specialized pre-hospital 

situations of the wilderness, 

delayed, or prolonged 

transport settings, including 

catastrophic disasters.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

ASTM F1764 Guide for Selection of 

Hardline Communication 

Systems for Confined-Space 

Rescue 

1997(R2012) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2012 States recommended 

criteria for selecting 

hardwire communication 

systems to be used in permitrequired confined-space 

rescue operations.

Communications Transportation Systems 

ASTM F1767 Guide for Forms Used for 

Search and Rescue

1998(R2005) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2012 Provides the examples 

of forms used in the SAR 

community. This guide is to 

make the user aware of the 

many different types of 

forms used but not intended 

to recommend one form 

over another.

Emergency Services 

ASTM F1768 Guide for Using Whistle 

Signals During Rope Rescue 

Operations

1997(R2014) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2014 Defines the 

methodology for the use of 

whistles as a means of 

communication during rope 

rescue operations.

Emergency Services 
ASTM F2076 Practice for Communicating 

an EMS Patient Report to 

Receiving Medical Facilities

2001(R2006) CONTAINED IN VOL. 13.02, 

2012 Establishes the EMS 

standard for 

communications entailing a 

patient radio (phone) report 

to a receiving medical 

facility.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

communications

ASTM F2247 Test Method for Metal Doors 

Used in Blast Resistant 

Applications (Equivalent 

Static Load Method)

1/4/2011 CONTAINED IN VOL. 15.08, 

2012 Defines the structural 

performance of metal doors 

and frames and their 

restraining hardware (such 

as latches and hinges) used 

as a blast resistant barrier.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM STP 1503 COMMON GROUND, 

CONSENSUS BUILDING AND 

CONTINUAL IMPROVEMENT: 

INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS 

AND SUSTAINABLE BUILDING

Defines current and 

developing sustainable 

building and product 

standards for manufacturers, 

designers, retailers, the 

general public, and 

government regulators.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
ASTM WK20536 New Guide for Emergency 

Preparedness of PrivateSector-Owned Public 

Assembly Venues

This guide is to be used for 

undertaking emergency 

preparedness of public 

assembly venues owned and 

operated by the private 

sector. Venue preparedness 

should be designed around 

specific potential or 

anticipated emergency 

situations. 1.2 This guide 

does not purport to address 

all of the potential elements 

necessary to prepare for all 

emergency situations that 

could occur on the premises 

of such a public assembly 

venue. It is the responsibility 

of the user of this guide to 

establish applicable 

protocols, procedures, 

systems, and other means to 

facilitate the health, safety, 

and wellbeing of attendees, 

employees, guests, 

participants, vendors, and 

others in the operation of 

such a venue. The user 

h ld l d i h 

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities 

ASTM WK20536 New Guide for Emergency 

Preparedness of PrivateSector-Owned Public 

Assembly Venues 

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Societal 
ASTM WK24630 New Guide for Credentialing 

for Access to a Disaster Scene

The objective is the 

expansion and modification 

of the FIPS-201 criteria to 

define a single national 

credentialing standard. The 

focus will be on the 

development of guidelines 

for credentialing for access. 

The Standard will address 

the fundamental terms, 

criteria, references, 

definitions and process 

model for implementation of 

credentialing or a 

credentialing program. The 

scope of this standard is 

limited to authentication of 

an individuals identity and/or 

attributes. This will also 

provides guidelines and 

templates and will be in 

compliance with all FIPS-201 

requirements but also 

enhances and modifies the 

criteria to include access to a 

disaster scene by State, local, 

Tribal, private and NGO 

i i

Emergency Services 
ASTM WK28099 New Guide for Deployable 

Affiliated Volunteer (DAV) 

Program Development

This guide provides basic 

guidelines for development 

of a deployable affiliated 

volunteer (DAV) program by 

identifying the resource type 

and possible participants, 

general management 

structure and issues, and 

basics for development of a 

related program database. 

1.2 The DAV is an individual 

resource, commonly an adult 

unpaid volunteer, who is a 

local asset coordinated 

statewide for mutual aid 

deployment (see Resource 

Typing in Appendix X1). 1.2.1 

An example for deployment 

of basic-level DAV personnel 

is to provide support in 

logistics or a clerical position. 

1.2.2 An example of 

deployment of a higher level 

of DAV is to provide 

supervision or management 

of DAV personnel or other 

resources. 1.3 The DAV 

 i h b b ll 

Emergency Services 

ASTM WK28099 New Guide for Deployable 

Affiliated Volunteer (DAV) 

Program Development 

Emergency Services 

ASTM WK36535 New Specification for Metal 

Canopy Systems

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM WK36550 New Specification for 

Applying Cable Barrier 

Systems to Provide Physical 

Protection along the Passive 

Perimeter around Assets 

Requiring High Security 

against Vehicular Threats

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 
ASTM WK37194 New Practice for Biological 

Emergency Response

This standard practice will 

provide decision-making 

considerations for response 

to incidents that involve 

biological agents/materials. 

It will provide information 

and guidance for what to 

include in response planning, 

and what activities to 

conduct during a response. 

The scope of this practice 

does not expressly address 

emergency response to 

contamination of food or 

water supplies. This practice 

applies to those emergency 

response agencies that have 

a role in the response to a 

biological incident. It should 

be used in emergency 

services response such as 

law enforcement, fire 

department, and emergency 

medical response actions. 

This practice assumes that 

implementation begins with 

the recognition of a 

bi l i l i id d d 

Emergency Services 

ASTM WK37194 New Practice for Biological 

Emergency Response 

Emergency Services 
ASTM WK40632 New Guide for Emergency 

Preparedness for Caregivers 

of Persons With Disabilities 

and Functional Needs

This standard guide sets 

forth an approach for private 

and/or public sector 

leadership to adopt in 

organizing and training 

caregivers of persons with 

disabilities and those with 

functional needs for 

emergencies and disasters. It 

contemplates several 

successive efforts to raise 

public awareness of 

potential emergencies, and 

to provide initial training to 

selected (train the future 

trainers) caregivers in 

emergency preparedness 

that will compliment efforts 

of the local EMA/OEM, first 

responders, CERT Members 

and FEMA Corps members.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

ASTM WK40632 New Guide for Emergency 

Preparedness for Caregivers 

of Persons With Disabilities 

and Functional Needs 

Emergency Services 

ASTM WK41393 New Guide for Identifying 

Blast Mitigating Design 

Criteria for the Protection of 

Building Exteriors Against 

Blast Loading due to Terrorist 

Attacks

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ASTM WK46846 New Guide for A 

Standardized Emergency 

Response Equipment Training 

Program Format 

Emergency Services 

ASTM WK46864 New Guide for Standard 

guide for Personal 

Preparedness for Persons 

with Disabilities 

Emergency Services 
ASTM WK8908 New Guide for School 

Preparedness and All Hazard 

Response

draft The guide covers concepts, 

principles and best practices 

for all-hazards integrated 

emergency management 

programs in preparedness, 

prevention, mitigation, 

response, and recovery for 

schools and school districts 

in preparation and response 

to a natural or man-caused 

incident. 1.2 The guide 

addresses the essential 

elements of the scope, 

planning, structure, 

application and integration 

of federal, state, local 

volunteer and nongovernmental organizations 

and resources necessary to 

facilitate interoperability and 

seamless participation by 

response agencies both 

inside and outside the 

school/district. 1.3 The guide 

provides a common 

operating terminology for 

the school environment in 

b h 

Emergency Services 

ASTM WK8908 New Guide for School 

Preparedness and All Hazard 

Response 

Emergency Services Government Facilities Commercial Facilities 

ÖNORM B 3801 WOOD PROTECTION IN 

BUILDING AND 

CONSTRUCTION - TERMS, 

DEFINITIONS AND BASIC 

PRINCIPLES

1/1/2009 Diese ÖNORM beschreibt 

Grundlagen und 

Definitionen für den 

Holzschutz. Diese ÖNORM 

ist gemeinsam mit ÖNORM B 

3802-1, ÖNORM B 3802-2 

und ÖNORM B 3802-3 

anzuwenden.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ÖNORM B 3802-1 PROTECTION OF TIMBER 

USED IN BUILDINGS - 

CONSTRUCTIONAL 

PROTECTION OF TIMBER

1/12/1995 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
ÖNORM B 3802-2 PROTECTION OF TIMBER 

USED IN BUILDINGS - 

CHEMICAL PROTECTION OF 

TIMBER

1/4/1998 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ÖNORM B 3802-3 PROTECTION OF TIMBER 

USED IN BUILDINGS - PART 3: 

CONTROL MEASURES 

AGAINST FUNGAL DECAY 

AND INSECT ATTACK

1/10/2003 Diese ÖNORM ist zur 

Bekämpfung eines 

vorhandenen Befalls durch 

holzzerstörende Pilze oder 

Insekten anzuwenden.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ÖNORM B 3804 PROTECTION OF TIMBER 

USED IN BUILDINGS - 

WOODEN BUILDINGS 

CONSTRUCTED BY 

PREFABRICATED BUILDING 

COMPONENTS - 

CONSTRUCTIVE AND 

CHEMICAL TIMBER 

PRESERVATION MEASURES

1/3/2002 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ONORM EN 1018 Chemicals used for treatment 

of water intended for human 

consumption - Calcium 

carbonate (consolidated 

version)

1/7/2013 Diese Europäische Norm gilt 

für Calciumcarbonat zur 

Aufbereitung von Wasser für 

den menschlichen Gebrauch. 

Die Norm beschreibt die 

Eigenschaften von 

Calciumcarbonat und legt die 

Anforderungen sowie die 

entsprechenden 

Prüfverfahren für 

Calciumcarbonat fest. Sie 

gibt Informationen für seine 

Anwendung in der 

Wasseraufbereitung.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 
ONORM EN 12518 Chemicals used for treatment 

of water intended for human 

consumption - High-calcium 

lime

1/3/2008 Applicable to high-calcium 

lime used for treatment of 

water intended for human 

consumption. Characteristics 

of high-calcium lime are 

described and requirements 

for high-calcium lime are 

defined. Information is given 

on its use in water 

treatment.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Description

3.1 Identification

3.2 Commercial forms

3.3 Physical properties

3.4 Chemical properties

4 Purity criteria

4.1 General

4.2 Composition of commercial 

product

4.3 Impurities

4.4 Water insoluble matter

4.5 Toxic substances

4.6 Free water

5 Test methods

5.1 Sampling

5.2 Analyses

6 Labelling - Transportation - 

Storage

6.1 Means of delivery

6.2 Risk and safety labelling 

according to the EU 

directives

6.3 Transportation regulations and 

l b lli ONORM EN 13577 Chemical attack on concrete - 

Determination of aggressive 

carbon dioxide content in 

water

1/9/2007 Defines a reference method 

for the determination of 

carbon dioxide present in 

water and which has a 

capacity to dissolve in lime 

from concrete.

 Foreword

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Principle

5 Apparatus

6 Procedure

7 Expression of results

8 Test report

9 Precision

Annex A (informative) Example of a 

test report -

Determination of aggressive CO[2] 

content

Bibliography
ONORM EN 1407 Chemicals used for treatment 

of water intended for human 

consumption - Anionic and 

non-ionic polyacrylamides

1/4/2008 Applies to anionic and nonionic polyacrylamides for 

treating water intended for 

consumption by humans. 

Covers the characteristics of 

anionic and non-ionic 

polyacrylamides and defines 

requirements and 

corresponding test 

procedures for anionic and 

non-ionic polyacrylamides.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Description

3.1 Identification

3.2 Commercial form

3.3 Physical properties

3.4 Chemical properties

4 Purity criteria

4.1 Composition of commercial 

product

4.2 Impurities and main by-products

4.3 Toxic substances

5 Test methods

5.1 Sampling

5.2 Analyses

6 Labelling - Transportation - 

Storage

6.1 Means of delivery

6.2 Risk of safety labelling in 

accordance with

the EU Directives

6.3 Transportation regulations and 

labelling

6.4 Marking

6.5 Storage

 (i f i ) l 
ONORM EN 1408 Chemicals used for treatment 

of water intended for human 

consumption - Poly 

(diallyldimethylammonium 

chloride)

1/4/2008 Applies to 

poly(diallyldimethylammoniu

m chloride) for treating 

water for consumption by 

humans. Covers 

characteristics and defines 

requirements and 

corresponding test 

procedures.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Description

3.1 Identification

3.2 Commercial form

3.3 Physical properties

3.4 Chemical properties

4 Purity criteria

4.1 Composition of commercial 

product

4.2 Impurities and main by-products

4.3 Toxic substances

5 Test methods

5.1 Sampling

5.2 Analyses

6 Labelling - Transportation - 

Storage

6.1 Means of delivery

6.2 Risk and safety labelling in 

accordance with the

EU Directives

6.3 Transportation regulations and 

labelling

6.4 Marking

6.5 Storage

 (i f i ) l 
ONORM EN 1409 Chemicals used for water 

treatment intended for 

human consumption - 

Polyamines

1/4/2008 Applies to polyamines for 

treating water for human 

consumption. Covers 

characteristics and defines 

the requirements and 

corresponding test 

procedures for polyamines.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Description

3.1 Identification

3.2 Commercial form

3.3 Physical properties

3.4 Chemical properties

4 Purity criteria

4.1 Composition of commercial 

product

4.2 Impurities and main by-products

4.3 Toxic substances

5 Test methods

5.1 Sampling

5.2 Analyses

6 Labelling - Transportation - 

Storage

6.1 Means of delivery

6.2 Risk and safety labelling in 

accordance with the

with the EU Directives

6.3 Transportation regulations and 

labelling

6.4 Marking

6.5 Storage

 (i f i ) l 
ONORM EN 1410 Chemicals used for treatment 

of water intended for human 

consumption - Cationic 

polyacrylamides

1/4/2008 Applies to cationic 

polyacrylamides for treating 

water for consumption by 

humans. Covers the 

characteristics of cationic 

polyacrylamides and defines 

requirements and 

corresponding test 

procedures for cationic 

polyacrylamides.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Description

3.1 Identification

3.2 Commercial form

3.3 Physical properties

3.4 Chemical properties

4 Purity criteria

4.1 Composition of commercial 

product

4.2 Impurities and main by-products

4.3 Toxic substances

5 Test methods

5.1 Sampling

5.2 Analyses

6 Labelling - Transportation - 

Storage

6.1 Means of delivery

6.2 Risk and safety labelling in 

accordance with

the EU Directives

6.3 Transportation regulations and 

labelling

6.4 Marking

6.5 Storage

 (i f i ) l ONORM EN 15482 Chemicals used for treatment 

of water intended for human 

consumption - Sodium 

permanganate

15/5/2013 Diese Europäische Norm gilt 

für Natriumpermanganat zur 

Aufbereitung von Wasser für 

den menschlichen Gebrauch. 

Die Norm beschreibt die 

Eigenschaften von 

Natriumpermanganat und 

legt die Anforderungen 

sowie die entsprechenden 

Prüfverfahren für 

Natriumpermanganat fest. 

Sie gibt Informationen für 

dessen Anwendung in der 

Wasseraufbereitung.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 
ONORM EN 1717 Protection against pollution 

of potable water in water 

installations and general 

requirements of devices to 

prevent pollution by 

backflow

2008 This standard defines the 

means to be used to prevent 

the pollution of potable 

water inside premises and 

the general requirements of 

protection devices to avoid 

pollution by backflow. It also 

outlines the minimum 

requirements for product 

standards of protection 

units.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 Contents

Foreword

Introduction

1. Scope

2. Normative references

3. Terms and definitions

4. Pollution of potable water:

general observations

4.1 Backflow of used water

4.2 Connection

4.3 External influences

4.4 Materials

4.5 Stagnation

4.6 Harm caused by inadequate or 

improper maintenance

5. Analysis method of the risks

at the point of use and choice of

protection

5.1 General remarks

5.2 Determination of fluid categories 

which are or could be in contact 

with 

potable water

5.3 Determination of the installation

characteristics

5.4 Separation by single or double 

walls

 i b k d i
ONORM EN 900 Chemicals used for treatment 

of water intended for human 

consumption - Calcium 

hypochlorite

1/1/2008 Applies to calcium 

hypochlorite for use in the 

treatment of water meant 

for human consumption. 

Covers the characteristics of 

calcium hypochlorite and 

defines the requirements 

and the corresponding test 

methods for calcium 

hypochlorite. Also gives 

information on its use in 

water treatment.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 Foreword

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Description

3.1 Identification

3.2 Commercial form

3.3 Physical properties

3.4 Chemical properties

4 Purity criteria

4.1 Composition of commercial 

product

4.2 Impurities and main by-products

4.3 Toxic substances

5 Test methods

5.1 Sampling

5.2 Analysis

6 Labelling - Transportation - 

Storage

6.1 Means of delivery

6.2 Risk and safety labelling 

according to the EU

Directives

6.3 Transportation regulations and 

labelling

6.4 Marking

6.5 Storage

Annex A (informative) General 

if i li 
ONORM EN ISO 20988 Air quality - Guidelines for 

estimating measurement 

uncertainty (ISO 20988:2007)

1/9/2007 Provides comprehensive 

guidance and specific 

statistical procedures for 

uncertainty estimation in air 

quality measurements 

including measurements of 

ambient air, stationary 

source emissions, indoor air, 

workplace atmospheres and 

meteorology.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Symbols and abbreviated terms

5 Basic concepts

5.1 Outline

5.2 Measurement uncertainty

5.3 Correction for systematic effects

5.4 Provision of input data

6 Problem specification

6.1 Objectives

6.2 Measurement

6.3 Uncertainty parameters

6.4 Input data

6.4.1 General

6.4.2 Assessment of 

representativeness

6.5 Effects not described by series of

observations

7 Statistical analysis

7.1 Objectives

7.2 Indirect approach

7.3 Direct approach

7.4 Statistical validity

8 Estimation of variances and 

i ÖNORM ONR CEN/TR 15601 HYGROTHERMAL 

PERFORMANCE OF 

BUILDINGS - RESISTANCE TO 

WIND-DRIVEN RAIN OF ROOF 

COVERINGS WITH 

DISCONTINUOUSLY LAID 

SMALL ELEMENTS - TEST 

METHODS (CEN/TR 

15601:2012)

15/04/2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ÖNORM S 2304 INTEGRATED DISASTER 

MANAGEMENT - TERMS AND 

DEFINITIONS

15/07/2011 Emergency Services 

ÖNORM S 6001 SHELTERS - TERMS AND 

DEFINITIONS

1/9/1994 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ÖNORM S 6020 SHELTERS - DEFENCE 

VENTILATION AGGREGATES - 

SVA - MARKING OF 

CONFORMITY

1/3/1999 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities
ÖNORM S 6021 SHELTERS - POP VALVES (UV) - 

REQUIREMENTS, TESTS, 

MARKING OF CONFORMITY

1/1/1997 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ÖNORM S 6022 SHELTERS - ANTI-EXPLOSION 

VALVES (ESV) - 

REQUIREMENTS, TESTS, 

MARKING OF CONFORMITY

1/1/1997 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ÖNORM S 6023 SHELTERS - ANTI-EXPLOSIONPOP VALVES (UV-ESV) - 

REQUIREMENTS, TESTS, 

MARKING OF CONFORMITY

1/1/1997 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ÖNORM S 6024 SHELTERS - FILTER SAND FOR 

AIR FILTERS

1/1/2007 Für die Sicherstellung der 

Schutzbelüftung von 

Schutzräumen sind gemäss 

den Technischen Richtlinien 

für Schutzraumbauten 

Sandfilter vorzusehen, durch 

welche die verunreinigte 

Aussenluft von schädlichen 

Bestandteilen, wie 

radioaktivem Niederschlag, 

chemischen Schadstoffen u. 

dgl. gereinigt und im Fall der 

Erhitzung bei Bränden 

entsprechend abgekühlt 

wird. In 

Sammelschutzräumen 

können gegebenenfalls an 

Stelle der Sandfilter auch 

Raumfilter (ABC-Filter) mit 

vorgeschaltenen 

Sandvorfiltern verwendet 

werden. Die Feinstreinigung 

der verunreinigten 

Aussenluft muss dann durch 

das dem Sandvorfilter 

nachgeschaltete 

Schwebstofffilter und 

k i k hl fil i 

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ÖNORM S 6050 SHELTER DOORS GT - 

MARKING OF CONFORMITY

1/9/1994 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities
ÖNORM S 6051 SHELTER DOORS DT - 

MARKING OF CONFORMITY

1/9/1994 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ÖNORM S 6052 SHELTERS - CIVIL DEFENCE 

SHELTER LIDS - NAKL - 

REQUIREMENTS, TESTING, 

MARKING OF CONFORMITY

1/3/1995 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ÖNORM S 6053 SHELTERS - SLIDING SHUTTER 

WALLS - DESIGN, 

CALCULATION AND TESTING - 

MARKING OF CONFORMITY

1/6/1996 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ÖNORM S 6070 OUTFIT OF SHELTERS - 

EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES 

AND ARTICLES FOR USE

1/9/1994 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ÖNORM S 6072 EQUIPMENT OF SHELTERS - 

SHOCK TEST AND CRITERIA 

OF SHOCK-TESTED PARTS 

FOR OUTFIT OF SHELTERS

1/11/1991 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ÖNORM S 6075 EQUIPMENT OF SHELTERS - 

SHELTER BEDS - 

REQUIREMENTS, TESTS, 

MARKING OF CONFORMITY

1/9/1994 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ÖNORM S 6076 EQUIPMENT OF SHELTERS - 

SHELTER CHAIRS - 

REQUIREMENTS, TESTS, 

MARKING OF CONFORMITY

1/9/1994 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ÖNORM S 6077 EQUIPMENT OF SHELTERS - 

SHELTER TABLES - 

REQUIREMENTS, TESTS, 

MARKING OF CONFORMITY

1/9/1994 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ÖNORM S 6078 EQUIPMENT OF SHELTERS - 

COMBINED BEDS AND SEATS - 

REQUIREMENTS, TESTS, 

MARKING OF CONFORMITY

1/2/1996 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ÖNORM S 6090 SHELTER MARKING 1/9/1994 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities
ÖNORM Z 1020 FIRST AID BOXES FOR 

WORKING PLACES AND FOR 

BUILDING SITES - 

REQUIREMENTS, CONTENT, 

TESTING

1/12/2006 Diese ÖNORM legt 

Anforderungen und 

Prüfungen für 

Verbandkästen in 

Arbeitsstätten und 

Baustellen in Bezug auf 

Ausführung, Werkstoff sowie 

deren Inhalt fest. Die 

Verbandkästen sollten eine 

fachgerechte Erste Hilfe am 

Unfallort ermöglichen. Die 

in den Verbandkästen 

enthaltenen 

Medizinprodukte müssen als 

solche dem 

Medizinproduktegesetz 

entsprechen. In dieser 

ÖNORM wurden folgende 

Änderungen eingearbeitet. 

Der Einmal-Beatmungsbehelf 

dient nur als Überwindung 

der Ekelbarriere. Auf der 

Verpackung muss zusätzlich 

stehen, dass die Anwendung 

keinen 100% igen Schutz vor 

Ansteckungsgefahr darstellt. 

Wenn vorauszusehen ist, 

d d b h lf i 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

AIAG OHS-6:2007 OHS-6: Pandemic 

Preparedness and Response 

Plan

2007 Emergency Services 

ANSI/ALI ALOIM Standard for Automotive Lifts 

Safety Requirements for 

Operation, Inspection and 

Maintenance 

2000 This standard covers the 

safety requirements for 

operation, inspection, and 

maintenance of installed 

automotive lifts 

Transportation Systems 
10/30084678 DC BS ISO 21929-1 - 

SUSTAINABILITY IN BUILDING 

CONSTRUCTION - 

SUSTAINABILITY INDICATORS - 

PART 1: FRAMEWORK FOR 

THE DEVELOPMENT OF 

INDICATORS AND A CORE SET 

OF INDICATORS FOR 

BUILDINGS

3/6/2010 BS ISO 21929-1 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

10/30229726 DC BS EN 15978 - 

SUSTAINABILITY OF 

CONSTRUCTION WORKS - 

ASSESSMENT OF 

ENVIRONMENTAL 

PERFORMANCE OF 

BUILDINGS - CALCULATION 

METHOD

16/06/2010 BS EN 15978 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

11/30235901 DC BS ISO 21929-2 - 

SUSTAINABILITY IN 

BUILDINGS AND CIVIL 

ENGINEERING WORKS - 

SUSTAINABILITY INDICATORS - 

PART 2: FRAMEWORK FOR 

THE DEVELOPMENT OF 

INDICATORS FOR CIVIL 

ENGINEERING WORKS

27/10/2011 BS ISO 21929-2. Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 General rules for 

sustainability indicators 

development and its framework 5 

Core Indicators 6 Development of a 

system of sustainability indicators 

Bibliography
13/30263194 DC BS EN 16623 - PAINTS AND 

VARNISHES - REACTIVE 

COATINGS FOR FIRE 

PROTECTION OF METALLIC 

SUBSTRATES - DEFINITIONS, 

REQUIREMENTS, 

CHARACTERISTICS AND 

MARKING

27/06/2013 BS EN 16623. Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Symbols and 

abbreviations 5 Requirements 6 

Evaluation of conformity 7 

Sustainability 8 Marking 9 

Additional voluntary requirements 

Annex A (normative) - Method for 

determination of reaction to 

fire Annex B (normative) - Exposure 

conditions for determination of 

durability classification Annex C 

(normative) - Insulating Efficiency - 

Test Procedure Annex D 

(normative) - Determination of 

identification characteristics 

Annex E (normative) - Factory 

production control Annex F 

(normative) - Alternative raw 

materials, formulation and 

process changes Annex G 

(normative) - Audit testing Annex H 

(normative) - Levels of fire testing 

Annex I (informative) - Guidance for 

manufacture, storage, 

application, inspection and repair
13/30265379 DC BS EN 16627 - 

SUSTAINABILITY OF 

CONSTRUCTION WORKS - 

ASSESSMENT OF ECONOMIC 

PERFORMANCE OF 

BUILDINGS - CALCULATION 

METHODS

26/06/2013 BS EN 16627. Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Abbreviations 5 The 

process for setting up the 

calculations required for the 

assessment 6 Purpose of the 

assessment 7 Specification of the 

object of assessment 8 Scenarios 

for defining the building life cycle 9 

Quantification of costs related to 

the building over its life cycle 10 

Selection of economic data for 

economic assessment 11 

Calculation of the economic 

indicators 12 Reporting of the 

assessment of results 13 

Verification of results Annex A 

(informative) - Building description 

Annex B (informative) - Exported 

energy - Case studies Annex C 

(informative) - Additional indicators 

to assess the economic 

performance of buildings - 

Rules for assessment Bibliography

13/30268061 DC BS ISO 22324 - SOCIETAL 

SECURITY - EMERGENCY 

MANAGEMENT - COLOURCODED ALERT

1/7/2013 BS ISO 22324. Emergency Services Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Guidance for use of 

colour codes 5 Colours and colour 

codes Annex A (informative) - 

Applications Annex B (informative) - 

Recommendations for safety 

colour selection Bibliography

BIP 2034 DISASTER AND EMERGENCY 

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

9/10/2008 Emergency Services business continuity

BIP 2142 THE ROUTE MAP TO 

BUSINESS CONTINUITY 

MANAGEMENT - MEETING 

THE REQUIREMENTS OF ISO 

22301

31/5/2012 Business Continuity
BIP 2149 MANAGING RISK AND 

RESILIENCE IN THE SUPPLY 

CHAIN

7/5/2008 Business Continuity

BIP 2185 BUSINESS CONTINUITY 

COMMUNICATIONS - 

SUCCESSFUL INCIDENT 

COMMUNICATION PLANNING 

WITH ISO 22301

30/6/2012 Gives the principles of 

business continuity 

management, defines the 

requirement for a 

communication plan and is 

the starting point for this 

book.

Business Continuity Acknowledgements

Introduction

1. Types of incidents

2. Determining the contents of your 

plan

3. Press gang

4. Strategy layout

5. How the strategy migrates to a 

plan

6. Press conferences

7. Holding statements, press 

releases and templates

8. Coping with the press pack

9. Media monitoring

10. Social Media

11. Call-takers

12. Information, fact sheets and 

general know-how

13. Post-incident evaluation

14. Testing the plan

15. Communication plan checklist

BIP 2217 BUSINESS CONTINUITY 

MANAGEMENT FOR SMALL 

AND MEDIUM SIZED 

ENTERPRISES - HOW TO 

SURVIVE A MAJOR DISASTER 

OR FAILURE

27/01/2012 Business Continuity
BS 25999-1(2006) BUSINESS CONTINUITY 

MANAGEMENT - PART 1: 

CODE OF PRACTICE

30/11/2006 Shows the process, 

principles and terminology of 

business continuity 

management (BCM). The 

purpose of this Standard is 

to provide a basis for 

understanding, developing 

and implementing business 

continuity within an 

organization and to provide 

confidence in the 

organization's dealings with 

customers and other 

organizations. It also enables 

the organization to measure 

its BCM capability in a 

consistent and recognized 

manner.

Business Continuity Foreword 

1 Scope and applicability 

2 Terms and definitions 

3 Overview of business continuity 

management (BCM) 

4 The business continuity 

management policy 

5 BCM programme management 

6 Understanding the organization 

7 Determining business continuity 

strategy 

8 Developing and implementing a 

BCM response 

9 Exercising, maintaining and 

reviewing BCM arrangements 

10 Embedding BCM in the 

organization's culture 

References

List of Figures

List of Tables
BS 25999-2 (2007) BUSINESS CONTINUITY 

MANAGEMENT - PART 2: 

SPECIFICATION

30/11/2007 Describes requirements for 

planning, establishing, 

implementing, operating, 

monitoring, reviewing, 

exercising, maintaining and 

improving a documented 

BCMS within the context of 

managing an organization's 

overall business risks.

Business Continuity Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope 

2 Terms and definitions 

3 Planning the business continuity 

management system 

3.1 General 

3.2 Establishing and managing the 

BCMS 

3.3 Embedding BCM in the 

organization's culture 

3.4 BCMS documentation and 

records 

4 Implementing and operating the 

BCMS 

4.1 Understanding the organization 

4.2 Determining business continuity 

strategy 

4.3 Developing and implementing a 

BCM response 

4.4 Exercising, maintaining and 

reviewing BCM arrangements 

5 Monitoring and reviewing the 

BCMS 

5.1 Internal audit 

5.2 Management review of the 

BCMS 

 i i i d i i h 
BS 476-13(1987) FIRE TESTS ON BUILDING 

MATERIALS AND 

STRUCTURES - METHOD OF 

MEASURING THE 

IGNITABILITY OF PRODUCTS 

SUBJECTED TO THERMAL 

IRRADIANCE

29/01/1988 Describes a method for 

examining ignition 

characteristics of exposed 

surfaces of flat materials, 

composites or assemblies 

not exceeding 70 mm in 

thickness, when placed 

horizontally and subjected to 

specified levels of thermal 

irradiance. Covers 

references, definitions, 

principles of the test, 

suitability of a product for 

testing, specimen 

construction and 

preparation, test apparatus, 

test environment, additional 

equipment, setting-up 

procedure and 

requirements, calibration, 

test procedure, expression of 

results and test reports.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

National foreword Committees 

responsible Method 0 

Introduction 1 Scope and field of 

application 2 References 3 

Definitions 4 Principles of the test 

5 Suitability of a product for testing 

6 Specimen construction and 

preparation 7 Test apparatus 8 

Test environment 9 Additional 

equipment 10 Setting up procedure 

and requirements 11 Calibration 

12 Test procedure 13 Expression of 

results 14 Test report Annexes A 

Commentary on the text and 

guidance note for operators B 

Summary test report C Application 

and limitations of test D Variability 

in time to sustained surface ignition 

Table Coefficients of variation, 

repeatabilities and reproducibilities 

of time to sustained surface ignition 

Figures 1 Wrapping of the 

specimen 2 Ignitability test 

apparatus - general view 3a 

Specimen support framework - part 

sectional elevation along B-B 3b 

Specimen support framework - part 

i l l l 
BS 8492(2009) TELECOMMUNICATIONS 

EQUIPMENT AND 

TELECOMMUNICATIONS 

CABLING - CODE OF 

PRACTICE FOR FIRE 

PERFORMANCE AND 

PROTECTION

30/11/2009 Provides recommendations 

for fire performance and fire 

protection of all types of 

telecommunications 

equipment and 

telecommunications cabling.

communications Information Technology Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms, 

definitions and abbreviations 3.1 

Terms and definitions 3.2 

Abbreviations 4 Balanced approach 

to fire threat mitigation 4.1 

General 4.2 Compartmentation 

within premises 4.3 Management 

of fire threats associated with 

telecommunications cabling 

infrastructure 4.4 Additional 

measures based on installation type 

5 Fire protection measures 5.1 

Containment 5.2 Detection 

systems 5.3 Suppression systems 

6 Fire threat mitigation by cabling 

component selection 6.1 General 

6.2 Ignition and flame spread 6.3 

Impact: Heat release 6.4 Impact: 

Fire effluent Annexes Annex A 

(informative) - Consideration of fire 

hazard Bibliography
BS 9991(2011) FIRE SAFETY IN THE DESIGN, 

MANAGEMENT AND USE OF 

RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS - 

CODE OF PRACTICE

31/12/2011 Specifies recommendations 

and guidance on the design, 

management and use of 

building types, to achieve 

reasonable standards of fire 

safety for all people.

Residential facilities Emergency Services Foreword Section 1: General 

Introduction 1 Scope 2 Normative 

references 3 Terms and definitions 

4 General recommendations and 

background Section 2: Designing 

means of escape 5 General 6 

Means of escape and provision for 

rescue from houses 7 Means of 

escape from flats and maisonettes 8 

Means of escape from sheltered, 

extra care and other special 

housing 9 Internal planning of flats 

Section 3: Stairs and final exits 10 

Number and siting of common stair 

11 Width of common stairs 12 

Enclosure of common stairs 13 

Basement stairs 14 Stairs within 

mixed-use developments 15 Access 

lobbies and corridors to protected 

stairways 16 External stairs 17 

Discharge from common stairs and 

final exits Section 4: Access and 

facilities for fire-fighting 18 General 

recommendations for fire-fighting 

facilities 19 Fire-fighting access 20 

Water supplies for fire and rescue 

service fire-fighting use 21 

f i f fi d 
BS 9999(2008) CODE OF PRACTICE FOR FIRE 

SAFETY IN THE DESIGN, 

MANAGEMENT AND USE OF 

BUILDINGS

6/10/2008 Provides recommendations 

and guidance on the design, 

management and use of 

buildings to achieve 

reasonable standards of fire 

safety for all people in and 

around buildings.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

Foreword Section 1: General 0 

Introduction 1 Scope 2 Normative 

references 3 Terms and definitions 

4 General recommendations and 

background 4.1 Spread of fire 

and smoke 4.2 Variation of 

guidance 4.3 Property and 

business continuity protection 4.4 

Environment 4.5 Additional 

recommendations for specific 

building types/occupancies 

4.6 Inclusive design Section 2: Risk 

profiles and assessing risk 5 

Assessing risk 6 Risk profiles 6.1 

General 6.2 Occupancy 

characteristic 6.3 Fire growth 

rate 6.4 Creating the risk profile 

6.5 Variation of risk profile Section 

3: Ensuring effective fire protection 

7 Ensuring effective fire protection 

7.1 General 7.2 The design 

stage 7.3 The construction stage 

7.4 The maintenance stage Section 

4: Managing fire safety 8 

Establishing management levels 

8.1 Management of the fire safety 

strategy 8.2 Management levels 

 i h 
BS EN 12159 BUILDERS HOISTS FOR 

PERSONS AND MATERIALS 

WITH VERTICALLY GUIDED 

CAGES

31/12/2012 Describes power operated 

temporarily installed builders 

hoists (referred to as "hoists" 

in this standard) intended for 

use by persons who are 

permitted to enter sites of 

engineering and 

construction, serving landing 

levels, having a cage: - 

designed for the 

transportation of persons or 

of persons and materials; - 

guided; - travelling vertically 

or along a path within 15 

degrees max. of the vertical; - 

supported or sustained by 

drum driven wire rope, rack 

and pinion, or an expanding 

linkage mechanism; & - 

where masts, when erected, 

may or may not require 

support from separate 

structures.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 List of hazards 5 

Safety requirements and/or 

measures 6 Verification 7 User 

information Annex A (normative) - 

European stormwind map Annex B 

(normative) - Electric safety devices 

Annex ZA (informative) - 

Relationship between this 

European Standard and the Essential 

Requirements of EU Directive 

2006/42/EC Bibliography
BS EN 15217 ENERGY PERFORMANCE OF 

BUILDINGS - METHODS FOR 

EXPRESSING ENERGY 

PERFORMANCE AND FOR 

ENERGY CERTIFICATION OF 

BUILDINGS

31/08/2007 Specifies: a) overall 

indicators to express the 

energy performance of 

whole buildings, including 

heating, ventilation, air 

conditioning, domestic hot 

water and lighting systems; 

b) ways to express energy 

requirements for the design 

of new buildings or 

renovation of existing 

buildings; c) procedures to 

define reference values; d) 

ways to design a procedure 

for building energy 

certification.

Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Symbols and 

abbreviations 5 Energy 

performance indicators 5.1 

Indicators 5.2 Indicator basis 5.3 

Normalization of energy rating 6 

Expression of energy requirements 

6.1 Ways of expressing the 

requirements 6.2 Overall energy 

requirements 6.3 Modification of 

the impact of certain parameters 

6.4 Renovation of and extensions to 

existing buildings 7 Reference 

values 7.1 Types of reference 

values 7.2 Content of reference 

values 7.3 Documentation of 

reference values 8 Procedure for 

building energy certification 8.1 

General 8.2 Content of procedure 

for building energy certification 8.3 

Content of the energy certificate 

8.4 Overall energy performance 

indicator 8.5 Performance scale 

8.6 Recommendations Annex A 

(normative) Procedure for building 

energy certification 

d i BS EN 15643-1 SUSTAINABILITY OF 

CONSTRUCTION WORKS - 

SUSTAINABILITY ASSESSMENT 

OF BUILDINGS - PART 1: 

GENERAL FRAMEWORK

31/10/2010 Gives the general principles 

and requirements, expressed 

through a series of 

standards, for the 

assessment of buildings in 

terms of environmental, 

social and economic 

performance taking into 

account technical 

characteristics and 

functionality of a building.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Principles 5 

Requirements for assessment 

methods Annex A (informative) - 

Work programme of CEN/TC 350 

Bibliography
BS EN 15643-2 SUSTAINABILITY OF 

CONSTRUCTION WORKS - 

ASSESSMENT OF BUILDINGS - 

PART 2: FRAMEWORK FOR 

THE ASSESSMENT OF 

ENVIRONMENTAL 

PERFORMANCE

31/03/2012 Gives the specific principles 

and requirements for the 

assessment of 

environmental performance 

of buildings taking into 

account technical 

characteristics and 

functionality of a building.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Principles 5 

Requirements for assessment 

methods 6 Requirements for 

calculation methods for assessment 

of environmental performance of 

buildings Annex A (informative) - 

Work programme of CEN/TC 350 

Annex B (informative) - 

Environmental indicators 

Bibliography

BS EN 15643-3 SUSTAINABILITY OF 

CONSTRUCTION WORKS - 

ASSESSMENT OF BUILDINGS - 

PART 3: FRAMEWORK FOR 

THE ASSESSMENT OF SOCIAL 

PERFORMANCE

29/02/2012 Pertains to all types of 

buildings, both new and 

existing, and it is relevant for 

the assessment of the social 

performance of new 

buildings over all stages of 

their life cycle, and of 

existing buildings to their 

end of life.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Principles 5 

Requirements for assessment 

methods 6 Requirements for 

assessment methods of social 

performance of buildings Annex A 

(informative) - Work programme of 

CEN/TC 350 Annex B (informative) - 

Social Aspects in the Life cycle 

stages of construction works 

Bibliography
BS EN 15643-4 SUSTAINABILITY OF 

CONSTRUCTION WORKS - 

ASSESSMENT OF BUILDINGS - 

PART 4: FRAMEWORK FOR 

THE ASSESSMENT OF 

ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE

29/02/2012 Pertains to all types of 

buildings and it is relevant 

for the assessment of the 

economic performance of 

new buildings over their life 

cycle, and of existing 

buildings over their 

remaining service life and 

end of life stage.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Principles 5 

Requirements for assessment 

methods 6 Requirements for 

calculation methods for 

assessment of economic 

performance of buildings Annex A 

(informative) - Work programme 

of CEN/TC 350 Annex B 

(informative) - Economic aspects of 

building performance through the 

life cycle of the building Annex 

C (informative) - Economic 

indicators Annex D (informative) - 

Potential Economic indicators 

Bibliography

BS EN 15759-1 CONSERVATION OF 

CULTURAL PROPERTY - 

INDOOR CLIMATE - PART 1: 

GUIDELINES FOR HEATING 

CHURCHES, CHAPELS AND 

OTHER PLACES OF WORSHIP

31/12/2011 Specifies guidelines for the 

selection of heating 

strategies and heating 

systems in churches, chapels 

and other places of worship 

such as mosques and 

synagogues, in order to 

prevent damage to cultural 

property while at the same 

time creating an indoor 

climate that allows for a 

sustainable use of these 

buildings.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 General aspects to be 

considered before and during the 

application of the standard 5 

Assessment of building, interiors and 

contents 6 Specification for indoor 

climate 7 Heating strategies 8 

Heating systems and their 

application 9 Implementation 10 

Evaluation 11 Comments on the 

application of this standard Annex A 

(informative) - Flow chart giving an 

overview of the standard 

Bibliography
BS EN 15942 SUSTAINABILITY OF 

CONSTRUCTION WORKS - 

ENVIRONMENTAL PRODUCT 

DECLARATIONS - 

COMMUNICATION FORMAT 

BUSINESS-TO-BUSINESS

31/10/2011 Pertains to all construction 

products and services 

related to buildings and 

construction works.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Symbols and 

abbreviations 5 General principles 

6 Requirements for EPD 

communication format 7 

Information Transfer Matrix Annex 

A (normative) - Master ITM Annex B 

(normative) - Information modules 

according to FprEN 15804:2011 

Bibliography

BS EN 15978 SUSTAINABILITY OF 

CONSTRUCTION WORKS - 

ASSESSMENT OF 

ENVIRONMENTAL 

PERFORMANCE OF 

BUILDINGS - CALCULATION 

METHOD

31/01/2012 Describes the calculation 

method, based on Life Cycle 

Assessment (LCA) and other 

quantified environmental 

information, to assess the 

environmental performance 

of a building, and gives the 

means for the reporting and 

communication of the 

outcome of the assessment.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Abbreviations 5 The 

process for setting up the 

calculations required for the 

assessment 6 Purpose of the 

assessment 7 Specification of the 

object of assessment 8 Scenarios 

for defining the building life cycle 9 

Quantification of the building and its 

life cycle 10 Selection of 

environmental data and other 

information - Use of 

Environmental Product 

Declaration(s) 11 Calculation of the 

environmental indicators 12 

Reporting of the assessment of 

results 13 Verification of results 

Annex A (informative) - Building 

description Annex B (informative) - 

Exported energy - Case studies 

Bibliography
BS EN 16309 SUSTAINABILITY OF 

CONSTRUCTION WORKS - 

ASSESSMENT OF SOCIAL 

PERFORMANCE OF 

BUILDINGS - CALCULATION 

METHODOLOGY

31/03/2014 Gives the specific methods 

and requirements for the 

assessment of social 

performance of a building 

while taking into account the 

building's functionality and 

technical characteristics.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Purpose of the 

assessment of social performance 

of buildings 5 Specification of the 

object of assessment 6 Scenarios 7 

Methods for assessment of social 

performance 8 Data for the 

assessment 9 Reporting and 

communication 10 Verification of 

results Annex A (normative) - 

Assessment procedure Annex B 

(informative) - Building 

characteristics used in an 

assessment Annex C (informative) - 

Sourcing of materials and services 

Bibliography

BS EN 16508 BS EN 16508 - TEMP

ORARY WORKS EQUIPMENT - 

ENCAPSULATION 

CONSTRUCTIONS - 

PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS AND 

GENERAL DESIGN

14/12/2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Materials 5 General 

requirements 6 Classification 7 

Structural design 8 Documentation 

Annex A (informative) - Pressure 

coefficients for the external 

pressure, c[pe]
BS EN 1998-4 EUROCODE 8 - DESIGN OF 

STRUCTURES FOR 

EARTHQUAKE RESISTANCE - 

PART 4: SILOS, TANKS AND 

PIPELINES

29/09/2006 Describes principles and 

application rules for the 

seismic design of the 

structural aspects of facilities 

composed of above-ground 

and buried pipeline systems 

and of storage tanks of 

different types and uses, as 

well as for independent 

items, such as for example 

single water towers serving a 

specific purpose or groups of 

silos enclosing granular 

materials, etc.

Energy Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government 

Facilities 

FOREWORD 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE 

1.2 NORMATIVE REFERENCES 

1.2.1 General reference standards 

1.3 ASSUMPTIONS 1.4 

DISTINCTION BETWEEN PRINCIPLES 

AND APPLICATIONS RULES 1.5 

TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 1.5.1 

General 1.5.2 Terms common to 

all Eurocodes 1.5.3 Further 

terms used in EN 1998 1.5.4 

Further terms used in EN 1998-4 

1.6 SYMBOLS 1.7 S.I. UNITS 2 

GENERAL PRINCIPLES AND 

APPLICATION RULES 2.1 SAFETY 

REQUIREMENTS 2.1.1 General 

2.1.2 Ultimate limit state 2.1.3 

Damage limitation state 2.1.4 

Reliability differentiation 2.1.5 

System versus element reliability 

2.1.6 Conceptual design 2.2 

SEISMIC ACTION 2.3 ANALYSIS 

2.3.1 Methods of analysis 2.3.2 

Interaction with the soil 2.3.3 

Damping 2.3.3.1 Structural 

damping 2.3.3.2 Contents 

damping 2.3.3.3 Foundation 

damping 2.3.3.4 Weighted 

d i 
BS EN 50162 PROTECTION AGAINST 

CORROSION BY STRAY 

CURRENT FROM DIRECT 

CURRENT SYSTEMS

19/01/2005 Specifies the general 

principles to be adopted to 

minimize the effects of stray 

current corrosion caused by 

direct-current (d.c.) on 

buried or immersed metal 

structures.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Introduction 1 Scope 2 Normative 

references 3 Definitions 4 

Information exchange and cooperation 5 Identification and 

measurement of stray current 

interference 5.1 Identification 

5.2 Measurement 6 Criteria for 

stray-current interference 6.1 

Anodic interference 6.2 Cathodic 

interference 7 Reduction of stray 

current interference - Modifications 

to current source 7.1 General 7.2 

Principles 7.3 Direct current 

systems at industrial sites 7.4 

Direct current systems at ports 7.5 

Direct current communication 

systems 7.6 Direct current traction 

systems 7.7 High-voltage direct 

current transmission systems 7.8 

Cathodic protection systems 7.9 

Interference caused by electrical 

drainage (secondary 

interference) 8 Reduction of stray 

current interference - Modifications 

to the interfered structure 8.1 

General 8.2 Design prerequisites 

8.3 Installation of mitigation devices 

 i d i 
BS EN ISO 13702 PETROLEUM AND NATURAL 

GAS INDUSTRIES - CONTROL 

AND MITIGATION OF FIRES 

AND EXPLOSIONS ON 

OFFSHORE PRODUCTION 

INSTALLATIONS - 

REQUIREMENTS AND 

GUIDELINES

15/06/1999 Covers the objectives, 

functional requirements and 

guidelines for the control 

and mitigation of fires and 

explosions on offshore 

installations used for 

developing hydrocarbon 

resources.

energy Commercial Facilities Emergency Services 1 Scope 2 Terms, definitions and 

abbreviated terms 3 Objectives 4 

Fire and explosion evaluation and 

risk management 5 Installation 

layout 6 Emergency shutdown 

systems and blowdown 7 Control 

of ignition 8 Control of spills 9 

Emergency power systems 10 Fire 

and gas systems 11 Active fire 

protection 12 Passive fire 

protection 13 Explosion mitigation 

and protection systems 14 

Evacuation, escape and rescue 15 

Inspection, testing and maintenance 

Annex A (informative) Typical fire 

and explosion hazardous events 

Annex B (informative) Guidelines to 

the control and mitigation of fires 

and explosions Annex C 

(informative) Typical examples of 

design requirements for large 

integrated offshore installations 

Bibliography
BS IEC 62244 Radiation protection 

instrumentation. Installed 

radiation monitors for the 

detection of radioactive and 

special nuclear materials at 

national borders

30/9/2011 Describes the performance 

of installed monitors used 

for the detection of gamma 

and neutron radiation 

emitters contained in 

objects/containers or 

vehicles, general 

characteristics, mechanical 

characteristics, 

environmental 

requirements, test 

procedures and 

documentation. Applicable 

to installed monitors 

designed to detect special 

nuclear and other 

radioactive materials by their 

emitted gamma and/or 

neutron radiation.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Emergency Services 1 Scope and object

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 General characteristics

4.1 Overview

4.2 Pedestrian

4.3 Road vehicles (includes road 

transported containers)

4.4 Rail vehicles (includes rail 

transported containers)

4.5 Conveyor

4.6 Configuration

4.7 Indication features

4.8 Speed control

5 General test procedures

5.1 Nature of tests

5.2 Reference conditions and 

standard test conditions

5.3 Tests performed under standard 

test conditions

5.4 Tests performed with variation 

of influence

quantities

5.5 Statistical fluctuations

5.6 Alarm probability for gamma and 

neutron radiation

5.7 Reference radiation

 di i h i i BS ISO 15392 SUSTAINABILITY IN BUILDING 

CONSTRUCTION - GENERAL 

PRINCIPLES

31/07/2008 Provides general principles 

for sustainability in building 

construction.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 General 5 

Sustainability in buildings and other 

construction works 5.1 General 

5.2 Objectives 5.3 Principles 6 

Guidance on the application of the 

general principles 6.1 General 6.2 

Economic aspects 6.3 

Environmental aspects 6.4 Social 

aspects Annex A (informative) - 

Suite of standards for sustainability 

in building construction Annex 

B (informative) - Products of the 

building and construction 

sector Bibliography
BS ISO 15686-5 BUILDINGS AND 

CONSTRUCTED ASSETS - 

SERVICE-LIFE PLANNING - 

PART 5: LIFE-CYCLE COSTING

31/07/2008 Provides guidelines for 

performing life cycle cost 

(LCC) analyses of buildings 

and constructed assets and 

their parts.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms, 

definitions and abbreviations 3.1 

Costs 3.2 Analysis/measures 3.3 

Elements of calculation 3.4 Other 

terms 4 Principles of life-cycle 

costing 4.1 Purpose and scope of 

life-cycle costing 4.2 Costs to 

include in LCC analysis 4.3 Typical 

analysis at different stages of the life 

cycle 4.4 Analysis based on client 

requirements and the intended 

use of the results 4.5 Data for 

analysis at different stages of the 

project life cycle 4.6 Cost 

variables 4.7 Calculating cost 

variables and the form of future 

costs analysis 4.8 Discounting 

costs to present values 4.9 

Approval and validation 4.10 

Reporting LCC analysis 5 Setting the 

scope for LCC analysis 5.1 

Relevance and importance of setting 

parameters for the use of lifecycle costing 5.2 Service life, life 

cycle and design life 5.3 Period of 

analysis 5.4 Cost variables 6 WLC 

i bl d i i BS ISO 16817 BUILDING ENVIRONMENT 

DESIGN - INDOOR 

ENVIRONMENT - DESIGN 

PROCESS FOR VISUAL 

ENVIRONMENT

31/01/2012 Specifies an integrated 

design process for highquality indoor visual 

environment including 

architectural and 

engineering aspects of 

daylighting and artificial 

lighting for user satisfaction, 

well-being and productivity 

as well as the energy 

performance and 

sustainability of buildings.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Fundamentals 5 

Design process 6 Development of 

design criteria 7 Development of 

design aids 8 Cost evaluation Annex 

A (informative) - Matrix Annex B 

(informative) - Output of the detail 

design Bibliography
BS ISO/IEC 27002 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY - 

SECURITY TECHNIQUES - 

CODE OF PRACTICE FOR 

INFORMATION SECURITY 

CONTROLS

1/10/2013 Provides guidelines for 

organizational information 

security standards and 

information security 

management practice 

including the selection, 

implementation and 

management of controls 

taking into consideration the 

organization's information 

security risk 

environments(s).

Information Technology business continuity Foreword 0 Introduction 1 Scope 

2 Normative references 3 Terms 

and definitions 4 Structure of this 

standard 5 Information security 

policies 6 Organization of 

information security 7 Human 

resource security 8 Asset 

management 9 Access control 10 

Cryptography 11 Physical and 

environmental security 12 

Operations security 13 

Communications security 14 System 

acquisition, development and 

maintenance 15 Supplier 

relationships 16 Information 

security incident management 17 

Information security aspects of 

business continuity management 

18 Compliance Bibliography
BS ISO/IEC 27010 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY - 

SECURITY TECHNIQUES - 

INFORMATION SECURITY 

MANAGEMENT FOR INTERSECTOR AND INTERORGANIZATIONAL 

COMMUNICATIONS

30/04/2012 Gives guidelines in addition 

to guidance given in the 

ISO/IEC 27000 family of 

standards for implementing 

information security 

management within 

information sharing 

communities.

Information Technology business continuity communications Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Concepts and 

justification 5 Security policy 6 

Organization of information security 

7 Asset management 8 Human 

resources security 9 Physical and 

environmental security 10 

Communications and operations 

management 11 Access control 12 

Information systems acquisition, 

development and maintenance 

13 Information security incident 

management 14 Business continuity 

management 15 Compliance Annex 

A (informative) - Sharing sensitive 

information Annex B (informative) - 

Establishing trust in 

information exchanges Annex C 

(informative) - The Traffic Light 

Protocol Annex D (informative) - 

Models for organizing an 

information sharing community 

Bibliography
BS ISO/IEC 27011 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY - 

SECURITY TECHNIQUES - 

INFORMATION SECURITY 

MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES 

FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS 

ORGANIZATIONS BASED ON 

ISO/IEC 27002

31/05/2009 Provides guidelines 

supporting the 

implementation of 

information security 

management in 

telecommunications 

organizations.

Information Technology business continuity communications 1 Scope 2 Normative references 3 

Definitions and abbreviations 3.1 

Definitions 3.2 Abbreviations 4 

Overview 4.1 Structure of this 

guideline 4.2 Information 

security management systems in 

telecommunications business 5 

Security policy 6 Organization of 

information security 6.1 Internal 

organization 6.2 External parties 

7 Asset management 7.1 

Responsibility for assets 7.2 

Information classification 8 Human 

resources security 8.1 Prior to 

employment 8.2 During 

employment 8.3 Termination or 

change of employment 9 Physical 

and environmental security 9.1 

Secure areas 9.2 Equipment 

security 10 Communications and 

operations management 10.1 

Operational procedures and 

responsibilities 10.2 Third party 

service delivery management 10.3 

System planning and acceptance 

10.4 Protection against malicious 

and mobile code 10.5 Back-up 

 k i BS PAS 1188-1(2009) FLOOD PROTECTION 

PRODUCTS - SPECIFICATION - 

PART 1: BUILDING APERTURE 

PRODUCTS

30/04/2009 Defines requirements for the 

designation, testing, factory 

production control, 

installation documentation 

and marking for different 

types and configurations of 

flood protection products.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

Foreword 1 Scope 2 Normative 

references 3 Terms and definitions 

4 Requirements 4.1 Designation 

4.2 DMWD 4.3 Installation and 

removal of a flood protection 

product 4.4 Leakage 4.5 Product 

guide/user manual 4.6 Factory 

production control 4.7 Marking 

Annexes Annex A (informative) - 

Definitions of flood protection 

product types Annex B (normative) - 

Method of test for leakage Annex C 

(normative) - Product guide/user 

manual Annex D (normative) - 

Requirements for factory production 

control Bibliography
BS PAS 1188-2(2009) FLOOD PROTECTION 

PRODUCTS - SPECIFICATION - 

PART 2: TEMPORARY 

PRODUCTS

30/04/2009 Describes requirements for 

the designation, testing, 

factory production control, 

installation documentation 

and marking for different 

types and configurations of 

flood protection products 

intended for temporary 

installation, for use away 

from buildings but may be 

sealed against structures or 

buildings at section ends, in 

the UK or locations with 

similar exposures, i.e. where 

there is a temperate climate 

and advance warning of 

flooding is available.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

Foreword 1 Scope 2 Terms and 

definitions 3 Requirements 3.1 

Design 3.2 Designation 3.3 

DMWD 3.4 Installation and 

removal of a flood protection 

product 3.5 Leakage 3.6 Product 

guide/user manual 3.7 Factory 

production control 3.8 Marking 

Annexes Annex A (informative) - 

Definitions of temporary flood 

protection products Annex B 

(normative) - Method of test for 

leakage and movement Annex 

C (normative) - Product guide/user 

manual Annex D (normative) - 

Requirements for factory production 

control Bibliography

BS PAS 1188-3(2009) FLOOD PROTECTION 

PRODUCTS - SPECIFICATION - 

PART 3: BUILDING SKIRT 

SYSTEMS

30/04/2009 Defines requirements for the 

design, testing, factory 

production control, 

installation and user 

documentation, and marking 

for different types and 

configurations of building 

skirt system intended for the 

temporary sealing of the 

above ground external faces 

of buildings and properties, 

in the event of flood water 

rising up to a level between 

600 mm and 900 mm above 

ground level.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

Foreword 1 Scope 2 Normative 

references 3 Terms and definitions 

4 Requirements 4.1 Design 4.2 

DMWD 4.3 Installation and 

removal of a flood protection 

product 4.4 Leakage 4.5 Product 

guide/user manual 4.6 Factory 

production control 4.7 Marking 

Annexes Annex A (informative) - 

Building skirt system components 

Annex B (normative) - Method of 

test for leakage Annex C 

(normative) - Installation and user 

documentation Annex D 

(normative) - Requirements for 

factory production control 

Bibliography
BS PAS 1188-4(2009) FLOOD PROTECTION 

PRODUCTS - SPECIFICATION - 

PART 4: DEMOUNTABLE 

PRODUCTS

30/04/2009 Defines requirements for the 

designation, testing, factory 

production control, 

installation documentation 

and marking for different 

types and configurations of 

flood protection products 

intended to be 

demountable, for use away 

from buildings, but may be 

sealed against structures or 

buildings at section ends, in 

the UK or locations with 

similar exposures, i.e. where 

there is a temperate climate 

and advanced warning of 

flooding is available.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

Foreword 1 Scope 2 Terms and 

definitions 3 Requirements 3.1 

Design 3.2 Designation 3.3 

DMWD 3.4 Installation and 

removal of a flood protection 

product 3.5 Leakage 3.6 Product 

guide/user manual 3.7 Factory 

production control 3.8 Marking 

Annexes Annex A (informative) - 

Definitions of demountable flood 

protection products Annex B 

(normative) - Method of test for 

leakage and movement Annex C 

(normative) - Product guide/user 

manual Annex D (normative) - 

Requirements for factory production 

control Bibliography
BS PAS 2015(2010) FRAMEWORK FOR HEALTH 

SERVICES RESILIENCE

20/10/2010 Establishes techniques for 

improving and maintaining 

resilience for NHS-funded 

organizations that build on 

the activities that are already 

in progress within the 

organization. This: - provides 

a generic framework for a 

resilience programme, 

incorporating the principles 

of integrated emergency 

management (IEM); - 

promotes a consistent 

approach to, and 

understanding of, resilience; - 

defines and demonstrates 

the importance of resilience 

in the context of health; - 

provides tangible and 

practical methods for 

applying resilience principles 

to all NHS-funded 

organizations; - identifies the 

BCM processes and the 

statutory and policy 

framework that enable 

health economies to respond 

 d f 

Healthcare and Public 

Health 

Emergency Services business continuity Foreword Preface 0 Introduction 1 

Scope 2 Framework for resilience 3 

Anticipate (horizon scanning) 4 

Assess 5 Prevent 6 Prepare 7 

Respond 8 Recover 9 The maturity 

matrix 10 Embedding resilience and 

continual improvement Annexes 

Annex A (informative) - Existing 

elements of the regulatory 

framework Annex B (informative) - 

NHS Resilience stakeholders Annex 

C (informative) - Examples of good 

practice Annex D (informative) - 

Example training matrix Glossary 

Bibliography
BS PAS 64(2013) MITIGATION AND RECOVERY 

OF WATER DAMAGED 

BUILDINGS - CODE OF 

PRACTICE

30/07/2013 Includes the mitigation and 

recovery process including: 

a) initial inspection of a 

water damaged building; b) 

setting drying and cleaning 

goals (including air quality 

goals); c) selecting the drying 

and cleaning techniques and 

equipment to be used; d) 

monitoring the drying and 

cleaning progress; e) 

verifying drying and cleaning 

goals have been met; and f) 

documentation for provision 

to the customer.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Terms and definitions 3 Mitigation 

and recovery process 4 

Documentation for provision to the 

customer 5 Building repair and 

reinstatement Annexes Annex A 

(informative) - The initial inspection 

Annex B (informative) - Sources of 

water damage and their health 

risks for occupants Annex C 

(informative) - Surveying for 

practical moisture 

measurement thresholds Annex D 

(informative) - Drying goal recording 

document Annex E (informative) - 

Moisture measurement Annex F 

(informative) - General 

decontamination clearance - 

Achieving the cleaning goal Annex G 

(informative) - Indoor air quality 

Annex H (informative) - Drying 

methods, systems and 

equipment Annex I (informative) - 

Example environmental impact 

assessment Annex J (informative) - 

Cost benefit calculation assessment 

Annex K (informative) - Drying goal 

d (i f i ) 
BS PD IEC TR 62222 FIRE PERFORMANCE OF 

COMMUNICATION CABLES 

INSTALLED IN BUILDINGS

30/04/2013 Gives recommendations for 

the requirements and test 

methods to be specified for 

the fire performance of 

communication cables when 

installed in buildings.

communications Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

FOREWORD 1 Scope 2 Normative 

references 3 Terms, definitions and 

abbreviations 4 Typical 

communication cable installations 5 

Legislation and regulation 6 

Approach to fire mitigation 7 

Recent project for regulation - The 

FIPEC [6] project 8 Fire protection 

9 Test methods 10 Fire 

performance requirements Annex A 

(informative) - Procedure for 

mounting cable - Typical 

communication cable installations 

Annex B (informative) - Fire 

hazards/installations/applications/te

st methods for communication 

cables in buildings Annex C 

(informative) - Review of test 

methods Annex D (informative) - 

Fire performance requirements 

Bibliography
BS PD IEC TR 80001-2-1 APPLICATION OF RISK 

MANAGEMENT FOR ITNETWORKS INCORPORATING 

MEDICAL DEVICES - PART 2-1: 

STEP-BY-STEP RISK 

MANAGEMENT OF MEDICAL 

IT-NETWORKS - PRACTICAL 

APPLICATIONS AND 

EXAMPLES

31/10/2012 Gives step-by-step 

information to aid 

RESPONSIBLE 

ORGANIZATIONS in 

implementation of the RISK 

MANAGEMENT PROCESS 

required by IEC 80001-1.

Information Technology business continuity Healthcare and Public 

Health 

FOREWORD INTRODUCTION 1 

Scope 2 Normative references 3 

Terms and definitions 4 

Prerequisites 5 Study of terms used 

in RISK MANAGEMENT 6 The steps 

7 IEC 80001-1:2010, Clause 4.4: Step 

by step 8 Practical examples Annex 

A (informative) - Common HAZARDS, 

HAZARDOUS SITUATIONS, and 

causes to consider in MEDICAL 

IT-NETWORKS Annex B 

(informative) - List of questions to 

consider when identifying HAZARDs 

of the MEDICAL IT-NETWORK Annex 

C (informative) - Layers of MEDICAL 

IT-NETWORKS where errors can be 

found Annex D (informative) - 

Probability, severity, and RISK 

acceptability scales used in the 

examples in this technical report 

Annex E (informative) - 

MONITORING RISK mitigation 

effectiveness Annex F (informative) - 

RISK ANALYZING small changes 

in a MEDICAL IT-NETWORK Annex G 

(informative) - Example of Change 

Window Form Annex H 

(i f i ) l f 
BS PD IEC/TR 61000-2-14 ELECTROMAGNETIC 

COMPATIBILITY (EMC) - PART 

2-14: ENVIRONMENT - 

OVERVOLTAGES ON PUBLIC 

ELECTRICITY DISTRIBUTION 

NETWORKS

31/01/2007 Defines electromagnetic 

environment with respect to 

the voltages in excess of 

normal that are found on 

electricity supply networks 

operating at low and 

medium nominal voltages 

and that can be impressed 

on equipment connected to 

those networks, without 

considering further effects 

(e.g. amplification or 

attenuation) within an 

installation.

Energy Information Technology INTRODUCTION 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Description of 

overvoltages 4.1 General 4.2 

External overvoltages 4.3 Internal 

overvoltages 4.4 Overvoltage 

waveshape 5 Long duration 

overvoltages 5.1 Sustained earth 

faults 5.2 Broken neutral on LV 

network 5.3 Maloperation of 

voltage regulating equipment 5.4 

Overvoltages due to voltage 

unbalances 5.5 Dispersed 

generation 6 Short duration 

overvoltages 6.1 Earth faults 

6.2 Load rejection (sudden load 

loss) 6.3 Self-excitation 6.4 

Resonance and ferroresonance 7 

Very short duration overvoltages 

(transients) 7.1 General 

description 7.2 Lightning 7.3 

Switching 7.4 Summary of surge 

duration and cause 8 Effects of 

overvoltages on equipment 8.1 

General considerations 8.2 

Reduction in life of filament lamps 

8.3 Effect of overvoltages on IT 

i di 
BS PD ISO/IEC TR 27019 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY - 

SECURITY TECHNIQUES - 

INFORMATION SECURITY 

MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES 

BASED ON ISO/IEC 27002 FOR 

PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS 

SPECIFIC TO THE ENERGY 

UTILITY INDUSTRY

30/09/2013 Specifies process control 

systems used by the energy 

utility industry for controlling 

and monitoring the 

generation, transmission, 

storage and distribution of 

electric power, gas and heat 

in combination with the 

control of supporting 

processes.

Energy Information Technology Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Overview 5 Security 

policy 6 Organization of 

information security 7 Asset 

management 8 Human resource 

security 9 Physical and 

environmental security 10 

Communications and operations 

management 11 Access control 12 

Information systems acquisition, 

development and maintenance 

13 Information security incident 

management 14 Business continuity 

management 15 Compliance Annex 

A (Informative) - Energy utility 

extended control set Annex B 

(Informative) - Additional 

implementation guidance 

Bibliographic references
BS PD ISO/TR 21932 SUSTAINABILITY IN 

BUILDINGS AND CIVIL 

ENGINEERING WORKS - A 

REVIEW OF TERMINOLOGY

30/11/2013 Gives a compilation of terms 

and definitions of concepts 

related to both the 

construction and use of a 

building or civil engineering 

works, and the effect of such 

construction works on 

sustainability and sustainable 

development, as applied in 

the documents of ISO/TC 

59/SC 17, Sustainability in 

buildings and civil 

engineering works.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Vocabulary structure 3 Terms 

relating to sustainability in buildings 

and civil engineering works Annex 

A (informative) - Representative 

model of the methodology 

used in the development of the 

terminology Annex B (informative) - 

Additional information on the 

on-going development of 

terminology and definitions 

within ISO/TC 59/SC 17 Annex C 

(informative) - European Committee 

for Standardization (CEN)/TC 

350 on Sustainability of 

construction works and its 

general terminology Annex D 

(informative) - Terminology and 

language regarding products of 

the building and construction 

sector Annex E (informative) - 

Alphabetical index of terms 

Bibliography

BS PD ISO/TS 12720 SUSTAINABILITY IN 

BUILDINGS AND CIVIL 

ENGINEERING WORKS - 

GUIDELINES ON THE 

APPLICATION OF THE 

GENERAL PRINCIPLES IN ISO 

15392

30/04/2014 Describes guidance for the 

application of the general 

principles of sustainability in 

buildings and civil 

engineering works 

elaborated in ISO 15392.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Elements of the 

framework 5 Methodological 

approach 6 Application guidance 

Annex A (normative) - The nine 

general principles taken from 

ISO 15392:2008, Clause 5.3 

Bibliography
BS PD25222(2011) BUSINESS CONTINUITY 

MANAGEMENT - GUIDANCE 

ON SUPPLY CHAIN 

CONTINUITY

31/12/2011 Provides guidance on 

continuity management 

within the supply chain. Also 

relationships upstream and 

downstream, between 

suppliers and customers, and 

between organizations in the 

same tier of the supply 

chain.

Business Continuity Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Why is supply chain 

continuity important? 5 Analysis of 

the supply chain 6 Considering 

options: developing strategies 7 

Operational considerations 8 

Assurance, ongoing management 

and review Annexes Annex A 

(informative) - Working with critical 

suppliers Bibliography

BS PD25888(2011) BUSINESS CONTINUITY 

MANAGEMENT - GUIDANCE 

ON ORGANIZATION 

RECOVERY FOLLOWING 

DISRUPTIVE INCIDENTS

31/12/2011 Provides guidance on the 

development and 

implementation of the 

organization recovery 

element applicable to an 

organization's response to an 

incident.

Business Continuity Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Terms and definitions 3 The 

relationship between recovery 

management, incident 

management and business 

continuity management 4 

Establishing an organization 

recovery management capability 

5 Organization recovery planning 6 

Actions on implementation 7 

Return to normal operations 

Annexes Annex A (informative) - 

Possible causes of restrictions 

to access to premises Annex B 

(informative) - Insurance 

Bibliography
BS PD7974-4(2003) APPLICATION OF FIRE SAFETY 

ENGINEERING PRINCIPLES TO 

THE DESIGN OF BUILDINGS - 

PART 4: DETECTION OF FIRE 

AND ACTIVATION OF FIRE 

PROTECTION SYSTEMS (SUBSYSTEM 4)

14/03/2003 Specifies guidance on the 

development, design and 

application of fire detection 

systems, and the activation 

of fire alarm and fire control 

systems to fulfill a role in the 

fire safety engineered design 

for a building.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

Foreword 1 Scope 2 Normative 

references 3 Terms and definitions 

4 Symbols and abbreviations 5 

Design approach 6 Design inputs 

and outputs 7 Fire detection 8 

Activation of local and remote alarm 

systems 9 Activation of fire 

suppression systems 10 Activation 

of fire barrier systems 11 Activation 

of smoke control systems 12 

Interactions of smoke control and 

suppression systems 13 

Management of fire safety Annex A 

(normative) Critical path analysis for 

fire control and suppression 

systems Annex B (informative) 

Determination of heat detector 

spacing Bibliography

BOMA Z65.1 OFFICE BUILDINGS: 

STANDARD METHODS OF 

MEASUREMENT

1/9/1996 Aims to provide a uniform 

basis for measuring rentable 

area in both exiting and new 

office buildings by taking a 

building-wide approach to 

floor area measurement. 

Also, covers a methodology 

for measuring both occupant 

space as well as the space 

that benefits all occupants.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Legal Notice

Acknowledgements

Introduction

Section 1A: Scope

Section 1B: Application and use

Section 2: Read me First

Section 3: Overview of 

measurement methods

Section 4: Measurement methods

Section 5: Definitions

Section 6: Measurement concepts

Section 7: List of illustrations and 

worksheets

Appendix

Illustrations and Worksheets

BOMA Z65.2 INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS: 

STANDARD METHODS OF 

MEASUREMENT

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 
BOMA Z65.3 GROSS AREAS OF A 

BUILDING: STANDARD 

METHODS OF 

MEASUREMENT

2009 Specifies procedures for 

measuring construction 

gross area and exterior gross 

area of buildings and 

provides unequivocal, direct 

measure of the physical size 

of a building.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Introduction

Section 1: Scope

Section 2: Preface

Section 3: Summary of Method

Section 4: Definitions

Section 5: Illustrations

Appreciation

Legal Notice

BOMA Z65.4 MULTI-UNIT RESIDENTIAL 

BUILDINGS: STANDARD 

METHODS OF 

MEASUREMENT

2010 Specifies a uniform 

methodology for computing, 

communicating and 

comparing the measurement 

of multi-unit residential 

buildings.

residential facilities Part I:

Legal Notice

Acknowledgements

Introduction

Section 1: scope, application and use

Section 2: read me First

Section 3: overview of measurement 

methods

Section 4: measurement methods

Section 5: definitions

Section 6: measurement concepts

Section 7: list of illustrations and 

worksheets

Appendix

Part II:

Illustrations and Worksheets

BOMA Z65.5 RETAIL BUILDINGS: 

STANDARD METHOD OF 

MEASUREMENT

2010 Specifies a uniform 

methodology for computing, 

communicating and 

comparing the measurement 

of retail buildings. Provides 

an unequivocal direct 

measure of the physical size 

of the floor area of a retail 

building and offers three 

measurement methods.

Commercial Facilities Legal Notice

Acknowledgements

Introduction

Section 1: Scope

Section 2: Measurement Method

Section 3: Definitions

Section 4: Illustrations
BOMA Z65.6 MIXED-USE PROPERTIES: 

STANDARD METHODS OF 

MEASUREMENT

2012 Gives a uniform 

methodology for computing, 

communicating and 

comparing the measurement 

of mixed-use properties.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

BIS IS 14850 FIRE SAFETY OF MUSEUMS - 

CODE OF PRACTICE

2000(R2005) Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Emergency Services 

BIS IS 15498 GUIDELINES FOR IMPROVING 

THE CYCLONIC RESISTANCE 

OF LOW RISE HOUSES AND 

OTHER 

BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES

2004(R2009) Provides the guidelines 

regarding planning, design 

and construction aspects for 

improving the cyclonic 

resistance of low rise houses 

and other 

buildings/structures.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities FOREWORD 1 SCOPE 2 

REFERENCES 3 CYCLONIC WIND 

FIELD 4 CYCLONIC WIND SPEED FOR 

DESIGN OF BUILDINGS AND 

STRUCTURES 5 PRESSURES AND 

FORCES 6 GUIDELINES FOR 

PLANNING 7 GUIDELINES FOR NONENGINEERED CONSTRUCTION 8 

GUIDELINES FOR SEMI-ENGINEERED 

CONSTRUCTION 9 GUIDELINES FOR 

ENGINEERED CONSTRUCTION 

ANNEX A - LIST OF REFERRED 

INDIAN STANDARDS ANNEX B - 

COMMITTEE COMPOSITION

BIS IS 15499 GUIDELINES FOR SURVEY OF 

HOUSING AND BUILDING 

TYPOLOGY IN CYCLONE 

PRONE AREAS FOR 

ASSESSMENT OF 

VULNERABILITY OF REGIONS 

AND POST CYCLONE 

DAMAGE ESTIMATION

2004 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
BIS IS/ISO/IEC 24762 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY - 

SECURITY TECHNIQUES - 

GUIDELINES FOR 

INFORMATION AND 

COMMUNICATIONS 

TECHNOLOGY DISASTER 

RECOVERY SERVICES

2008 Aims to provide aid to the 

operation of an Information 

Security Management 

System (ISMS) by providing 

guidance on the provision of 

information and 

communications technology 

disaster recovery (ICT DR) 

services as part of business 

continuity management.

Information Technology Emergency Services communications

CSA A23.1 A23.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS AND 

METHODS OF CONCRETE 

CONSTRUCTION/TEST 

METHODS AND STANDARD 

PRACTICES FOR CONCRETE

Specifies the requirements 

for materials and methods of 

construction for: (a) cast-inplace concrete and concrete 

precast in the field; and (b) 

residential concrete used in 

the construction of buildings 

conforming to Part 9 of the 

National Building Code of 

Canada (NBCC). Also covers 

the principal test methods 

for hardened and freshly 

mixed concrete and for 

concrete materials.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Preface A23.1-09, Concrete 

materials and methods of concrete 

construction 0 Introduction 1 

Scope 2 Reference publications 3 

Definitions 4 Materials and 

concrete properties 5 Production 

and delivery 6 Formwork, 

reinforcement, and prestressing 7 

Placing, finishing, and curing 

concrete 8 Concrete with special 

performance or material 

requirements Annexes A 

(informative) - Special cements B 

(informative) - Alkali-aggregate 

reaction C (informative) - 

Tolerances: Principles, preferred 

sizes, and usage D (informative) - 

Guidelines for curing and protection 

E (informative) "Reserved"- 

Concrete surface tolerances: 

Elevation, slope, and waviness F 

(informative) - Abrasion resistance 

of concrete surfaces G (informative) 

- Sample grouting record H 

(informative) - Fibre-reinforced 

concrete I (informative) - Highperformance concrete J 

(i f i ) id f l i 
CSA ISO 14798 LIFTS (ELEVATORS), 

ESCALATORS AND MOVING 

WALKS - RISK ASSESSMENT 

AND REDUCTION 

METHODOLOGY

1/1/2012 Sets up general principles 

and specific procedures for 

assessing risk.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Terms and definitions 3 General 

principles 4 Risk analysis procedure 

5 Step 6 - Risk evaluation 6 Step 7 - 

Has the risk been sufficiently 

mitigated? 7 Step 8 - Reduction of 

risk - Protective measures 8 

Documentation Annex A 

(normative) - Risk assessment 

template Annex B (informative) - 

Quick references to hazards, 

hazardous situations, causes, effects 

and harm Annex C (normative) - 

Estimation of risk elements - 

Severity and probability Annex D 

(normative) - Risk estimation and 

evaluation Annex E (informative) - 

Role of the team moderator Annex 

F (informative) - Examples of a risk 

assessment and protective 

measures Bibliography
CSA ISO 19900 PETROLEUM AND NATURAL 

GAS INDUSTRIES - GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS FOR 

OFFSHORE STRUCTURES

21/01/2011 Specifies general principles 

for the design and 

assessment of structures 

subjected to known or 

foreseeable types of actions.

Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Terms and definitions 3 Symbols 

and abbreviated terms 3.1 

Symbols 3.2 Abbreviated terms 4 

General requirements and 

conditions 4.1 Fundamental 

requirements 4.2 Durability, 

maintenance and inspection 4.3 

Hazards 4.4 Design basis 4.5 

Service requirements 4.6 

Operating requirements 4.7 

Special requirements 4.8 Location 

and orientation 4.9 Structural 

configuration 4.10 Environmental 

conditions 4.11 Construction 

4.12 Decommissioning and removal 

5 Principles of limit states design 

5.1 Limit states 5.2 Design 6 

Basic variables 6.1 General 6.2 

Actions 6.3 Properties of 

materials and soils 6.4 

Geometrical parameters 7 Analyses 

- calculations and testing 7.1 

General 7.2 Calculation 7.3 

Model testing 7.4 Prototype 

testing 7.5 Existing reference 8 

Design format of partial factors 

 i i l i d 
CSA N393 FIRE PROTECTION FOR 

FACILITIES THAT PROCESS, 

HANDLE, OR STORE NUCLEAR 

SUBSTANCES

1/12/2013 Describes the minimum fire 

protection requirements for 

the design, construction, 

commissioning, operation, 

and decommissioning of 

facilities which process, 

handle, or store nuclear 

substances, including 

structures, systems and 

components, and other 

hazardous substances that 

directly relate to the nuclear 

substances being regulated.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Emergency Services Preface 1 Scope 2 Reference 

publications 3 Definitions and 

abbreviations 4 General 

requirements 5 Fire protection 

concepts 6 Fire hazard assessment 

(FHA) 7 Design requirements for 

the prevention and mitigation of 

fires 8 Design and installation 

requirements for fire protection 

systems 9 Special hazards within 

nuclear facilities 10 Fire protection 

program 11 Fire response capability 

12 Fire protection requirements for 

decommissioning Annex A 

(informative) - Commentary on 

Clauses in CSA N393 Annex B 

(informative) - Guidelines for the 

preparation of a fire hazard 

assessment (FHA)
CSA S806 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 

OF BUILDING STRUCTURES 

WITH FIBRE-REINFORCED 

POLYMERS

1/3/2012 Specifies requirements for 

the design and evaluation of 

building components of fibrereinforced polymers (FRP) in 

buildings and of building 

components reinforced with 

FRP materials.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Preface 1 Scope 2 Reference 

publications 3 Definitions, 

abbreviations, subscripts and 

symbols, and units of 

measurement 4 Drawings and 

related documents 5 General 

design requirements 6 Limit states, 

loading, load combinations, and 

factored resistance 7 Properties 

of FRP components and reinforcing 

materials 8 Design of concrete 

components with FRP reinforcement 

9 Development and splices of 

reinforcement 10 Design of 

concrete components prestressed 

with FRP 11 Strengthening of 

concrete masonry and steel 

components with FRP 12 

Provisions for seismic design 13 

Design of FRC/FRP composites 

cladding 14 Construction Annexes 

A (normative) - Determination of 

cross-sectional area of FRP 

reinforcement B (normative) - 

Anchor for testing FRP specimens 

under monotonic, sustained, and 

cyclic tension C (normative) - Test 

h d f il i f 
CSA S832 SEISMIC RISK REDUCTION OF 

OPERATIONAL AND 

FUNCTIONAL COMPONENTS 

(OFCS) OF BUILDINGS

20/06/2011 Applies to OFCs in buildings 

with significant seismic 

hazards as defined in Clause 

4.1.8.1 of the NBCC. 

Généralités Ces lignes 

directrices visent à informer 

et à donner une 

méthodologie pour identifier 

et évaluer les dangers causés 

par les forces sismiques 

agissant sur les composants 

fonctionnels et 

opérationnels (CFO) des 

bâtiments. Elles visent 

également à permettre la 

mise en oeuvre des 

stratégies et des techniques 

appropriées pour atténuer 

les effets des tremblements 

de terre. Il importe de noter 

que la performance 

structurale du bâtiment 

influe sur la diminution des 

risques sismiques 

concernant les CFO, bien 

que les lignes directrices ne 

traitent pas de l'intégrité 

l d bâ i ( i 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Technical Committee on Seismic 

Risk Reduction Preface 0 

Introduction 1 Scope 1.1 

General 1.2 Application 1.3 

Exclusions and limitations 1.4 

Terminology 2 Reference 

publications 3 Definitions and 

symbols 3.1 Definitions 3.2 

Symbols 4 Seismic risk reduction 

procedures for new buildings 4.1 

General 4.2 Assessment team 

4.3 Recommended procedure - 

OFCs in new buildings 4.3.1 

Requirements 4.3.2 Design 

procedure 5 Performance 

objectives 5.1 General 5.2 

Category of performance objectives 

5.2.1 General 5.2.2 Life safety 

5.2.3 Immediate/continued 

occupancy 5.2.4 Functionality 

5.3 Property protection 6 Methods 

for determining seismic adequacy 

6.1 General 6.2 Prescriptive 

method 6.3 Analytical method 

6.4 Special requirements 6.4.1 

Seismic qualification testing 

6.4.2 Horizontal/vertical forces 

 if i d l i CSA SPE 7003 SUSTAINABILITY STANDARD 

FOR HOUSEHOLD CLOTHES 

WASHING APPLIANCES

16/05/2013 Defines clothes washing 

appliances for household 

and residential style 

commercial use (e.g., a coinoperated appliance in an 

apartment building) included 

within the scope of the U.S. 

Department of Energy (DoE) 

and Natural Resources 

Canada (NRCan) minimum 

energy performance 

requirements.

Foreword Preface 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Definitions 

4 General requirements 5 Point 

allocation system 6 Prerequisites 7 

Audit scope and boundaries 8 

Attributes, criteria, and metrics 9 

Document retention and record 

keeping Annexes A (informative) - 

Multi-attribute approach B 

(informative) - References C 

(informative) - Environmental 

management systems D 

(informative) - Innovation E 

(informative) - Pre-consumer and 

post-consumer recycled content F 

(informative) - Drafting process
CSA Z246.1 SECURITY MANAGEMENT 

FOR PETROLEUM AND 

NATURAL GAS INDUSTRY 

SYSTEMS

1/3/2013 Defines criteria for 

establishing a security 

management program for 

petroleum and natural gas 

industry systems to ensure 

security threats and 

associated risks are 

identified and managed.

Energy Preface 0 Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Reference publications 3 

Definitions 4 Security management 

program (SMP) 5 Security risk 

management 6 Information 

security management 7 

Information technology/control 

systems security 8 Personnel 

security 9 Physical security 

measures 10 Security incident 

management 11 Monitoring and 

review

CSA Z731 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS 

AND RESPONSE

4/3/2009 Establishes minimum criteria 

for emergency planning, and 

provides guidance to owners 

and operators of private and 

public facilities as they 

develop a plan for effective 

emergency preparedness 

and response. This standard 

applies to all organizations 

that manufacture, use, store, 

distribute, transport or 

dispose of dangerous 

substances. It applies to all 

natural or human-caused 

emergencies. Cette norme 

établit les critères minimaux 

relatifs à la planification des 

mesures d'urgence pour 

l'industrie. Elle est destinée 

à servir de guide aux 

propriétaires et aux 

exploitants d'installations 

publiques ou privées aux fins 

de la mise en oeuvre d'un 

plan efficace de mesures 

préventives et 

d'intervention. Cette norme 

' li à l 

Emergency Services Technical Committee on Emergency 

Management Preface 0 

Introduction 1 Scope 2 Reference 

Publications 3 Definitions and 

Abbreviations 3.1 Definitions 

3.2 Abbreviations 4 Organization 

and Data Collection 4.1 

Emergency Preparedness 4.2 

Policy Statement 4.3 Program 

Coordinator 4.4 Hazard 

Identification 4.5 Emergency 

Response Plan (ERP) Development 

4.6 Legislation and Industry Codes 

of Practice 4.7 Roles and 

Responsibilities 4.8 Resources 

4.9 Emergency Response 

Procedures 4.10 Mutual Aid 

Agreements 4.11 Contact List 

4.12 Communication Systems 4.13 

Public Education and Information 5 

Emergency Response 5.1 General 

5.2 Records 5.2.1 General 

5.2.2 Types of Records 5.2.3 

Reasons for Record Retention 5.3 

Incident Management 5.3.1 

General 5.3.2 Facilities 5.4 

Coordinated Response 5.4.1 

l i i f h SAC GB 22185 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF 

PUBLIC SAFETY AND 

SECURITY FOR STADIUM AND 

SPORTS HALL

1/11/2008 Commercial Facilities Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 
SAC GB/T 13284-1 THE SAFETY SYSTEMS FOR 

NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS - 

PART 1: DESIGN CRITERIA

2008 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy 

SAC GB/T 13347 FLAME ARRESTERS FOR 

PETROLEUM GAS PIPELINE 

SYSTEMS

1/6/2011 Energy Transportation Systems Emergency Services 

SAC GB/T 17680.10 Criteria for emergency 

planning and preparedness of 

nuclear power plants--

Criteria for emergency 

radiological field 

monitoring,sampling and 

analysis conducted by 

nuclear power plant 

operating organizations (TEXT 

OF DOCUMENT IS IN 

CHINESE)

24/3/2003 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Emergency Services 

SAC GB/T 19428 CODE FOR EARTHQUAKE 

DISASTER EVALUATION AND 

ITS INFORMATION 

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

30/12/2003 Emergency Services Information Technology 

SAC GB/T 20482 GRADE OF PASTORAL AREA 

SNOW DISASTER

1/11/2006 Emergency Services Food and Agriculture 

SAC GB/T 24438-1 NATURAL DISASTER 

INFORMATION STATISTICS - 

PART 1: BASIC INDICATORS

1/12/2009 Emergency Services 

SAC GB/T 24438-2 NATURAL DISASTER 

INFORMATION STATISTICS - 

PART 2: EXTENDED 

INDICATORS

1/5/2013 Emergency Services 

SAC GB/T 24438-3 NATURAL DISASTER 

INFORMATION STATISTICS - 

PART 3: STRATIFIED RANDOM 

SAMPLING SURVEY 

STATISTICAL METHODS

1/2/2013 Emergency Services 

SAC GB/T 26376 BASIC TERMS ON NATURAL 

DISASTER MANAGEMENT

1/6/2011 Emergency Services 

SAC GB/T 27962 GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR 

METEOROLOGICAL DISASTER 

WARNING SIGNAL ICON

1/3/2012 Emergency Services Communications
SAC GB/T 28221-1 BASIC PUBLIC SERVICES FOR 

POST-DISASTER 

TRANSITIONAL 

RESETTLEMENT AREA - PART 

1: GENERAL

1/4/2012 Emergency Services Societal 

SAC GB/T 28221-2 BASIC PUBLIC SERVICES FOR 

POST-DISASTER 

TRANSITIONAL 

RESETTLEMENT AREA - PART 

2: ENVIRONMENT

1/4/2012 Emergency Services Societal 

SAC GB/T 28221-3 BASIC PUBLIC SERVICES FOR 

POST-DISASTER 

TRANSITIONAL 

RESETTLEMENT AREA - PART 

3: SAFETY

1/4/2012 Emergency Services Societal 

SAC GB/T 28221-4 BASIC PUBLIC SERVICES FOR 

POST-DISASTER 

TRANSITIONAL 

RESETTLEMENT AREA - PART 

4: BUSINESS

1/12/2012 Emergency Services Societal 

SAC GB/T 28221-5 BASIC PUBLIC SERVICES FOR 

POST-DISASTER 

TRANSITIONAL 

RESETTLEMENT AREA - PART 

5: CULTURE AND SPORTS

1/4/2012 Emergency Services Societal 

SAC GB/T 28221-6 BASIC PUBLIC SERVICES FOR 

POST-DISASTER 

TRANSITIONAL 

RESETTLEMENT AREA - PART 

6: ASSISTANCE AND RELIEF

1/4/2012 Emergency Services Societal 

SAC GB/T 28225 SAMPLING & VERIFYING 

METHOD ON THE NUMBER 

OF COLLAPSED OR DAMAGED 

RURAL DWELLINGS IN 

NATURAL DISASTERAFFECTED AREAS

1/4/2012 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Residential Facilities Government 

Facilities 

SAC GB/T 28944 VECTOR SURVEILLANCE AND 

CONTROL IN EMERGENCIES - 

FLOOD DISASTER

1/5/2013 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services 

SAC GB/T 29425 THE DIVIDING PRINCIPLES OF 

NATURAL DISASTER 

EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND 

RELIEF

1/7/2013 Emergency Services 
CAA CAP 760 GUIDANCE ON THE CONDUCT 

OF HAZARD IDENTIFICATION, 

RISK ASSESSMENT AND THE 

PRODUCTION OF SAFETY 

CASES: FOR AERODROME 

OPERATORS AND AIR TRAFFIC 

SERVICE PROVIDERS

10/12/2010 Gives guidance for Air Traffic 

Service Providers and 

Aerodrome Operators 

provides information on 

Hazard Identification, Risk 

Assessment and Developing 

Safety Cases.

Emergency Services Transportation Systems List of Effective Pages Revision 

History Foreword Introduction 

Glossary Chapter 1 - System 

Lifecycle Chapter 2 - Risk 

Assessment and Mitigation - 

Introducing the Seven-Step 

Process Chapter 3 - The Seven-Step 

Risk Assessment and Mitigation 

Process Appendix A - Hazard 

Identification using Brainstorming 

Appendix B - Failure Modes, Effects 

and Criticality Analysis Appendix C - 

Hazard and Operability Studies 

Appendix D - Using Event Trees 

Appendix E - Diagrammatic 

Representation of Safety Arguments 

Appendix F - Hazard Logs Appendix 

G - Required Level of Confidence in 

Evidence

CLSI GP46 R PLANNING FOR CHALLENGES 

TO CLINICAL LABORATORY 

OPERATIONS DURING A 

DISASTER

1/10/2003 Gives the guidance on steps 

to be taken by the clinical 

laboratory to be prepared in 

the event of an emergency.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 

CWA 16633 AGEING BEHAVIOUR OF 

STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS 

WITH REGARD TO 

INTEGRATED LIFETIME 

ASSESSMENT AND 

SUBSEQUENT ASSET 

MANAGEMENT OF 

CONSTRUCTED FACILITIES

16/5/2013 Defines ageing behaviour of 

structural components with 

regard to integrated lifetime 

assessment and subsequent 

asset management of 

constructed facilities.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Terms and definitions

3 Performance of bridge 

components

Annex A (informative) - Lifeline 

calculation

Annex B (informative) - Benchmark 

values on Service 

Life in Bridge Components

Bibliography
DNV-RP F107 RISK ASSESSMENT OF 

PIPELINE PROTECTION

1/10/2010 Gives a methodology for 

assessing the risks and 

required protection from 

dropped crane loads and 

ship impact to risers and 

pipeline systems within the 

safety zone of installations.

Energy Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

1 General 1.1 Introduction 1.2 

Objectives 1.3 Scope and 

Application 1.4 General 

considerations 1.5 Limitations 

1.6 Definitions 2 Methodology 2.1 

Introduction 2.2 Safety objectives 

2.3 Acceptance criteria 2.4 System 

description 2.5 Hazard 

identification 2.6 Risk Assessment 

2.7 Risk reducing measures 3 

Activity description 3.1 

Platform/Rig 3.2 Subsea 

operations 3.3 Fishing 3.4 Ship 4 

Pipeline and protection capacity 

4.1 General 4.2 Damage 

classification 4.3 Steel pipeline 

4.4 Flexible pipeline 4.5 Umbilical 

4.6 Different protection methods 5 

Failure frequency 5.1 Introduction 

5.2 Crane activity 5.3 Energy 

calculation 5.4 Ship traffic 5.5 

Simultaneous operations 5.6 

Trawling 5.7 Anchor handling 5.8 

Frequency ranking 6 Consequence 

6.1 Introduction 6.2 Human safety 

6.3 Release to the environment 

6.4 Economic loss 7 Risk assessment 

 l i DNV-RP F116 INTEGRITY MANAGEMENT OF 

SUBMARINE PIPELINE 

SYSTEMS

1/10/2009 Provides guidance on how to 

establish, implement and 

maintain an integrity 

management system.

Energy Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

DIN 4123 English EXCAVATION, FOUNDATION 

AND UNDERPINNING WORK 

ADJACENT TO EXISTING 

BUILDINGS

Suspended Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities
DIN EN 15004-1 FIXED FIREFIGHTING 

SYSTEMS - GAS 

EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS - 

PART 1: DESIGN, 

INSTALLATION AND 

MAINTENANCE

1/9/2008 Describes requirements and 

gives recommendations for 

the design, installation, 

testing, maintenance and 

safety of gaseous fire 

fighting systems in buildings, 

plants or other structures, 

and the characteristics of the 

various extinguishants and 

types of fire for which they 

are a suitable extinguishing 

medium.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

 Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Use and limitations

4.1 General

4.2 Extinguishants

4.3 Electrostatic discharge

4.4 Compatibility with other 

extinguishants

4.5 Temperature limitations

5 Safety

5.1 Hazard to personnel

5.2 Safety precautions

5.2.1 General

5.2.2 For normally unoccupied areas

5.2.3 For unoccupiable areas

5.3 Occupiable areas

5.4 Electrical hazards

5.5 Electrical earthing

5.6 Electrostatic discharge

6 System design

6.1 General

6.2 Extinguishant supply

6.2.1 Quantity

6.2.2 Quality

 i 
DIN EN 15026 HYGROTHERMAL 

PERFORMANCE OF BUILDING 

COMPONENTS AND 

BUILDING ELEMENTS - 

ASSESSMENT OF MOISTURE 

TRANSFER BY NUMERICAL 

SIMULATION

1/7/2007 Defines the equations to be 

used in a simulation method 

for calculating the non 

steady transfer of heat and 

moisture through building 

structures. Diese Norm 

definiert die praktische 

Anwendung der Software für 

die wärme- und 

feuchtetechnische 

Simulation, die eingesetzt 

wird bei der Vorhersage der 

eindimensionalen 

transienten Wärme-, Luftund Feuchteübertragung in 

Bauteilen von 

mehrschichtigen 

Gebäudehüllen, die auf 

beiden Seiten instationären 

klimatischen Bedingungen 

ausgesetzt sind.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Vorwort Einleitung 1 

Anwendungsbereich 2 Normative 

Verweisungen 3 Begriffe, Symbole 

und Einheiten 3.1 Begriffe 3.2 

Symbole und Einheiten 4 Auf die 

Wärme- und Feuchtetechnik 

bezogene Gleichungen und 

Baustoff- eigenschaften 4.1 

Annahmen 4.2 Transport von 

Wärme und Feuchte 4.3 

Baustoffeigen 5 Randbedingungen 

5.1 Raumseitige Bedingungen 5.2 

Aussenbedingungen 6 

Dokumentation der Eingangsdaten 

und Ergebnisse 6.1 Allgemeines 

6.2 Problembeschreibung 6.3 

Hygrothermisches Modell und 

numerische Lösung 6.4 

Rechenbericht Anhang A (normativ) 

Vergleichsbeispiel - 

Feuchteaufnahme in 

einem semi-infiniten Bereich 

A.1 Allgemeines A.2 

Problembeschreibung 

A.3 Ergebnisse Anhang B 

(informativ) Entwicklung von 

Feuchte-Referenzjahren Anhang C 

(i f i ) i i DIN EN 16604-10 SPACE SUSTAINABILITY - 

ADOPTION NOTICE OF ISO 

24113: SPACE SYSTEMS - 

SPACE DEBRIS MITIGATION 

REQUIREMENTS

1/12/2013 Transportation Systems Emergency Services 
DIN EN 1866 Mobile fire extinguishers 1/3/2006 This standard is included in 

DIN Handbook 346 and 

346/1. Defines 

characteristics, ratings and 

classification of mobile fire 

extinguishers and is 

applicable to mobile 

extinguishers with a total 

mass in excess of 20 kg.

Emergency Services 1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Definitions

4 Description of an extinguisher

5 Effective range of operating 

temperatures

5.1 General

5.2 Requirements

6 Filling specifications

6.1 Nominal charges

6.2 Filling tolerances

7 Duration of operation, residual 

mass and discharge rate

7.1 Duration of operation

7.2 Maximum residual mass

7.3 Discharge rate

8 Body construction

8.1 General

8.2 Main closures

8.3 Design and correct manufacture 

of the cylinders

9 Requirements of charge

9.1 Retention of charge

9.2 Control valve

9.3 Working position 

9.4 Hose and nozzle

9.5 Propelling agent

 i di
DIN EN 1866-1 Mobile fire extinguishers - 

Part 1: Characteristics, 

performance and test 

methods; German version EN 

1866-1:2007

1/1/2008 This standard is included in 

DIN Handbook 346/1. 

Describes the rules of design, 

type testing and inspection 

during manufacturing, 

ratings and classification of 

mobile fire extinguishers and 

test methods to be used.

Emergency Services Vorwort

1 Anwendungsbereich

2 Normative Verweisungen

3 Begriffe

4 Symbole und Abkürzungen

5 Beschreibung eines Feuerlöschers

5.1 Art des Feuerlöschers

5.2 Bestandteile eines Feuerlöschers

6 Anforderungen

6.1 Effektiver 

Funktionstemperaturbereich

6.1.1 Allgemeines

6.1.2 Anforderungen

6.1.3 Zusätzliche Anforderungen an 

CO[2]-Feuerlöscher

6.2 Anforderungen an das Füllen

6.2.1 Nennfüllmengen

6.2.2 Grenzabweichung für die 

Füllmenge

6.2.3 Treibmittel

6.3 Funktionsdauer, Restmenge und 

Wurfweite

6.3.1 Funktionsdauer

6.3.2 Maximale Restmenge

6.4 Enthaltene Füllmenge

6.4.1 Allgemeines

6.4.2 Treibgasflasche

 dk lh
DIN EN 1947 FIRE-FIGHTING HOSES - SEMIRIGID DELIVERY HOSES AND 

HOSE ASSEMBLIES FOR 

PUMPS AND VEHICLES

1/7/2007 This standard is included in 

DIN Handbook 243. States 

the requirements and test 

methods for semi-rigid hoses 

for use on fire-fighting 

vehicles and trailer pumps.

Emergency Services Vorwort

Einleitung

1 Anwendungsbereich

2 Normative Verweisungen

3 Begriffe

4 Klassifizierung

4.1 Allgemeines

4.2 Einteilung nach Typen (Aufbau 

des Schlauchs)

4.3 Einteilung nach Klassen 

(Materialien für Innen- und

Deckschicht)

4.4 Einteilung nach Kategorien

5 Masse, Grenzabweichungen und 

Maximalgewicht

5.1 Innendurchmesser und 

Maximalgewicht

5.2 Längen und Längentoleranzen

5.3 Konzentrizität

6 Leistungsanforderungen an den 

fertig gestellten Schlauch

6.1 Hydrostatische Anforderungen

6.1.1 Verformung unter maximalem 

Arbeitsdruck

6.1.2 Verformung unter Prüfdruck

6.1.3 Mindestberstdruck

6.1.4 Knickdruck

 f
DIN EN 3-7 PORTABLE FIRE 

EXTINGUISHERS - PART 7: 

CHARACTERISTICS, 

PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS AND TEST 

METHODS

1/10/2007 This standard is included in 

DIN Handbook 346 and 

346/1. Describes the 

characteristics, performance 

requirements and test 

methods for portable fire 

extinguishers.

Emergency Services Vorwort

1 Anwendungsbereich

2 Normative Verweisungen

3 Begriffe

4 Allgemeines

4.1 Beschreibung eines tragbaren 

Feuerlöschers

4.2 Unterbrechungseinrichtung

4.3 Funktionslage

4.4 Schlauchleitungen

4.5 Treibmittel

4.6 Dauerdrucklöscher

5 Prüfung von tragbaren 

Feuerlöschern

6 Nennfüllmengen, zulässige 

Abweichungen 

für die Füllmenge und 

Mindestanforderungen

an das Löschvermögen

6.1 Nennfüllmengen

6.2 Zulässige Abweichungen für die 

Füllmenge

6.3 !Gestaltung der Einfüllöffnung, 

mit Ausnahme 

von Kohlendioxid-Feuerlöschern

6.4 Mindestanforderungen an das 

Löschvermögen

 k i d d DIN EN 54-10 Fire detection and fire alarm 

systems - Part 10: Flame 

detectors - Point detectors

1/3/2006 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities
DIN EN 54-11 Fire detection and fire alarm 

systems - Part 11: Manual call 

points

1/3/2006 Gives requirements and 

methods of test for manual 

call points in fire detection 

and fire alarm systems in and 

around buildings.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

 Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Requirements

4.1 Compliance

4.2 Marking and data

4.3 Frangible element

4.4 Indicators for alarm condition

4.5 Reset facility

4.6 Test facility

4.7 Construction and design

4.8 Additional requirements for 

software 

controlled manual call points

5 Tests

5.1 General

5.2 Operational performance test

5.3 Function test

5.4 Test facility test (operational)

5.5 Reliability tests (endurance)

5.6 Variation of supply parameters

5.7 Dry heat (operational)

5.8 Dry heat (endurance)

5.9 Cold (operational)

5.10 Damp heat, cyclic (operational)

 h li ( d )
DIN EN 54-16 Fire detection and fire alarm 

systems - Part 16: Voice 

alarm control and indicating 

equipment; German version 

EN 54-16:2008

1/6/2008 Defines requirements, 

methods of test and 

performance criteria for 

voice alarm control and 

indicating equipment for use 

in fire detection and fire 

alarm systems installed in 

buildings, where the alarm 

signal is in the form of 

tone(s) or voice message(s), 

or both.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

 Vorwort

Einleitung

1 Anwendungsbereich

2 Normative Verweisungen

3 Begriffe und Abkürzungen

3.1 Begriffe

3.2 Abkürzungen

4 Allgemeine Anforderungen

4.1 Allgemeines

4.2 Kombinierte SAZ und BMZ

4.3 Energieversorgung

5 Allgemeine Anforderungen für 

Anzeigeelemente

5.1 Anzeige und Betriebszustände

5.2 Anzeigen

5.3 Anzeigen mittels 

alphanumerischer Displays

5.4 Anzeige der Versorgung mit 

Energie

5.5 Zusätzliche Anzeigen

6 Betriebsbereitschaftszustand

7 Sprachalarmzustand

7.1 Empfang und Verarbeitung von 

Brandmeldungen

7.2 Anzeige des 

Sprachalarmzustands

7.3 Akustische Anzeige (Option mit 

fd ) DIN EN 54-17 Fire detection and fire alarm 

systems - Part 17: Shortcircuit isolators

1/3/2006 Describes requirements, 

test methods and 

performance criteria for 

short-circuit isolators, for 

use in fire detection and fire 

alarm systems for buildings.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

 Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions 

4 Requirements 

5 Tests

Annex A (informative) Examples for 

the functional 

test procedure

Annex B (informative) Apparatus for 

impact test 

Annex ZA (informative) Relationship 

of this European 

Standard with the Construction 

Products 

Directive 89/106/EEC

Bibliography
DIN EN 54-18 Fire detection and fire alarm 

systems - Part 18: 

Input/output devices

1/5/2007 Describes the requirements, 

test methods and 

performance criteria for 

input/output devices 

connected to a transmission 

path of a fire detection and 

fire alarm system, used to 

receive and/or transmit 

electrical signals to or from 

the transmission path, 

necessary for the operation 

of the fire detection and fire 

alarm system and/or fire 

protection system.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

Foreword

Introduction 

1 Scope 

2 Normative references 

3 Terms, definitions and 

abbreviations

3.1 Terms and definitions 

3.2 Abbreviations 

4 Requirements 

4.1 Compliance

4.2 Monitoring of detachable 

devices

4.3 Marking and data 

4.4 Documentation

4.5 Requirements for software 

controlled devices 

5 Tests

5.1 General

5.2 Performance and variation in 

supply parameters 

5.3 Dry heat (operational)

5.4 Cold (operational) 

5.5 Damp heat, cyclic (operational)

5.6 Damp heat, steady state 

(endurance)

5.7 Sulphur dioxide (SO[2]) corrosion 

(endurance) 

 h k ( i l) ANSI/DASMA 105 Test Method for Thermal 

Transmittance and Air 

Infiltration of Garage Doors

2004 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/DASMA 107 Room Fire Test Standard for 

Garage Doors Using Foam 

Plastic Insulation

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/DASMA 108 Standard Method for Testing 

Sectional Garage Doors and 

Rolling Doors: Determination 

of Structural Performance 

Under Uniform Static Air 

Pressure Difference

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
ANSI/DASMA 115 Standard Method for Testing 

Sectional Garage Doors and 

Rolling Doors: Determination 

of Structural Performance 

Under Missile Impact and 

Cyclic Wind Pressure

2005 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

DASMA 203 Standard for Non-Fire Rated 

Rolling Doors

2004 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

DASMA 204 Standard for Fire Rated 

Rolling Door Assemblies

2004 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

NEN 2077 FIXED FIREFIGHTING 

SYSTEMS - RESIDENTIAL 

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS - 

DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND 

MAINTENANCE

1/6/2013 NEN 2077 specificeert 

eisen en geeft aanbevelingen 

voor het ontwerp, de 

installatie en het onderhoud 

van vaste 

sprinklerinstallaties voor de 

woonomgeving in 

gebouwen, of delen van 

gebouwen met woonfunctie. 

Gebieden binnen gebouwen 

met een ander risico dan in 

de woonomgeving, worden 

niet door deze norm gedekt.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 
NEN 2991 AIR - RISK ASSESSMENT IN 

AND AROUND BUILDINGS OR 

BUILDING CONSTRUCTIONS 

WHICH CONTAIN ASBESTOS 

MATERIALS

1/3/2012 Provides guidelines for the 

risk assessment of exposure 

to asbestos for users in 

buildings, building 

constructions and empty 

buildings, which contain 

asbestos materials. Deze 

norm vormt een handleiding 

ter beoordeling van 

blootstellingsrisico's aan 

asbest voor gebruikers en 

derden in gebouwen, 

woningen, constructies, 

objecten en leegstaande 

bouwwerken waarin 

asbesthoudende materialen 

zijn verwerkt.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

NEN CWA 15931-1 DISASTER AND EMERGENCY 

MANAGEMENT - SHARED 

SITUATION AWARENESS - 

PART 1: MESSAGE 

STRUCTURE

1/4/2009 Assists organizations 

involved by providing a 

message structure for the 

transfer of information 

between computers based 

systems in such a way that it 

can be reliably decoded.

Emergency Services Communications

NEN CWA 15931-2 DISASTER AND EMERGENCY 

MANAGEMENT - SHARED 

SITUATION AWARENESS - 

PART 2: CODES FOR THE 

MESSAGE STRUCTURE

1/2/2009 Aims at assisting 

organizations involved by 

providing a list of codes for 

the message structure, and 

also for the transfer of 

information between 

computers based systems in 

such a way that it can be 

reliably decoded. It also 

provides a system of terms 

relating to disasters and 

emergencies and their 

encoding.

Emergency Services Communications
NEN EN 15315 ENERGY PERFORMANCE OF 

BUILDINGS - OVERALL 

ENERGY USE, PRIMARY 

ENERGY AND CO[2] 

EMISSIONS

1/8/2005 Covers the following points: - 

collate results from other 

standards that specify 

calculation of energy 

consumption within a 

building; - account for 

energy generated in the 

building, some of which may 

be exported for use 

elsewhere; - present a 

summary on tabular form of 

the overall energy use of the 

building; - specify calculation 

of primary energy 

consumption and carbon 

dioxide emission for the 

building as a whole; - 

establish general principles 

for the calculation of primary 

energy factors and carbon 

dioxide emission factors.

Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities
NEN EN 50292 ELECTRICAL APPARATUS FOR 

THE DETECTION OF CARBON 

MONOXIDE IN DOMESTIC 

PREMISES, CARAVANS AND 

BOATS - GUIDE ON THE 

SELECTION, INSTALLATION, 

USE AND MAINTENANCE

1/9/2013 Provides guidance on the 

selection, installation, use 

and maintenance of 

apparatus for the detection 

of carbon monoxide, 

intended for continuous 

operation in a fixed 

installation in domestic 

premises, caravans and 

boats.

Transportation Systems Emergency Services 1 Scope 2 Normative references 3 

Definitions 4 Sources of carbon 

monoxide 4.1 General information 

4.2 Normal exposure levels 4.3 

Burning of carbonaceous materials 

for heating and cooking 4.4 

Uncontrolled burning 4.5 Tobacco 

smoking 4.6 Internal combustion 

engines 4.7 Multi-occupancy and 

multi-storey buildings 5 Installation 

5.1 General 5.2 Location of the 

carbon monoxide detector 5.3 

Types of apparatus 6 Executive 

functions (type A apparatus only) 

6.1 General 6.2 Shut-off valve 6.3 

Ventilation fan 6.4 Main electrical 

switch 6.5 Remote alarm 6.6 

Additional visual alarm 6.7 Link 

between detector and ancillary 

device 7 Advice to the user 7.1 

Manufacturer's instructions 7.2 

Location 7.3 Power supply 7.4 

Indicators 7.5 Alarms 7.6 

Maintenance 7.7 Lifetimes 8 

Emergency actions Annex A 

(informative) Health effects A.1 

Toxic effects A.2 Chronic effects on 

hi h i k l b ANSI/EIMA 99A Exterior Insulation and 

Finished Systems (EIFS)

2001 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
EMAP Emergency Management 

Standard

2013 The Emergency 

Management Standard by 

the Emergency Management 

Accreditation Program

(EMAP) is designed as a tool 

for continuous improvement 

as part of a voluntary 

accreditation

process for emergency 

management programs. 

EMAP makes no 

representation or guarantee

as to the efficacy of any 

program as a result of use of 

or compliance with the 

standards

contained herein. EMAP 

makes no guaranty or 

warranty as to the 

completeness of information

in this document, and EMAP 

expressly disclaims liability 

for any personal injury or 

damages of

any nature resulting from 

the publication, use of, or 

reliance on this document. 

d d

Emergency Services 

ENA ET ETR 138 RESILIENCE TO FLOODING OF 

GRID AND PRIMARY 

SUBSTATIONS

2009 Specifies the risk 

management of floods at 

grid and primary substations 

in England, Scotland and 

Wales due to coastal, river, 

surface water and 

groundwater flooding. 

However, information on 

surface water and ground 

water flooding requires 

further development before 

the principles outlined in this 

ETR can be applied.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 
EN 15331 CRITERIA FOR DESIGN, 

MANAGEMENT AND 

CONTROL OF MAINTENANCE 

SERVICES FOR BUILDINGS

1/8/2011 Defines the criteria and the 

general methods that can be 

used in the planning, 

management and control of 

maintenance in buildings and 

their surrounding area 

according to the applicable 

legal requirements, 

objectives of the owners and 

users and the required 

quality of maintenance.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Basic data and requirements

5 Building and maintenance strategy

6 Maintenance plan

7 Information systems

8 Operational management of 

maintenance services

9 Monitoring

10 Feedback data

Annex A (informative) - Building 

classification as per 

Eurostat "Classification of Types of 

Construction"

(CC) (1996)

Annex B (informative) - Example of 

the formulation and 

Inclusion into budget of a 

maintenance plan

Annex C (informative) - Outline of 

the Reliability Centred 

Maintenance method

Bibliography
EN 16495 AIR TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT - 

INFORMATION SECURITY FOR 

ORGANISATIONS 

SUPPORTING CIVIL AVIATION 

OPERATIONS

1/1/2014 Specifies guidelines and 

general principles for the 

implementation of an 

information security 

management system in 

organisations supporting civil 

aviation operations.

Transportation Systems Foreword 1 Scope 2 Normative 

references 3 Terms and definitions 

4 Information security management 

in aviation 5 Security policy 6 

Organisational security 7 Asset 

management 8 Human resources 

security 9 Physical and 

environmental security 10 

Communications and operations 

management 11 Access control 12 

Information systems acquisition, 

development and maintenance 

13 Information security incident 

management 14 Business continuity 

management 15 Compliance Annex 

A (informative) - Implementation 

examples Annex B (informative) - 

Level of Trust - Implementation 

Example Bibliography
EN 206-1 CONCRETE - PART 1: 

SPECIFICATION, 

PERFORMANCE, 

PRODUCTION AND 

CONFORMITY

1/6/2005 Pertains to concrete for 

structures cast in situ, 

precast structures, and 

structural precast products 

for buildings and civil 

engineering structures.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Definitions, symbols and 

abbreviations

3.1 Terms and definitions

3.2 Symbols and abbreviations

4 Classification

4.1 Exposure classes related to 

environmental actions

4.2 Fresh concrete

4.2.1 Consistence classes

4.2.2 Classes related to maximum 

aggregate size

4.3 Hardened concrete

4.3.1 Compressive strength classes

4.3.2 Density classes for light-weight 

concrete

5 Requirements for concrete and 

methods of verification

5.1 Basic requirements for 

constituent materials

5.1.1 General

5.1.2 Cement

5.1.3 Aggregates

5.1.4 Mixing water

 di
EN 31010 RISK MANAGEMENT - RISK 

ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUES 

(IEC/ISO 31010:2009)

1/5/2010 Gives guidance on selection 

and application of systematic 

techniques for risk 

assessment.

 FOREWORD

INTRODUCTION

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Risk assessment concepts

5 Risk assessment process

6 Selection of risk assessment 

techniques

Annex A (informative) - Comparison 

of risk assessment

techniques

Annex B (informative) - Risk 

assessment techniques

Bibliography

Annex ZA (normative) - Normative 

references to international

publications with their 

corresponding European

publications

TR 102 485 ELECTROMAGNETIC 

COMPATIBILITY AND RADIO 

SPECTRUM MATTERS (ERM); 

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

FOR BROADBAND DISASTER 

RELIEF APPLICATIONS (BBDR) FOR EMERGENCY 

SERVICES IN DISASTER 

SITUATIONS; SYSTEM 

REFERENCE DOCUMENT

20/07/2006 Specifies the requirements 

for radio frequency usage for 

broadband disaster relief 

applications around 5 GHz.

communications Information Technology Emergency Services 
TR99.00.01 Security Technologies for 

Manufacturing and Control 

Systems

29/10/2007 Provides a current 

assessment of various cyber 

security tools, mitigation 

counter-measures, and 

technologies that may 

effectively apply to the 

modern electronically based 

IACSs regulating and 

monitoring numerous 

industries and critical 

infrastructures.

Information Technology Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Purpose

3 General Terms and Definitions

3.1 Definitions

3.2 Acronyms

3.3 Sources for Definitions and 

Abbreviations

4 Overview

5 Authentication and Authorization 

Technologies

5.1 Role-Based Authorization Tools

5.2 Password Authentication

5.3 Challenge/Response 

Authentication

5.4 Physical/Token Authentication

5.5 Smart Card Authentication

5.6 Biometric Authentication

5.7 Location-Based Authentication

5.8 Password Distribution and 

Management Technologies

5.9 Device-to-Device Authentication

6 Filtering/Blocking/Access Control 

Technologies

6.1 Network Firewalls

6.2 Host-based Firewalls

 i l k
TS 170 001 PROJECT MESA; SERVICE 

SPECIFICATION GROUP - 

SERVICES AND 

APPLICATIONS; STATEMENT 

OF REQUIREMENTS (SOR)

27/03/2008 Specifies the basis for a 

functional and technical 

specification and standards 

platform that can be 

installed as either a private 

system owned by 

government or a 

governmental/commercial 

partnership that provides 

priority service to public 

safety agencies and possibly 

secondary service to other 

commercial clients.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Intellectual Property Rights 

Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

References 2.1 Normative 

references 2.2 Informative 

references 3 Abbreviations 4 

Executive Summary 5 Project MESA 

SoR 5.1 Objectives 5.2 Scope 

of requirements 5.3 User 

requirements 5.4 Use of existing 

protocols 5.5 Evolving 

specifications and standards 5.6 

Use of open architectures 5.7 

Mobile computer 

telecommunications system 5.8 

Local, regional and national 

interoperability 5.9 

Interoperability between MESA user 

devices 5.10 In building and 

portable service 5.11 Operational 

compromises 5.12 Compliant with 

the need of the participating nations 

5.13 Pre-testing technology 

proposals 5.13a Type approval and 

interoperability testing 5.14 

Frequency neutral technology 5.15 

Improvements in spectrum 

efficiencies 5.16 Life-cycle 

 i l 
FM 1011,1012,1013 DELUGE AND PREACTION 

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

1/9/2009 Describes the design and 

performance requirements 

for 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3, 4, 6 

and 8 inch nominal pipe size 

(NPS) Deluge and Preaction 

Sprinkler Systems for use in 

automatic sprinkler systems. 

Other sizes may be 

evaluated on a case-by-case 

basis.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Residential Facilities Government 

Facilities 

1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 PURPOSE 

1.2 SCOPE 1.3 BASIS FOR 

REQUIREMENTS 1.4 BASIS FOR 

APPROVAL 1.5 BASIS FOR 

CONTINUED APPROVAL 1.6 

EFFECTIVE DATE 1.7 SYSTEM OF 

UNITS 1.8 APPLICABLE 

DOCUMENTS 1.9 DEFINITIONS 2. 

GENERAL INFORMATION 2.1 

PRODUCT INFORMATION 2.2 

APPROVAL APPLICATION 

REQUIREMENTS 2.3 

REQUIREMENTS FOR SAMPLES FOR 

EXAMINATION 3. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 REVIEW OF 

DOCUMENTATION 3.2 DELUGE 

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS - APPROVAL 

STANDARD CLASS 1011 3.3 

PREACTION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS - 

APPROVAL STANDARD CLASS 

1012/1013 3.4 SOLENOID VALVES 

USED IN ELECTRIC RELEASE SYSTEMS 

3.5 DEVICES TO PREVENT DELUGE 

AND PREACTION SYSTEMS FROM 

RESETTING AUTOMATICALLY AFTER 

INITIAL TRIP 3.6 RELEASE 

CONTROL PANELS FOR PREACTION 

 
FM 1020 AUTOMATIC WATER 

CONTROL VALVES

1/4/2007 Provides guidelines reflecting 

current FM Approval tests 

and practices.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for 

Requirements 1.4 Basis for 

Approval 1.5 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.7 System of Units 

1.8 Applicable Documents 1.9 

Definitions 2.0 GENERAL 

INFORMATION 2.1 Product 

Information 2.2 Types 2.2.1 

Clapper Type 2.2.2 Diaphragm 

Type 2.2.3 Summary 2.3 

Approval Application Requirements 

2.4 Requirements for Samples for 

Examination 3.0 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Review of 

Documentation 3.2 Physical or 

Structural Features 3.3 Design 

Requirements 3.4 Operation 

3.5 Markings 3.6 Materials and 

Construction 3.7 Environment 

3.8 Serviceability and Parts Removal 

3.9 Instructions and Trim 

Equipment 3.10 Clearances 

3.11 Calibration 3.12 Tolerances 

4.0 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 

4.1 Examination 4.2 Operational 

Tests 4.3 Friction Loss 4.4 

d d i h 
FM 1041 ALARM CHECK VALVES 1/2/2006 Comprehends the design and 

performance requirements 

for differential and pilot 

valve type alarm check 

valves. These valves are 

installed in wet sprinkler 

systems in either the vertical 

or horizontal orientation.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for 

Requirements 1.4 Basis for 

Approval 1.5 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.6 Effective Date 1.7 

System of Units 1.8 Applicable 

Documents 1.9 Definitions 2 

GENERAL INFORMATION 2.1 

Product Information 2.2 Approval 

Application Requirements 2.3 

Requirements for Samples for 

Examination 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Review of 

Documentation 3.2 Physical or 

Structural Features 3.3 Clearances 

3.4 Materials 3.5 Markings 3.6 

Manufacturer's Installation and 

Operation Instructions 3.7 

Calibration 4 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Examination 

4.2 Clapper Strength 4.3 Resilient 

Seat (Reverse Flow) Leakage 4.4 

Metal-To-Metal Seat Leakage 4.5 

Hydrostatic Strength - Alarm Check 

Valve 4.6 Hydrostatic Strength - 

Trim Piping 4.7 Friction Loss 

Determination 4.8 Cycle Test 4.9 

di d FM 1042 WATERFLOW ALARM 

INDICATORS (VANE TYPE)

1/7/1970 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

I. SCOPE II. GLOSSARY A. Vane 

B. Body C. Instantly Recycling 

Retard D. Instantly Recycling 

Retard 1. Location 2. 

Performance III. REQUIREMENTS 

A. Performance B. Friction Loss 

C. Vane Assembly E. Rated 

Working Pressure F. Assembly 

G. Wiring Diagrams H. Enclosure 

IV. MATERIALS V. MARKING 

APPENDIX - APPROVAL MARKS
FM 1044 FIRE SERVICE METERS 1/8/2012 Defines the design and 

performance requirements 

for fire service meters 

intended for use where full 

registration metering devices 

on public water connections 

are required.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services 1. INTRODUCTION 2. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4. PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5. OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A - 

UNITS OF MEASUREMENT 

APPENDIX B - FM APPROVALS 

CERTIFICATION MARKS APPENDIX C - 

SAMPLE LISTINGS APPENDIX D - 

TOLERANCE

FM 1046 FIRE PUMP FLOWMETER 

SYSTEMS

1/1/1987 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services I. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for FM 

Approval 1.4 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.5 Requirements 

1.6 Effective Date 1.7 System of 

Units II. GENERAL INFORMATION 

2.1 Product Information III. 

GLOSSARY IV. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS (OTHER THAN 

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS) 

4.1 Minimum Meter Size 4.2 

Flow Measurement Device 4.3 

Markings 4.4 Instructions 4.5 

Physical or Structural Features 

4.6 Drawings/Plans/Specifications 

Required 4.7 Other 

Requirements V. PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5.1 Operation 

and Accuracy 5.2 Hydrostatic 

Strength 5.3 Friction Loss 

Determination VI. 

MANUFACTURING AND FIELD 

INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 

6.1 Demonstrated Quality Control 

Program 6.2 Facilities and 

Procedures Audit (F&PA) APPENDIX 

A: APPROVAL MARKS APPENDIX B: 

 
FM 1221 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 

(REDUCED PRESSURE 

PRINCIPLE AND DOUBLE 

CHECK VALVE TYPES)

1/2/1987 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services I. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for FM 

Approval 1.4 Continued Approval 

is Based Upon 1.5 Requirements 

1.6 Effective Date 1.7 Units of 

Measurements II. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 2.1 Product 

Information 2.2 Sizes III. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

(Other than performance 

Requirements) 3.1 Preliminary 

Information 3.2 End Connections 

3.3 Clearances 3.4 Friction Loss 

3.5 Materials 3.6 Markings IV. 

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 

4.1 Clapper Strength 4.2 Body 

Strength 4.3 Diaphragm Strength 

4.4 Friction Loss 4.5 Other Tests 

V. MANUFACTURING AND FIELD 

INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 

5.1 Demonstrated QC Program 

5.2 Facilities and Procedures Audit 

(F&PA) APPENDIX A: UNITS OF 

MEASUREMENT APPENDIX B: 

APPROVAL MARKS
FM 1311 CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS 

SPLIT-CASE TYPE (AXIAL OR 

RADIAL)

1/8/2007 Comprehends the design and 

performance requirements 

for horizontal (axial) or 

vertical (radial), split-case 

type, centrifugal fire pumps 

for use in fire protection 

systems.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for 

Requirements 1.4 Basis for 

Approval 1.5 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.6 Effective Date 1.7 

System of Units 1.8 Applicable 

Documents 1.9 Definitions 2 

GENERAL INFORMATION 2.1 

Product Information 2.2 Approval 

Application Requirements 2.3 

Requirements for Samples for 

Examination 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Review of 

Documentation 3.2 Physical or 

Structural Features 3.2.1 Pump 

3.2.2 Pump Package 3.2.3 

Pump Casing 3.2.4 Water 

Passages 3.2.5 Impeller 

3.2.6 Shaft 3.2.7 Shaft Seals 

3.2.8 Bearings 3.2.9 Coupling 

3.2.10 Baseplate (Vertically 

Mounted Pumps Only) 3.2.11 

Circulation Relief Valve 3.3 

Materials 3.4 Markings 3.5 

Manufacturer's Installation and 

Operation Instructions 3.6 

Calibration 3.7 Tolerances 4 

 
FM 1312 CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS 

(VERTICAL-SHAFT, TURBINE 

TYPE)

1/12/1999 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for 

Requirements 1.4 Basis for FM 

Approval 1.5 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.6 Effective Date 1.7 

System of Units 1.8 Applicable 

Documents 1.9 Definitions 2 

GENERAL INFORMATION 2.1 

Product Information 2.2 Approval 

Application Requirements 2.3 

Requirements for Samples for 

Examination 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Review of 

Documentation 3.2 Physical or 

Structural Features 3.3 Materials 

3.4 Markings 3.5 Manufacturer's 

Installation and Operation 

Instructions 3.6 Calibration 4 

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 

4.1 Performance 4.2 Flange and 

Gasket Tightness 4.3 Hydrostatic 

Strength 4.4 Test Procedure 4.5 

Additional Tests 5 OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS 5.1 Demonstrated 

Quality Control Program 5.2 

Facilities and Procedures Audit 

(F&PA) 5.3 Manufacturer's 

ibili i f i 
FM 1313 POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT 

FIRE PUMPS (ROTARY GEAR 

TYPE)

1/11/2007 Presents the design and 

performance requirements 

for rotary gear type, positive 

displacement fire pumps for 

use in fire protection 

systems. Approval is limited 

to such pumps which have a 

rated pressure of a minimum 

of 40 psi (2.75 bar).

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for 

Requirements 1.4 Basis for 

Approval 1.5 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.6 Effective Date 1.7 

System of Units 1.8 Applicable 

Documents 1.9 Definitions 2 

GENERAL INFORMATION 2.1 

Product Information 2.2 Approval 

Application Requirements 2.3 

Requirements for Samples for 

Examination 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Review of 

Documentation 3.2 Physical or 

Structural Features 3.2.1 Pump 

Assemblies 3.2.2 Pump System 

Components 3.2.3 Pump 

Housing 3.2.4 Liquid Passages 

3.2.5 Rotors 3.2.6 Shaft 3.2.7 

Shaft Seals 3.2.8 Bearings 

3.2.9 Baseplate 3.3 Materials 3.4 

Markings 3.5 Manufacturer's 

Installation and Operation 

Instructions 3.6 Calibration 4 

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 

4.1 Hydraulic Performance Tests 

4.2 Dry Operation and Self-Priming 

 d l d 
FM 1319 CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS 

(HORIZONTAL, END SUCTION 

TYPE)

1/10/2008 Describes the design and 

performance requirements 

for horizontal, end suction 

type, centrifugal fire pumps 

for use in fire protection 

systems.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for 

Requirements 1.4 Basis for FM 

Approval 1.5 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.6 Effective Date 1.7 

System of Units 1.8 Applicable 

Documents 1.9 Definitions 2 

GENERAL INFORMATION 2.1 

Product Information 2.2 Approval 

Application Requirements 2.3 

Requirements for Samples for 

Examination 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Review of 

Documentation 3.2 Physical or 

Structural Features 3.2.1 Pump 

3.2.2 Pump Package 3.2.3 

Pump Casing 3.2.4 Water 

Passages 3.2.5 Impeller 

3.2.6 Shaft 3.2.7 Shaft Seals 

3.2.8 Bearings 3.2.9 Coupling 

3.2.10 Circulation Relief Valve 

3.2.11 Miscellaneous components 

3.3 Materials 3.4 Markings 3.5 

Manufacturer's Installation and 

Operation Instructions 3.6 

Calibration 3.7 Tolerances 4 

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 

 i d l l i i 
FM 1510 FIRE HYDRANTS (WET BARREL 

TYPE) FOR PRIVATE FIRE 

SERVICE

1/11/1990 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services I. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for FM 

Approval 1.4 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.5 Basis for 

Requirements 1.6 Effective Date 

1.7 System of Units II. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 2.1 

Physical/Structural 2.2 Markings 

2.3 Rated Working Pressure 2.4 

Drawings/Plans/Specifications 

Required 2.5 Manufacturer's 

Requirements III. PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS - APPROVAL TESTS 

3.1 Shell Strength 3.2 Seat 

Leakage 3.3 Hose Outlet Strength 

3.4 Stem Strength 3.5 Head Loss 

3.6 Traffic Hydrant 3.7 Other 

Tests IV. OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS 4.1 

Demonstrated Quality Control 

Program 4.2 Facilities and 

Procedures Audit (F&PA) APPENDIX 

A: APPROVAL MARKS APPENDIX B: 

UNITS OF MEASUREMENT

FM 1530 FIRE DEPARTMENT 

CONNECTIONS

1/8/1970 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services INTRODUCTION DESIGN A. Rated 

Working Pressure B. Inlets and 

Outlet C. Body D. Clapper(s) E. 

Materials F. Clearance G. Seat 

Ring H. Hose Plugs FACTORY TESTS 

MARKING

FM 1531 WALL HYDRANTS 1/5/1977 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services I. INTRODUCTION II. 

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT III. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 3.1 

Strength 3.2 Construction 

3.2.1 Connections 3.2.2 Body 

3.2.3 Materials 3.2.4 Hose 

Outlet Caps IV. MARKINGS V. 

TESTS 5.1 Hydrostatic 5.2 

Other
FM 1950 SEISMIC SWAY BRACES FOR 

PIPE, TUBING AND CONDUIT

1/9/2013 Describes the design and 

performance requirements 

for seismic sway bracing 

components used to brace 

pipe, tubing and conduit.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Energy Emergency Services 1. INTRODUCTION 2. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4. PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5. OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A - 

UNITS OF MEASUREMENT 

APPENDIX B - FM APPROVALS 

CERTIFICATION MARKS APPENDIX C - 

SAMPLE LISTINGS APPENDIX D - 

TOLERANCES

FM 1951,52,53 PIPE HANGER COMPONENTS 

FOR AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER 

SYSTEMS

1/9/2003 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

I. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for 

Requirements 1.4 Basis for FM 

Approval 1.5 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.6 Effective Date 

1.7 System of Units 1.8 

Applicable Documents 1.9 

Definitions II. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 2.1 Product 

Information 2.2 Approval 

Application Requirements 2.3 

Requirements for Sample for 

Examination III. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Review of 

Documentation 3.2 Physical or 

Structural Features 3.3 Design 

Requirements 3.4 Materials 

3.5 Markings 3.6 Manufacturer's 

Installation and Operation 

Instructions 3.7 Calibration IV. 

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 

4.1 Examination 4.2 Tensile Tests 

4.3 Coating Evaluation 4.4 

Mechanical Locking 4.5 

Additional Tests V. OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS 5.1 

Demonstrated Quality Control 

 l d 
FM 1956 EXPLOSIVE DRIVEN 

FASTENERS

1/7/1970 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

I. INTRODUCTION II. GENERAL III. 

PERFORMANCE FastenerCoupling Combinations AntiSwaying Features Fastener 

Material Coupling Installation 

Instructions IV. TESTS Fastener 

in Vertical Position Fastener in 

Horizontal Position V. MARKINGS

FM 2000 AUTOMATIC CONTROL MODE 

SPRINKLERS FOR FIRE 

PROTECTION

1/3/2006 Describes FM Approvals 

criteria for automatic control 

mode sprinklers for fire 

protection service.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government 

Facilities 

1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 PURPOSE 

1.2 SCOPE 1.3 BASIS FOR 

REQUIREMENTS 1.4 BASIS FOR 

APPROVAL 1.5 BASIS FOR 

CONTINUED APPROVAL 1.6 

EFFECTIVE DATE 1.7 SYSTEM OF 

UNITS 1.8 APPLICABLE 

DOCUMENTS 1.9 DEFINITIONS 

1.10 REFERENCES 2 GENERAL 

INFORMATION 2.1 PRODUCT 

INFORMATION 2.2 APPROVAL 

APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS 2.3 

REQUIREMENTS FOR SAMPLES FOR 

EXAMINATION 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 REVIEW OF 

DOCUMENTATION 3.2 PHYSICAL 

OR STRUCTURAL FEATURES 3.3 

MATERIALS 3.4 MARKINGS 3.5 

MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION 

AND OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS 

3.6 CALIBRATION 4 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 4.1 

EXAMINATION 4.2 ASSEMBLY 

LOAD/FRAME STRENGTH 4.3 

STRENGTH OF HEAT RESPONSIVE 

ELEMENT 4.4 LEAKAGE 4.5 

HYDROSTATIC STRENGTH 4.6 30-

 
FM 2008 SUPPRESSION MODE [EARLY 

SUPPRESSION - FAST 

RESPONSE (ESFR)] 

AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS

1/10/2006 Explains the design 

requirements, performance 

requirements, methods of 

test, and marking 

requirements for fusible 

element and glass bulb 

suppression mode sprinklers.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government 

Facilities 

1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 PURPOSE 

1.2 SCOPE 1.3 BASIS FOR 

REQUIREMENTS 1.4 BASIS FOR 

APPROVAL 1.5 BASIS FOR 

CONTINUED APPROVAL 1.6 

EFFECTIVE DATE 1.7 SYSTEM OF 

UNITS 1.8 APPLICABLE 

DOCUMENTS 1.9 DEFINITIONS 

1.10 REFERENCES 2 GENERAL 

INFORMATION 2.1 PRODUCT 

INFORMATION 2.2 APPROVAL 

APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS 2.3 

REQUIREMENTS FOR SAMPLES FOR 

EXAMINATION 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 REVIEW OF 

DOCUMENTATION 3.2 PHYSICAL 

OR STRUCTURAL FEATURES 3.3 

MATERIALS 3.4 MARKINGS 3.5 

MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION 

AND OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS 

3.6 CALIBRATION 4 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS TEST PRESSURES 

4.1 EXAMINATION 4.2 ASSEMBLY 

LOAD/FRAME STRENGTH 4.3 

STRENGTH OF HEAT RESPONSIVE 

ELEMENT 4.4 LEAKAGE 4.5 

HYDROSTATIC STRENGTH 4.6 30-

 FM 2030 RESIDENTIAL AUTOMATIC 

SPRINKLERS FOR FIRE 

PROTECTION

1/8/2009 Describes performance 

requirements for automatic 

residential sprinklers in class 

number 2030.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services Residential Facilities 1. INTRODUCTION 2. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4. PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5. OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A: UNITS 

OF MEASUREMENT APPENDIX B: 

TOLERANCES APPENDIX C: FM 

APPROVALS CERTIFICATION MARKS 

APPENDIX D: TOLERANCE LIMIT 

CALCULATIONS APPENDIX E: 

FIGURES APPENDIX F: SAMPLE 

LISTING
FM 2031 HEAT RESPONSIVE LINKS FOR 

FIRE PROTECTION

1/7/2001 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

I. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for 

Requirements 1.4 Basis for FM 

Approval 1.5 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.6 Effective Date 

1.7 System of Units 1.8 

Applicable Documents 1.9 

Definitions II. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 2.1 Product 

Information 2.2 Approval 

Application Requirements 2.3 

Requirements for Samples for 

Examination III. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Review of 

Documentation 3.2 Physical or 

Structural Features 3.3 Materials 

3.4 Markings 3.5 Manufacturer's 

Installation and Operation 

Instructions 3.6 Calibration IV. 

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 

4.1 Examination 4.2 Assembly 

Load/Frame Strength 4.3 

Strength of Heat Responsive 

Element 4.4 Operating 

Temperature (Liquid Bath) 4.5 

High Ambient Temperature 

Exposure (90 Day Test) 4.6 

i l FM 2141 HOSE RACKS AND REELS FOR 

LINED LIGHTWEIGHT AND 

UNLINED FIRE HOSE

1/9/1970 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services I. INTRODUCTION II. DESIGN III. 

TESTS Loading and Removal 

Strength and Abuse IV. 

WORKMANSHIP V. MARKING

FM 2151 HOSE HOUSES AND 

OUTDOOR HOSE CABINETS

1/9/1970 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services I. GENERAL II. DESIGN III. 

EXAMINATION 1. Strength 2. 

Durability 3. Practicality 4. 

Tightness IV. MARKING
FM 2510 FLOOD ABATEMENT 

EQUIPMENT

1/3/2013 Covers the design and 

performance requirements 

for flood abatement 

equipment for use in 

controlling riverine or rainfall 

related flood conditions.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services 1. INTRODUCTION 2. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4. PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5. OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A - Units 

of Measurement APPENDIX B - 

Tolerances APPENDIX C - FM 

Approvals Certification Marks 

APPENDIX D - USACE Coastal and 

Hydraulics Laboratory Test 

Facility Description

FM 3010 FIRE ALARM SIGNALING 

SYSTEMS

1/12/2010 Offers a guideline for typical 

tests that are required by FM 

Approvals. Also provides the 

operating basis for alarm 

signaling.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

1 INTRODUCTION 2 GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5 OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A: UNITS 

OF MEASUREMENT APPENDIX B: 

FM APPROVALS CERTIFICATION 

MARKS
FM 3011 CENTRAL STATION SERVICE 

FOR FIRE ALARMS AND 

PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 

SUPERVISION

1/4/1999 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for Approval 

1.4 Basis for Continued Approval 

1.5 Approval Application 

Requirements 1.6 Contract(s) 

and Prime Contractor 1.7 FM 

Approved Facilities Used for Central 

Station Standard Service 

1.8 Travel Time for Runners and 

Service Personnel 1.9 Equipment 

Not Covered by FM Approval 1.10 

Systems of Units 1.11 Applicable 

Documents 1.12 Definitions 

1.13 Effective Date 2.0 FACILITIES 

2.1 General 2.2 Flooding 2.3 

Repeater Station 2.4 Secondary 

Power Supply 2.5 Fire Alarm 

Systems 3.0 SUPERVISING STATION, 

SUBSIDIARY STATION AND 

REPEATER STATION FIRE ALARM 

SIGNALING EQUIPMENT 3.1 

Supervising Station Fire Alarm 

System Equipment 3.2 

Computerized Signal Processing 

Equipment and Software 3.3 

Signal Identification 3.4 Spare 

Equipment 3.5 Communication 

 
FM 3150 AUDIBLE NOTIFICATION 

APPLIANCES FOR 

AUTOMATIC FIRE ALARM 

SIGNALING

1/11/2003 Describes performance 

requirements for electrically 

powered bells and horns to 

sound an alarm in the event 

of fire or other abnormal 

condition for the protection 

of occupants, building space, 

structure, area, or object.

Emergency Services Communications 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for 

Requirements 1.4 Basis for FM 

Approval 1.5 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.6 Effective Date 1.7 

System of Units 1.8 Applicable 

Documents 2 GENERAL 

INFORMATION 2.1 Product 

Information 2.2 Approval 

Application Requirements 2.3 

Requirements for Samples for 

Examination 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Review of 

Documentation 3.2 Physical or 

Structural Features 3.3 Markings 

3.4 Manufacturer's Installation and 

Operation Instructions 3.5 

Calibration 4 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Audible 

Characteristics 4.2 Voltage Range 

4.3 Continued Operation 4.4 

Temperature Extremes 4.5 

Vibration 4.6 Dielectric Strength 

4.7 Bonding 4.8 Surge Transient 

Tests 4.9 Enclosure Requirements 

(including Plastic housings) 5 

OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS 5.1 

d li l 
FM 3210 HEAT DETECTORS FOR 

AUTOMATIC FIRE ALARM 

SIGNALING

1/4/2007 Pertains to heat detectors 

intended for use in fire alarm 

signaling or extinguishing 

system applications that 

operate via the transfer of 

convected heat energy.

Emergency Services 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for 

Requirements 1.4 Basis for 

Approval 1.5 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.6 Effective Date 1.7 

System of Units 1.8 Applicable 

Documents 1.9 Definitions 1.10 

References 2 GENERAL 

INFORMATION 2.1 Product 

Information 2.2 Approval 

Application Requirements 2.3 

Requirements for Samples for 

Examination 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Review of 

Documentation 3.2 Physical or 

Structural Features 3.3 Markings 

3.4 Manufacturer's Installation and 

Operation Instructions 3.5 

Calibration 4 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Storage 

Temperature Pre-Conditioning 4.2 

Elevated Ambient Temperature Test - 

(Oven Test) 4.3 Humidity Tests 

4.4 Set-Point Accuracy (Oven Tests) - 

Fixed and Rate Compensated 

Devices 4.5 Set-Point Accuracy 

(Oven Tests) - Rate-of-Rise Devices 

 ii i i ( l 
FM 3230 SMOKE ACTUATED 

DETECTORS FOR AUTOMATIC 

ALARM SIGNALING

1/1/2010 Describes any spot type 

smoke and beam type 

detector intended to be 

employed in indoor 

locations.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

1. INTRODUCTION 2. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4. PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5. OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A: UNITS 

OF MEASUREMENT APPENDIX B: 

FM APPROVALS CERTIFICATION 

MARKS APPENDIX C: SMOKE ROOM 

ASPIRATING PIPE INSTALLATION 

APPENDIX D: DUCT ASPIRATING PIPE 

INSTALL APPENDIX E: 

POLYURETHANE FOAM SMOKE 

GENERATION APPENDIX F: RED OAK 

SMOKE GENERATION APPENDIX G: 

COTTON WICK SMOKE GENERATION 

(PARAFIN OIL SMOKE MAY BE 

SUBSTITUTED) APPENDIX H: 

APPARATUS FOR ASPIRATING 

DETECTOR SENSITIVITY 

MEASUREMENTS

FM 3232 VIDEO IMAGE FIRE 

DETECTORS FOR AUTOMATIC 

FIRE ALARM SIGNALING

1/12/2011 Specifies performance 

requirements for Video 

Image Fire Detectors (VIFD), 

and Video Image Fire 

Detection Systems (VIFDS) 

for Automatic Fire Alarm 

Signaling for the protection 

of occupants, building space, 

structure, area, or object and 

designed to detect products 

of combustion in a specific 

location.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

1. INTRODUCTION 2. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4. PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5. OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A - 

UNITS OF MEASUREMENT 

APPENDIX B - FM APPROVALS 

CERTIFICATION MARKS

FM 3260 RADIANT ENERGY-SENSING 

FIRE DETECTORS FOR 

AUTOMATIC FIRE ALARM 

SIGNALING

6/2/2014 Describes performance 

requirements for radiant 

energy-sensing fire detectors 

used for automatic fire alarm 

signaling for the protection 

of occupants, building space, 

structure, area, or object.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

1 INTRODUCTION 2 GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5 

MANUFACTURING AND 

PRODUCTION TESTS APPENDIX - 

UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
FM 3615 EXPLOSIONPROOF 

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1/8/2006 Presents the basic 

requirements for the 

construction and testing of 

explosionproof electrical 

equipment. This standard is 

intended to be used in 

conjunction with Approval 

Standard 3600 which 

includes the general 

requirements that apply to 

all types of hazardous 

(classified) location 

protection methods.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

I INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for Approval 

1.4 Basis for Continued Approval 

1.5 Basis for Requirements 1.6 

Effective Date 1.7 System of Units 

II DEFINITIONS III GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS (OTHER THAN 

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS) 

3.1 Marking Information 3.2 

Required Documentation for 

Approval Examination 3.3 

Construction Requirements IV 

PERFORMANCE TESTS AND 

EVALUATION 4.1 General 4.2 

Conduit Opening Torque Test 4.3 

Standard Ignition Tests 4.4 Flame 

Propagation Tests 4.5 Hydrostatic 

Tests 4.6 Impact Test 4.7 

Flammability Test V OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS VI REFERENCES 

ANNEX A: Units of Measurement 

ANNEX B: Group D - Minimum 

Widths/Maximum Gaps ANNEX C: 

Group D - Minimum 

Widths/Maximum Gaps ANNEX D: 

Group C - Minimum 

Widths/Maximum Gaps ANNEX E: 

 ii FM 3616 DUST-IGNITIONPROOF 

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1/12/2011 Provides the basic 

requirements for the 

construction and testing of 

dust-ignitionproof electrical 

equipment.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

1 INTRODUCTION 2 GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4 CONSTRUCTION 

REQUIREMENTS 5 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A - 

Units of Measurement
FM 3620 PURGED AND PRESSURIZED 

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR 

HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED) 

LOCATIONS

1/8/2000 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities I. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for FM 

Approval 1.4 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.5 Basis for 

Requirements 1.6 Effective Date 

1.7 System of Units II. DEFINITIONS 

III. GENERAL INFORMATION 3.1 

Marking Information 3.2 

Required Documentation for 

Approval Examination IV. 

PERFORMANCE AND 

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 

4.1 Applicability of Other Standards 

4.2 Clarification of ANSI/NFPA 496 

Requirements V. OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS VI. REFERENCES 

APPENDIX - APPROVAL MARKS

FM 3640 LAND MOBILE RADIOS FOR 

USE IN CLASS I, DIVISION 1 

HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED) 

LOCATIONS

1/6/2013 Describes the particular 

requirements for 

construction, test and 

marking for Land Mobile 

Radio (LMR) equipment and 

accessories for use in Class I, 

Division 1, locations as 

defined by the national 

Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 

70.

communications Government Facilities Commercial Facilities 1 INTRODUCTION 2 GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3 REQUIREMENTS 4 

OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS 

APPENDIX A - UNITS OF 

MEASUREMENT APPENDIX B - FM 

APPROVALS CERTIFICATION 

MARKS
FM 4020 STEEL TANKS FOR FIRE 

PROTECTION

1/5/2011 Helps to measure and assess 

the ability of ground 

supported, flat bottom steel 

suction tanks to provide a 

highly reliable source of 

water for fire protection at 

anticipated rates and 

duration in emergency 

situations.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services 1 INTRODUCTION 2 GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS AND VERIFICATION 

5 OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS 

APPENDIX A: UNITS OF 

MEASUREMENTS APPENDIX B: FM 

APPROVALS CERTIFICATION MARKS 

APPENDIX C: RAFTER DESIGN 

GUIDELINES APPENDIX D: DESIGN 

OF FOUNDATION BOLTS USING A 

SHEAR CONE ANALYSIS 

APPENDIX E: SEISMIC ANALYSIS OF 

FM APPROVED SUCTION TANKS 

APPENDIX F: ROOF LOADS IN 

SUCTION TANKS WITH INSUFFICIENT 

FREEBOARD

FM 4100 FIRE DOORS 1/10/1988 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities I. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for FM 

Approval 1.4 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.5 Basis for 

Requirements 1.6 Effective Date 

1.7 System of Units II. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 2.1 Fire Door 

Assemblies 2.2 Operation III. 

APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS AND 

GLOSSARY 3.1 Applicable 

Documents 3.2 Glossary IV. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 4.1 

Markings 4.2 Installation 4.3 

Design Reviews 4.4 Fire 

Protection Ratings 4.5 Oversized 

Doors 4.6 Special Provisions 

4.7 Frames 4.8 Hardware 4.9 

Re-Examination V. PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5.1 Fire Test 

5.2 Cycling Tests 5.3 Durability 

Test 5.4 Panic Loading Test VI. 

OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS 6.1 

Demonstrated QC Program 6.2 

Facilities and Procedure Audit 

(F&PA) APPENDIX A: UNITS OF 

MEASUREMENT APPENDIX B: FM 

Approval Identification Labelling and 

ki d ( 
FM 4121 FIRE AND SMOKE DOOR 

HOLDER AND/OR RELEASE 

DEVICES

1/4/2013 Provides the performance 

requirements for fire and 

smoke door holder and/or 

release devices.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 INTRODUCTION 2 GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5 OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A - Units 

of Measurement APPENDIX B - FM 

APPROVALS CERTIFICATIOIN 

MARKS

FM 4350 WINDSTORM RESISTANT 

FENESTRATIONS

1/9/2006 Presents Approval 

requirements for Windstorm 

Resistant Fenestrations such 

as doors, windows, storm 

shutters and impact resistant 

film and other materials.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for 

Requirements 1.4 Basis for 

Approval 1.5 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.6 Effective Date 1.7 

System of Units 1.8 Applicable 

Documents 1.9 Definitions 2 

GENERAL INFORMATION 2.1 

Product Information 2.2 Approval 

Application Requirements 2.3 

Requirements for Samples for 

Examination 2.4 Approval 

Categories and Ratings 2.5 Hail 

Resistance Ratings 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Review of 

Documentation 3.2 Physical or 

Structural Features 3.3 Markings 

3.4 Manufacturer's Installation 

Instructions 3.5 Calibration 4 

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 

4.1 Simulated Wind Load Rating 

4.2 Windborne Debris Ratings 4.3 

Hail Resistance Ratings 5 

OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS 5.1 

Demonstrated Quality Control 

Program 5.2 Facilities and 

Procedures Audit (F&PA) 5.3 

ll i i 
FM 4411 INSULATED WALL 

CONSTRUCTIONS

1/9/1974 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities I. INTRODUCTION II. DESCRIPTION 

OF HAZARDS 2.10 Vertical Fire 

Spread in the Core 2.20 Heat 

Contribution 2.30 Horizontal 

Flame Spread on Exposed Insulation 

2.40 Susceptibility to Radiant Heat 

Damage III. TEST PROCEDURES 

3.10 Vertical Fire Spread-Core 

3.20 Heat Contribution 3.30 

Horizontal Flame Spread-Exposed 

Insulation 3.40 Susceptibility to 

Radiant Heat Damage IV. MARKING 

V. FACILITIES AND PROCEDURES 

INSPECTION VI. RE-EXAMINATION 

VII. MANUFACTURER'S 

RESPONSIBILITY APPENDIX A: TEST 

PROCEDURE FOR FIRE HAZARD 

CLASSIFICATION OPERATING 

PRINCIPLE OF TEST FURNACE I 

Fire Test Furnace II Test Sample 

III Calibration of Test Equipment IV 

Fire Test Procedure V Test Results 

VI Classification APPENDIX B: TEST 

PROCEDURE SUSCEPTIBILITY TO 

HEAT DAMAGE I Description of 

Test Apparatus II Test Procedure - 

Wall Insulations III Evaluation of 

l FM 4430 HEAT AND SMOKE VENTS 1/5/2012 Describes the performance 

requirements for heat and 

smoke vents under 

simulated laboratory 

conditions. They shall be 

examined for their ability to 

remain in place until such 

time as sprinklers would 

have been expected to 

operate so as not to 

adversely affect the sprinkler 

operation.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 INTRODUCTION 2 GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5 OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A - 

UNITS OF MEASUREMENT 

APPENDIX B - FM APPROVALS 

CERTIFICATION MARKS
FM 4431 SKYLIGHTS 1/9/2006 Approval requirements for 

skylights. In some 

jurisdictions, skylights are 

referred to as roof lights. For 

purposes of this standard, 

skylights and roof lights shall 

be considered as the same 

product and shall be referred 

to as skylights.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for 

Requirements 1.4 Basis for 

Approval 1.5 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.6 Effective Date 1.7 

System of Units 1.8 Applicable 

Documents 1.9 Definitions 2 

GENERAL INFORMATION 2.1 

Product Information 2.2 Approval 

Application Requirements 2.3 

Requirements for Samples for 

Examination 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 General 

Information 3.2 Tests and Ratings 

3.3 Markings 3.4 Manufacturer's 

Installation Instructions 3.5 

Calibration 4 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Spread of 

Flame Test for Skylights from an 

Exterior Ignition Source 4.2 

Simulated Hail Resistance Test Using 

Freezer Ice Balls 4.3 Simulated 

Impact Test for Skylights 4.4 

Simulated Wind Uplift Resistance for 

Skylights 4.5 Windborne Debris 

Ratings 5 OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS 5.1 Demonstrated 

li l 
FM 4922 FUME EXHAUST DUCTS OR 

FUME AND SMOKE EXHAUST 

DUCTS

1/4/2001 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for FM 

Approval 1.4 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.5 Basis for 

Requirements 1.6 Effective Date 

1.7 System of Units 2 GENERAL 

INFORMATION 2.1 Product 

Information 2.2 Requirements 3 

APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 4 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 4.1 

Markings 4.2 Installation 

Instructions 4.3 

Drawings/Plans/Specifications 4.4 

Other Requirements 5 

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 

5.1 Fume Exhaust Ducts 5.2 Fume 

and Smoke Exhaust Ducts 5.3 

Small Scale Quality Control Tests 

5.4 Cleanroom Materials 6 

OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS 6.1 

Demonstrated Quality Control 

Program 6.2 Facilities and 

Procedures Audit (F&PA) APPENDIX 

A: APPROVAL MARKS APPENDIX B: 

UNITS OF MEASUREMENT 

APPENDIX C: Horizontal Fire Test 

Procedure for Fume or Fume 

d k h 
FM 4990 FIRESTOPPING 1/12/2009 Describes the performance 

requirements for 

firestopping under simulated 

laboratory conditions. Also 

describes the performance 

requirements for 

firestopping used to seal 

joints, voids, gaps or other 

discontinuities between or 

bounded by adjacent 

supporting elements such as 

walls, floors and at the head 

of walls against the spread of 

flame and their capability of 

accommodating anticipated 

building movements.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

1. INTRODUCTION 2. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4. PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5. OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A: UNITS 

OF MEASUREMENT APPENDIX B: 

FM APPROVALS CERTIFICATION 

MARKS APPENDIX C: FURTHER 

EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES OF 

ALTERNATE FIRE TESTS 

APPENDIX D: GUIDANCE ON 

THERMOCOUPLE PLACEMENT 

APPENDIX E: GUIDANCE ON THE 

HOSE STREAM TEST

FM 5130 FOAM EXTINGUISHING 

SYSTEMS

1/8/2011 Describes requirements for 

fixed fire extinguishing 

systems that use an aqueous 

foam as the extinguishant.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

1 INTRODUCTION 2 GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5 OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A: UNITS 

OF MEASUREMENT APPENDIX B: 

FM APPROVALS CERTIFICATION 

MARKS APPENDIX C: COMPONENT 

EXAMINATION GUIDE APPENDIX D: 

FIGURES APPENDIX E: LOW 

EXPANSION FOAM FIRE TEST 

CONFIGURATIONS APPENDIX F: 

LOW EXPANSION FOAM FIRE TEST 

CHRONOLOGY APPENDIX G: 

CONDUCTIVITY TEST PROCEDURE 

APPENDIX H: UNITED STATES COAST 

GUARD REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX 

I: ALTERNATE FOAM QUALITY TEST 

PROCEDURE APPENDIX J: VISCOSITY 

TEST PROCEDURE APPENDIX K: 

LISTING INFORMATION
FM 5320 DRY CHEMICAL 

EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS

1/12/2013 Defines requirements for 

fixed fire extinguishing 

systems which use dry 

chemical as the primary 

means of extinguishant.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

1. INTRODUCTION 2. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4. PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5. OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A - Units 

of Measurement APPENDIX B - 

Tolerances APPENDIX C - FM 

Approvals Certification Marks 

APPENDIX D - Tolerance Limit 

Calculations APPENDIX E - Sample 

Approval Guide Listings

FM 5420 CARBON DIOXIDE 

EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS

1/4/2007 Specifies requirements for 

fixed fire extinguishing 

systems which use carbon 

dioxide (CO[2]) as the 

extinguishant.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for 

Requirements 1.4 Basis for 

Approval 1.5 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.6 Effective Date 1.7 

System of Units 1.8 Applicable 

Documents 1.9 Definitions 2 

GENERAL INFORMATION 2.1 

Approval Application Requirements 

2.2 Requirements for Samples for 

Examination 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Review of 

Documentation 3.2 Physical or 

Structural Construction Features 

3.2.1 Operating Range 3.2.2 

Materials 3.2.3 Control 

3.2.4 Strength 3.2.5 Pressure 

Vessels 3.2.6 Discharge Valves 

3.2.7 Siphon Tubes 3.2.8 

Pressure Relief Devices 3.2.9 

Discharge Heads and Connectors 

3.2.10 Manifolds and Piping 

3.2.11 Cylinder Supports 3.2.12 

Protective Covering 3.2.13 

Actuation Devices or Control Heads 

3.2.14 Auxiliary Manual Controls 

3.2.15 Selector and Lockout Valves 

 l l FM 5551 STRAINERS FOR USE WITH 

WATER SPRAY SYSTEMS

1/1/1980 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

1.0 INTRODUCTION 2.0 

PERFORMANCE 2.1 Sizes 2.2 

Rated Working Pressure 2.3 Filter 

2.4 Flushing Outlet 2.5 Tests 3.0 

MARKINGS
FM 5560 WATER MIST SYSTEMS 1/11/2012 Describes the design and 

performance requirements 

for water mist systems for 

use as fire control and/or 

extinguishing systems 

designed and installed per 

FM Global Property Loss 

Prevention Data Sheets.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

1 INTRODUCTION 2 GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5 OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS FIRE 

PERFORMANCE TESTING 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A - FIRE 

TESTS FOR WATER MIST SYSTEMS 

FOR THE PROTECTION OF 

MACHINERY IN ENCLOSURES 

WITH VOLUMES NOT EXCEEDING 

2825 FT3 (80 M3) APPENDIX B - 

FIRE TESTS FOR WATER MIST 

SYSTEMS FOR THE 

PROTECTION OF COMBUSTION 

TURBINES IN ENCLOSURES 

WITH VOLUMES NOT EXCEEDING 

2825 FT3 (80 M3) APPENDIX C - 

FIRE TESTS FOR WATER MIST 

SYSTEMS FOR THE 

PROTECTION OF MACHINERY IN 

ENCLOSURES WITH 

VOLUMES NOT EXCEEDING 9175 FT3 

(260 M3) APPENDIX D - FIRE TESTS 

FOR WATER MIST SYSTEMS FOR THE 

THE PROTECTION OF COMBUSTION 

TURBINES IN ENCLOSURES 

 
FM 5580 HYBRID (WATER AND INERT 

GAS) FIRE EXTINGUISHING 

SYSTEMS

1/11/2012 Describes the design and 

performance requirements 

for hybrid fire extinguishing 

systems for use as fire 

control and/or extinguishing 

systems designed and 

installed per FM Global 

Property Loss Prevention 

Data Sheets.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

1 INTRODUCTION 2 GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3 GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4 PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5 OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS FIRE 

PERFORMANCE TESTING 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A - 

HYBRID FIRE EXTINGUISHING 

SYSTEM CLASSIFICATION 

APPENDIX B - FIRE TESTS FOR 

HYBRID FIRE EXTINGUISHING 

SYSTEMS FOR THE PROTECTION OF 

MACHINERY IN APPENDIX C - FIRE 

TESTS FOR HYBRID FIRE 

EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS 

FOR THE PROTECTION OF 

COMBUSTION TURBINES 

APPENDIX D - FIRE TESTS FOR 

HYBRID FIRE EXTINGUISHING 

SYSTEMS FOR THE PROTECTION OF 

MACHINERY IN 

ENCLOSURES WITH VOLUMES NOT 

EXCEEDING 9175 FT3 (260 

M3) APPENDIX E - FIRE TESTS FOR 

HYBRID FIRE EXTINGUISHING 

SYSTEMS FOR THE 

PROTECTION OF COMBUSTION 

 
FM 5600 CLEAN AGENT 

EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS

1/4/2013 Takes requirements for 

vaporizing liquid and inert 

gas clean agent extinguishing 

systems for total flooding 

protection.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 1. INTRODUCTION 2. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4. PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5. OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A - 

UNITS OF MEASUREMENT 

APPENDIX B - TOLERANCES 

APPENDIX C - FM APPROVALS 

CERTIFICATION MARKS APPENDIX D 

- TOLERANCE LIMIT CALCULATIONS 

APPENDIX E - FIGURES APPENDIX F - 

SAMPLE APPROVAL GUIDE LISTINGS 

APPENDIX G - A METHOD OF 

TESTING THE EFFECTIVENESS 

OF CLEAN AGENTS IN SUPPRESSING 

CABLE FIRES IGNITED BY A 

SUSTAINED ELECTRICAL ARC
FM 5700 EXPLOSION SUPPRESSION 

SYSTEMS

1/10/1999 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

I. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for 

Requirements 1.4 Basis for FM 

Approval 1.5 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.6 Effective Date 

1.7 System of Units 1.8 Approval 

Application Requirements 1.9 

Reference Documents II. 

DEFINITIONS 2.1 Combustion 

2.2 Deflagration 2.3 Detonation 

2.4 Explosion 2.5 Deflagration 

Parameters III. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3.1 Application 

3.2 Approval Categories 3.3 

Limitations IV. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Markings 

4.2 Drawings, Plans and 

Specifications 4.3 Instructions 

4.4 Operational, Physical and 

Structural Features V. 

EXAMINATION AND TESTS 5.1 

System 5.2 System Components 

VI. OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS 

6.1 Demonstrated Quality Control 

Program 6.2 Facilities and 

Procedures Audit (F&PA) APPENDIX 

A: UNITS OF MEASUREMENT 

 
FM 6310,20 COMBUSTIBLE GAS 

DETECTORS

1/1/2001 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

I. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for 

Requirements 1.4 Basis for FM 

Approval 1.5 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.6 Effective Date 

1.7 System of Units 1.8 

Applicable Standards 1.9 

Definitions II. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 2.1 Review of 

Documentation 2.2 Markings 

2.3 Manufacturer's Installation and 

Operation Manuals 2.4 

Construction and Functions 2.5 

Test Equipment Calibration III. 

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 

3.1 General 3.2 Samples and 

Sequence 3.3 Preparation of 

instrument 3.4 Conditions for 

test and test area 3.5 Selectable 

gas/range instruments 3.6 Unpowered preconditioning storage 

3.7 Drop test 3.8 Vibration 

3.9 Calibration 3.10 Accuracy 

3.11 Temperature 3.12 Step 

change response 3.13 Humidity 

variation 3.14 Air velocity 

variation 3.15 Supply voltage 

i i l i 
FM 7610 COMBUSTION SAFEGUARDS 

AND FLAME SENSING 

SYSTEMS

1/6/1997 Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 

1.2 Scope 1.3 Basis for 

Requirements 1.4 Basis for FM 

Approval 1.5 Basis for Continued 

Approval 1.6 Effective Date 1.7 

System of Units 1.8 Applicable 

Documents 2. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 2.1 Approval 

Application Requirements 3. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 3.1 

Drawings/Plans/Specifications 3.2 

Physical, Structural and Operational 

Requirements 3.3 Markings 3.4 

Manufacturer's Operation 

Instructions 3.5 Calibration 4. 

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 

4.1 Examination of Sample(s) 4.2 

Operating Characteristics - 

Combustion Safeguards 4.3 

Operating Characteristics - Flame 

Sensing Systems 4.4 Timings 4.5 

Durability 4.6 Voltage Variation 

4.7 Electrical Insulation 4.8 

Ambient Temperature Effects 4.9 

Safety Related Operating 

Characteristics 5. OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS 5.1 

d li l FM 7730 EXPLOSION VENTING 

DEVICES

1/4/2014 Defines requirements for 

devices used to protect 

vessels by venting internal 

pressure caused by 

deflagration arising from the 

rapid burning of suspended 

dust in the protected 

volume.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

1. INTRODUCTION 2. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4. PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5. OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMNETS APPENDIX A - Units 

of Measurement APPENDIX B - 

Tolerances APPENDIX C - FM 

Approvals Certification Marks

FM 7745 HYDROCARBON LEAK 

DETECTORS

1/10/2012 Pertains to leak detectors for 

use in detecting specific 

hydrocarbon liquids on the 

surface of water or pooling 

on a flat surface.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 1. INTRODUCTION 2. GENERAL 

INFORMATION 3. GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 4. PERFORMANCE 

REQUIREMENTS 5. OPERATIONS 

REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX A - 

UNITS OF MEASUREMENT 

APPENDIX B - FM APPROVALS 

CERTIFICATION MARKS
FAA AC 00-59 INTEGRATING HELICOPTER 

AND TILTROTOR ASSETS INTO 

DISASTER RELIEF PLANNING

13/11/1998 Gives general guidance on 

integrating helicopters and 

tiltrotor aircraft into disaster 

relief planning efforts.

Emergency Services Transportation Systems CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

1 Background

2 The Need for Planning

3 The Use of Helicopters and 

Tiltrotors in Disaster 

Relief 

4 Advisory Circular Goals

5 Assumptions

6 Potential Helicopter and Tiltrotor 

Missions 

Supporting Disaster Relief Efforts

7 Operational Priorities

8-19 Reserved 

CHAPTER 2 PLAN PREPARATION

20 Planning Assumptions 

21 Basics

22 Alert Levels 

23 Special Response Procedures 

24 Planning Versus Integration 

25-29 Reserved 

CHAPTER 3 RESOURCE INVENTORY

30 Introduction 

31 Identify and Survey Helicopter 

and Tiltrotor 

Operators 

32 Resource Survey 

33 Conducting the Survey 

 if i d d i
FAA AC 25.981-2 FUEL TANK FLAMMABILITY 

REDUCTION MEANS

19/09/2008 Describes information and 

guidance on compliance with 

the airworthiness standards 

for transport category 

airplanes about limiting the 

time a fuel tank may be 

flammable or mitigation of 

hazards from flammable fuel 

air mixtures within fuel 

tanks.

Energy Transportation Systems Emergency Services 1. Purpose 2. Applicability 3. 

Cancellation 4. Related Documents 

5. Definitions 6. Regulatory 

Background 7. Current 

Requirements 8. Compliance 

Demonstration 9. General 

Considerations - Fuel Tank 

Flammability 10. Determining Fuel 

Tank Flammability 11. Flammability 

Reduction Means 12. Ignition 

Mitigation Means (IMM) APPENDIX 

1 - LIST OF SECTION 26.33(a) 

AFFECTED MODELS/FAA 

OVERSIGHT OFFICES APPENDIX 2 - 

DEVELOPING CRITICAL DESIGN 

CONFIGURATION CONTROL 

LIMITATIONS - FUEL TANK 

FLAMMABILITY APPENDIX 3 - 

COMPLIANCE WITH PART 26, 

SUBPART D, SECTIONS 

26.33 AND 26.35 APPENDIX 4 - 

CONSIDERATIONS FOR FUEL TANK 

THERMAL MODELS

A 0082 Low Volume Air Samplers and 

Methods for Measuring Mass 

Concentration of Airborne 

Dust by the Low Volume Air 

Samplers

1993 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
A A 20332 Water, drinking, emergency 13/5/2014 Specifies emergency drinking 

water, packed in 

commercially acceptable 

containers, suitable for use 

by Federal, State, local 

governments, and other 

interested parties; and as a 

component of operational 

rations.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 1. SCOPE

2. PURCHASER NOTES

3. CLASSIFICATION

4. 

MANUFACTURER'S/DISTRIBUTOR'S 

NOTES

5. SALIENT CHARACTERISTICS

6. ANALYTICAL REQUIREMENTS

7. 

MANUFACTURER'S/DISTRIBUTOR'S 

PRODUCT ASSURANCE

8. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

9. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS

10. PACKAGING

11. GOVERNMENT INSPECTION 

NOTES

12. REFERENCE NOTES

LC 91-15752 Groundwater Residue 

Sampling Design

1991 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

M 9110 Water Quality-Sampling 

(Guidance on the Design of 

Sampling Programs)

1996 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

M 9114 Water Quality-Sampling 

(Guidance on Sampling of 

Drinking Water and Water 

Used for Food and Beverage 

Processing)

1996 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

M 9733 Soil Quality - Vocabulary - 

Part 2: Terms and Definitions 

Relating to Sampling

1999 Food and Agriculture 

MOM1PE Wastewater Sampling for 

Process and Quality Control

1980 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

MS27267 Shell, electrical connector - 

ramp power, 416/240 volts

21/2/2013 Defense Industrial Base

ANSI/GRHC/SPRI VR-1 Procedure for Investigating 

Resistance to Root 

Penetration on Vegetative 

Roofs

2011 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
IEEE 1451.0 Common Functions, 

Communication Protocols 

and TEDS format

21/9/2007 Describes the basic functions 

required to control and 

manage smart transducers, 

common communications 

protocols, and mediaindependent TEDS formats.

Information Technology 1 Overview

1.1 Scope

1.2 Purpose

1.3 Conformance

2 Normative references

3 Definitions, acronyms, and 

abbreviations

3.1 Definitions

3.2 Acronyms and abbreviations

4 Data types

4.1 Unsigned octet integer

4.2 Unsigned 16 bit integer

4.3 Signed 32 bit integer

4.4 Unsigned 32 bit integer

4.5 Single-precision real

4.6 Double-precision real

4.7 String

4.8 Boolean

4.9 

IEEE1451Dot0::Args::TimeRepresent

ation

4.10 Data types for associated 

applications

4.11 Physical Units

4.12 Universal unique identification

4.13 Arbitrary octet array

4.14 String array

 l IEEE 1512 COMMON INCIDENT 

MANAGEMENT MESSAGE 

SETS FOR USE BY 

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT 

CENTERS

11/8/2006 Describes the exchange of 

vital data about public safety 

and emergency management 

issues involved in 

transportation-related 

events, through common 

incident management 

message sets.

communications Emergency Services 1 Overview 2 Normative 

references 3 Definitions, acronyms, 

and abbreviations 4 Structure of 

the standard 5 Dialogs 6 Message 

sets 7 Data frames 8 Data 

elements 9 External data entries 

10 Deprecated entries Annex A 

(informative) Introduction Annex B 

(normative) The ASN.1 of this 

standard Annex C (normative) The 

XML schemas of this standard 

Annex D (informative) Bibliography
IEEE 1512.1 COMMON TRAFFIC INCIDENT 

MANAGEMENT MESSAGE 

SETS FOR USE BY 

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT 

CENTERS

2/11/2006 Describes messages, data 

frames, and data elements 

to describe an incident and 

form the message 

infrastructure for 

communication involved in 

real-time interagency 

transportation related 

incident management.

Transportation Systems Emergency Services communications 1 Overview 1.1 Scope 1.2 

Purpose 2 Normative references 3 

Definitions, acronyms, and 

abbreviations 3.1 Definitions 

3.2 Acronyms and abbreviations 4 

Structure of the standard 4.1 

Requirements 4.2 Request and 

share information about work zones 

4.3 Request local traffic control 

4.4 Describe local traffic control 

plan 4.5 Share information about 

ingress/egress routes and 

request route services 4.6 Share 

location/priority/preemption 

information on a response 

vehicle 4.7 Information on 

cleanup or infrastructure repair: the 

need for it and plans 4.8 Request 

information on network conditions 

or route status 4.9 Share 

information on asset management 

5 Dialog patterns of the standard 6 

Message sets 6.1 Message: 

MSG_Assigned-Resources [IM] 6.2 

Message: MSG_ClearOrRepairPlan 

[IM] 6.3 Message: MSG_DSRCMsgSend [IM] 6.4 Message: 

f [ ] 
IEEE 1512.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL 

INCIDENT MANAGEMENT 

MESSAGE SETS FOR USE BY 

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT 

CENTERS

7/7/2006 Describes messages, data 

frames, and data elements 

for communicating general 

and cargo information to 

other responders in support 

of real-time interagency 

transportation related 

incident management. It 

addresses the unique 

disciplines associated with 

communications dealing 

with the control and 

confinement of hazardous 

materials during and after an 

incident.

Transportation Systems Emergency Services communications 1 Overview 1.1 Scope 1.2 

Purpose 2 Normative references 3 

Definitions, acronyms, and 

abbreviations 3.1 Definitions 

3.2 Acronyms and abbreviations 4 

Structure of the standard 4.1 The 

problem and functions 4.2 The 

resulting requirements, at a general 

level 4.3 The resulting 

requirements, at a more specific 

level 4.4 The resulting 

requirements, as bases for message 

sets and data frames 5 Dialog 

patterns of the standard 6 Message 

sets 6.1 Message: 

MSG_RequestForExternalInformatio

n 7 Data frames 7.1 Data frame: 

DF_IDX_CargoDocs 7.2 Data 

frame: DF_IDX_CargoUnits 7.3 

Data frame: DF_IDX_CargoVehicle 

7.4 Data frame: 

DF_IDX_Hazardous_Materials_Incid

ent_Report 7.5 Data frame: 

DF_IDX_MaterialRelease 7.6 Data 

frame: DF_IDX_Placards-LabelsSignage 7.7 Data frame: 

DF_ComVehicleHeader 7.8 Data 

f i 
IEEE 338 IEEE Standard Criteria for the 

Periodic Surveillance Testing 

of Nuclear Power Generating 

Station Safety Systems

1987 Presents criteria for the 

performance of periodic 

testing of nuclear power 

generating station safety 

systems.

1. Overview

2. Normative references

3. Definitions

4. System design requirements for 

testing

5. Testing program requirements

Annex A (informative) - Bibliography

Annex B (informative) - General 

overview of risk-informed 

surveillance testing

Annex C (informative) - Evaluation 

process for surveillance 

test changes

Annex D (informative) - 

Programmatic approach to riskinformed 

surveillance test interval 

management

IEEE 379 IEEE Standard Application of 

the Single-Failure Criterion to 

Nuclear Power Generating 

Station Safety Systems

2000 Defines the application of 

the single-failure criterion to 

the electrical power, 

instrumentation, and control 

portions of nuclear power 

generating station safety 

systems.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Emergency Services 1 Overview

2 Normative references

3 Definitions, acronyms, 

abbreviations, and terms

4 Statement of the single-failure 

criterion

5 Requirements

6 Design analysis for single failure

Annex A (informative) - Bibliography

Annex B (informative) - Examples of 

nondetectable 

failures

IEEE 577 Standard Requirements for 

Reliability Analysis in the 

Design and Operation of 

Safety Systems for Nuclear 

Facilities

19/10/2012 Establishes the minimum, 

acceptable requirements for 

the performance of 

reliability analyses for safety 

systems when used to 

address the reliability 

considerations discussed in 

industry standards and 

guidelines.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

 1. Overview

2. Normative references

3. Definitions

4. Requirements

Annex A (informative) - Bibliography
IEEE 605 GUIDE FOR BUS DESIGN IN 

AIR-INSULATED SUBSTATIONS

14/5/2010 Pertains to both rigid bus 

and strain bus designs for 

outdoor and indoor, airinsulated, alternating current 

substations.

Transportation Systems 1 Overview

2 Normative references

3 Definitions

4 Bus arrangements

5 Bus Design Considerations

6 Conductors

7 Design procedure

8 Ampacity

9 Corona and Radio Interference

10 Overview of mechanical design of 

bus structures

11 Loads on bus structure

12 Dimensional, strength and other 

design 

considerations

Annex A (informative) - Bibliography

Annex B (informative) - Rigid bus 

connector ampacity

Annex C (informative) - Thermal 

considerations for 

outdus bus-conductor design

Annex D (informative) - Corona and 

substation bus design

Annex E (informative) - Physical 

properties of common 

bus conductors

Annex F (informative) - Calculation 

l f h 
IEEE 691 GUIDE FOR TRANSMISSION 

STRUCTURE FOUNDATION 

DESIGN AND TESTING

26/12/2001 Deals with structural 

loadings, subsurface 

investigations and the design 

of spread footing type 

foundations, drilled shafts, 

piles, anchors and load tests.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 Overview

1.1 Scope

1.2 System design considerations

1.3 Other considerations

2 Loading and performance criteria

2.1 Loading

2.2 Foundation performance criteria 

and structure types

3 Subsurface investigation and 

selection of geotechnical design 

parameters

3.1 General

3.2 Phases of investigation

3.3 Types of boring samples

3.4 Soil and rock classification

3.5 Engineering properties

4 Design of spread foundations

4.1 Structural applications

4.2 Analysis

4.3 Traditional design methods

4.4 Construction considerations

4.5 General foundation 

considerations

5 Design of drilled shaft and direct 

embedment foundations

5.1 Types of foundations

5.2 Structural applications

 ill d h f 
IEEE 692 IEEE Standard Criteria for 

Security Systems for Nuclear 

Power Generating Stations

1997 Gives criteria for the design, 

testing, and maintenance of 

security system equipment 

for nuclear power generating 

stations. Such equipment 

includes permanently or 

temporarily installed 

systems, subsystems, and 

components used by the 

security force for physical 

protection of the station 

against security threats. It 

contains equipment for 

security-related detection, 

assessment, surveillance, 

access control, 

communication, and data 

acquisition.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Emergency Services 1. Overview

2. Normative references

3. Definitions

4. Integrated security system

5. Perimeter intrusion alarm system

6. Security lighting

7. Video surveillance

8. Access control

9. Interior intrusion detection

10. Data acquisition, processing, and 

display

11. Voice communications

12. Line supervision

13. Duress alarms 

14. Power supplies

15. Maintenance and testing

Annex A (informative) - Bibliography
IEEE 693 SEISMIC DESIGN OF 

SUBSTATIONS

8/5/2006 Presents recommendations 

for the seismic design of 

substation buildings, 

structures, and equipment.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1 Overview

1.1 General

1.2 Scope

1.3 Purpose

1.4 How to use this recommended 

practice

1.5 Acceptance of previously 

qualified electrical equipment

1.6 Earthquakes and substations

1.7 Design and construction

1.8 The equipment at risk

1.9 Mechanical loads

2 Normative references

3 Definitions, acronyms, and 

abbreviations

3.1 Definitions

3.2 Abbreviations and acronyms

4 Instructions

4.1 General

4.2 Specifying this recommended 

practice in user's 

specifications

4.3 Standardization of criteria

4.4 Selection of qualification level

4.5 Witnessing of shake-table testing

4.6 Optional qualification methods

4.7 Qualifying equipment by group

 h l bl 
IEEE 979 GUIDE FOR SUBSTATION FIRE 

PROTECTION

27/11/2012 Specifies substation fire 

protection practices based 

on industry standards and 

good practices. Covers 

lessons from substation fires, 

substation fire protection 

research and testing, 

advancements in fire 

protection engineering 

practices, and changes in fire 

protection due to risk and 

environmental concerns.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

1. Overview 2. Normative 

references 3. Definitions 4. Fire 

hazards 5. Fire protection 

considerations for substation sites 

6. Fire protection for substation 

buildings 7. Fire protection for 

substations 8. Fire protection for 

equipment 9. Fire protection 

measures selection Annex A 

(normative) - Additional information 

to main body clauses 

Annex B (informative) - Quantitative 

methods for analysis 

of hazards Annex C (informative) - 

Selection of fire protection systems 

and substation design Annex D 

(informative) - Fire emergency plan, 

incident 

management, and recovery Annex E 

(informative) - Examples Annex F 

(informative) - Bibliography

PUBL 4 Warnings and Instructions for 

Consumers in Transporting, 

Storing, Handling and Using 

Explosive Materials

2009 communications

GS-G-2.1 Arrangements for 

Preparedness for a Nuclear or 

Radiological Emergency 

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Emergency Services 

GS-G-3.1 Application of the 

Management System for 

Facilities and Activities 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 

GS-G-3.5 The Management System for 

Nuclear Installations 

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 

GS-R-3 The Management System for 

Facilities and Activities 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 

GS-R-4 Safety Assessment for 

Facilities and Activities 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 
NS-G-1.10 Design of Reactor 

Containment 

2004 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy 

NS-G-1.11 Protection against Internal 

Hazards other than Fires and 

Explosions in the Design of 

Nuclear Power Plants 

2004 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy 

NS-G-1.12 Design of the Reactor Core 

for Nuclear Power Plants 

2005 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy 

NS-G-1.13 Radiation Protection Aspects 

of Design for Nuclear Power 

Plants 

2005 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy 

NS-G-1.3 Instrumentation and Control 

Systems Important to Safety 

in Nuclear Power Plants 

2002 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy 

NS-G-1.5 External Events Excluding 

Earthquakes in the Design of 

Nuclear Power Plants 

2003 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy 

NS-G-1.6 Seismic Design and 

Qualification for Nuclear 

Power Plants 

2003 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy 

NS-G-1.7 Protection Against Internal 

Fires and Explosions in the 

Design of Nuclear Power 

Plants 

2004 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy 

NS-G-1.8 Design of Emergency Power 

Systems for Nuclear Power 

Plants 

2004 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy Emergency Services 

NS-G-1.9 Design of the Reactor 

Coolant System and 

Associated Systems in 

Nuclear Power Plants 

2004 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy 

NS-G-2.1 Fire Safety in the Operation 

of Nuclear Power Plants

2000 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy Emergency Services 

NS-G-2.6 Maintenance, Surveillance 

and In-Service Inspection in 

Nuclear Power Plants 

2002 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy 

NS-G-3.1 External Human Induced 

Events in Site Evaluation for 

Nuclear Power Plants 

2002 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy Emergency Services Healthcare and 

Public Health 
NS-G-3.2 Dispersion of Radioactive 

Material in Air and Water and 

Consideration of Population 

Distribution in Site Evaluation 

for Nuclear Power Plants 

2002 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy Societal 

NS-R-3 Site Evaluation for Nuclear 

Installations 

2003 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy 

NS-R-4 Safety of Research Reactors 2005 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Energy 

SSG-18 Meteorological and 

Hydrological Hazards in Site 

Evaluation for Nuclear 

Installations 

2011 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Emergency Services Energy 

SSG-2 Deterministic Safety Analysis 

for Nuclear Power Plants 

2009 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Emergency Services Energy 

SSG-3 Development and Application 

of Level 1 Probabilistic Safety 

Assessment for Nuclear 

Power Plants

2010 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Emergency Services Energy 

SSG-4 Development and Application 

of Level 2 Probabilistic Safety 

Assessment for Nuclear 

Power Plants

2010 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Emergency Services Energy 

SSG-9 Seismic Hazards in Site 

Evaluation for Nuclear 

Installations 

2010 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Emergency Services Energy 

SSR-2/1 Safety of Nuclear Power 

Plants: Design 

2010 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Emergency Services Energy 

SSR-2/2 Safety of Nuclear Power 

Plants: Commissioning and 

Operation

2010 Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Emergency Services Energy 

ICC 2007 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE, 

TITLE 24

CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE, TITLE 

24 - PART 9

1/1/2008 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2007 CALIFORNIA 

MECHANICAL CODE

CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL 

CODE, TITLE 24 - PART 4

1/1/2008 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2007 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING 

CODE

CALIFORNIA PLUMBING 

CODE, TITLE 24 - PART 5

1/1/2008 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
ICC 2007 CALIFORNIA 

REFERENCED STDS.CODE

CALIFORNIA REFERENCED 

STANDARDS CODE, TITLE 24 - 

PART 12

1/1/2008 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2007 FLORIDA BUILDING 

CODE - ACCESS.

FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - 

ACCESSIBILITY

2007 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2007 FLORIDA BUILDING 

CODE - BUILDING

FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - 

BUILDING

2007 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2007 FLORIDA BUILDING 

CODE - EXIST.BUILD

FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - 

EXISTING BUILDING

2007 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2007 FLORIDA BUILDING 

CODE - FUEL GAS

FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - 

FUEL GAS

2007 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2007 FLORIDA BUILDING 

CODE - MECHANICAL

FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - 

MECHANICAL

2007 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2007 FLORIDA BUILDING 

CODE - PLUMBING

FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - 

PLUMBING

2007 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2007 FLORIDA BUILDING 

CODE - RESI.

FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - 

RESIDENTIAL

2007 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2007 FLORIDA BUILDING 

CODE - TEST 'HVHZ'

FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - 

TEST PROTOCOLS FOR HIGH 

VELOCITY HURRICANE ZONE

2007 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2008 CALIFORNIA GREEN 

BUILD. CODE

CALIFORNIA GREEN 

BUILDING STANDARDS CODE, 

TITLE 24 - PART 11

2008 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2009 DESIGNER COLLECTION 2009 DESIGNER COLLECTION 2009 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2009 IECC/ASHRAE 2009 INTERNATIONAL 

ENERGY CONSERVATION 

CODE AND 

ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 

STANDARD 90.1-2007

2009 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2012 ACCESSIBILITY STUDY 

COMPANION

2012 ACCESSIBILITY STUDY 

COMPANION

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
ICC 2012 COMPLETE 

COLLECTION OF I-CODES

2012 COMPLETE COLLECTION 

OF I-CODES [R]

2012 Includes all 2012 I-Codes: - 

2012 International Building 

Code. - 2012 International 

Residential Code for Oneand Two-Family Dwellings. - 

2012 International 

Mechanical Code. - 2012 

International Plumbing Code 

(Includes the 2012 IPSDC). - 

2012 International Fire Code. 

- 2012 International Fuel Gas 

Code. - 2012 International 

Energy Conservation Code 

(soft cover). - 2012 

International Existing 

Building Code. - 2012 

International WildlandUrban Interface Code (soft 

cover). - 2012 ICC 

Performance Code for 

Buildings and Facilities (soft 

cover). - 2012 International 

Property Maintenance Code 

(soft cover). - 2012 

International Zoning Code 

(soft cover). - 2012 

International Private Sewage 

i l d ( f )

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2012 IECC/ASHRAE 2012 INTERNATIONAL 

ENERGY CONSERVATION 

CODE AND ANSI/ASHRAE/IES 

STANDARD 90.1-2010

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2012 IFC STUDY COMPANION 2012 INTERNATIONAL FIRE 

CODE STUDY COMPANION

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2012 IMC STUDY 

COMPANION

2012 INTERNATIONAL 

MECHANICAL CODE STUDY 

COMPANION

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
ICC 2012 INSPECTORS 

COLLECTION

2012 INSPECTORS 

COLLECTION

2012 Contains: - 2012 

International Building Code. - 

2012 International 

Residential Code for Oneand Two-Family Dwellings. - 

2012 International Existing 

Building Code. - 2012 

International Fuel Gas Code. - 

2012 International 

Mechanical Code. - 2012 

International Plumbing Code 

(Includes IPSDC). - 2012 

International Energy 

Conservation Code (Soft 

cover only). - 2011 National 

Electrical Code.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2012 INT. BUILD.CODE & 

COMM.-I

2012 INTERNATIONAL 

BUILDING CODE & 

COMMENTARY - VOLUME 1: 

CHAPTERS 1 TO 15

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2012 INT. BUILD.CODE & 

COMM.-II

2012 INTERNATIONAL 

BUILDING CODE & 

COMMENTARY - VOLUME 2: 

CHAPTERS 16 TO 35

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2012 INT. BUILDING CODE 

HANDBOOK

2012 INTERNATIONAL 

BUILDING CODE HANDBOOK

2012 Guide to the entire 2012 

International Building Code 

(IBC). Includes both 

structural and fire- and lifesafety provisions. Provides 

the information you need to 

get construction jobs done 

right, on time, and up to the 

requirements of the 2012 

IBC. Makes it easy to 

understand and apply 

complex IBC requirements 

and achieve compliance.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2012 INT. ENERGY CODE & 

COMM.

2012 INTERNATIONAL 

ENERGY CONSERVATION 

CODE & COMMENTARY

2012 Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities
ICC 2012 INT. ENERGY CONSV. 

CODE

INTERNATIONAL ENERGY 

CONSERVATION CODE

1/5/2011 Applicable to commercial & 

residential buildings and the 

buildings sites and 

associated systems and 

equipment.

Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

IECC - COMMERCIAL PROVISIONS 

CHAPTER 1 - SCOPE AND 

ADMINISTRATION CHAPTER 2 - 

DEFINITIONS CHAPTER 3 - GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS CHAPTER 4 - 

COMMERCIAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY 

CHAPTER 5 - REFERENCED 

STANDARDS INDEX IECC - 

RESIDENTIAL PROVISIONS CHAPTER 

1 - SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 

CHAPTER 2 - DEFINITIONS CHAPTER 

3 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

CHAPTER 4 - RESIDENTIAL ENERGY 

EFFICIENCY CHAPTER 5 - 

REFERENCED STANDARDS INDEX

ICC 2012 INT. EXIST. BUILD. 

CODE & COMM.

2012 INTERNATIONAL 

EXISTING BUILDING CODE & 

COMMENTARY

2012 Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 
ICC 2012 INT. EXIST. BUILDING 

CODE

INTERNATIONAL EXISTING 

BUILDING CODE

1/4/2011 Includes requirements 

intended to encourage the 

uses and reuse of existing 

buildings. Provides repair, 

alteration, addition and 

change of occupancy for 

existing buildings and 

historic buildings, while 

achieving appropriate levels 

of safety without requiring 

full compliance with the new 

construction requirements in 

the building code.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities CHAPTER 1 - SCOPE AND 

ADMINISTRATION CHAPTER 2 - 

DEFINITIONS CHAPTER 3 - 

COMPLIANCE METHODS CHAPTER 4 

- PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE 

METHOD CHAPTER 5 - 

CLASSIFICATION OF WORK CHAPTER 

6 - REPAIRS CHAPTER 7 - 

ALTERATIONS - LEVEL CHAPTER 8 - 

ALTERATIONS - LEVEL CHAPTER 9 - 

ALTERATIONS - LEVEL CHAPTER 10 - 

CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY CHAPTER 

11 - ADDITIONS CHAPTER 12 - 

HISTORIC BUILDINGS CHAPTER 13 - 

RELOCATED OR MOVED BUILDINGS 

CHAPTER 14 - PERFORMANCE 

COMPLIANCE METHODS CHAPTER 

15 - CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS 

CHAPTER 16 - REFERENCED 

STANDARDS APPENDIX A - 

GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC 

RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 

APPENDIX B - SUPPLEMENTARY 

ACCESSIBILITY 

REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING 

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES 

APPENDIX C - GUIDELINES FOR THE 

 ICC 2012 INT. FIRE CODE & 

COMM.

2012 INTERNATIONAL FIRE 

CODE & COMMENTARY

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2012 INT. FUEL GAS CODE & 

COMM.

2012 INTERNATIONAL FUEL 

GAS CODE & COMMENTARY

2012 Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ICC 2012 INT. GREEN CONST. 

CODE

INTERNATIONAL GREEN 

CONSTRUCTION CODE[TM] 

(IGCC[TM])

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2012 INT. GREEN CONST. 

CODE - WATER

2012 INTERNATIONAL GREEN 

CONSTRUCTION CODE - 

WATER EFFICIENCY 

PROVISIONS

2012 Includes provisions extracted 

directly from the 2012 

International Green 

Construction Code and is 

designed for ease of access 

to its water-related 

provisions.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities
ICC 2012 INT. GREEN CONST. 

CODE & COMM

INTERNATIONAL GREEN 

CONSTRUCTION CODE[TM] 

(IGCC[TM]) & COMMENTARY

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2012 INT. MECHANICAL 

CODE & COMM.

2012 INTERNATIONAL 

MECHANICAL CODE & 

COMMENTARY

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2012 INT. PLUMBING CODE 

& COMM.

2012 INTERNATIONAL 

PLUMBING CODE & 

COMMENTARY

2012 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ICC 2012 INT. PROPERTY CODE & 

COMM.

2012 INTERNATIONAL 

PROPERTY MAINTENANCE 

CODE & COMMENTARY

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 2012 INT. PROPERTY MAINT. 

CODE

INTERNATIONAL PROPERTY 

MAINTENANCE CODE

1/4/2011 Describes provisions 

applicable to all existing 

residential and 

nonresidential structures 

and all existing premises and 

constitute minimum 

requirements and standards 

for premises, structures, 

equipment and facilities for 

light, ventilation, space, 

heating, sanitation, 

protection from the 

elements, life safety, safety 

from fire and other hazards, 

and for safe and sanitary 

maintenance; the 

responsibility of owners, 

operators and occupants; 

the occupancy of existing 

structures and premises, and 

for administration, 

enforcement and penalties.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities CHAPTER 1 - SCOPE AND 

ADMINISTRATION CHAPTER 2 - 

DEFINITIONS CHAPTER 3 - 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CHAPTER 

4 - LIGHT, VENTILATION AND 

OCCUPANCY LIMITATIONS CHAPTER 

5 - PLUMBING FACILITIES AND 

FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS CHAPTER 

6 - MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL 

REQUIREMENTS CHAPTER 7 - FIRE 

SAFETY REQUIREMENTS CHAPTER 8 

- REFERENCED STANDARDS 

APPENDIX A - BOARDING STANDARD 

INDEX
ICC 2012 INT. PVT. SEWAGE 

DISP.CODE

INTERNATIONAL PRIVATE 

SEWAGE DISPOSAL CODE

1/4/2011 Covers provisions for design, 

installation, and inspection 

of private sewage disposal 

systems, and provides 

flexibility in the development 

of safe and sanitary systems. 

Septic tank and effluent 

absorption systems or other 

treatment tank and effluent 

disposal systems shall be 

permitted where a public 

sewer is not available to the 

property served.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

CHAPTER 1 - SCOPE AND 

ADMINISTRATION CHAPTER 2 - 

DEFINITIONS CHAPTER 3 - GENERAL 

REGULATIONS CHAPTER 4 - SITE 

EVALUATION AND REQUIREMENTS 

CHAPTER 5 - MATERIALS CHAPTER 

6 - SOIL ABSORPTION SYSTEMS 

CHAPTER 7 - PRESSURE 

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS CHAPTER 8 

- TANKS CHAPTER 9 - MOUND 

SYSTEMS CHAPTER 10 - CESSPOOLS 

CHAPTER 11 - RESIDENTIAL WASTE 

WATER SYSTEMS CHAPTER 12 - 

INSPECTIONS CHAPTER 13 - 

NONLIQUID SATURATED 

TREATMENT SYSTEMS CHAPTER 14 - 

REFERENCED STANDARDS 

APPENDIX A - SYSTEM LAYOUT 

ILLUSTRATIONS APPENDIX B - 

TABLES FOR PRESSURE 

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS INDEX

ICC 2012 INT. RESI.CODE & 

COMM.-I

2012 INTERNATIONAL 

RESIDENTIAL CODE & 

COMMENTARY - VOLUME 1: 

CHAPTERS 1 TO 11

2012 residential facilities

ICC 2012 INT. RESI.CODE & 

COMM.-II

2012 INTERNATIONAL 

RESIDENTIAL CODE & 

COMMENTARY - VOLUME 2: 

CHAPTERS 12 TO 43

2012 residential facilities
ICC 2012 INTERNATIONAL 

BUILDING CODE

INTERNATIONAL BUILDING 

CODE

1/5/2011 Describes provisions 

applicable to the 

construction, alteration, 

relocation, enlargement, 

replacement, repair, 

equipment, use and 

occupancy, location, 

maintenance, removal and 

demolition of every building 

or structure or any 

appurtenances connected or 

attached to such buildings or 

structures. Does not apply to 

detached one- and twofamily dwellings and 

townhouses up to three 

stories.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities CHAPTER 1 - SCOPE AND 

ADMINISTRATION CHAPTER 2 - 

DEFINITIONS CHAPTER 3 - USE AND 

OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION 

CHAPTER 4 - SPECIAL DETAILED 

REQUIREMENTS BASED ON 

USE AND OCCUPANCY CHAPTER 5 - 

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND 

AREAS CHAPTER 6 - TYPES OF 

CONSTRUCTION CHAPTER 7 - FIRE 

AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 

CHAPTER 8 - INTERIOR FINISHES 

CHAPTER 9 - FIRE PROTECTION 

SYSTEMS CHAPTER 10 - MEANS OF 

EGRESS CHAPTER 11 - 

ACCESSIBILITY CHAPTER 12 - 

INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT CHAPTER 

13 - ENERGY EFFICIENCY CHAPTER 

14 - EXTERIOR WALLS CHAPTER 15 - 

ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP 

STRUCTURES CHAPTER 16 - 

STRUCTURAL DESIGN CHAPTER 17 - 

STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL 

INSPECTIONS CHAPTER 18 - SOILS 

AND FOUNDATIONS CHAPTER 19 - 

CONCRETE CHAPTER 20 - 

ALUMINUM CHAPTER 21 - 

 
ICC 2012 INTERNATIONAL FIRE 

CODE

INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE 1/5/2011 Establishes regulations 

affecting or relating to 

structures, processes, 

premises and safeguards 

regarding: 1. The hazard of 

fire and explosion arising 

from the storage, handling or 

use of structures, materials 

or devices; 2. Conditions 

hazardous to life, property or 

public welfare in the 

occupancy of structures or 

premises; 3. Fire hazards in 

the structure or on the 

premises from occupancy or 

operation; 4. Matters related 

to the construction, 

extension, repair, alteration 

or removal of fire 

suppression or alarm 

systems; and 5. Conditions 

affecting the safety of fire 

fighters and emergency 

responders during 

emergency operations.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities CHAPTER 1 - SCOPE AND 

ADMINISTRATION CHAPTER 2 - 

DEFINITIONS CHAPTER 3 - 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CHAPTER 

4 - EMERGENCY PLANNING AND 

PREPAREDNESS CHAPTER 5 - FIRE 

SERVICE FEATURES CHAPTER 6 - 

BUILDING SERVICES AND SYSTEMS 

CHAPTER 7 - FIRE-RESISTANCERATED CONSTRUCTION CHAPTER 8 - 

INTERIOR FINISH, DECORATIVE 

MATERIALS AND 

FURNISHINGS CHAPTER 9 - FIRE 

PROTECTION SYSTEMS CHAPTER 10 - 

MEANS OF EGRESS CHAPTER 11 - 

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 

FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS 

CHAPTER 20 - AVIATION FACILITIES 

CHAPTER 21 - DRY CLEANING 

CHAPTER 22 - COMBUSTIBLE 

DUSTPRODUCING 

OPERATIONS CHAPTER 23 - MOTOR 

FUEL-DISPENSING FACILITIES 

AND REPAIR GARAGES CHAPTER 24 - 

FLAMMABLE FINISHES CHAPTER 25 - 

FRUIT AND CROP RIPENING 

CHAPTER 26 - FUMIGATION AND 

 
ICC 2012 INTERNATIONAL FUEL 

GAS CODE

INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS 

CODE

1/4/2011 Applies to the installation of 

fuel-gas piping systems, fuel 

gas appliances, gaseous 

hydrogen systems and 

related accessories in 

accordance with: - Gaseous 

hydrogen systems. - Piping 

systems. - Gas appliances. - 

Systems, appliances and 

equipment outside the 

scope. - Other fuels.

Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

CHAPTER 1 - SCOPE AND 

ADMINISTRATION CHAPTER 2 - 

DEFINITIONS CHAPTER 3 - GENERAL 

REGULATIONS CHAPTER 4 - GAS 

PIPING INSTALLATIONS CHAPTER 5 - 

CHIMNEYS AND VENTS CHAPTER 6 - 

SPECIFIC APPLIANCES CHAPTER 7 - 

GASEOUS HYDROGEN SYSTEMS 

CHAPTER 8 - REFERENCED 

STANDARDS APPENDIX A - SIZING 

AND CAPACITIES OF GAS PIPING 

(IFGS) APPENDIX B - SIZING OF 

VENTING SYSTEMS SERVING 

APPLIANCES EQUIPPED WITH DRAFT 

HOODS, CATEGORY I 

APPLIANCES AND APPLIANCES 

LISTED FOR USE WITH TYPE 

B VENTS (IFGS) APPENDIX C - EXIT 

TERMINALS OF MECHANICAL DRAFT 

AND DIRECT-VENT VENTING 

SYSTEMS (IFGS) APPENDIX D - 

RECOMMENDED PROCEDURE FOR 

SAFETY INSPECTION OF AN 

EXISTING APPLIANCE INSTALLATION 

(IFGS) INDEX
ICC 2012 INTERNATIONAL MECH. 

CODE

INTERNATIONAL 

MECHANICAL CODE

1/4/2011 Controls the design, 

installation, maintenance, 

alteration and inspection of 

mechanical systems that are 

permanently installed and 

utilized to provide control of 

environmental conditions 

and related processes within 

buildings.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities CHAPTER 1 - SCOPE AND 

ADMINISTRATION CHAPTER 2 - 

DEFINITIONS CHAPTER 3 - GENERAL 

REGULATIONS CHAPTER 4 - 

VENTILATION CHAPTER 5 - 

EXHAUST SYSTEMS CHAPTER 6 - 

DUCT SYSTEMS CHAPTER 7 - 

COMBUSTION AIR CHAPTER 8 - 

CHIMNEYS AND VENTS CHAPTER 9 - 

SPECIFIC APPLIANCES, FIREPLACES 

AND SOLID FUEL-BURNING 

EQUIPMENT CHAPTER 10 - 

BOILERS, WATER HEATERS AND 

PRESSURE VESSELS 

CHAPTER 11 - REFRIGERATION 

CHAPTER 12 - HYDRONIC PIPING 

CHAPTER 13 - FUEL OIL PIPING AND 

STORAGE CHAPTER 14 - SOLAR 

SYSTEMS CHAPTER 15 - 

REFERENCED STANDARDS 

APPENDIX A - CHIMNEY 

CONNECTOR PASS-THROUGHS 

APPENDIX B - RECOMMENDED 

PERMIT FEE SCHEDULE INDEX
ICC 2012 INTERNATIONAL 

PERFORM. CODE

ICC PERFORMANCE CODE 

FOR BUILDINGS AND 

FACILITIES

1/4/2011 Specifies appropriate health, 

safety, welfare, and social 

and economic value, while 

promoting innovative, 

flexible and responsive 

solutions that optimize the 

expenditure and 

consumption of resources.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities PART I - Administrative 

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL 

ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS 

CHAPTER 2 - DEFINITIONS 

CHAPTER 3 - DESIGN 

PERFORMANCE LEVELS 

CHAPTER 4 - RELIABILITY 

DURABILITY PART II - Building 

CHAPTER 5 - STABILITY 

CHAPTER 6 - FIRE SAFETY 

CHAPTER 7 - PEDESTRIAN 

CIRCULATION CHAPTER 8 - 

SAFETY OF USERS CHAPTER 9 - 

MOISTURE CHAPTER 10 - 

INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT 

CHAPTER 11 - MECHANICAL 

CHAPTER 12 - PLUMBING 

CHAPTER 13 - FUEL GAS 

CHAPTER 14 - ELECTRICITY 

CHAPTER 15 - ENERGY EFFICIENCY 

PART III - Fire CHAPTER 16 - 

FIRE PREVENTION CHAPTER 

17 - FIRE IMPACT MANAGEMENT 

CHAPTER 18 - MANAGEMENT OF 

PEOPLE CHAPTER 19 - MEANS 

OF EGRESS CHAPTER 20 - 

EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION, ACCESS 

 
ICC 2012 INTERNATIONAL 

PLUMBING CODE

INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING 

CODE (INCLUDES IPSDC)

1/4/2011 Describes provisions 

applicable to the erection, 

installation, alteration, 

repairs, relocation, 

replacement, addition to, 

use or maintenance of 

plumbing systems within this 

jurisdiction. Regulates 

nonflammable medical gas, 

inhalation anesthetic, 

vacuum piping, nonmedical 

oxygen systems and sanitary 

and condensate vacuum 

collection systems.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

CHAPTER 1 - SCOPE AND 

ADMINISTRATION CHAPTER 2 - 

DEFINITIONS CHAPTER 3 - 

GENERAL REGULATIONS CHAPTER 4 

- FIXTURES, FAUCETS AND FIXTURE 

FITTINGS CHAPTER 5 - WATER 

HEATERS CHAPTER 6 - WATER 

SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION 

CHAPTER 7 - SANITARY DRAINAGE 

CHAPTER 8 - INDIRECT/SPECIAL 

WASTE CHAPTER 9 - VENTS 

CHAPTER 10 - TRAPS, INTERCEPTORS 

AND SEPARATORS CHAPTER 11 - 

STORM DRAINAGE CHAPTER 12 - 

SPECIAL PIPING AND STORAGE 

SYSTEMS CHAPTER 13 - GRAY 

WATER RECYCLING SYSTEMS 

CHAPTER 14 - REFERENCED 

STANDARDS APPENDIX A - 

PLUMBING PERMIT FEE SCHEDULE 

APPENDIX B - RATES OF RAINFALL 

FOR VARIOUS CITIES APPENDIX C - 

VACUUM DRAINAGE SYSTEM 

APPENDIX D - DEGREE DAY AND 

DESIGN TEMPERATURES APPENDIX 

E - SIZING OF WATER PIPING 

SYSTEM APPENDIX F - STRUCTURAL 

 
ICC 2012 INTERNATIONAL RESI. 

CODE

INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL 

CODE FOR ONE- AND TWOFAMILY DWELLINGS

1/5/2011 Applies to the construction, 

alteration, movement, 

enlargement, replacement, 

repair, equipment, use and 

occupancy, location, removal 

and demolition of detached 

one- and two-family 

dwellings and townhouses 

not more than three stories 

above grade plane in height 

with a separate means of 

egress and their accessory 

structures.

residential facilities Part I - Administrative CHAPTER 1 - 

SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION PART 

1 - SCOPE AND APPLICATION PART 2-

ADMINISTRATION AND 

ENFORCEMENT Part II - Definitions 

CHAPTER 2 - DEFINITIONS Part III - 

Building Planning and Construction 

CHAPTER 3 - BUILDING PLANNING 

CHAPTER 4 - FOUNDATIONS 

CHAPTER 5 - FLOORS CHAPTER 6 - 

WALL CONSTRUCTION CHAPTER 7 - 

WALL COVERING CHAPTER 8 - ROOFCEILING CONSTRUCTION CHAPTER 9 

- ROOF ASSEMBLIES CHAPTER 10 - 

CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES Part IV - 

Energy Conservation CHAPTER 11 - 

ENERGY EFFICIENCY Part V - 

Mechanical CHAPTER 12 - 

MECHANICAL ADMINISTRATION 

CHAPTER 13 - GENERAL 

MECHANICAL SYSTEM 

REQUIREMENTS CHAPTER 14 - 

HEATING AND COOLING 

EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES 

CHAPTER 15 - EXHAUST SYSTEMS 

CHAPTER 16 - DUCT SYSTEMS 

CHAPTER 17 - COMBUSTION AIR 

 
ICC 2012 INTERNATIONAL 

ZONING CODE

INTERNATIONAL ZONING 

CODE

1/4/2011 Aims is to safeguard the 

health, property and public 

welfare by controlling the 

design, location, use or 

occupancy of all buildings 

and structures through the 

regulated and orderly 

development of land and 

land uses within this 

jurisdiction. Applies to the 

construction, addition, 

alteration, moving, repair 

and use of any building, 

structure, parcel of land or 

sign within a jurisdiction, 

except work located 

primarily in a public way, 

public utility towers and 

poles and public utilities 

unless specifically mentioned 

in this code.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities CHAPTER 1 - SCOPE AND 

ADMINISTRATION CHAPTER 2 - 

DEFINITIONS CHAPTER 3 - USE 

DISTRICTS CHAPTER 4 - 

AGRICULTURAL ZONES CHAPTER 5 - 

RESIDENTIAL ZONES CHAPTER 6 - 

COMMERCIAL AND 

COMMERCIAL/RESIDENTIAL 

ZONES CHAPTER 7 - 

FACTORY/INDUSTRIAL ZONES 

CHAPTER 8 - GENERAL PROVISIONS 

CHAPTER 9 - SPECIAL REGULATIONS 

CHAPTER 10 - SIGN REGULATIONS 

CHAPTER 11 - NONCONFORMING 

STRUCTURES AND USES CHAPTER 

12 - CONDITIONAL USES CHAPTER 

13 - PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT 

CHAPTER 14 - REFERENCED 

STANDARDS INDEX

ICC 2012 PLUMBING AND HVAC 

COLLECTION

2012 PLUMBING AND HVAC 

COLLECTION

2012 Contains: - 2012 

International Residential 

Code for One- and TwoFamily Dwellings. - 2012 

International Fuel Gas Code. - 

2012 International 

Mechanical Code. - 2012 

International Plumbing Code 

(Includes IPSDC). - 2012 

International Private Sewage 

Disposal Code (Soft cover 

only). - 2012 International 

Energy Conservation Code 

(Soft cover only).

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities
ICC 400 STANDARD ON THE DESIGN 

AND CONSTRUCTION OF LOG 

STRUCTURES

2012 Covers a variety of issues 

integral to log construction 

including production, 

structural aspects, thermal 

envelope, and settlement. 

Also, offers a solid reference 

for design, construction and 

installation requirements for 

log structures.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 500 STANDARD FOR THE DESIGN 

AND CONSTRUCTION OF 

STORM SHELTERS

2008 Specifies minimum design 

and construction 

requirements for storm 

shelters that provide a safe 

refuge from storms that 

produce high winds, 

hurricanes, and tornadoes. 

The magnitude of wind 

speeds associated with these 

events require building 

occupants and residents to 

evacuate the area or seek 

protection in a shelter 

designed for resistance to 

extraordinary loads and 

flying debris.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC 600 STANDARD FOR RESIDENTIAL 

CONSTRUCTION IN HIGHWIND REGIONS

2008 Covers prescriptive methods 

to provide wind resistant 

designs and construction 

details for residential 

buildings of masonry, 

concrete, wood-framed or 

cold-formed steel framed 

construction sited in high 

wind regions. Also, provides 

prescriptive requirements 

and other details of 

construction for buildings 

sited in wind climates of 100 

to 150 mph in 10 mph 

increments.

residential facilities
ICC 700 NATIONAL GREEN BUILDING 

STANDARD

2012 Covers the "green" practices 

that can be incorporated 

into new homes, including 

high-rise multifamily 

buildings, home remodeling 

and additions, hotels and 

motels, and the site upon 

which the green homes are 

located.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC A117.1 ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE 

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

1/1/2009 Enable sites, facilities, 

buildings and elements 

accessible to and usable by 

people with such physical 

disabilities as the inability to 

walk, difficulty walking, 

reliance on walking aids, 

blindness and visual 

impairment, deafness and 

hearing impairment, in 

coordination, reaching and 

manipulation disabilities, 

lack of stamina, difficulty 

interpreting and reacting to 

sensory information, and 

extremes of physical size.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC A117.1 COMMENTARY STANDARD AND 

COMMENTARY: ACCESSIBLE 

AND USABLE BUILDINGS AND 

FACILITIES (ICC A117.1-2009)

2009 Includes the complete text of 

the ICC/ANSI A117.1-2009 

Standard for Accessible and 

Usable Buildings and 

Facilities accompanied by 

corresponding commentary. 

Assists users of the standard 

understand its application 

and intent.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Chapter 1 - Application and 

Administration Chapter 2 - Scoping 

Chapter 3 - Building Blocks Chapter 

4 - Accessible Routes Chapter 5 - 

General Site and Building Elements 

Chapter 6 - Plumbing Elements and 

Facilities Chapter 7 - 

Communication Elements and 

Features Chapter 8 - Special Rooms 

and Spaces Chapter 9 - Built-In 

Furnishings and Equipment Chapter 

10 - Dwelling Units and Sleeping 

Units
ICC G2 GUIDELINE FOR ACOUSTICS 2010 Specifies improved 

acoustical analysis of 

assemblies, components and 

installation methods, and a 

more detailed inspection 

process beyond the 

minimum requirements 

traditionally found in 

building codes.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC G3 GLOBAL GUIDELINE FOR 

PRACTICAL PUBLIC TOILET 

DESIGN

2011 Aims to assist in providing 

clean, convenient, hygienic, 

and safe public toilet 

facilities of appropriate 

design and quality, and to 

give guidance on the basic 

care and maintenance of 

such facilities.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ICC G4 GUIDELINE FOR 

COMMISSIONING

2012 Aims to provide guidance for 

a code official or regulator to 

use in order to competently 

enforce commissioning, 

either with in-house staff or 

the use of a third party.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC IBC & ASCE 7-05 BUNDLE 2009 INTERNATIONAL 

BUILDING CODE AND ASCE 7-

05 BUNDLE

2009 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC IBC & ASCE 7-10 COMBO 2012 INTERNATIONAL 

BUILDING CODE AND ASCE 7-

10 COMBO

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC MECHANICAL COMBO 2009 MECHANICAL COMBO 2009 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC PLUMBING COMBO 2009 PLUMBING COMBO 2009 Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities
ICC SSTD 10 STANDARD FOR HURRICANE 

RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION

1999 Specifies design and 

construction details for 

improving the structural 

performance of single and 

multifamily dwellings. The 

prescriptive requirements 

contained are based on the 

engineering knowledge 

reflected in Section 1606 of 

the Standard Building Code 

and are intended to provide 

minimum requirements to 

ensure structural integrity 

within the limitations in 

building geometry, materials 

and wind climate specified.

residential facilities Emergency Services 

ICC SSTD 11 DETERMINING WIND 

RESISTANCE OF CONCRETE 

OR CLAY ROOF TILES

1999 Specifies design and 

construction details for 

improving the structural 

performance of single and 

multifamily dwellings.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ICC SSTD 12 DETERMINING IMPACT 

RESISTANCE FROM 

WINDBORNE DEBRIS

1999 Aims to promote the public 

health, safety, and general 

welfare and to minimize 

public and private losses due 

to wind and windborne 

debris damage to impact 

protective systems and 

exterior glazed opening 

systems.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Healthcare and 

Public Health 
ANSI INCITS 415 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY - 

HOMELAND SECURITY 

MAPPING STANDARD - POINT 

SYMBOLOGY FOR 

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT

Lays down a common set of 

symbols for use by 

mapmakers in support of 

emergency managers and 

first responders. It will allow 

users to rapidly interpret 

map data and to be able to 

disseminate consistent, 

usable information.

Emergency Services Foreword 1 Purpose and Scope 2 

Conformance 3 Terms and 

Definitions 4 Abbreviated Terms 5 

Use and Application Figures 1 

Frame Detail - Damage and 

Operational Status 2 Single Frame 

Symbol Detail 3 Multiframe Symbol 

Detail Annexes A 

Damage/Operational Status Frames 

B Individual Feature Symbols B.1 

Incident Category B.2 Natural 

Events Category B.3 Operations 

Category B.4 Infrastructure 

Category C Bibliography

ANSI INCITS 415 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY - 

HOMELAND SECURITY 

MAPPING STANDARD - POINT 

SYMBOLOGY FOR 

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT

13/7/2006 Lays down a common set of 

symbols for use by 

mapmakers in support of 

emergency managers and 

first responders. It will allow 

users to rapidly interpret 

map data and to be able to 

disseminate consistent, 

usable information.

Emergency Services Foreword

1 Purpose and Scope

2 Conformance

3 Terms and Definitions

4 Abbreviated Terms

5 Use and Application

Figures

1 Frame Detail - Damage and 

Operational Status

2 Single Frame Symbol Detail

3 Multiframe Symbol Detail

Annexes

A Damage/Operational Status 

Frames

B Individual Feature Symbols

B.1 Incident Category

B.2 Natural Events Category

B.3 Operations Category

B.4 Infrastructure Category

C Bibliography
IEC 60839-5-2 Alarm systems - Part 5: 

Requirements for alarm 

transmission systems - 

Section 2: General 

requirements for equipment

3/5/1991 Specifies the general 

requirements for equipment 

used in alarm transmission 

systems.

communications Emergency Services FOREWORD

Clause

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 General considerations

4 Requirements

5 Electrical safety and protection

6 Environmental requirements

7 Test methods

8 Marking

9 Product specification

IEC 60839-5-5 Alarm systems - Part 5: 

Requirements for alarm 

transmission systems - 

Section 6: Requirements for 

voice communicator systems 

using the public switched 

telephone network

3/5/1991 Specifies the requirements 

for digital communicator 

systems using the public 

switched telephone network 

which are additional to those 

specified in IEC 839-5-1 and 

IEC 839-5-2. Covers switched 

connections providing event 

driven signalling between an 

alarm system and a remote 

centre.

communications Emergency Services 
IEC 60839-7-1 Alarm systems - Part 7-1: 

Message formats and 

protocols for serial data 

interfaces in alarm 

transmission systems - 

General

20/3/2001 Gives the requirements for 

standard serial data 

interfaces in alarm 

transmission systems. Also 

provides an outline of how 

alarm transmission systems 

are connected and the 

various types of serial data 

interfaces that might be 

employed.

communications Emergency Services Information Technology FOREWORD

Clause

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Definitions

4 Abbreviations

5 OSI reference model

5.1 OSI layers

5.2 Definition of each layer

6 General considerations

7 Types of interface

7.1 Alarm system interface

7.2 Intermediate interface

7.3 Terminal interface

Annex A (informative) Message 

structure

Annex B (informative) Examples

Bibliography

Figures

IEC 60839-7-11 Alarm systems - Part 7-11: 

Message formats and 

protocols for serial data 

interfaces in alarm 

transmission systems - Serial 

protocol for use by digital 

communicator systems using 

ITU-T Recommandation V.23 

signalling at interfaces with 

the PSTN

20/3/2001 Gives requirements for 

standard interfaces between 

the Public Switched 

Telephone Network (PSTN) 

and alarm system 

transceivers. It provides a 

1200 Bd interface using ITUT Recommendation V.23. 

This standard applies equally 

to the interface between an 

alarm system and the PSTN 

where the alarm system 

transceiver functions are 

integrated into the control 

and indicating equipment 

(CIE).

communications Emergency Services Information Technology FOREWORD

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Definitions

4 Abbreviations

5 Layer 7 - Application functions

6 Layer 4 - Transport

7 Notification of transmission errors

8 Monitoring of the interface to the 

PSTN

9 Layer 3 - Network

10 Layer 2 - Data link

11 Layer 1 - Physical

11.1 Transmitted octets

11.2 Signal levels
IEC 60839-7-12 Alarm systems - Part 7-12: 

Message formats and 

protocols for serial data 

interfaces in alarm 

transmission systems - PTT 

interfaces for dedicated 

communications channels 

using ITU-T Recommendation 

V.23 signalling

20/3/2001 Provides the requirements 

for standard interfaces 

between the alarm system 

transceivers and 

transmission network where 

both form part of a 

dedicated channel alarm 

transmission system as 

defined in IEC 60839-5-4. It 

applies equally to the 

interface between an alarm 

system and the transmission 

where the alarm system 

transceiver functions are 

integrated into the control 

and indicating equipment 

(CIE). It also applies to the 

interface to the transmission 

network from the terminal 

receiver at the alarm 

receiving centre.

communications Emergency Services Information Technology FOREWORD

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Definitions

4 Abbreviations

5 Layer 7 - Application functions

6 Layer 4 - Transport

7 Notification of transmission errors

8 Monitoring of the interface to the 

transmission 

network

9 Layer 3 - Network

10 Layer 2 - Data link

11 Layer 1 - Physical

11.1 Transmitted octets

11.2 Signal levels
IEC 60839-7-3 Alarm systems - Part 7-3: 

Message formats and 

protocols for serial data 

interfaces in alarm 

transmission systems - 

Common data link layer 

protocol

20/3/2001 Gives data link layer 

message structure, formats 

and transmission procedures 

which should be used at 

standard serial data 

interfaces in alarm 

transmission systems where 

the transmission network 

employed does not offer a 

standard protocol. Equally 

applicable to the 

transmission of alarms and 

other messages to/from 

intrusion, fire, access control 

and social alarm systems and 

to the transmission of 

information to/from other 

similar systems.

communications Emergency Services Information Technology FOREWORD

Clause

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Definitions

4 Abbreviations

5 General

6 Data link data block

7 Basic transmission protocol

7.1 Message time-out

7.2 Restart time-out

7.3 Network addresses

7.4 MASTER initialization

7.5 SLAVE initialization

7.6 Data link layer authentication 

(DLLA) function

7.7 Normal state

7.8 Multipoint operation

7.9 Wait state

7.10 Message From MASTER

7.11 SLAVE to SLAVE 

communications

7.12 General protocol

7.12.1 Reception errors

7.12.2 Response

7.12.3 Failure to respond

7.12.4 Re-initialization of SLAVEs

 il f h 
IEC 60839-7-4 Alarm systems - Part 7-4: 

Message formats and 

protocols for serial data 

interfaces in alarm 

transmission systems - 

Common transport layer 

protocol

20/3/2001 Provides the transport layer 

message structure, formats 

and transmission procedures 

to be used at standard 

interfaces in alarm 

transmission systems. 

Equally applicable to the 

transmission of alarms and 

other messages to/from 

intrusion, fire, access control 

and social alarm systems and 

to the transmission of 

information to/from other 

similar systems.

communications Emergency Services Information Technology FOREWORD

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Definitions

4 Abbreviations

5 General

6 Transport layer message format

6.1 Transmission of transport layer 

data block

6.2 Transport layer header

7 Authentication

7.1 Configuration

7.2 Initialization

7.3 Change of secondary key

7.4 Failure of synchronization

7.5 Size of keys

8 Encryption

9 Message authentication code 

(MAC)

10 Standard algorithm

Annex A (normative) Transport layer 

messages

IEC 60839-7-5 Alarm systems - Part 7-5: 

Message formats and 

protocols for serial data 

interfaces in alarm 

transmission systems - Alarm 

system interfaces employing 

a two-wire configuration in 

accordance with ISO/IEC 

8482

20/3/2001 Defines the requirements for 

standard interfaces using a 

two-wire connection 

employing ISO/IEC 8482 

signalling for use between 

the control and indicating 

equipment (CIE) of an alarm 

system and one or more 

alarm system transceivers 

connected to alarm 

transmission systems. It 

gives a flexible interface 

allowing the connection of a 

single master CIE to a 

number of devices in 

accordance with ISO/IEC 

8482 which may be alarm 

system transceivers or slave 

CIE.

communications Emergency Services Information Technology FOREWORD

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Definitions

4 Abbreviations

5 Layer 7 - Application functions

6 Layer 4 - Transport

7 Layer 2 - Data link

8 Layer 1 - Physical

8.1 Transmitted octets

8.2 Signal levels

8.3 Transmission rate
IEC 60839-7-6 Alarm systems - Part 7-6: 

Message formats and 

protocols for serial data 

interfaces in alarm 

transmission systems - Alarm 

system interfaces employing 

ITU-T Recommendation 

V.24/V.28 signalling

20/3/2001 Gives the requirements for 

standard interfaces 

employing ITU-T V.24/V.28 

signalling for 

communications between 

the control and indicating 

equipment of an alarm 

system and transmission 

equipment used for remote 

communications, where the 

transmission equipment is 

general purpose equipment, 

not exclusively designed for 

the alarms industry.

communications Emergency Services Information Technology FOREWORD

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Definitions

4 Abbreviations

5 Layer 7 - Application functions

6 Layer 4 - Transport

7 Layer 3 - Network

8 Notification of transmission errors

9 Layer 2 - Data link

10 Signal levels

IEC 60839-7-7 Alarm systems - Part 7-7: 

Message formats and 

protocols for serial data 

interfaces in alarm 

transmission systems - Alarm 

system interfaces for plug-in 

alarm system transceivers

20/3/2001 Gives the requirements for 

standard interfaces between 

the CIE of an alarm system 

and an alarm system 

transceiver where the alarm 

system transceiver is 

intended to plug into a 

standard space inside the CIE 

of the alarm system.

communications Emergency Services Information Technology FOREWORD

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Definitions

4 Abbreviations

5 Layer 7 - Application functions

6 Layer 4 - Transport

7 Notification of transmission errors

8 Layer 2 - Data link

9 Layer 1 - Physical

9.1 Transmitted octets

9.2 Signal levels

9.3 Transmission rate

10 Layer 0 - Mechanical - Option 1

10.1 Equipment outline

10.2 Connector

11 Layer 0 - Mechanical - Option 2

11.1 Equipment outline

11.2 Connector

12 Layer 0 - Mechanical - Option 3

Figures
IEC 60870-5-7 TS Ed. 1.0 Telectontrol equipment and 

systems - Security extensions 

to IEC 60870-5-101 and IEC 

60870-5-104 protocols (IEC 

62351-5 secure 

authentication)

communications Emergency Services Information Technology 

IEC 62443-2-1 Ed. 1.0 Industrial communication 

networks - network and 

system security - Part 2-1: 

Establishing an industrial 

automation and control 

system security program

10/11/2010 Describes the elements 

necessary to establish a 

cyber security management 

system (CSMS) for industrial 

automation and control 

systems (IACS) and provides 

guidance on how to develop 

those elements.

Information Technology FOREWORD

0 INTRODUCTION

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms, definitions, abbreviated 

terms, acronyms, 

and conventions

4 Elements of a cyber security 

management system

Annex A (informative) - Guidance for 

developing the 

elements of a CSMS

Annex B (informative) - Process to 

develop a CSMS

Annex C (information) - Mapping of 

requirements to 

ISO/IEC 27001

Bibliography
IEC 62676-3 Video surveillance systems 

for use in security 

applications - Part 3: Analog 

and digital video interfaces

22/7/2013 Defines physical, electrical 

and software interface (nonIP) specifications of analog 

and digital video interface in 

video surveillance systems 

(so far called CCTV) 

applications.

Information Technology FOREWORD

INTRODUCTION

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms, definitions and 

abbreviations

4 General information

5 Electrical interfaces

6 Detailed analog (composite) video 

signal 

transmission requirements

7 Analog video signal transmission 

test 

conditions

8 Analog video signal transmission 

performance 

tests

Annex A (normative) - Test patterns

Annex B (normative) - Chrominance 

to luminance 

gain and delay charts

Bibliography

IEC/ISO 31010 RISK MANAGEMENT - RISK 

ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUES

1/11/2009 Specifies guidance on 

selection and application of 

systematic techniques for 

risk assessment.

Business Continuity FOREWORD

INTRODUCTION

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Risk assessment concepts

5 Risk assessment process

6 Selection of risk assessment 

techniques

Annex A (informative) - Comparison 

of risk assessment techniques

Annex B (informative) - Risk 

assessment techniques

Bibliography

IIAR 1 –Definitions and 

Terminology used in IIAR 

standards

Commercial Facilities 
IIAR 2 Safe design of Ammonia 

Refrigeration systems

Commercial Facilities 

IIAR 3 Ammonia refrigeration valves Commercial Facilities 

IIAR 4 Installation of ammonia 

refrigeration systems 

2014 Commercial Facilities 

IIAR 5 Start-up and commissioning 

of Ammonia Refrigeration 

Systems

Commercial Facilities 

IIAR 6 Maintenance and Inspection 

of Ammonia Refrigeration 

Systems 

expected 2015 Commercial Facilities 

IIAR 7 Development of Standard 

Operating Procedures for 

Ammonia Refrigeration 

Systems. 

Commercial Facilities 

IIAR 8 Decommissioning of 

Ammonia Refrigeration 

Facilities 

2014 Commercial Facilities 

IMO I581 GUIDANCE DOCUMENT ON 

THE IMPLEMENTATION OF 

AN INCIDENT MANAGEMENT 

SYSTEM

19/09/2012 Specifies guidance on the 

establishment of an incident 

management system (IMS) 

for marine pollution 

incidents.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services 
ISO 11238 Health informatics - 

Identification of medicinal 

products - Data elements and 

structures for the unique 

identification and exchange 

of regulated information on 

substances

1/11/2012 Specifies an information 

model to define and identify 

substances within medicinal 

products or substances used 

for medicinal purposes, 

including dietary 

supplements, foods and 

cosmetics.

Healthcare and Public 

Health 

Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope

2 Terms, definitions, symbols and 

abbreviated terms

3 Requirements

Annex A (informative) - Existing 

identifiers and molecular 

structure representations

Bibliography

ISO 11428 Ergonomics -- Visual danger 

signals -- General 

requirements, design and 

testing

1/12/1996 communications

ISO 11429 Ergonomics -- System of 

auditory and visual danger 

and information signals

15/12/1996 Gives a system of danger and 

information signals with the 

different degrees of urgency 

being taken into account. 

Applies to all danger and 

information signals which 

have to be clearly perceived 

and differentiated as 

specified in ISO/TR 12100-2: 

1992. Does not apply to 

certain fields which are 

covered by specific 

standards or other 

conventions in force.

communications 1. Scope

2. Normative references

3. Definitions

4. Ergonomic principles for the 

design and application of 

auditory and visual signals

4.1 General

4.2 Principles for distinctive 

characters

4.3 Qualities of auditory signals

4.4 Qualities of visual signals

5. Systems of auditory and visual 

signals

5.1 Scheme of purpose and 

character 

5.2 Scheme of auditory signal 

character

5.3 Scheme of visual signal colours

6. Testing

Annex A 

Bibliography
ISO 11665-8 Measurement of radioactivity 

in the environment -- Air -- 

Part 8: Radon-222 in 

buildings: Methodologies for 

screening and additional 

investigations

1/11/2012 Describes requirements for 

the determination of the 

activity concentration of 

radon in all types of 

buildings.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Foreword 

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms, definitions and symbols

4 Organization of the measuring 

stages

5 Initial investigations

6 Additional investigations

7 Immediate post-mitigation testing 

of the technical 

solutions applied

8 Control of the effectiveness of the 

technical 

solutions applied

9 Control of the sustainability

Annex A (informative) - Organization 

of radon measuring 

phases in a building

Annex B (informative) - Examples of 

underground buildings 

and buried levels

Annex C (informative) - Initial 

investigation report

Annex D (informative) - Example of 

analysis of initial 

investigation measurement results

ibli h
ISO 11665-8 MEASUREMENT OF 

RADIOACTIVITY IN THE 

ENVIRONMENT - AIR: RADON222 - PART 8: 

METHODOLOGIES FOR 

INITIAL AND ADDITIONAL 

INVESTIGATIONS IN 

BUILDINGS

1/11/2012 Describes requirements for 

the determination of the 

activity concentration of 

radon in all types of 

buildings.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms, 

definitions and symbols 4 

Organization of the measuring 

stages 5 Initial investigations 6 

Additional investigations 7 

Immediate post-mitigation testing of 

the technical solutions applied 8 

Control of the effectiveness of the 

technical solutions applied 9 

Control of the sustainability Annex 

A (informative) - Organization of 

radon measuring phases in a 

building Annex B (informative) - 

Examples of underground buildings 

and buried levels Annex C 

(informative) - Initial investigation 

report Annex D (informative) - 

Example of analysis of initial 

investigation measurement results 

Bibliography

ISO 11704 Water quality - Measurement 

of gross alpha and beta 

activity concentration in nonsaline water - Liquid 

scintillation counting method

1/7/2010 Defines a method for the 

determination of gross alpha 

and gross beta activity in 

waters for radionuclides, 

which are not volatile at 80 

Degrees C.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 Foreword 

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Symbols, definitions and units 

4 Principle

5 Reagents and equipment

6 Sampling

7 Procedure

8 Expression of results

9 Interference control

10 Test report

Bibliography
ISO 11731-2 Water quality -- Detection 

and enumeration of 

Legionella -- Part 2: Direct 

membrane filtration method 

for waters with low bacterial 

counts

1/5/2004 Explains a monitoring 

method for the isolation and 

enumeration of Legionella 

organisms in water intended 

for human use (e.g. hot and 

cold water, water used for 

washing), for human 

consumption and for treated 

bathing waters (e.g. 

swimming pools).

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 Foreword 

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Safety

5 Principle

6 Culture media and reagents

7 Apparatus 

8 Sampling 

9 Procedure 

10 Expression of results

11 Test report

ISO 11784 Radio frequency 

identification of animals -- 

Code structure

1/6/2010 Defines the structure of the 

radio-frequency (RF) 

identification code for 

animals.

Information Technology Food and Agriculture Foreword

1 Scope

2 Conformance

3 Normative reference

4 Definitions

5 Description of code structure
ISO 11929 Determination of the 

characteristic limits (decision 

threshold, detection limit and 

limits of the confidence 

interval) for measurements 

of ionizing radiation - 

Fundamentals and 

application

1/3/2010 Describes a procedure, in 

the field of ionizing radiation 

metrology, for the 

calculation of the "decision 

threshold", the "detection 

limit" and the "limits of the 

confidence interval" for a 

non-negative ionizing 

radiation measurand, when 

counting measurements with 

preselection of time or 

counts are carried out, and 

the measurand results from 

a gross count rate and a 

background count rate as 

well as from further 

quantities on the basis of a 

model of the evaluation.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

 Foreword 

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Quantities and symbols

5 Fundamentals

6 Characteristic limits and 

assessments

7 Documentation

Annex A (informative) - Overview of 

the general procedure

Annex B (normative) - Various 

applications

Annex C (normative) - Applications 

to counting spectrometric 

measurements

Annex D (informative) - Application 

examples

Annex E (informative) - Distribution 

function of the 

standardized normal distribution

Annex F (informative) - Explanatory 

notes

Bibliography
ISO 12794 Nuclear energy -- Radiation 

protection -- Individual 

thermoluminescence 

dosemeters for extremities 

and eyes

2/3/2000 Gives performance criteria 

and tests to determine the 

performance of 

thermoluminescence 

dosemeters meant to be 

used for measuring radiation 

doses to the eyes and 

extremities for photons from 

14 keV to 3 MeV and beta 

radiation from 0,5 MeV to 3 

MeV. The performance is 

assessed in all cases under 

laboratory conditions which 

may not simulate conditions 

adequately for those actually 

experienced in personal 

dosimetry.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

 Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Units

5 General test conditions

6 Classification

7 Performance requirements

8 Test methods

9 Certification

Annex A (normative) Reference 

conditions and standard 

test conditions

Annex B (normative) Confidence 

limits

Annex C (normative) Performance 

tests

Annex D (informative) 

Determination of evaluated value 

(E) from readout values

Annex E (normative) Conversion 

tables

Bibliography
ISO 13491-2 Banking -- Secure 

cryptographic devices (retail) -

- Part 2: Security compliance 

checklists for devices used in 

financial transactions

15/6/2005 Provides checklists to be 

used in the evaluation of 

secure cryptographic devices 

(SCDs) incorporating 

cryptographic processes in a 

magnetic stripe card 

environment.

Financial Services Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope 

2 Normative references 

3 Terms and definitions

4 Use of security compliance 

checklists

Annex A (normative) Physical, logical 

and device 

management characteristics 

common to all secure 

cryptographic devices 

Annex B (normative) Devices with 

PIN entry functionality

Annex C (normative) Devices with 

PIN management functionality 

Annex D (normative) Devices with 

message authentication 

functionality 

Annex E (normative) Devices with 

key generation functionality 

Annex F (normative) Devices with 

key transfer and loading 

functionality 

Annex G (normative) Devices with 

digital signature 

functionality 

 ( i ) i i 
ISO 13822 BASES FOR DESIGN OF 

STRUCTURES - ASSESSMENT 

OF EXISTING STRUCTURES

1/8/2010 Gives general requirements 

and procedures for the 

assessment of existing 

structures (buildings, 

bridges, industrial structures, 

etc.) based on the principles 

of structural reliability and 

consequences of failure.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative reference

3 Terms and definitions

4 General framework of assessment

5 Data for assessment

6 Structural analysis

7 Verification

8 Assessment based on satisfactory 

past performance

9 Interventions

10 Report

11 Judgement and decision

Annex A (informative) - Hierarchy of 

terms 

Annex B (informative) - Flowchart 

for the general 

assessment of existing structures

Annex C (informative) - Updating of 

measured quantities

Annex D (informative) - Testing for 

static and dynamic 

properties of structures

Annex E (informative) - Assessment 

of time-dependent 

reliability

 (i f i ) 
ISO 13823 GENERAL PRINCIPLES ON THE 

DESIGN OF STRUCTURES FOR 

DURABILITY

15/06/2008 Describes general principles 

and recommends procedures 

for the verification of the 

durability of structures 

subject to known or 

foreseeable environmental 

actions, including mechanical 

actions, causing material 

degradation leading to 

failure of performance.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Symbols

5 Application

6 Basic concepts for verifying 

durability

6.1 General

6.2 Structure environment

6.3 Transfer mechanisms

6.4 Environmental action

6.5 Action effects

6.6 Limit states

7 Durability requirements

7.1 Basic durability requirement

7.2 Formats for checking durability

8 Design life of a structure and its 

components, t[D]

8.1 Structure

8.2 Components

8.3 Component service life related 

to the design life of 

the structure

8.4 Difficulty and cost of 

maintenance or replacement

 f f il
ISO 13824 BASES FOR DESIGN OF 

STRUCTURES - GENERAL 

PRINCIPLES ON RISK 

ASSESSMENT OF SYSTEMS 

INVOLVING STRUCTURES

15/11/2009 Describes general principles 

of risk assessment for 

systems involving structures.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword 

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 General framework of risk 

assessment of systems

involving structures

5 Establishment of structural 

engineering context

6 Definition of system

7 Identification of hazards and 

consequences

8 Risk estimation

9 Risk evaluation

10 Evaluation of options for risk 

treatment

11 Report

Annex A (informative) - Principles of 

risk assessment

Annex B (informative) - Examples of 

extraordinary events

and exceptional structures for risk

assessment

Annex C (informative) - Techniques 

for treatment of expert

opinions

 (i f i ) l f 
ISO 13985:2006 Liquid hydrogen - Land 

vehicle fuel tanks

1/11/2006 Describes the construction 

requirements for refillable 

fuel tanks for liquid 

hydrogen used in land 

vehicles as well as the 

testing methods required to 

ensure that a reasonable 

level of protection from loss 

of life and property resulting 

from fire and explosion is 

provided.

Energy Emergency Services Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Requirements

4.1 General requirements

4.2 Mechanical stresses

4.3 Thermal stresses

4.4 Materials

4.5 Design

4.6 Insulation

4.7 Accessories

4.8 Manufacturing and assembly

5 Type tests

5.1 Approval of new designs

5.2 Inner tank burst pressure test

5.3 Thermal autonomy test

5.4 Maximum filling level test

5.5 Accessory type tests

6 Routine tests and inspection

6.1 General

6.2 Pressure test

6.3 Leak test

6.4 Verification of the dimensions

6.5 Destructive and non-destructive 

tests of 

ld d j i
ISO 14040 ENVIRONMENTAL 

MANAGEMENT - LIFE CYCLE 

ASSESSMENT - PRINCIPLES 

AND FRAMEWORK

1/7/2006 Describes the principles and 

framework for life cycle 

assessment (LCA) including: 

definition of the goal and 

scope of the LCA, the life 

cycle inventory analysis (LCI) 

phase, the life cycle impact 

assessment (LCIA) phase, the 

life cycle interpretation 

phase, reporting and critical 

review of the LCA, 

limitations of the LCA, the 

relationship between the 

LCA phases, and conditions 

for use of value choices and 

optional elements.

Business Continuity Societal Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope 

2 Normative references 

3 Terms and definitions

4 General description of life cycle 

assessment (LCA)

4.1 Principles of LCA 

4.2 Phases of an LCA

4.3 Key features of an LCA 

4.4 General concepts of product 

systems 

5 Methodological framework 

5.1 General requirements

5.2 Goal and scope definition 

5.3 Life cycle inventory analysis (LCI) 

5.4 Life cycle impact assessment 

(LCIA) 

5.5 Life cycle interpretation 

6 Reporting 

7 Critical review 

7.1 General

7.2 Need for critical review

7.3 Critical review processes

Annex A (informative) Application of 

LCA

Bibliography
ISO 14044 ENVIRONMENTAL 

MANAGEMENT - LIFE CYCLE 

ASSESSMENT - 

REQUIREMENTS AND 

GUIDELINES

1/7/2006 Specifies requirements and 

provides guidelines for life 

cycle assessment (LCA) 

including: definition of the 

goal and scope of the LCA, 

the life cycle inventory 

analysis (LCI) phase, the life 

cycle impact assessment 

(LCIA) phase, the life cycle 

interpretation phase, 

reporting and critical review 

of the LCA, limitations of the 

LCA, relationship between 

the LCA phases, and 

conditions for use of value 

choices and optional 

elements.

Business Continuity Societal Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope 

2 Normative references 

3 Terms and definitions

4 Methodological framework for 

LCA

4.1 General requirements 

4.2 Goal and scope definition

4.3 Life cycle inventory analysis (LCI) 

4.4 Life cycle impact assessment 

(LCIA) 

4.5 Life cycle interpretation 

5 Reporting 

5.1 General requirements and 

considerations 

5.2 Additional requirements and 

guidance for third-party 

reports 

5.3 Further reporting requirements 

for comparative assertion 

intended to be disclosed to the 

public 

6 Critical review 

6.1 General

6.2 Critical review by internal or 

external expert 

 i i l i b l f ISO 14644-8 Cleanrooms and associated 

controlled environments - 

Part 8: Classification of 

airborne molecular 

contamination

15/2/2013 Specifies the classification of 

air chemical cleanliness 

(ACC) in cleanrooms and 

associated controlled 

environments, in terms of 

airborne concentrations of 

specific chemical substances 

(individual, group or 

category) and provides a 

protocol to include test 

methods, analysis and timeweighted factors within the 

specification for 

classification.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope 

2 Normative references 

3 Terms and definitions

4 Classification

5 Demonstration of compliance 

Annex A (informative) - Parameters 

for consideration 

Annex B (informative) - Typical 

contaminants 

Annex C (informative) - Typical 

methods of measurement 

Annex D (informative) - 

Consideration of specific 

requirements for separative devices 

Bibliography
ISO 14963 MECHANICAL VIBRATION 

AND SHOCK - GUIDELINES 

FOR DYNAMIC TESTS AND 

INVESTIGATIONS ON BRIDGES 

AND VIADUCTS

1/12/2003 Gives guidelines for dynamic 

tests and investigations on 

bridges and viaducts. 

Classifies the testing as a 

function of construction and 

usage, indicates the types of 

investigation and control for 

individual structural parts 

and whole structures, lists 

the equipment required for 

excitation and 

measurement, and classifies 

the techniques of 

investigation with reference 

to suitable methods for 

signal processing, data 

presentation and reporting.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Energy Transportation Systems Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Classification

4.1 General

4.2 Type of superstructure

4.3 Static design, methods of 

construction and substructure

4.4 Function classification

5 General criteria for testing

5.1 General

5.2 Choice of test techniques 

5.3 Choice of excitation methods

5.4 Choice of response measuring 

system

6 Testing equipment 

6.1 Excitation equipment

6.2 Measurement equipment

6.3 Control, acquisition and analysis 

systems 

7 Techniques of investigation

7.1 General considerations 

7.2 Tests using artificial excitation

7.3 Ambient natural actions

8 Testing and inspection

 l ISO 15141-2 Foodstuffs -- Determination 

of ochratoxin A in cereals and 

cereal products -- Part 2: High 

performance liquid 

chromatographic method 

with bicarbonate clean up

22/10/1998 Defines a method that 

determines ochratoxin A 

(OTA) at levels that are 

greater than 3 mg/kg.

Food and Agriculture Foreword

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Principle

4 Reagents

5 Apparatus and equipment

6 Procedure

7 Calculation

8 Precision

9 Test report

Annex A (informative) Precision data

Annex B (informative) Bibliography
ISO 15382 Nuclear energy -- 

Radiationprotection -- 

Procedure for radiation 

protection monitoring in 

nuclear installations for 

external exposure to weakly 

penetrating radiation, 

especially to beta radiation

1/4/2002 Describes a procedure for 

radiation protection 

monitoring in nuclear 

installations for external 

exposure to weakly 

penetrating radiation, 

especially to beta radiation 

and describes the procedure 

in radiation protection 

monitoring for external 

exposure to weakly 

penetrating radiation in 

nuclear installations.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

 Foreword 

Introduction

1 Scope 

2 Normative reference 

3 Terms and definitions

4 Radiation protection planning 

5 Characterization of radiation fields 

6 Area dose-equivalent rate 

measurements 

7 Personal dosimetry 

8 Special cases 

9 Assessment of partial-body doses 

10 Documentation of partial-body 

doses 

Annex A (informative) Investigation 

levels in national 

regulations 

Annex B (informative) Examples of 

radionuclides emitting beta 

radiation of low maximum energy

Annex C (informative) Examples of 

equivalent dose-rate factors 

for skin contamination

Bibliography
ISO 15589-1 PETROLEUM AND NATURAL 

GAS INDUSTRIES - CATHODIC 

PROTECTION OF PIPELINE 

TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS - 

PART 1: ON-LAND PIPELINES

15/11/2003 Provides requirements and 

gives recommendations for 

the pre-installation surveys, 

design, materials, 

equipment, fabrication, 

installation, commissioning, 

operation, inspection and 

maintenance of cathodic 

protection systems for onland pipelines, as defined in 

ISO 13623, for the petroleum 

and natural gas industries. 

Applicable to buried carbon 

steel, stainless steel 

pipelines on land, retrofits, 

modifications and repairs 

made to existing pipeline 

systems.

Energy Transportation Systems Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Symbols and 

abbreviations 5 Design 

requirements 5.1 General 5.2 

Design information 5.3 Criteria 

for CP 5.4 Predesign 

investigations 5.5 Electrical 

isolation 5.6 Electrical earthing 

5.7 Electrical continuity 5.8 

Current requirements 5.9 Type of 

CP system and selection of sites 6 

Impressed-current systems 6.1 

Power supply 6.2 Groundbeds 

6.3 Current output control and 

distribution 7 Galvanic-anode 

systems 7.1 General 7.2 Zinc 

anodes 7.3 Magnesium anodes 

7.4 Anode backfill 7.5 Cables and 

cable connections 8 Monitoring 

facilities 8.1 General 8.2 

Monitoring stations (test posts) 

8.3 Bonding to other pipelines 8.4 

Test facilities at cased crossings 

8.5 Test facilities at isolating joints 

8.6 Drain-point test facilities 8.7 

Miscellaneous monitoring facilities 

 i l f ili i 
ISO 15686-1 BUILDINGS AND 

CONSTRUCTED ASSETS - 

SERVICE LIFE PLANNING - 

PART 1: GENERAL PRINCIPLES 

AND FRAMEWORK

15/5/2011 Specifies general principles 

for service life planning and a 

systematic framework for 

undertaking service life 

planning of a planned 

building or construction 

work throughout its life cycle 

(or remaining life cycle for 

existing buildings or 

construction works).

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword

0 Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Service life planning and building 

design

5 Service life estimation

6 Financial and environmental costs 

over time

7 Obsolescence, adaptability and reuse

Annex A (informative) - Agents 

affecting the service life 

of building components

Annex B (informative) - Service life 

planning in the design 

process

Bibliography
ISO 15686-10 BUILDINGS AND 

CONSTRUCTED ASSETS - 

SERVICE LIFE PLANNING - 

PART 10: WHEN TO ASSESS 

FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE

Applies to any scope of 

holdings, whether a set (or 

portfolio) of buildings, a 

single building (large or 

small) or a facility which is 

part of a building (such as 

one group of spaces, one 

floor or several floors).

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Assessing functional performance 

in service life planning

5 Estimation of risk and cost 

consequences due to gaps

Annex A (informative) - Concepts of 

functionality and 

serviceability

Annex B (informative) - Derivation of 

stages in the service 

life from other International 

Standards

Annex C (informative) - Typical 

actions and functions at 

each stage of the whole life

Annex D (informative) - Consider 

change as well as degradation

Annex E (informative) - Tools to 

prioritize projects and 

allocate resources

Bibliography

ISO 15686-2 BUILDINGS AND 

CONSTRUCTED ASSETS - 

SERVICE LIFE PLANNING - 

PART 2: SERVICE LIFE 

PREDICTION PROCEDURES

Specifies procedures that 

facilitate service life 

predictions of building 

components, based on 

technical and functional 

performance.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope

2 Normative references 

3 Terms, definitions and abbreviated 

terms 

4 Methodology 

5 Methodological framework

6 Critical review

7 Reporting

Annex A (informative) - Guidance on 

process of SLP

Bibliography
ISO 15686-7 BUILDINGS AND 

CONSTRUCTED ASSETS - 

SERVICE LIFE PLANNING - 

PART 7: PERFORMANCE 

EVALUATION FOR FEEDBACK 

OF SERVICE LIFE DATA FROM 

PRACTICE

Provides a generic basis for 

performance evaluation for 

feedback of service life data 

from existing buildings and 

constructed assets, including 

a definition of the terms to 

be used and the description 

of how the (technical) 

performance can be 

described and documented 

to ensure consistencies.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Methodological framework

5 Performance surveys

Annex A (informative) - Guidance on 

Factor E - Environmental 

classification systems and methods 

for assessment in 

microenvironment

Annex B (informative) - Prediction of 

(residual) service life 

on the object (single building) level 

and on the network 

level (population of buildings)

Annex C (informative) - Worked 

example of RSL data records from 

"Inspection of buildings"

Bibliography
ISO 15686-8 BUILDINGS AND 

CONSTRUCTED ASSETS - 

SERVICE-LIFE PLANNING - 

PART 8: REFERENCE SERVICE 

LIFE AND SERVICE-LIFE 

ESTIMATION

 Describes guidance on the 

provision, selection and 

formatting of reference 

service-life data and on the 

application of these data for 

the purposes of calculating 

estimated service life using 

the factor method.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Abbreviated terms

5 Reference service life

5.1 Reference service-life data

5.2 Provision of reference servicelife data

5.3 Selection of data

5.4 Formatting general data as 

reference service-life

data

6 Service-life estimation using the 

factor method

6.1 General

6.2 Factors and factor categories

6.3 Application of the factor method

6.4 Levels of application

6.5 Probability distributions

6.6 Format of estimated service life

Annex A (normative) - Description of 

the factors and factor 

categories

Annex B (informative) - Example of a 

reference service-life 

d d
ISO 16000-1 Indoor air -- Part 1: General 

aspects of sampling strategy

1/7/2004 Applies to indoor 

environments such as 

dwellings with living rooms, 

bedrooms, do-it-yourself 

rooms, recreation rooms and 

cellars, kitchens and 

bathrooms; workrooms or 

work places in buildings 

which are not subject to 

health and safety inspections 

in regard to air pollutants 

(for example, offices, sales 

premises); public buildings 

(for example hospitals, 

schools, kindergartens, 

sports halls, libraries, 

restaurants and bars, 

theatres, cinemas and other 

function rooms), and also 

cabins of vehicles.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Special characteristics of the 

indoor environment

4 Measurement objective

5 Sampling procedure

6 Time of sampling

7 Sampling duration and sampling 

frequency

8 Sampling location

9 Parallel outdoor air measurements

Annex A (informative) Important 

types of indoor environment

and sources of air pollutants

Annex B (informative) Sources of 

indoor air pollutants

Annex C (informative) Examples of 

substances and their sources

Annex D (informative) Guidelines for 

information to be recorded

during indoor air measurement

Bibliography
ISO 16000-2 Indoor air -- Part 2: Sampling 

strategy for formaldehyde

1/7/2004 Helps to planning 

formaldehyde indoor 

pollution measurements. In 

the case of indoor air 

measurements, the careful 

planning of sampling and the 

entire measurement strategy 

are of particular significance, 

since the result of the 

measurement can have farreaching consequences, for 

example, with regard to the 

need for remedial action or 

the success of such an 

action.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Sources and occurrence of 

formaldehyde

4 Measurement techniques

4.1 General

4.2 Short-term monitoring

4.3 Long-term monitoring

4.4 Methods for screening tests

5 Sampling strategy

5.1 General

5.2 Objectives of the measurement 

and conditions

5.3 Time of sampling

5.4 Duration of sampling and 

frequency of measurement

5.5 Sampling location

5.6 Reporting on results and 

uncertainties

5.7 Quality assurance

Annex A (informative) Properties of 

formaldehyde

Annex B (informative) Overview of 

important sources and 

typical concentrations

 (i f i ) l i f 
ISO 16017-1 Indoor, ambient and 

workplace air -- Sampling and 

analysis of volatile organic 

compounds by sorbent 

tube/thermal 

desorption/capillary gas 

chromatography -- Part 1: 

Pumped sampling

23/11/2000 Provides guidelines for the 

sampling and analysis of 

volatile organic compounds 

(VOCs) in air. It applies to 

ambient, indoor and 

workplace atmospheres and 

the assessment of emissions 

from materials in small- or 

full-scale test chambers.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Principle

5 Reagents and materials

6 Apparatus

7 Sample tube conditioning

8 Calibration of pump

9 Sampling

10 Procedure

10.1 Safety precautions

10.2 Desorption and analysis

10.3 Calibration

10.4 Determination of sample 

concentration

10.5 Determination of desorption 

efficiency

11 Calculations

11.1 Mass concentration of analyte

11.2 Volume concentration of 

analyte

12 Interferences

13 Performance characteristics

14 Test report

15 Quality control

Annex A (normative) Determination 

f b k h h
ISO 16017-2 Indoor, ambient and 

workplace air -- Sampling and 

analysis of volatile organic 

compounds by sorbent 

tube/thermal 

desorption/capillary gas 

chromatography -- Part 2: 

Diffusive sampling

15/5/2003 Provides general guidance 

for the sampling and analysis 

of volatile organic 

compounds (VOCs) in air. It is 

applicable to indoor, 

ambient and workplace air.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Principle

4 Reagents and materials

5 Apparatus

6 Sample tube conditioning

7 Sampling

8 Procedure

8.1 Safety precautions

8.2 Desorption and analysis

8.3 Calibration

8.4 Determination of sample 

concentration

8.5 Determination of desorption 

efficiency

8.6 Calibration of uptake rate

9 Calculations

10 Interferences

11 Performance characteristics

12 Test report

13 Quality control

Annex A (informative) Operating 

principles of diffusive 

sampling

Annex B (informative) Description of 

sorbent types

 (i f i ) id 
ISO 16200-1 Workplace air quality -- 

Sampling and analysis of 

volatile organic compounds 

by solvent desorption/gas 

chromatography -- Part 1: 

Pumped sampling method

15/8/2001 Describes general guidance 

for the sampling and analysis 

of volatile organic 

compounds (VOCs) in air by 

solvent desorption/gas 

chromatography using 

pumped sampling.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Foreword

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Principle

4 Reagents and materials

5 Apparatus

6 Sampling

7 Procedure

8 Calculations

9 Interferences

10 Precision and bias

11 Storage and transport

12 Test report

13 Quality control

Annex A (informative) Description of 

sorbent types

Annex B (informative) Equivalence 

of gas chromatographic

stationary phases

Annex C (informative) 

Determination of breakthrough 

volume

Bibliography
ISO 16200-2 Workplace air quality -- 

Sampling and analysis of 

volatile organic compounds 

by solvent desorption/gas 

chromatography -- Part 2: 

Diffusive sampling method

15/6/2000 General guidance is given for 

analysis and sampling of 

volatile organic compounds 

(VOCs) in air. It is applicable 

to a wide range of VOCs, 

including halogenated 

hydrocarbons, hydrocarbons, 

glycol ethers, ketones and 

alcohols and esters. 

Recommends a number of 

devices and sorbents for the 

sampling of these VOCs, 

each sorbent having a 

different range of 

applicability. Upper and 

lower limits ranges for 

sampling and analysis are 

covered. Batch differences of 

samples carried out are also 

covered.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Principle

4 Reagents and materials

5 Apparatus

6 Sampling

7 Procedure

7.1 Desorption

7.2 Analysis

7.3 Determination of desorption 

efficiency

7.4 Calibration of uptake rate

8 Calculations

8.1 General

8.2 Mass concentration of analyte

8.3 Volume concentration of analyte

8.4 Uptake rates

9 Interferences

10 Precision and bias

11 Storage and transport

12 Test report

13 Quality control

Annex A (informative) Description of 

sorbent types

Annex B (informative) Diffusive 

sampling rates (cm[3]/min)

Annex C (informative) Equivalence 

f h hi ISO 16587 MECHANICAL VIBRATION 

AND SHOCK - PERFORMANCE 

PARAMETERS FOR 

CONDITION MONITORING OF 

STRUCTURES

 Explains the performance 

parameters for assessing the 

condition of structures, 

including types of 

measurement, factors for 

setting acceptable 

performance limits, data 

acquisition parameters for 

constructing uniform 

databases, and 

internationally accepted 

measurement guidance (e.g. 

terminology, transducer 

calibration, transducer 

mounting and approved 

transfer function 

techniques).

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Monitored parameters and limits

5 Measurement procedure and data 

processing

6 Defect diagnosis

Annex A (informative) Examples of 

performance parameters 

and measurement transducers and 

systems

Bibliography
ISO 17734-1 Determination of 

organonitrogen compounds 

in air using liquid 

chromatography and mass 

spectrometry -- Part 1: 

Isocyanates using 

dibutylamine derivatives

1/12/2013 Provides general guidance 

for the sampling and analysis 

of airborne isocyanates in 

workplace air.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Principle

4 Reagents and materials

5 Preparation of standard solutions

6 Apparatus 

7 Air sampling 

8 Laboratory sample preparation 

9 Instrumental settings 

10 Data handling 

11 Interferences

12 Determination of performance 

characteristics 

Annex A (informative) - Performance 

characteristics

Annex B (informative) - Examples

Annex C (informative) - 

Commercially available products

Bibliography
ISO 17776 PETROLEUM AND NATURAL 

GAS INDUSTRIES - OFFSHORE 

PRODUCTION INSTALLATIONS 

- GUIDELINES ON TOOLS AND 

TECHNIQUES FOR HAZARD 

IDENTIFICATION AND RISK 

ASSESSMENT

15/10/2000 Defines some principal 

techniques and tools 

commonly used for 

identification and 

assessment of hazards 

involved in offshore oil and 

gas exploration and 

production activities, 

including topographical and 

seismic surveys, drilling and 

well operations, field 

development, 

decommissioning, 

operations, and disposal 

together with the necessary 

logistical support of each of 

the activities. Provides 

guidance on ways the tools 

and techniques can assist in 

development of strategies to 

prevent hazardous events 

and mitigate and control any 

events that may arise.

Energy Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government 

Facilities 

Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Terms, definitions and abbreviated 

terms 2.1 Terms and 

definitions 2.2 Abbreviated 

terms 3 Hazards and risk 

assessment concepts 4 Methods 

for hazard identification and risk 

assessment 4.1 Selection of 

methods 4.2 Role of 

experience/judgement 4.3 

Checklists 4.4 Codes and 

standards 4.5 Selection of 

structured review techniques 5 

Risk management 5.1 General 

5.2 Identification 5.3 

Assessment 5.4 Risk reduction 

6 Guidelines for use in specific 

activities Annex A (informative) 

Hazard identification and risk 

assessment concepts Annex B 

(informative) Structured review 

techniques Annex C (informative) 

Hazards identification and risk 

assessment considerations for 

offshore E&P activities 

Annex D (informative) Hazards 

checklist Bibliography
ISO 17994 Water quality -- Criteria for 

establishing equivalence 

between microbiological 

methods

15/2/2014 Describes an evaluation 

procedure for comparing 

two methods with 

established performance 

characteristics according to 

ISO/TR 13843 and intended 

for the quantification of the 

same target group or species 

of microorganisms.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms, definitions and symbols

4 Principle

5 Basic requirements for a 

comparison study

6 Calculations

7 Evaluation

Annex A (informative) - Flowchart

Annex B (informative) - Comparison 

studies

Annex C (informative) - Derivation of 

equation for

calculation of the number of 

samples

Annex D (informative) - Example of a 

two-sided 

evaluation

Bibliography
ISO 18589-2 Measurement of radioactivity 

in the environment - Soil - 

Part 2: Guidance for the 

selection of the sampling 

strategy, sampling and pretreatment of samples

1/12/2007 Specifies the general 

requirements, based on ISO 

11074 and ISO/IEC 17025, 

for all steps in the planning 

(desk study and area 

reconnaissance) of the 

sampling and the 

preparation of samples for 

testing.

Food and Agriculture Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions and symbols

4 Principle

5 Sampling strategy

5.1 Initial investigation

5.2 Types of sampling strategies

5.3 Selection of the sampling 

strategy

6 Sampling plan

6.1 Selection of sampling areas and 

units

6.2 Identification of sampling areas, 

units and points

6.3 Selection of field equipment

7 Sampling process

7.1 Collection of samples

7.2 Preparation of the sorted sample

7.3 Identification and packaging of 

samples

7.4 Transport and storage of 

samples

8 Pre-treatment of samples

8.1 Principle

8.2 Laboratory equipment

 d
ISO 18649 MECHANICAL VIBRATION - 

EVALUATION OF 

MEASUREMENT RESULTS 

FROM DYNAMIC TESTS AND 

INVESTIGATIONS ON BRIDGES

1/7/2004 Specifies methodology for 

the evaluation of results 

from dynamic tests and 

investigations on bridges and 

viaducts. It complements the 

procedure for conducting 

the tests as given in ISO 

14963 and considers - the 

objectives of the dynamic 

tests, - the techniques for 

data analysis and system 

identification, - the 

modelling of the bridge, and - 

evaluation of the measured 

data.

Transportation Systems Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 Foreword 

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Vibration measurement 

4.1 General considerations 

4.2 Monitoring of a bridge during 

construction and for 

commissioning 

4.3 Monitoring of a bridge in service 

5 Data analysis and method of 

structural identification

5.1 General

5.2 Data analysis and domain

5.3 Digitizing 

5.4 Identification of vibration 

characteristics in the time 

domain

5.5 Identification of vibration 

characteristics in the frequency 

domain

5.6 Structural identification and 

inverse analysis

6 Modelling bridges and their 

surrounding environment 

6.1 Modelling bridge structures

6.2 Modelling of traffic loads

 d lli f h lki d 
ISO 19250 Water quality - Detection of 

Salmonella spp.

15/7/2010 Defines a method for the 

detection of Salmonella spp. 

(presumptive or confirmed) 

in water samples. It is 

possible that, for 

epidemiological purposes or 

during outbreak 

investigations, other media 

are also required.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Principle

5 Apparatus

6 Sampling

7 Culture media and reagents

8 Procedure

9 Expression of results

10 Test report

Annex A (normative) Diagram of 

procedure

Annex B (normative) Composition 

and preparation of culture 

media and reagents

Annex C (informative) Results of the 

interlaboratory trial

Bibliography
ISO 19458 Water quality - Sampling for 

microbiological analysis

1/8/2006 Provides guidance on 

planning water sampling 

regimes, on sampling 

procedures for 

microbiological analysis and 

on transport, handling and 

storage of samples until 

analysis begins.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope 

2 Normative references 

3 Sampling point 

4 Sampling technique

5 Transport and storage 

Annex A (informative) A priori 

determination of the number 

of samples to analyse to determine 

the 

mean concentration of microbes in 

water 

with a given confidence, for 

quantitative 

determination derived by cultivation 

of 

microorganisms 

Annex B (informative) 

Recommended (R) and acceptable 

(A) values 

for maximum sample storage times 

including 

transport time and temperatures 

unless 

otherwise specified in specific 

standards

ibli h
ISO 20121 EVENT SUSTAINABILITY 

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - 

REQUIREMENTS WITH 

GUIDANCE FOR USE

15/6/2012 Describes requirements for 

an event sustainability 

management system for any 

type of event or eventrelated activity, and provides 

guidance on conforming to 

those requirements.

Business Continuity Societal Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope 

2 Normative references 

3 Terms and definitions

4 Context of the organization 

5 Leadership 

6 Planning

7 Support 

8 Operation 

9 Performance evaluation 

10 Improvement 

Annex A (informative) - Guidance on 

planning and 

implementing this International 

Standard

Annex B (informative) - Supply chain 

management 

Annex C (informative) - Evaluation 

Bibliography

ISO 21482 Ionizing-radiation warning - 

Supplementary symbol

15/2/2007 Specifies the symbol to warn 

of the presence of a 

dangerous level of ionizing 

radiation from a high-level 

sealed radioactive source 

that can cause death or 

serious injury if handled 

carelessly.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

 Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Shape, proportions and colour of 

the symbol

3 Application of the symbol

Annex A (normative) Technical 

Specifications

Bibliography
ISO 21929-1 SUSTAINABILITY IN BUILDING 

CONSTRUCTION - 

SUSTAINABILITY INDICATORS - 

PART 1: FRAMEWORK FOR 

THE DEVELOPMENT OF 

INDICATORS AND A CORE SET 

OF INDICATORS FOR 

BUILDINGS

15/11/2011 Specifies a core set of 

indicators to take into 

account in the use and 

development of 

sustainability indicators for 

assessing the sustainability 

performance of new or 

existing buildings, related to 

their design, construction, 

operation, maintenance, 

refurbishment and end of 

life.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Framework of 

sustainability indicators 5 Core 

indicators 6 Development and use 

of a system of sustainability 

indicators Annex A (informative) - 

Indicators relevant to the 

assessment of the contribution of a 

building to sustainability and 

sustainable development Annex B 

(informative) - Development of 

qualitative indicators 

Bibliography

ISO 21930 SUSTAINABILITY IN BUILDING 

CONSTRUCTION - 

ENVIRONMENTAL 

DECLARATION OF BUILDING 

PRODUCTS

1/10/2007 Gives the principles and 

requirements for type III 

environmental declarations 

(EPD) of building products.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Units and abbreviated 

terms 4.1 Units 4.2 Abbreviated 

terms 5 General aspects of type III 

environmental product 

declarations (EPD) of building 

products 5.1 Objectives of EPD of 

building products 5.2 Involvement 

of interested parties 5.3 

Responsibility for the EPD 5.4 Use 

of EPD of building products 5.5 

Building products information 

modules 5.6 Comparability of EPD 

of building products 6 

Methodological framework 6.1 

General requirements 6.2 Product 

category rules (PCR) 7 Reporting 

7.1 General 7.2 Project report 

7.3 Project documentation 7.4 

Rules for data confidentiality 8 

Content of the EPD 8.1 Declaration 

of general information 8.2 

Declaration of environmental 

aspects 9 Verification 9.1 Review 

and verification procedures Annex A 

(informative) - Product chain of a 

b ildi d 
ISO 21931-1 SUSTAINABILITY IN BUILDING 

CONSTRUCTION - 

FRAMEWORK FOR METHODS 

OF ASSESSMENT OF THE 

ENVIRONMENTAL 

PERFORMANCE OF 

CONSTRUCTION WORKS - 

PART 1: BUILDINGS

15/06/2010 Gives a general framework 

for improving the quality and 

comparability of methods for 

assessing the environmental 

performance of buildings 

and their related external 

works.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Principles for 

assessment of the environmental 

performance of buildings 5 

Framework for methods of 

assessment of environmental 

performance of buildings Annex A 

(informative) - Consideration of 

social aspects, such as health 

and comfort, related to the indoor 

and local outdoor environment 

Annex B (informative) - Extent and 

application of the assessment 

method Annex C (informative) - 

Relationships between 

environmental aspects, 

impacts, issues and characteristics of 

the building Annex D 

(informative) - Graphical illustration 

of correlation and mapping of 

environmental issues to different 

life-cycle stages Bibliography

ISO 22300 Societal security -- 

Terminology

15/5/2012 Provides terms and 

definitions applicable to 

societal security to establish 

a common understanding so 

that consistent terms are 

used.

Societal 1 Scope

2 Terms and definitions 

Bibliography

Alphabetical index
ISO 22301 SOCIETAL SECURITY - 

BUSINESS CONTINUITY 

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - 

REQUIREMENTS

15/5/2012 Describes requirements to 

plan, establish, implement, 

operate, monitor, review, 

maintain and continually 

improve a documented 

management system to 

protect against, reduce the 

likelihood of occurrence, 

prepare for, respond to, and 

recover from disruptive 

incidents when they arise.

Societal business continuity Foreword 0 Introduction 1 Scope 

2 Normative references 3 Terms 

and definitions 4 Context of the 

organization 5 Leadership 6 

Planning 7 Support 8 Operation 9 

Performance evaluation 10 

Improvement Bibliography

ISO 22311 SOCIETAL SECURITY - VIDEOSURVEILLANCE - EXPORT 

INTEROPERABILITY

2012 Describes a common output 

file format that can be 

extracted from the videosurveillance contents 

collection systems (stand 

alone machines or large 

scale systems) by an 

exchangeable data storage 

media or through a network 

to allow end-users to access 

digital video-surveillance 

contents and perform their 

necessary processing.

Societal 

ISO 22313 SOCIETAL SECURITY - 

BUSINESS CONTINUITY 

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - 

GUIDANCE

15/12/2012 Gives guidance based on 

good international practice 

for planning, establishing, 

implementing, operating, 

monitoring, reviewing, 

maintaining and continually 

improving a documented 

management system that 

enables organizations to 

prepare for, respond to and 

recover from disruptive 

incidents when they arise.

Societal business continuity Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Context of the 

organization 5 Leadership 6 

Planning 7 Support 8 Operation 9 

Performance evaluation 10 

Improvement Bibliography
ISO 22320 SOCIETAL SECURITY - 

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT - 

REQUIREMENTS FOR 

INCIDENT RESPONSE

1/11/2011 Describes minimum 

requirements for effective 

incident response and 

provides the basics for 

command and control, 

operational information, 

coordination and 

cooperation within an 

incident response 

organization.

Societal Emergency Services Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Requirements for 

command and control 5 

Requirements for operational 

information 6 Requirements for 

cooperation and coordination 

Annex A (informative) - Examples 

Annex B (normative) - Operational 

information process criteria 

Bibliography

ISO 22397 SOCIETAL SECURITY - 

GUIDELINES FOR 

ESTABLISHING PARTNERING 

ARRANGEMENTS

2013 Specifies guidance for 

partnering arrangements 

among organizations to 

manage multiple 

relationships for events 

impacting societal security.

Societal Emergency Services 

ISO 22398 SOCIETAL SECURITY - 

GUIDELINES FOR EXERCISES

2013 Provides good practice and 

guidelines for an 

organization to plan, 

conduct, and improve its 

exercise projects which may 

be organized within an 

exercise programme.

Societal Emergency Services 

ISO 22702 - Amendment 1: Clarification 

of requirements and addition 

of safety symbols

15/9/2008 Defines consumer-safety 

specification covering all 

flame-producing consumer 

products commonly known 

as utility lighters (also known 

as grill lighters, fireplace 

lighters, lighting rods or gas 

matches), and similar 

devices.

communications Emergency Services Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope

2 Terms and definitions

3 Functional requirements 

4 Structural-integrity requirements

5 Refilling of utility lighters

6 Instructions and warnings

7 Test methods

8 Product marking

Annex A (informative) - 

Manufacturer's acceptance quality 

limits for specification and inset 

limits for flame 

characteristics in 3.2.2 to 3.2.7

Bibliography
ISO 22727 Graphical symbols - Creation 

and design of public 

information symbols - 

Requirements

1/11/2007 Specifies requirements for 

the creation and design of 

public information symbols.

communications Emergency Services Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Creation procedure

4.1 Preliminary phase

4.2 Creation phase

5 Assignment of meaning, function 

and image content to

the public information symbol

6 Design of the graphical symbol

6.1 General

6.2 Use of template

6.3 Line width

6.4 Image content

6.5 Combination of graphical 

symbols or graphical 

symbol elements

6.6 Standardized representations of 

symbol elements

6.7 Characters

6.8 Negation

7 Layout of templates

7.1 Public information symbols 

without negation bar

7.2 Public information symbols with 

i b
ISO 23601 Safety identification - Escape 

and evacuation plan signs

15/2/2009 Describes design principles 

for displayed escape plans 

that contain information 

relevant to fire safety, 

escape, evacuation and 

rescue of the facility's 

occupants.

communications Emergency Services Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 General

5 Design requirements 

6 Size of plan elements

7 Contents and representation

7.1 Header

7.2 Overview plan

7.3 Escape plan detail

7.4 Safety notices

7.5 Legend

7.6 Other information

7.7 Use of colours

7.7.1 Escape routes

7.7.2 Safety signs

7.7.3 Point of location of the user 

7.7.4 Background colour

7.7.5 Outline of facility structural 

elements 

7.7.6 Header

7.7.7 Text 

8 Materials 

9 Installation and location

10 Inspection and revision 

 (i f i ) l f ISO 24409-2 Ships and marine technology -

- Design, location, and use of 

shipboard signs for fire 

protection, life-saving 

appliance, and means of 

espace -- Part 2: Catalogue

15/1/2014 Describes standardized signs 

and safety notices 

specifically for use on board 

ships. Each sign is 

categorized and indexed 

according to the safety 

message that is to be 

conveyed.

Transportation Systems Emergency Services 1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Categorization of shipboard signs

5 Standardized shipboard safety sign 

and fire

control plan signs

Bibliography
ISO 28000 Specification for security 

management systems for the 

supply chain

15/9/2007 Describes the requirements 

for a security management 

system, including those 

aspects critical to security 

assurance of the supply 

chain. Security management 

is linked to many other 

aspects of business 

management.

Business Continuity Emergency Services Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Security management system 

elements

4.1 General requirements

4.2 Security management policy

4.3 Security risk assessment and 

planning

4.4 Implementation and operation

4.5 Checking and corrective action

4.6 Management review and 

continual improvement

Annex A (informative) 

Correspondence between ISO

28000:2007, ISO 14001:2004

and ISO 9001:2000

Bibliography
ISO 28001 Security management 

systems for the supply chain - 

Best practices for 

implementing supply chain 

security, assessments and 

plans - Requirements and 

guidance

15/10/2007 Describes requirements and 

guidance for organizations in 

international supply chains 

to: - develop and implement 

supply chain security 

processes; - establish and 

document a minimum level 

of security a supply chain(s) 

or segment of a supply 

chain; - assist in meeting the 

applicable authorized 

economic operator (AEO) 

criteria set forth in the World 

Customs Organization 

Framework of Standards and 

conforming national supply 

chain security programmes.

Business Continuity Emergency Services Foreword 

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Field of application

4.1 Statement of application

4.2 Business partners

4.3 Internationally accepted 

certificates or approvals

4.4 Business partners exempt from 

security declaration

requirement

4.5 Security reviews of business 

partners

5 Supply chain security process

5.1 General

5.2 Identification of the scope of 

security assessment

5.3 Conduction of the security 

assessment

5.4 Development of the supply chain 

security plan

5.5 Execution of the supply chain 

security plan

5.6 Documentation and monitoring 

of the supply

hi i 
ISO 28002 Security management 

systems for the supply chain -- 

Development of resilience in 

the supply chain -- 

Requirements with guidance 

for use 

1/8/2011 Describes requirements for a 

resilience management 

policy in the supply chain to 

enable an organization to 

develop and implement 

policies, objectives, and 

programs, taking into 

account: - legal, regulatory 

and other requirements to 

which the organization 

subscribes, - information 

about significant risks, 

hazards and threats that may 

have consequences to the 

organization, its 

stakeholders, and on its 

supply chain, - protection of 

its assets and processes, and - 

management of disruptive 

incidents.

Business Continuity Emergency Services Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Requirements of Management 

System containing Resilience 

Policy

Annex A (informative) - Informative 

guidance on the 

incorporation of this International 

Standard into a 

management standard

Annex B (informative) - Informative 

Guidance on the Use of this 

International Standard

Annex C (informative) - Terminology 

Conventions

Annex D (informative) - Qualifiers to 

Application

Bibliography
ISO 28003 Security management 

systems for the supply chain - 

Requirements for bodies 

providing audit and 

certification of supply chain 

security management 

systems

1/8/2007 Contains principles and 

requirements for bodies 

providing the audit and 

certification of supply chain 

security management 

systems according to 

management system 

specifications and standards 

such as ISO 28000.

Business Continuity Emergency Services Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions 

4 Principles for certification bodies

4.1 General

4.2 Impartiality

4.3 Competence 

4.4 Responsibility

4.5 Openness

4.6 Confidentiality

4.7 Resolution of complaints

5 General requirements 

5.1 Legal and contractual matters

5.2 Management of impartiality

5.3 Liability and financing 

6 Structural requirements

6.1 Organizational structure and top 

management

6.2 Committee for safeguarding 

impartiality

7 Resource requirements

7.1 Competence of management 

and personnel

7.2 Personnel involved in the 

certification activities 

 f l di d 
ISO 28003 Security management 

systems for the supply chain -- 

Requirements for bodies 

providing audit and 

certification of supply chain 

security management 

systems 

1/8/2007 Contains principles and 

requirements for bodies 

providing the audit and 

certification of supply chain 

security management 

systems according to 

management system 

specifications and standards 

such as ISO 28000.

Business Continuity Emergency Services Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions 

4 Principles for certification bodies

4.1 General

4.2 Impartiality

4.3 Competence 

4.4 Responsibility

4.5 Openness

4.6 Confidentiality

4.7 Resolution of complaints

5 General requirements 

5.1 Legal and contractual matters

5.2 Management of impartiality

5.3 Liability and financing 

6 Structural requirements

6.1 Organizational structure and top 

management

6.2 Committee for safeguarding 

impartiality

7 Resource requirements

7.1 Competence of management 

and personnel

7.2 Personnel involved in the 

certification activities 

 f l di d ISO 28004-1 SECURITY MANAGEMENT 

SYSTEMS FOR THE SUPPLY 

CHAIN - GUIDELINES FOR THE 

IMPLEMENTATION OF ISO 

28000 - PART 1: GENERAL 

PRINCIPLES

1/8/2012 Specifies generic advice on 

the application of ISO 

28000:2007, Specification 

for security management 

systems for the supply chain.

Business Continuity Emergency Services Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Security management system 

elements

Annex A (informative) - 

Correspondence between ISO 

28000:2007,

ISO 14001:2004 and ISO 9001:2000

Bibliography
ISO 28004-2 SECURITY MANAGEMENT 

SYSTEMS FOR THE SUPPLY 

CHAIN - GUIDELINES FOR THE 

IMPLEMENTATION OF ISO 

28000 - PART 2: GUIDELINES 

FOR ADOPTING ISO 28000 

FOR USE IN MEDIUM AND 

SMALL SEAPORT 

OPERATIONS

1/2/2014 Describes supply chain risk 

and threat scenarios, 

procedures for conducting 

risks/threat assessments, 

and evaluation criteria for 

measuring conformance and 

effectiveness of the 

documented security plans 

in accordance with ISO 

28000 and the ISO 28004 

series implementation 

guidelines.

Business Continuity Emergency Services Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Overview

3 Supply chain seaport risk areas

4 Seaport security plan evaluation 

criteria and 

rating process

Bibliography

ISO 28004-3 SECURITY MANAGEMENT 

SYSTEMS FOR THE SUPPLY 

CHAIN - GUIDELINES FOR THE 

IMPLEMENTATION OF ISO 

28000 - PART 3: ADDITIONAL 

SPECIFIC GUIDANCE FOR 

ADOPTING ISO 28000 FOR 

USE BY MEDIUM AND SMALL 

BUSINESSES (OTHER THAN 

MARINE PORTS)

1/2/2014 Specifies additional guidance 

to medium and small 

businesses (other than 

marine ports) that wish to 

adopt ISO 28000.

Business Continuity Emergency Services Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Additional guidance

4 Documentation

5 Guidance for small and mediumsized businesses

obtaining advice and certification

Bibliography

ISO 28004-4 SECURITY MANAGEMENT 

SYSTEMS FOR THE SUPPLY 

CHAIN - GUIDELINES FOR THE 

IMPLEMENTATION OF ISO 

28000 - PART 4: ADDITIONAL 

SPECIFIC GUIDANCE ON 

IMPLEMENTING ISO 28000 IF 

COMPLIANCE WITH ISO 

28001 IS A MANAGEMENT 

OBJECTIVE

1/2/2014 Gives additional guidance 

for organizations adopting 

ISO 28000 that also wish to 

incorporate the Best 

Practices identified in ISO 

28001 as a management 

objective on their 

international supply chains.

Business Continuity Emergency Services Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 General information

4 Organization of this part of ISO 

28004

5 Synergy between the World 

Customs Organization 

SAFE Framework Authorized 

Economic

Operator requirements

6 Practical guidance as to where the 

various requirements

of ISO 28001 would plug into ISO 

28000 as inputs, 

processes or outputs

7 Notes on terminology
ISO 28005-2 Security management 

systems for the supply chain - 

electronic port clearance 

(epc) - part 2: core data 

elements

1/3/2011 Provides technical 

specifications that facilitate 

efficient exchange of 

electronic information 

between ships and shore for 

coastal transit or port calls.

Business Continuity Transportation Systems Information Technology Foreword 

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms, definitions and abbreviated 

terms

4 General provisions

5 Adapted XSD data types

6 General data types 

7 Core data types

8 Electronic representation of this 

part of ISO 28005

Annex A (informative) - Certificate 

codes 

Annex B (informative) - Classification 

society codes

Annex C (informative) - Onboard and 

shore duty codes

Annex D (informative) - Waste type 

codes

Annex E (informative) - Message 

type codes 

Annex F (informative) - Service type 

codes

Annex G (informative) - Examples of 

cargo and package codes 

Annex H (informative) - Common 

unit codes 

 (i f i ) h d 
ISO 30061 Emergency lighting 1/11/2007 Specifies the luminous 

requirements for emergency 

lighting systems installed in 

premises or locations where 

such systems are required.

Emergency Services Communications FOREWORD

1 INTRODUCTION

2 SCOPE

3 NORMATIVE REFERENCES

4 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

5 ESCAPE LIGHTING

6 ESCAPE ROUTE LIGHTING

7 OPEN AREA (ANTI-PANIC) 

LIGHTING

8 HIGH RISK TASK AREA LIGHTING

9 STANDBY LIGHTING

10 SAFETY SIGNS

10.1 Standards

10.2 Colour

10.3 Luminance

10.3.1 Requirements for emergency 

mode

10.3.2 Requirements for nonemergency mode

10.4 Uniformity

10.4.1 Uniformity of colours

10.4.2 Uniformity between colours

10.5 Height of the sign equating to 

viewing distance

11 INFLUENCE OF SMOKE

ANNEX (INFORMATIVE): 

BIBLIOGRAPHY

ISO 31000 RISK MANAGEMENT - 

PRINCIPLES AND GUIDELINES

15/11/2009 Gives principles and generic 

guidelines on risk 

management.

Business Continuity Foreword 

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Terms and definitions

3 Principles

4 Framework

5 Process

Annex A (informative) - Attributes of 

enhanced risk

management

Bibliography
ISO 3925 Unsealed radioactive 

substances -- Identification 

and certification

15/1/2014 Provides the requirements 

for the identification and 

documentation of unsealed 

radioactive substances 

issued commercially by 

suppliers and which are 

intended for further handling 

or processing, either physical 

or chemical.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

 Foreword

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Identification

5 Certificate

Bibliography

ISO 5657 REACTION TO FIRE TESTS - 

IGNITABILITY OF BUILDING 

PRODUCTS USING A RADIANT 

HEAT SOURCE

15/12/1997 Sets out a technique for the 

assessment of ignition 

properties of essentially flat 

materials, composites or 

assemblies up to and 

including 70mm in thickness, 

positioned horizontally and 

subjected to specific levels of 

thermal irradiance.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

1 Scope 2 Normative references 

3 Definitions 4 Principles of the 

test 5 Suitability of a product for 

testing 6 Specimen construction 

and preparation 7 Test apparatus 

8 Test environment 9 Setting-up 

of procedure and requirements 10 

Calibration 11 Test procedure 

Annexes A Commentary on the 

text and guidance notes for 

operators B Application and 

limitations of test C Higher heat 

flux capabilities D Interlaboratory 

trial on variability in time to 

sustained surface ignition E 

Bibliography
ISO 5667-5 Water quality -- Sampling -- 

Part 5: Guidance on sampling 

of drinking water from 

treatment works and piped 

distribution systems

15/4/2006 Establishes principles to be 

applied to the techniques of 

sampling water intended for 

human consumption.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Transportation Systems Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope

2 Terms and definitions

3 Design of sampling programmes

4 Sampling equipment

5 Sample collection locations

5.1 General

5.2 Service reservoirs (including 

water towers)

5.3 Water treatment plants

5.4 Disinfection/oxidation plants

5.5 Distribution system

6 Pre-collection cleaning, 

disinfection and flushing

6.1 General

6.2 Service reservoirs (including 

water towers)

6.3 Hydrants

6.4 Faucets

6.5 Dip sampling

7 On-site analysis of samples

8 Frequency and timing of sampling

9 Sample collection and handling

9.1 General

9.2 Volume of samples

9.3 Precautions to minimize 

i i ISO 6184-1 Explosion protection systems -

- Part 1: Determination of 

explosion indices of 

combustible dusts in air

15/11/1985 Of same nature as other 

tests set out in this standard. 

Explains how to relate 

results from this technique 

to those obtained by the 

others.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

ISO 6184-2 Explosion protection systems -

- Part 2: Determination of 

explosion indices of 

combustible gases in air

15/11/1985 Gives test method. Gives 

the criteria by which results 

obtained using other test 

procedures can be 

correlated to yield the 

quantities as determined by 

the method specified.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 
ISO 6184-3 Explosion protection systems -

- Part 3: Determination of 

explosion indices of fuel/air 

mixtures other than dust/air 

and gas/air mixtures

15/11/1985 Provides a test method. 

Gives the criteria by which 

results obtained using other 

test procedures can be 

correlated to yield the 

quantities as determined by 

the method specified.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 

ISO 6184-4 Explosion protection systems -

- Part 4: Determination of 

efficacy of explosion 

suppression systems

15/11/1985 Provides a method for 

evaluating the effectiveness 

against defined explosions in 

an enclosed volume. Gives 

the criteria for alternative 

test apparatus used to 

undertake tests and criteria 

to be applied in defining the 

safe operating regime.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities 

ISO 7001 Graphical symbols - Public 

information symbols

1/4/2014 Specifies graphical symbols 

for the purposes of public 

information.

communications Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 General

4.1 Size

4.2 Text

4.3 Arrows

4.4 Colour and contrast

4.5 Negation

5 Meanings and categorization of 

public information 

symbols

5.1 General

5.2 Meaning

5.3 Categorization

6 Standardized public information 

symbols

Bibliography
ISO 7212 Enclosures for protection 

against ionizing radiation -- 

Lead shielding units for 50 

mm and 100 mm thick walls

15/6/1986 Gives the properties of the 

various lead units that are 

used in the construction of 

shielded enclosures for 

protection against ionizing 

radiation. Deals with basic 

units: bricks, posts and 

functional units: aperture 

bricks, windows, sphere 

units, plugs and reducing 

units.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Contents

1. Scope and field of application

2. Classification

3. Designation

3.1 Explanation of the reference 

number

3.2 Explanation of a designation 

example

4. Specifications of the bricks

4.1 General

4.2 Properties of the material

4.3 Profile of the chevron

Section one: Lead shielding units - 

50 mm thick

5. Categories 1 and 2 

5.1 Plain bricks

5.2 Corner bricks

5.3 End bricks

5.4 Special bricks

5.5 Posts 

5.6 Assembly of basic units

5.7 Aperture bricks

5.8 Windows

5.9 Sphere units

5.10 Plugs

5.11 Reducing units

5.12 Assembly of functional units

 ISO 7240-1 Fire detection and alarm 

systems -- Part 1: General 

and definitions

1/6/2014 Gives a set of general 

guidelines and definitions to 

be used in describing the fire 

detection and alarm system 

equipment, tests and 

requirements in the other 

parts of ISO 7240.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

 Foreword

Introduction 

1 Scope 

2 General guidelines 

3 Terms and definition

4 Components of fire detection and 

alarm systems 

5 Test determination

Bibliography
ISO 7240-24 Fire detection and fire alarm 

systems - Part 24: Soundsystem loudspeakers

15/2/2013 Describes requirements, test 

methods and performance 

criteria for loudspeakers 

intended to broadcast a 

warning of fire between a 

fire detection and alarm 

system and the occupants of 

a building.

communications Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

Foreword 

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms, abbreviated terms and 

definitions

4 Requirements

5 Tests

6 Test report

Annex A (normative) - Acoustical 

measurements

Annex B (normative) - Measuring 

rated noise power (durability)

Annex C (informative) - Loudspeaker 

physical references

Bibliography

ISO 7396-1 MEDICAL GAS PIPELINE 

SYSTEMS - PART 1: PIPELINE 

SYSTEMS FOR COMPRESSED 

MEDICAL GASES AND 

VACUUM

1/3/2013 Describes requirements for 

design, installation, function, 

performance, 

documentation, testing and 

commissioning of pipeline 

systems for compressed 

medical gases, gases for 

driving surgical tools and 

vacuum in healthcare 

facilities to ensure 

continuous delivery of the 

correct gas and the provision 

of vacuum from the pipeline 

system.

Energy Healthcare and Public 

Health 

Transportation Systems Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 General requirements 

4.1 Safety 4.2 Alternative 

construction 4.3 Materials 4.4 

System design 5 Supply systems 

5.1 System components 5.2 

General requirements 5.3 Supply 

systems with cylinders or 

cylinder bundles 5.4 Supply 

systems with mobile or stationary 

cryogenic or non-cryogenic vessels 

5.5 Supply systems for air 5.6 

Supply systems with oxygen 

concentrator(s) 5.7 Supply 

systems for vacuum 5.8 Location 

of supply systems 5.9 Location of 

cylinder manifolds 5.10 Location 

of stationary cryogenic vessels 

6 Monitoring and alarm systems 

6.1 General 6.2 Installation 

requirements 6.3 Monitoring and 

alarm signals 6.4 Provision of 

operating alarms 6.5 Provision of 

emergency clinical alarms 6.6 

Provision of emergency operating 

alarms 7 Pipeline distribution 

 h i l 
ISO 7396-2 MEDICAL GAS PIPELINE 

SYSTEMS - PART 2: 

ANAESTHETIC GAS 

SCAVENGING DISPOSAL 

SYSTEMS

1/4/2007 Describes requirements for 

the design, installation, 

function, performance, 

documentation, testing and 

commissioning of 

anaesthetic gas scavenging 

disposal systems to ensure 

patient safety and to 

minimize exposure of the 

operator and other persons 

to anaesthetic gases and 

vapours.

Energy Healthcare and Public 

Health 

Transportation Systems Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 General requirements 

4.1 Safety 4.2 Alternative 

construction 4.3 Materials 4.4 

Continuity of operation 5 Power 

device 6 Indicating systems 7 

Pipelines, connecting assemblies 

and disposal hoses 8 Disposal 

system characteristics and test 

methods for pressure and flow 

8.1 Requirements 8.2 Test 

methods for pressure and flow 8.3 

Means to prevent backflow 9 

Terminal units 10 Marking and 

colour coding 10.1 Marking 10.2 

Colour coding 10.3 Test for 

durability 11 Pipeline installation 

12 Testing, commissioning and 

certification 12.1 General 12.2 

General requirements for tests 

12.3 Tests, inspections and checks 

12.4 Requirements for tests, 

inspections and checks listed in 

12.3 12.5 Certification of the 

system 12.6 Extensions or 

modifications 13 Information to be 

li d b h f ISO 8201 Acoustics -- Audible 

emergency evacuation signal

15/12/1987 Gives two parameters, the 

temporal pattern and the 

required sound pressure 

level at all places within the 

intended reception area. 

Applies to the audible signal 

and not to the individual 

signalling system 

components.

Emergency Services Communications

ISO 8421-4:1990 Fire protection -- Vocabulary -

- Part 4: Fire extinction 

equipment

1990 Emergency Services 

ISO 8421-7:1987 Fire protection -- Vocabulary -

- Part 7: Explosion detection 

and suppression means

1987 Emergency Services 
ISO 9186-1 Graphical symbols - Test 

methods - Part 1: Methods 

for testing comprehensibility

15/3/2014 Defines a method for testing 

the comprehensibility of 

graphical symbols.

communications Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Principle

5 Preliminary steps

6 Comprehension test

Annex A (normative) - 

Comprehension test

Bibliography

ISO IWA 9 FRAMEWORK FOR 

MANAGING SUSTAINABLE 

DEVELOPMENT IN BUSINESS 

DISTRICTS

29/08/2011 Gives a framework for 

managing sustainable 

development in a business 

district, including the 

evaluation, comparison and 

improvement of its 

performance.

Business Continuity
ISO TR 15916 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS FOR 

THE SAFETY OF HYDROGEN 

SYSTEMS

15/02/2004 Gives guidelines for the use 

of hydrogen in its gaseous 

and liquid forms. It identifies 

the basic safety concerns 

and risks, and describes the 

properties of hydrogen that 

are relevant to safety.

Emergency Services Chemical Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Overview of hydrogen 

applications 4.1 Basic hydrogen 

infrastructure 4.2 Typical hydrogen 

system components 4.3 Hydrogen 

fuel 4.4 Environmental effects 5 

Safety considerations for the use of 

gaseous and liquid hydrogen 5.1 

General 5.2 Hazards involved as a 

consequence of the properties 

of hydrogen 5.3 Factors involved in 

combustion hazards 5.4 Factors 

involved in pressure hazards 5.5 

Factors involved in temperature 

hazards 5.6 Factors involved in 

hydrogen embrittlement hazards 

5.7 Health hazards 5.8 Team 

approach and training needed for 

the safe use of hydrogen 6 

Basic properties of hydrogen 6.1 

General properties 6.2 Selected 

thermophysical properties 6.3 

Basic combustion properties 7 

Mitigation and control of risks 7.1 

General mitigation and control of 

risk 7.2 Mitigation of design risks 

 i i i f fl bili d 
ISO TR 21730 HEALTH INFORMATICS - USE 

OF MOBILE WIRELESS 

COMMUNICATION AND 

COMPUTING TECHNOLOGY 

IN HEALTHCARE FACILITIES - 

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR 

ELECTROMAGNETIC 

COMPATIBILITY 

(MANAGEMENT OF 

UNINTENTIONAL 

ELECTROMAGNETIC 

INTERFERENCE) WITH 

MEDICAL DEVICES

15/02/2007 Provides guidance for the 

deployment, use and 

management of mobile 

wireless communication and 

computing equipment in 

healthcare facilities in a way 

that promotes effective 

electromagnetic 

compatibility (EMC) among 

the wireless technology and 

active medical devices 

through mitigation of 

potential hazards due to 

electromagnetic interference 

(EMI).

Healthcare and Public 

Health 

Information Technology Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Terms, definitions and abbreviated 

terms 2.1 Terms and definitions 

2.2 Abbreviated terms 3 Current 

status of management of 

electromagnetic interference 3.1 

Mobile wireless equipment in 

healthcare facilities 3.2 The risk of 

patient harm due to EMI 3.3 

Existing relevant standards and 

recommendations 3.4 EMC with 

medical devices and minimization of 

EMI risk 4 Recommendations 4.1 

General recommendations 4.2 

Responsibility within healthcare 

facilities 4.3 Inventory within 

healthcare facilities 4.4 Testing 

within healthcare facilities 4.5 

Controlled use within healthcare 

facilities 4.6 Non-controlled use 

within healthcare facilities 4.7 RF 

emissions from network sources 

4.8 Medical devices within 

healthcare facilities Annex A 

(informative) RF technologies 

Bibliography
ISO/DIS 15589-1 PETROLEUM, 

PETROCHEMICAL AND 

NATURAL GAS INDUSTRIES - 

CATHODIC PROTECTION OF 

PIPELINE SYSTEMS - PART 1: 

ON-LAND PIPELINES

15/11/2003 Provides requirements and 

gives recommendations for 

the pre-installation surveys, 

design, materials, 

equipment, fabrication, 

installation, commissioning, 

operation, inspection and 

maintenance of cathodic 

protection systems for onland pipelines, as defined in 

ISO 13623, for the petroleum 

and natural gas industries. 

Applicable to buried carbon 

steel, stainless steel 

pipelines on land, retrofits, 

modifications and repairs 

made to existing pipeline 

systems.

Energy Transportation Systems Foreword

Introduction 

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Symbols and abbreviations

5 Design requirements 

5.1 General

5.2 Design information

5.3 Criteria for CP

5.4 Predesign investigations

5.5 Electrical isolation 

5.6 Electrical earthing

5.7 Electrical continuity

5.8 Current requirements

5.9 Type of CP system and selection 

of sites 

6 Impressed-current systems

6.1 Power supply

6.2 Groundbeds

6.3 Current output control and 

distribution

7 Galvanic-anode systems

7.1 General

7.2 Zinc anodes

7.3 Magnesium anodes

7.4 Anode backfill

 bl d bl i ISO/DIS 22320 ISO/DIS 22320 - SOCIETAL 

SECURITY - EMERGENCY

 MANAGEMENT - 

REQUIREMENTS FOR 

COMMAND AND CONTROL

22/08/2011 Defines requirements for 

command and control, 

information, coordination 

and cooperation which 

provide the basics for 

effective command and 

control within an incident 

response organization.

Emergency Services Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Requirements for 

command and control 5 

Requirements for operational 

information process 6 

Requirements for cooperation and 

coordination Bibliography

ISO/DIS 22322 BS ISO 22322 - SOCIETAL 

SECURITY - EMERGENCY 

MANAGEMENT - PUBLIC 

WARNING

11/4/2013 Emergency Services Communications Societal Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Public warning system 

5 Public warning process 6 People 

at risk 7 Public warning resources 8 

Cooperation and coordination 

Annex A (informative) Bibliography
ISO/DIS 22324 SOCIETAL SECURITY - 

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT - 

COLOUR-CODED ALERT

30/09/2013 Specifies colour codes 

expressing the severity of a 

situation so that people at 

risk can take appropriate 

safety actions.

Emergency Services Communications Societal Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 Guidance for use of 

colour codes 5 Colours and colour 

codes Annex A (informative) - 

Applications Annex B (informative) - 

Recommendations for safety 

colour selection Bibliography

ISO/DIS 37120 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT 

AND RESILIENCE OF 

COMMUNITIES - INDICATORS 

FOR CITY SERVICES AND 

QUALITY OF LIFE

7/5/2014 Describes and establishes 

methodologies for a set of 

indicators to steer and 

measure the performance of 

city services and quality of 

life.

Business Continuity Emergency Services Foreword . Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms and 

definitions 4 City Indicators 5 

Economy 6 Education 7 Energy 8 

Environment 9 Finance 10 Fire and 

emergency response 11 

Governance 12 Health 13 

Recreation 14 Safety 15 Shelter 16 

Solid waste 17 Telecommunication 

and innovation 18 Transportation 

19 Urban planning 20 Wastewater 

21 Water and Sanit 22 Reporting 

and record maintenance Annex A 

(informative) - City indicators Annex 

B (informative) - Profile Indicators 

Bibliography
ISO/IEC 21000-15 - Amendment 1: Security in 

Event Reporting

1/10/2008 Specifies a mechanism to 

express Event Report 

Requests (ER-R) that contain 

information about which 

Events to report, what 

information is to be reported 

and to whom.

Information Technology Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope

1.1 General

1.2 Organisation of the Document 

2 Normative References

3 Terms and Definitions 

4 Symbols and Abbreviated Terms

5 Namespace and Conventions

5.1 Namespace 

5.2 Schema Wrapper

5.3 Use of namespace prefixes

6 Reference Architecture 

6.1 Background to Event Reporting

6.2 Creating and Processing Event 

Reports

6.3 Relationship of Event Reporting 

with other

Parts of ISO/IEC 21000

7 Event Report Requests 

7.1 Introduction

7.2 High-level Structure

7.3 Event Report Request Descriptor

7.4 Event Report Specification

7.5 Event Condition Descriptor

8 Event Reports

8.1 Introduction

 i h l l 
ISO/IEC 27005 Information technology - 

Security techniques - 

Information security risk 

management

1/6/2011 Gives guidelines for 

information security risk 

management.

Information Technology Foreword 

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Structure of this International 

Standard

5 Background

6 Overview of the information 

security risk management 

process 

7 Context establishment

8 Information security risk 

assessment

9 Information security risk 

treatment

10 Information security risk 

acceptance

11 Information security risk 

communication and consultation

12 Information security risk 

monitoring and review

Annex A (informative) - Defining the 

scope and boundaries of 

the information security risk 

management 

process

 (i f i ) 
ISO/IEC 27031 Information technology - 

Security techniques - 

Guidelines for information 

and communication 

technology readiness for 

business continuity

1/3/2011 Defines the concepts and 

principles of information and 

communication technology 

(ICT) readiness for business 

continuity, and provides a 

framework of methods and 

processes to identify and 

specify all aspects (such as 

performance criteria, design, 

and implementation) for 

improving an organization's 

ICT readiness to ensure 

business continuity.

Information Technology Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Abbreviations

5 Overview

6 IRBC Planning

7 Implementation and Operation

8 Monitor and Review

9 IRBC improvement

Annex A (informative) - IRBC and 

milestones during a 

disruption

Annex B (informative) - High 

availability embedded system

Annex C (informative) - Assessing 

Failure Scenarios

Annex D (informative) - Developing 

Performance Criteria

Bibliography
ISO/IEC 27032 Information technology - 

Security techniques - 

Guidelines for cybersecurity

15/7/2012 Specifies guidance for 

improving the state of 

Cybersecurity, drawing out 

the unique aspects of that 

activity and its dependencies 

on other security domains, in 

particular: - information 

security, - network security, - 

internet security, and - 

critical information 

infrastructure protection 

(CIIP).

Information Technology Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope

2 Applicability

3 Normative references 

4 Terms and definitions 

5 Abbreviated terms 

6 Overview

7 Stakeholders in the Cyberspace

8 Assets in the Cyberspace

9 Threats against the security of the 

Cyberspace

10 Roles of stakeholders in 

Cybersecurity

11 Guidelines for stakeholders

12 Cybersecurity controls

13 Framework of information 

sharing and coordination

Annex A (informative) - 

Cybersecurity readiness

Annex B (informative) - Additional 

resources

Annex C (informative) - Examples of 

related documents

Bibliography
ISO/IEC 27035 / ISO/IEC 27031 Information technology - 

Security techniques: ISO/IEC 

27035 / ISO/IEC 27031

1/9/2011 Gives a structured and 

planned approach to: 1. 

detect, report and assess 

information security 

incidents; 2. respond to and 

manage information security 

incidents; 3. detect, assess 

and manage information 

security vulnerabilities; and 

4. continuously improve 

information security and 

incident management as a 

result of managing 

information security 

incidents and vulnerabilities.

Information Technology Foreword

Introduction 

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Overview

5 Plan and prepare phase

6 Detection and reporting phase

7 Assessment and decision phase

8 Responses phase

9 Lessons learnt phase

Annex A (informative) - Cross 

reference table of 

ISO/IEC 27001 vs ISO/IEC 27035

Annex B (informative) - Examples of 

information security 

incidents and their causes

Annex C (informative) - Example 

approaches to the 

categorization and classification of 

information 

security events and incidents 

Annex D (informative) - Example 

information security 

event, incident and vulnerability 

reports and forms

Annex E (informative) - Legal and 

l 
ISO/IEC 29180 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY - 

TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND 

INFORMATION EXCHANGE 

BETWEEN SYSTEMS - 

SECURITY FRAMEWORK FOR 

UBIQUITOUS SENSOR 

NETWORKS

1/12/2012 Specifies the security threats 

to and security requirements 

of the ubiquitous sensor 

network.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Definitions

4 Abbreviations

5 Conventions

6 Overview

7 Threats and security models for 

ubiquitous sensor networks

8 General security dimensions for 

USN

9 Security dimensions and threats in 

ubiquitous sensor networks

10 Security techniques for 

ubiquitous sensor networks

11 Specific security functional 

requirements for USN

Annex A - Key management in 

sensor networks

Annex B - Authenticated broadcast 

in sensor networks: [mu]TPC

Annex C - Authentication 

mechanisms in sensor networks

Annex D - Secure data aggregation in 

sensor networks

Bibliography
ISO/IEC Guide 74 Graphical symbols -- 

Technical guidelines for the 

consideration of consumers 

needs

6/12/2004 Provides procedures for the 

development of graphical 

symbols for public 

information, use in safety 

signs and product safety 

labels, and use on 

equipment and products.

communications Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Relevant international technical 

committees

5 Preliminary considerations

6 Designing a new graphical symbol

7 Relevant International Standards

8 Evaluating the comprehensibility 

of safety signs

(including product safety labels) and 

public information

symbols

9 Validation, standardization and 

registration of graphical 

symbols

Annex A (informative) - Examples of 

standardized and registered

graphical symbols and safety signs

Bibliography
ISO/IEC TR 14516:2002 Information technology -- 

Security techniques -- 

Guidelines for the use and 

management of Trusted Third 

Party services

15/6/2002 Gives guidance for the use 

and management of TTPs, a 

clear definition of the basic 

duties and services provided, 

their description and their 

purpose, and the roles and 

liabilities of TTPs and entities 

using their services. It is 

intended primarily for 

system managers, 

developers, TTP operators 

and enterprise users to 

select those TTP services 

needed for particular 

requirements, their 

subsequent management, 

use and operational 

deployment, and the 

establishment of a Security 

Policy within a TTP.

Information Technology 1 Scope

2 References

2.1 Identical Recommendations | 

International Standards

2.2 Paired Recommendations | 

International Standards 

equivalent in technical content

2.3 Additional References

3 Definitions

4 General Aspects

4.1 Basis of Security Assurance and 

Trust

4.2 Interaction between a TTP and 

Entities Using its 

Services

4.2.1 In-line TTP Services

4.2.2 On-line TTP Services

4.2.3 Off-line TTP Services

4.3 Interworking of TTP Services

5 Management and Operational 

Aspects of a TTP

5.1 Legal Issues

5.2 Contractual Obligations

5.3 Responsibilities

5.4 Security Policy

5.4.1 Security Policy Elements

5.4.2 Standards

 i i d d ISO/IEC TR 15443-1 Information technology - 

Security techniques - Security 

assurance framework - Part 

1: Introduction and concepts

15/11/2012 Describes terms and 

establishes an extensive and 

organised set of concepts 

and their relationships for 

understanding IT security 

assurance, thereby 

establishing a basis for 

shared understanding of the 

concepts and principles 

central to ISO/IEC TR 15443 

across its user communities.

Information Technology Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope 

2 Normative references 

3 Terms and definitions 

4 Abbreviated Terms 

5 Concepts of security assurance 

6 The structure of security assurance 

7 SACA techniques 

8 SACA methods 

9 CASCO 

10 SACA Paradigms 

11 Aspects of the composition of 

security assurance 

Bibliography
ISO/IEC TR 20004 Information technology -- 

Security techniques -- 

Refining software 

vulnerability analysis under 

ISO/IEC 15408 and ISO/IEC 

18045

15/8/2012 Describes the AVA_VAN 

assurance family activities 

defined in ISO/IEC 

18045:2008 and provides 

more specific guidance on 

the identification, selection 

and assessment of relevant 

potential vulnerabilities in 

order to conduct an ISO/IEC 

15408 evaluation of a 

software target of 

evaluation.

Information Technology Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope

2 Terms and definitions

3 Abbreviated terms

4 Background Context

5 Overview

6 Vulnerability Assessment Activities

Bibliography

ISO/IEC TR 27015 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY - 

SECURITY TECHNIQUES - 

INFORMATION SECURITY 

MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES 

FOR FINANCIAL SERVICES

1/12/2012 Gives information security 

guidance complementing 

and in addition to 

information security controls 

defined in ISO/IEC 

27002:2005 for initiating, 

implementing, maintaining, 

and improving information 

security within organizations 

providing financial services.

Information Technology Financial Services Foreword Introduction 1 Scope 2 

Normative references 3 Terms, 

definitions and abbreviated terms 4 

Structure of this technical report 5 

Security Policy 6 Organization of 

information security 7 Asset 

management 8 Human resources 

security 9 Physical and 

environmental security 10 

Communications and operations 

management 11 Access control 12 

Information systems acquisition, 

development and maintenance 

13 Information security incident 

management 14 Business 

continuity management 15 

Compliance Bibliography
ISO/PAS 22399 Societal security - Guideline 

for incident preparedness 

and operational continuity 

management

1/12/2007 Provides general guidance 

for an organization - private, 

governmental, and 

nongovernmental 

organizations - to develop its 

own specific performance 

criteria for incident 

preparedness and 

operational continuity, and 

design an appropriate 

management system.

Societal business continuity Emergency Services Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 General

5 Policy

5.1 Establishing the program

5.2 Defining program scope

5.3 Management leadership and 

commitment

5.4 Policy development

5.5 Policy review

5.6 Organizational structure for 

implementation

6 Planning

6.1 General

6.2 Legal and other requirements

6.3 Risk assessment and impact 

analysis

6.4 Hazard, risk, and threat 

identification

6.5 Risk assessment

6.6 Impact analysis

6.7 Incident preparedness and 

operational continuity 

management programs

 l i d i
ISO/TR 13387-1:1999 Fire safety engineering -- Part 

1: Application of fire 

performance concepts to 

design objectives

30/9/1999 Covers one framework to 

provide an engineered 

approach to the 

achievement of fire safety in 

buildings, based on the 

quantifying of fire and 

people.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

 1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 The global approach

4.1 General

4.2 Summary of the fire safety 

engineering 

assessment process

4.3 The subsystems of the design

4.4 Design parameters

4.5 The global information, 

evaluation and 

process concept

4.6 Engineering methods

5 Fire safety management

5.1 General

5.2 Independent audit

6 Objectives and criteria

6.1 General

6.2 Functional objectives

6.3 Acceptance criteria

7 Deterministic design

7.1 Background

8 Probability design

8.1 Background

8.2 Basic probabilistic techniques

8.3 Data required

 d f il
ISO/TR 13387-2:1999 Fire safety engineering -- Part 

2: Design fire scenarios and 

design fires

30/9/1999 Gives advice on identifying 

suitable design fire scenarios 

to be considered in fire 

safety design. Also advises 

on the specification of design 

fires for quantitative analysis 

in fire safety design of 

buildings, and can be applied 

to other constructions.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Symbols and abbreviated terms

5 Design fire scenarios

5.1 Role of design fire scenarios in 

fire safety

design

5.2 Identification of important 

design fire 

scenarios 

6 Design fires

6.1 Role of design fires in the fire 

safety 

engineering

6.2 Characteristics of design fires

6.3 Characteristic fire growth

6.4 Events modifying the design fire

6.5 Pre-flashover design fires

6.6 Fully developed fires

6.7 External design fires

Annex A (informative) Typical fire 

growth categories

Bibliography
ISO/TR 13387-3:1999 Fire safety engineering -- Part 

3: Assessment and 

verification of mathematical 

fire models

30/9/1999 Gives advice on methods for 

assessment and verification 

of the applicability and 

accuracy of mathematical 

fire models used as fire 

safety engineering tools. 

Specific fire models are not 

covered, and it is not a stepby-step method, however, it 

does outline techniques for 

finding limitations and errors 

in a calculation model.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Symbols and abbreviated terms

5 Potential users and their needs

6 Documentation

6.1 General

6.2 Technical documents

6.3 User's manual

7 General methodology

7.1 General

7.2 Review of the theoretical basis 

of the model

7.3 Analytical tests

7.4 Comparison with other 

programmes

7.5 Empirical verification

7.6 Code checking

8 Numerical accuracy

9 Measurement uncertainty of data

9.1 General

9.2 Category A determination of 

standard uncertainty

9.3 Category B determination of 

standard uncertainty

9.4 Combined standard uncertainty

9.5 Expanded uncertainty

 i i
ISO/TR 13387-7:1999 Fire safety engineering -- Part 

7: Detection, activation and 

suppression

30/9/1999 Supplies guidance to 

regulators, designers and fire 

safety professionals on the 

fundamental engineering 

procedures that should be 

included in design guides and 

reference manuals for the 

prediction of times to detect 

fire events, based on the 

design-fire environment and 

properties and/or location of 

automatic detection devices; 

times to activate automatic 

alarm systems and 

automatic systems designed 

to control fire growth of to 

control the effects of fire 

based on system design 

parameters; the 

effectiveness of activated 

automatic suppression 

systems in limiting the 

potential consequences on a 

fire, based on key system 

characteristics.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

 1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Symbols and abbreviated terms

4.1 Symbols

4.2 Abbreviated terms

5 Subsystem 4 of the total design 

system

5.1 General discussion

5.1 Explanation and illustrations

5.2 Information flow

6 Subsystem evaluations

6.1 Detection time

6.2 Activation time

6.3 Performance of suppression 

systems

7 Engineering methods

7.1 General applications to 

subsystem 4

7.2 Estimation formulae

7.3 Computer models

7.4 Experimental methods

7.5 Reliability analysis

Annex A (informative) Physical 

mechanisms of suppression 

by water sprays

Annex B (informative) Calculation of 

 i f 
ISO/TR 13387-8:1999 Fire safety engineering -- Part 

8: Life safety -- Occupant 

behaviour, location and 

condition

30/9/1999 Supplies guidance to 

designers, regulators and fire 

safety professionals on the 

engineering procedures 

available to evaluate the 

condition and location of the 

occupants of a building 

exposed to a fire. Covers the 

assumptions that underline 

the basic principles of 

designing for life safety and 

provides guidance on the 

assessments, processes and 

calculations necessary to 

determine the condition and 

location of the occupants of 

the building.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

 1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Design Subsystem 5 of the total 

fire safety design 

system

4.1 General

4.2 Information system

4.3 Function of Subsystem 5

5 Subsystem 5 (SS5) life safety: 

evaluations

5.1 General

5.2 Inputs required from the global 

information

bus

5.3 Occupant location

5.4 Occupant condition

6 Engineering methods

6.1 General

6.2 Engineering methods for 

evaluating occupant 

location

6.3 Engineering methods for 

evaluation of occupant

condition

Annex A (informative) Building and 

occupant information

 (i f i ) i fi h i 
ISO/TR 13843 Water quality -- Guidance on 

validation of microbiological 

methods

1/6/2000 Deals with validation of 

microbiological methods, in 

particular selective 

quantitative methods where 

the quantitative estimate is 

based on counting particles, 

either directly, with the aid 

of a microscope, or indirectly 

on the basis of growth 

(multiplication) into colonies 

or turbidity.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Foreword

1 Scope

2 Terms and definitions

3 Arrangement of the document

4 Basic concepts

4.1 General

4.2 Validation

4.3 Detectors

4.4 Performance characteristics

4.5 Specifications

5 Limitations and characteristic 

features of 

microbiological methods

5.1 Recovery of the analyte

5.2 Sample variance

5.3 Particle distribution and over 

dispersion

5.4 Interactions in the detector

5.5 Robustness

5.6 Spurious errors

5.7 Control and guidance charts

6 Mathematical models of variation

6.1 Unavoidable basic variation - The 

Poisson 

distribution

6.2 Over dispersion - The negative 

binomial model

 i i l d i l li i
ISO/TR 15656 Fire resistance -- Guidelines 

for evaluating the predictive 

capability of calculation 

models for structural fire 

behaviour

1/12/2003 Gives guidance for 

evaluating the predictive 

capability of calculation 

models for structural fire 

behaviour. Applies to 

calculation procedures not 

based on physical models.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

Foreword 

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Background information 

4.1 General

4.2 Potential users and their needs

4.3 Predictive model capabilities, 

uncertainties of 

design component (from ISO/TR 

12471)

5 Outline of met

6 Definition and documentation of 

model and scenario

6.1 Types of models

6.2 Documentation 

6.3 Deterministic versus 

probabilistic 

7 Evaluation 

7.1 Sources of errors in predictions

7.2 Model application and use

7.3 Model theoretical basis 

7.4 Model solution

7.5 Comparison of model results 

7.6 Measurement uncertainty of 

data (from ISO/TR 13387-3)

 d l i i i ISO/TR 16732-2 Fire Safety Engineering - Fire 

risk assessment - Part 2: 

Example of an office building

15/9/2012 Describes the 

implementation of the steps 

of fire risk assessment, as 

defined in ISO 16732-1.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope 

2 Normative references 

3 Terms and definitions 

4 Applicability of fire risk assessment 

5 Overview of fire risk management 

6 Steps in fire risk estimation 

7 Uncertainty, sensitivity, precision, 

and bias 

8 Fire risk evaluation 

Bibliography
ISO/TR 16732-3 Fire safety engineering - Fire 

risk assessment - Part 3: 

Example of an industrial 

property

15/2/2013 Describes a fictitious 

propane storage facility 

dedicated to the reception of 

propane transported by tank 

wagons, the storage of 

propane in a pressurized 

vessel and the bulk shipment 

of propane by tank trucks.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

 Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Applicability of fire risk assessment

5 Overview of fire risk management

6 Steps in fire risk estimation

7 Uncertainty, sensitivity, precision, 

and bias

8 Fire risk evaluation

Bibliography

ISO/TR 16738 Fire-safety engineering - 

Technical information on 

methods for evaluating 

behaviour and movement of 

people

1/8/2009 Gives information to 

designers, regulators and fire 

safety professionals on the 

engineering methods 

available for evacuation 

strategies in relation to the 

evaluation of life safety 

aspects of a fire safety 

engineering design.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

 Foreword

Introduction 

1 Scope 

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Symbols 

5 Integration of behaviour and 

movement into 

Performance-based design

5.1 General

5.2 Basis of performance-based 

design for life safety

5.3 ASET calculations

5.4 RSET calculations

5.5 Evacuation strategies

5.6 Margin of safety

5.7 Elements used in the 

quantification of RSET 

6 Design behavioural scenarios for 

quantification of RSET

7 Estimation of pre-travel activity 

times

8 Estimation of travel times 

9 Interactions between pre-travel 

activity time, walking 

time and exit flow time

10 Calculation of escape and 

i i f il
ISO/TR 22312 Societal security -- 

Technological capabilities

15/7/2011 Provides the knowledge 

accumulated in the six 

month study period 

conducted by ISO/TC 223/Ad 

hoc group 1 (AHG1), in which 

AHG1 examined the different 

existing available 

technologies which would be 

relevant to standardize 

within the field of societal 

security.

Societal Information Technology Foreword 

Introduction 

1 Scope 

2 Existing international security 

standardization work 

3 Work being done in other 

technical committees within 

ISO, IEC and ITU-T

4 AHG1 study methodology 

5 Raw results 

6 Results 

Annex A (informative) - List of ISO 

Technical Committees 

involved in security 

Bibliography

ISO/TS 12869 Water quality -- Detection 

and quantification of 

Legionella and/or Legionella 

pneumophila by 

concentration and genic 

amplification by polymerase 

chain reaction (RT-PCR)

1/11/2012 Describes a method for the 

detection and quantification 

of Legionella spp. and L. 

pneumophila using a 

quantitative polymerase 

chain reaction (qPCR).

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions

4 Principle

5 Sampling

6 General testing conditions

7 Procedure

8 Expression of the results

9 Test report

10 Technical protocol for the 

characterization and 

the validation of the method

11 Quality controls

Annex A (informative) - Example of 

protocol for producing 

a quantitative standard DNA 

solution

Annex B (informative) - Example of 

method for determining the 

cycle threshold

Annex C (informative) - Example of a 

study of the quantitative 

PCR phase calibration function

Annex D (informative) - Specific 

Student distribution

 (i f i ) l f 
ISO/TS 13475-2 Acoustics -- Stationary 

audible warning devices used 

outdoors -- Part 2: Precision 

methods for determination 

of sound emission quantities

2/11/2000 Test conditions under which 

the acoustic emission levels 

of stationary audible warning 

devices may be obtained are 

specified. Applicable to 

sirens for use in outdoor 

public warning systems and 

sound signalling devices for 

use outdoors. The purpose 

of this test code is to be able 

to produce reliable sound 

emission level 

measurements for stationary 

sirens to be used outdoors. 

Does not cover spoken 

messages and contains no 

recommendation for specific 

warning signals.

communications Emergency Services Foreword

Objectives

Background to the Eurocode 

Programme

Eurocode Program

National Applications Documents

Matters specific to this prestandard

Safety requirements

Design procedures

Design aids

1 General

1.1 Scope

1.2 Distinction between Principles 

and 

Application Rules

1.3 Normative references

1.4 Definitions

1.5 Symbols

1.6 Units

2 Basic principles and rules

2.1 Performance requirements

2.2 Actions

2.3 Design values of material 

properties

2.4 Assessment methods

2.4.5 Design assisted by testing

3 Material properties

 l
ISO/TS 15624 Transport information and 

control systems -- Traffic 

Impediment Warning 

Systems (TIWS) -- System 

requirements

18/1/2001 Gives requirements for 

Traffic Impediment Warning 

Systems (TIWS). The 

purposes of the warning 

system are that information 

collected by the 

infrastructure is 

automatically and quickly 

provided to vehicles and 

reported to the traffic 

system operator, so vehicles 

can avoid secondary 

accidents.

Transportation Systems Communications Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Terms and definitions

3 Specifications and requirements

3.1 General specifications

3.2 Classifications

3.3 Objects constituting traffic 

impediments and

detection coverage

3.4 Types of sensors

3.5 Provision of information

3.6 Range of information provision 

to drivers

3.7 CCTV camera installation interval

4 System testing method

4.1 System performance test

4.2 System function test

Annex A (informative) Incidents of 

traffic impediment

events

Annex B (informative) Issues to be 

addressed and not

addressed

Annex C (informative) Place for 

introducting a system

Annex D (informative) Specific 

l f 
ISO/TS 16489 Water quality -- Guidance for 

establishing the equivalency 

of results

24/10/2006 Specifies statistical 

procedures to test the 

equivalency of results 

obtained by two different 

analytical methods used in 

the analysis of waters.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 Foreword

Introduction 

1 Scope 

2 Normative references 

3 Terms and definitions 

4 Overview of the different 

approaches 

5 Amount of data

6 Data comparisons

7 Comparison of arithmetic means 

of two independently 

obtained sets of data 

8 Comparison of population and 

sample arithmetic means 

9 Analysis of variance 

10 Determination of the equivalence 

of analytical results 

obtained from samples from 

different matrices

10.1 General

10.2 Determination of the 

equivalence of the analytical 

results of real samples using 

orthogonal regression

10.3 Evaluation according to the 

difference method 

11 Reporting

 (i f i ) i i l 
ISO/TS 20281 Water quality -- Guidance on 

statistical interpretation of 

ecotoxicity data

1/4/2006 Provides guidance on 

statistical methods used for 

the analysis of data of 

standardized ecotoxicity 

tests.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Foreword

Introduction 

1 Scope 

2 Normative references 

3 Terms and definitions 

4 General statistical principles

4.1 Different statistical approaches 

4.2 Experimental design issues 

4.3 Process of data analysis

5 Hypothesis testing

5.1 Introduction 

5.2 Quantal data (e.g. mortality, 

survival) 

5.3 Hypothesis testing with 

continuous data (e.g. mass, 

length, growth rate) to determine 

NOEC 

5.4 Statistical items to be included in 

the study report

6 Dose-response modelling 

6.1 Introduction 

6.2 Modelling quantal doseresponse data (for a single 

exposure duration) 

6.3 Dose-response modelling of 

continuous data (for a 

single exposure duration) 

 h ISO/TS 22475-2 Geotechnical investigation 

and testing - Sampling 

methods and groundwater 

measurements - Part 2: 

Qualification criteria for 

enterprises and personnel

15/9/2006 Specifies the qualification 

criteria for an enterprise and 

personnel performing 

sampling and groundwater 

measurement services so 

that all have the appropriate 

experience, knowledge and 

qualifications as well as the 

correct equipment for and 

groundwater measurements 

for the task to be carried out 

according to ISO 22475-1.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 Foreword 

Introduction

1 Scope

2 Normative references

3 Terms and definitions 

4 Requirements

Bibliography
H.248.81 Gateway Control Protocol: 

Guidelines on the Use of the 

International Emergency 

Preference Scheme (IEPS) Call 

Indicator and Priority 

Indicator in H.248 Profiles

1/5/2011 Specifies guidelines on the 

use of the international 

emergency preference 

scheme (IEPS) call indicator 

and priority indicator in ITUT H.248 profiles for ITU-T 

H.323 and NGN systems.

Emergency Services Communications 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Relation to other ITU-T 

Recommendations 

7 Functional requirements 

8 ITU-T H.248 profile specification 

guidelines 

Appendix I - Overall example traffic 

model for 

decomposed gateways 

Bibliography

ITU E.106 INTERNATIONAL EMERGENCY 

PREFERENCE SCHEME FOR 

DISASTER RELIEF 

OPERATIONS (IEPS)

1/10/2003 Describes an international 

preference scheme for the 

use of public 

telecommunications by 

national authorities for 

emergency and disaster 

relief operations.

Emergency Services Information Technology communications 1 Scope

2 References

3 Definitions

4 Abbreviations

5 Overall functional requirements

6 IEPS features

7 Operational management of the 

IEPS

Annex A - Features and techniques 

to enhance call completion

A.1 Priority dial tone

A.2 Priority call setup message 

through national and 

international signalling network with 

call identifier

A.3 Priority indicator in bearer 

networks 

A.4 Exemption from restrictive 

management controls

A.5 Survivable access and egress 

from end user location to 

PSTN/ISDN/PLMN

A.6 IEPS user verification

A.7 Special announcements on call 

progress 

A.8 Special routing capabilities

A.9 Call forwarding

 bb i d di lli
ITU E.409 INCIDENT ORGANIZATION 

AND SECURITY INCIDENT 

HANDLING: GUIDELINES FOR 

TELECOMMUNICATION 

ORGANIZATIONS

1/5/2004 Provides analyse, structure 

and suggest a method for 

establishing an incident 

management organization 

within a telecommunication 

organization involved in the 

provision of international 

telecommunications, where 

the flow and structure of an 

incident are focused.

Information Technology Communications 1 Introduction 1.1 Scope 

1.2 Definitions 1.3 Rationale 2 

System description 2.1 

Structure and flow 2.2 Incident 

flow 3 Incident handling 

system BIBLIOGRAPHY

ITU L.92 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 

FOR OUTSIDE PLANT 

FACILITIES

1/10/2012 Provides an overview of the 

technical considerations for 

protecting outside plant 

facilities from natural 

disasters.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Emergency Services 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Natural disasters 

7 Technical considerations 

8 Disaster management for outside 

plant facilities 

Appendix I - Korean experience 

Appendix II - Japanese experiences - 

earthquake 

countermeasures for underground 

facilities 

Appendix III - Answers to the 

questionnaire on 

"Technical considerations on 

protecting 

outside plant facilities from natural 

disasters" 

Bibliography

ITU R BO 1774 USE OF SATELLITE AND 

TERRESTRIAL BROADCAST 

INFRASTRUCTURES FOR 

PUBLIC WARNING, DISASTER 

MITIGATION AND RELIEF

1/4/2007 communications Information Technology Emergency Services 
ITU R F 1105 FIXED WIRELESS SYSTEMS 

FOR DISASTER MITIGATION 

AND RELIEF OPERATIONS

1/2/2014 communications Information Technology Emergency Services Annex 1 - Descriptions of fixed 

wireless systems for disaster 

mitigation and relief operations 1 

System characteristics 2 

Engineering principles 2.1 Lowcapacity links (Type A system) 2.2 

Local radio networks (Type B 

system) 2.3 Links up to 120 

channels (Type C system) 2.4 Links 

up to 480 channels (Type D system) 

2.5 High capacity links (Type E 

system) 2.6 Regional simultaneous 

communication system (Type F 

system) 3 Transmission 

performance Appendix 1 to Annex 1 

- Features and applications of 

Regional Digital Simultaneous 

Communication System for disaster 

prevention and relief operations

ITU R M 1179 PROCEDURES FOR 

DETERMINING THE 

INTERFERENCE COUPLING 

MECHANISMS AND 

MITIGATION OPTIONS FOR 

SYSTEMS OPERATING IN 

BANDS ADJACENT TO AND IN 

HARMONIC RELATIONSHIP 

WITH RADAR STATIONS IN 

THE RADIODETERMINATION 

SERVICE

1/10/1995 communications Information Technology 

ITU R M 1637 GLOBAL CROSS-BORDER 

CIRCULATION OF 

RADIOCOMMUNICATION 

EQUIPMENT IN EMERGENCY 

AND DISASTER RELIEF 

SITUATIONS

1/6/2003 communications Information Technology Emergency Services 
ITU SERIES X SUPP 10 ITU-T X.1205 - Supplement 

on usability of network 

traceback

1/9/2011 Gives an overview of 

traceback for responsive 

measures to certain network 

issues within a single or a 

more complex array of 

service providers.

Information Technology 1 Scope

2 References

3 Definitions

4 Abbreviations

5 Conventions

6 Traceback introduction

7 Possible traceback capabilities in 

networks

8 Potential applications of traceback

Bibliography

ITU SERIES X SUPP 11 ITU-T X.1245 - Supplement 

on framework based on realtime blocking lists for 

countering VoIP spam

1/9/2011 Gives a technical framework 

based on a real-time 

blocking list (RBL) for 

countering voice over 

Internet protocol (VoIP) 

spam, which consists of four 

functional entities: a VoIP 

spam prevention system 

(VSPS), a VoIP spam 

prevention policy server 

(VSPPS), an RBL central 

system for VoIP spam 

prevention (VSP-RBL), and a 

user-reputation system 

(URS).

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Terms and definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Overview of VoIP spam 

7 Functional architecture for 

countering VoIP spam 

8 RBL update procedures for 

countering VoIP spam 

Bibliography

ITU SERIES X SUPP 12 ITU-T X.1240 - Supplement 

on overall aspects of 

countering mobile messaging 

spam

1/3/2012 Specifies the basic concept 

and characteristics of mobile 

messaging spam.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Overview of mobile messaging 

spam 

7 Current technologies for 

countering mobile 

messaging spam 

8 Analysis for countering mobile 

messaging spam 

Appendix I - Activities on countering 

mobile 

messaging spam 

Bibliography
ITU SERIES X SUPP 13 ITU-T X.1051 - Supplement 

on information security 

management users' guide for 

Recommendation ITU-T 

X.1051

1/9/2012 Provides additional 

explanations and further 

implementation guidance for 

each clause and control 

specified in 

Recommendation ITU-T 

X.1051.

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions and abbreviations 

4 Overview 

5 Security policy 

6 Organization of information 

security 

7 Asset management 

8 Human resources security 

9 Physical and environmental 

security 

10 Communications and operations 

management 

11 Access control 

12 Information systems acquisition, 

development 

and maintenance 

13 Information security incident 

management 

14 Business continuity management 

15 Compliance 

Annex A - Telecommunications 

extended control set 

Bibliography

ITU SERIES X SUPP 18 SUPPLEMENT ON 

GUIDELINES FOR ABNORMAL 

TRAFFIC DETECTION AND 

CONTROL ON IP-BASED 

TELECOMMUNICATION 

NETWORKS

1/4/2013 Specifies abnormal traffic 

detection technologies and 

control measures for IPbased telecommunication 

networks.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Impacts of abnormal traffic on 

telecommunication 

networks 

7 Abnormal traffic detection 

technology 

8 Abnormal traffic control measures 

Appendix I - Overview of anomaly 

detection algorithms, 

systems and practices 

Bibliography
ITU SERIES X SUPP 18 Supplement to ITU-T X-series 

Recommendations

1/4/2013 Specifies abnormal traffic 

detection technologies and 

control measures for IPbased telecommunication 

networks.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Impacts of abnormal traffic on 

telecommunication 

networks 

7 Abnormal traffic detection 

technology 

8 Abnormal traffic control measures 

Appendix I - Overview of anomaly 

detection algorithms, 

systems and practices 

Bibliography

ITU SERIES X SUPP 19 ITU-T X.1120-X.1139 SERIES - 

SUPPLEMENT ON SECURITY 

ASPECTS OF SMARTPHONES

1/4/2013 Aims to protect the personal 

privacy of users and to 

improve information security 

of smartphones.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope 

2 References

3 Definitions

4 Abbreviations and acronyms

5 Conventions

6 General aspects

7 Threats to smartphones

8 Security framework of 

smartphones

9 Security solutions for smartphones 

Bibliography

ITU SERIES X SUPP 19 SUPPLEMENT ON SECURITY 

ASPECTS OF SMARTPHONES

1/4/2013 Aims to protect the personal 

privacy of users and to 

improve information security 

of smartphones.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope 

2 References

3 Definitions

4 Abbreviations and acronyms

5 Conventions

6 General aspects

7 Threats to smartphones

8 Security framework of 

smartphones

9 Security solutions for smartphones 

Bibliography
ITU SERIES X SUPP 2 ITU-T X.800-X.849 SERIES - 

SUPPLEMENT ON SECURITY 

BASELINE FOR NETWORK 

OPERATORS

1/9/2007 Describes a security baseline 

against which network 

operators can assess their 

network and information 

security status in terms of 

readiness and ability to 

collaborate with other 

entities (operators, users 

and law enforcement 

authorities) to counteract 

information security threats.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

3.1 Terms defined elsewhere 

3.2 Terms defined in this 

supplement 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Operator's policy baseline and 

implementation 

7 Technical tools baseline 

8 Collaboration baseline 

Bibliography

ITU SERIES X SUPP 20 ITU-T X.1205 - SUPPLEMENT 

ON FRAMEWORK OF 

SECURITY INFORMATION 

SHARING NEGOTIATION

1/4/2013 Specifies a framework for 

negotiating agreement on 

security information sharing 

between cybersecurity 

entities such as information 

requester and information 

provider.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope

2 References

3 Definitions

4 Abbreviations and acronyms

5 Conventions

6 Introduction

7 Functional capabilities for security 

information 

sharing negotiation

8 Reference model of security 

information negotiation

9 Life cycle and data model of SSA

10 Process of SSA negotiation

Appendix I - The example of security 

information sharing 

negotiation 

Bibliography
ITU SERIES X SUPP 7 ITU-T X.1250 SERIES - 

SUPPLEMENT ON OVERVIEW 

OF IDENTITY MANAGEMENT 

IN THE CONTEXT OF 

CYBERSECURITY

1/2/2009 Gives greater assurance and 

trust in user, service 

provider, and network 

device identities, it improves 

security by reducing 

exposure to security risks.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Importance of IdM to global 

network infrastructure 

protection and multi-national 

coordination for security 

7 Identity management as an 

enabler of trusted 

communication between two 

entities 

8 Protection, maintenance, 

revocation and control 

of identity data 

9 "Discovery" of trusted sources of 

identity data 

10 Electronic government services (egovernment services) 

11 Regulatory considerations in 

connection with IdM

ITU SERIES X SUPP 9 ITU-T X.1205 - SUPPLEMENT 

ON GUIDELINES FOR 

REDUCING MALWARE IN ICT 

NETWORKS

1/9/2011 Specifies guidelines that can 

be utilized by end users to 

reduce malware in 

information and 

communication technology 

(ICT) networks.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Guidelines for reducing malware in 

ICT networks 

Bibliography
ITU X.1303 Common alerting protocol 

(CAP 1.1)

1/9/2007 Specifies both an XSD 

specification and an 

equivalent ASN.1 

specification (that permits a 

compact binary encoding) 

and allows the use of ASN.1 

as well as XSD tools for the 

generation and processing of 

CAP messages.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Design principles and concepts 

6.1 Design philosophy 

6.2 Examples of requirements for 

design

6.3 Examples of use scenarios 

7 Alert message structure 

7.1 Document object model 

7.2 Data dictionary 

7.3 Implementation considerations 

7.4 XML schema 

8 Use of ASN.1 to specify and 

encode the CAP alert message 

8.1 General 

8.2 Formal mappings and 

specification 

Appendix I - CAP alert message 

examples 

I.1 Homeland security advisory 

system alert

I.2 Severe thunderstorm warning

I.3 Earthquake report

I.4 AMBER alert (Including EAS 

i i ) ITU X.1312 SECURITY FRAMEWORK FOR 

UBIQUITOUS SENSOR 

NETWORKS

1/2/2011 Specifies guidelines for 

ubiquitous sensor networks 

(USN) middleware security.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations 

5 Overview of USN middleware 

security 

6 Security threats to USN 

middleware 

7 Security requirements for USN 

middleware 

8 Guidelines for USN middleware 

security
ITU X.1313 Security requirements for 

wireless sensor network 

routing

1/10/2012 Specifies the security 

requirements for wireless 

sensor network routing.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Characteristics of general network 

topologies and 

routing protocols on security 

considerations for 

wireless sensor networks (WSN) 

7 Requirements for secure routing 

Appendix I - Overview of wireless 

sensor routing 

protocols 

Bibliography

ITU X.1500 Overview of cybersecurity 

information exchange

1/3/2012 Specifies techniques for 

exchanging cybersecurity 

information.

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Basic concept - Cybersecurity 

information 

exchange (CYBEX) 

7 Structured cybersecurity 

information exchange 

techniques 

Appendix I - Structured 

cybersecurity information 

exchange techniques 

Appendix II - A cybersecurity 

information exchange ontology 

Appendix III - CYBEX examples of 

security automation schemas 

Bibliography
ITU X.1500.1 Procedures for the 

registration of arcs under the 

object identifier arc for 

cybersecurity information 

exchange

1/3/2012 Gives the registration of OID 

arcs which enable coherent, 

unique and global 

identification of 

cybersecurity information as 

well as for organizations 

exchanging that information 

and associated policies.

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 General 

7 Responsibilities of the Registration 

Authority (RA) 

8 Criteria for acceptance 

9 Detailed procedures for the 

operation of the RA 

10 Appeals process 

Annex A - Register of arcs allocated 

under the 

Cybersecurity OID arc 

Annex B - Rules for allocation of arcs 

under the 

country arc 

Annex C - Rules for allocation of arcs 

under the 

international-org arc

ITU X.1520 Common vulnerabilities and 

exposures

1/4/2011 Gives a structured means to 

exchange information 

security vulnerabilities and 

exposures that provides 

common names for publicly 

known problems in the 

commercial or open source 

software used in 

communications networks, 

end-user devices, or any of 

the other types of 

information and 

communications technology 

(ICT) capable of running 

software.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 High-level requirements 

7 Accuracy 

8 Documentation 

9 CVE date usage 

10 Old style CVE name support 

11 Revocation of CVE compatibility 

12 Review authority 

Annex A - Type-specific 

requirements 

Annex B - Media requirements 

Annex C - Media requirements
ITU X.1521 Common vulnerability scoring 

system

2011 Gives an open framework for 

communicating the 

characteristics and impacts 

of information and 

communication technologies 

(ICT) vulnerabilities in the 

commercial or open source 

software used in 

communications networks, 

end user devices, or any of 

the other types of ICT 

capable of running software.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Use of CVSS 

7 Additional resources 

Appendix I - Usage examples for 

CVSS 

Appendix II - Additional resources 

Bibliography

ITU X.1524 Common weakness 

enumeration

1/3/2012 Specifies a structured means 

to exchange information 

security weaknesses that 

provides common names for 

publicly known problems in 

the commercial or open 

source software used in 

communication networks, 

end user devices, or any of 

the other types of 

information and 

communications technology 

(ICT) capable of running 

software.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 High-level requirements 

7 Accuracy 

8 Effectiveness 

9 Documentation 

10 CWE version usage 

11 Revocation of CWE compatibility 

12 Review authority 

Annex A - Type-specific 

requirements 

Annex B - Media requirements 

Appendix I - List of CWE repositories 

for identifiers 

and the associated context 

information 

Appendix II - List of review 

authorities 

Bibliography
ITU X.1526 Open vulnerability and 

assessment language

1/4/2013 Specifies the three main 

steps of the assessment 

process: representing 

configuration information of 

systems for testing; 

analysing the system for the 

presence of the specified 

machine state (vulnerability, 

configuration, patch state, 

etc.) and reporting the 

results of this assessment.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 High-level requirements 

7 Correctness 

8 Documentation 

9 Validity 

10 Specific capability requirements 

11 Review authority requirements 

12 Revocation 

Bibliography

ITU X.1528 Common platform 

enumeration

1/9/2012 Specifies a structured 

method of describing and 

identifying classes of 

applications, operating 

systems, and hardware 

devices present among an 

enterprise's computing 

assets.

Information Technology 1 Scope

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 High-level requirements

ITU X.1528.1 Common platform 

enumeration naming

1/9/2012 Describes the logical 

structure of names for IT 

product classes and the 

procedures for binding and 

unbinding these names to 

and from machine-readable 

encodings.

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 CPE naming specification

ITU X.1528.2 Common platform 

enumeration name matching

1/9/2012 Describes the specification 

for common platform 

enumeration (CPE) name 

matching.

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Name matching specification
ITU X.1528.3 Common platform 

enumeration dictionary

1/9/2012 Describes the common 

platform enumeration (CPE) 

dictionary specification.

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Dictionary specification

ITU X.1528.4 Common platform 

enumeration applicability 

language

1/7/2012 Describes the specification 

for common platform 

enumeration (CPE) 

applicability language.

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Applicability language specification

ITU X.1544 Common attack pattern 

enumeration and 

classification

1/4/2013 Specifies XML/XSD-based 

specification for the 

identification, description, 

and enumeration of attack 

patterns.

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 High-level requirements 

7 Accuracy 

8 Documentation 

9 CAPEC version usage 

10 Revocation of CAPEC 

compatibility 

11 Review authority 

Annex A - Type-specific 

requirements 

Annex B - Media requirements 

Bibliography
ITU X.1570 Discovery mechanisms in the 

exchange of cybersecurity 

information

1/9/2011 Specifies a framework for 

discovering cybersecurity 

information and the 

mechanism that enables this.

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Framework to identify and locate 

the source 

of cybersecurity information 

7 Types and level of details of 

discovered 

cybersecurity information 

8 Cybersecurity information 

identifier 

9 Types of discovery mechanisms 

10 Methods available for access to 

discovered information 

Appendix I - Cybersecurity 

operational 

information ontology 

Appendix II - Specifications 

describing 

databases and knowledge bases 

Appendix III - An illustrated 

implementation 

of RDF-based discovery 

Bibliography

ITU X.1580 Real-time inter-network 

defence

1/9/2012 Specifies a proactive internetwork communication 

method to facilitate the 

automation of sharing 

incident handling 

information.

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Real-time inter-network defence 

Bibliography
ITU Y.1271 Framework(s) on network 

requirements and capabilities 

to support emergency 

telecommunications over 

evolving circuit-switched and 

packet-switched networks

1/10/2004 Provides an overview of the 

basic requirements, features, 

and concepts for emergency 

telecommunications that 

evolving networks are 

capable of providing.

Information Technology Emergency Services communications 1 Introduction 

2 Scope 

3 References 

4 Definitions 

5 Abbreviations 

6 Security 

7 Consideration 

7.1 The nature of emergency 

situations 

7.2 Emergency response 

7.3 Assured telecommunications 

8 Emergency telecommunications 

requirements and capabilities 

8.1 Enhanced priority treatment

8.2 Secure networks 

8.3 Location confidentiality 

8.4 Restorability 

8.5 Network connectivity 

8.6 Interoperability 

8.7 Mobility 

8.8 Ubiquitous coverage 

8.9 Survivability/endurability 

8.10 Voice transmission

8.11 Scaleable bandwidth 

8.12 Reliability/availability 

Annex A - A possible distinction 

between essential and 

i l i ITU Y.1901 Requirements for the support 

of IPTV services

2009 Information Technology 

ITU Y.2171 Admission control priority 

levels in Next Generation 

Networks

1/9/2006 Describes three levels for 

admission control priority for 

services seeking entry into 

Next Generation Networks.

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References

3 Definitions

4 Abbreviations 

5 Introduction and rationale 

6 Recommendation for admission 

control priority levels 

7 Implementation example of 

priority levels with RACF 

BIBLIOGRAPHY
ITU Y.2201 NGN RELEASE 1 

REQUIREMENTS

1/4/2007 Describes high-level 

requirements for services 

and capabilities of Next 

Generation Network (NGN) 

release 1.

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

3.1 Terms defined elsewhere 

3.2 Terms defined in this 

Recommendation

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Capability requirements for NGN 

release 1 

6.1 Transport connectivity 

6.2 Communication modes

6.3 Media resource management 

6.4 Codecs 

6.5 Access network and network 

attachment

6.6 User networks

6.7 Interconnection, interoperability 

and interworking

6.8 Routing

6.9 Quality of Service 

6.10 Accounting and charging

6.11 Numbering, naming and 

addressing

6.12 Identification, authentication 

and authorization 

6.13 Security 

 bili 
ITU Y.2701 Security requirements for 

NGN release 1

1/4/2007 Covers security 

requirements for next 

generation networks (NGNs) 

and its interfaces (e.g., UNIs, 

NNIs and ANIs) by applying 

ITU-T Rec. X.805, Security 

architecture for systems 

providing end-to-end 

communications to ITU-T 

Recs. Y.2201, NGN release 1 

requirements and Y.2012, 

Functional requirements and 

architecture of the NGN 

release 1.

Information Technology 1 Scope 

1.1 X.805 principles 

1.2 Assumptions 

1.3 Overview 

2 References 

3 Definitions and abbreviations 

3.1 Terms defined elsewhere 

3.2 Terms defined in this 

Recommendation

3.3 Abbreviations and acronyms 

4 Security threats and risks 

5 Security trust model 

5.1 Single network trust model 

5.2 Peering network trust model

6 Security architecture 

6.1 Functional NGN architecture 

reference 

6.2 Mapping to NGN functional 

architecture 

6.3 Identification of NGN resources 

for security protection

7 Objectives and requirements 

7.1 General security objectives 

7.2 Objectives for security across 

multiple network 

provider domains

7.3 Requirements specific for 

i di i 
ITU Y.2721 NGN identity management 

requirements and use cases 

1/9/2010 Specifies identity 

management (IdM) example 

use cases and requirements 

for the next generation 

network (NGN) and its 

interfaces.

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 IdM overview 

7 IdM objectives 

8 IdM requirements 

Appendix I - General IdM use cases 

Appendix II - IdM use cases for NGN 

applications 

Appendix III - Emergency 

telecommunications service (ETS) 

related IdM use cases 

Appendix IV - Mobile-related use 

cases 

Appendix V - Example IdM 

transaction models 

Appendix VI - Example illustrative 

deployment scenario for 

IdM in NGN 

Bibliography

ITU Y.2723 Support for OAuth in NGN 1/11/2013 Describes the mechanisms 

and procedures for 

employing "The OAuth 2.0 

Authorization Framework 

(OAuth)", defined by the 

Internet Engineering Task 

Force, for the scenarios 

where the role of the OAuth 

authorization server is 

performed by a next 

generation network (NGN) 

provider.

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Support for OAuth in NGN 

Bibliography
ITU Y.2724 Framework for NGN support 

and use of OpenID and OAuth

1/11/2013 Specifies a framework for 

the support and use of the 

IETF open authorization 

protocol (OAuth) and the 

OpenID protocol in the 

context of next generation 

networks (NGNs).

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Framework for supporting OAuth 

and OpenID in NGN 

Appendix I - Selected use cases 

Bibliography

ITU Y.2740 Security requirements for 

mobile remote financial 

transactions in next 

generation networks

1/1/2011 Specifies approaches to 

develop system security for 

mobile commerce and 

mobile banking in the next 

generation networks (NGN).

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Security considerations for mobile 

banking and mobile 

commerce systems in the next 

generation network 

Bibliography

ITU Y.2741 Architecture of secure mobile 

financial transactions in next 

generation networks

1/1/2011 Describes the general 

architecture of a security 

solution for mobile 

commerce and mobile 

banking in the context of 

NGN.

Information Technology Communications 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Roles, risks, participants, and 

scenarios of 

mobile payments in NGN 

7 Transition from the token 

payment systems 

Appendix I - Enrol a payment 

instrument in the system 

Appendix II - Mobile banking and 

mobile commerce systems 

implementation models 

Bibliography
ITU Y.2760 Mobility security framework 

in NGN

1/5/2011 Describes the mobility 

security framework in next 

generation network (NGN) 

transport stratum.

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Security requirements for mobility 

in NGN 

6 Security capabilities supported by 

relevant 

function entities 

7 Key management and 

authentication 

8 Establishment of security context 

9 IP mobility security 

10 Security between UE and HDC-FE 

11 Security between UE and NID-FE 

12 Security for transport functions 

Appendix I 

Bibliography

ITU Y.2770 Requirements for deep 

packet inspection in next 

generation networks

1/5/2013 Describes the requirements 

for deep packet inspection 

(DPI) in next generation 

networks (NGNs).

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 DPI functional entity requirements 

7 Functional requirements from the 

network viewpoint 

8 Interfaces of the DPI-functional 

entity 

9 Security considerations and 

requirements 

Annex A - Specification of a flow 

descriptor 

Bibliography

ITU-T X.1541 Incident object description 

exchange format

2012 Information Technology 
ITU-T X.1581 Transport of real-time internetwork defence messages

1/9/2012 Describes a transport 

protocol for real-time internetwork defence (RID) based 

upon the passing of RID 

messages over hypertext 

transfer protocol/transport 

layer security (HTTP/TLS).

Information Technology 1 Scope 

2 References 

3 Definitions 

4 Abbreviations and acronyms 

5 Conventions 

6 Transport of real-time internetwork defence 

Bibliography

ITU-T X.Sup14 ITU-T X.1243 - Supplement 

on a practical reference 

model for countering e-mail 

spam using botnet 

information

2012 Information Technology 

ITU-T X.Sup15 ITU-T X.800-X.849 series - 

Supplement on guidance for 

creating a national IP-based 

public network security 

centre for developing 

countries

2012 Information Technology 

ITU-T X.Sup16 ITU-T X.800-X.849 series - 

Supplement on architectural 

systems for security controls 

for preventing fraudulent 

activities in public carrier 

networks

2012 Information Technology 

ITU-T X.Sup17 ITU-T X.1143 - Supplement 

on threats and security 

objectives for enhanced webbased telecommunication 

services 

2012 Information Technology 

ITU-T X.Sup3 Supplement on guidelines for 

implementing system and 

network security

2008 Information Technology 

ITU-T X.Sup6 Supplement on countering 

spam and associated threats

2009 Information Technology 

ITU-T X.Sup8 ITU-T X.1205 – Supplement 

on best practices against 

botnet threats

2010 Information Technology 
ITU-T Y.2614 Network reliability in public 

telecommunication data 

networks

2011 Information Technology Communications

ITU-T Y.2702 Authentication and 

authorization requirements 

for NGN release 1

2008 Information Technology 

ITU-T Y.2703 The application of AAA 

service in NGN

2009 Information Technology 

ITU-T Y.2704 Security mechanisms and 

procedures for NGN

2010 Information Technology 

ITU-T Y.2705 Minimum security 

requirements for the 

interconnection of the 

Emergency 

Telecommunications Service 

(ETS)

2013 Information Technology Communications

ITU-T Y.2720 NGN Identity management 

framework

2009 Information Technology 

ITU-T Y.2722 NGN identity management 

mechanisms

2011 Information Technology 

ITU-T Y.Sup12 ITU-T Y.2720 – Supplement 

on NGN identity 

management mechanisms

2010 Information Technology 

ITU-T Y.Sup18 ITU-T Y.2700-series - 

Supplement on next 

generation network 

certificate management

2012 Information Technology 

ITU-T Y.Sup19 Y.2200 series Supplement on 

the risk analysis service in 

next generation networks

2012 Information Technology 

X.sfcse Security functional 

requirements for Software as 

a Service (SaaS) application 

environment

Information Technology 
IWA 6 Guidelines for the 

management of drinking 

water utilities under crisis 

conditions

29/4/2008 Provides the guidelines for a 

water utility, or any body 

responsible for the 

management of parts of the 

water supply system, to be 

prepared and ready to 

manage a water crisis.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 Foreword 

Workshop contributors

Background

Introduction

Guidelines for the management of 

drinking water utilities 

under crisis conditions

1 Scope

2 Terms and definitions

3 Framework for management of a 

water crisis

Annex A (informative) Preparedness 

stage - List of elements

Annex B (informative) Response 

stage - List of elements

Annex C (informative) Recovery 

stage - Relevant procedures

Annex D (informative) Subjects for 

which detailed standards 

could be prepared

Annex E (informative) Technological 

instruments, means and 

models for ensuring drinking water 

security

Bibliography
ISA 71.04 Environmental Conditions for 

Process Measurement and 

Control Systems: Airborne 

Contaminants

3/2/1986 Describes airborne 

contaminants and biological 

influences that affect 

industrial process 

measurement and control 

equipment, electronic office 

equipment, and data center 

and network equipment.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Foreword 

1 Purpose 

2 Scope 

3 Definitions 

4 Introduction 

5 Airborne contaminants - liquids 

6 Airborne contaminants - solids 

7 Airborne contaminants - gases 

8 Biological influences 

Annexes 

Annex A - Measuring deliquescent 

relative humidity of dust 

Annex B - Corrosive contaminants 

Annex C - Copper and silver 

reactivity samples
ISA 84.00.01-3 FUNCTIONAL SAFETY: SAFETY 

INSTRUMENTED SYSTEMS 

FOR THE PROCESS INDUSTRY 

SECTOR - PART 3: GUIDANCE 

FOR THE DETERMINATION OF 

THE REQUIRED SAFETY 

INTEGRITY LEVELS - 

INFORMATIVE

2/9/2004 Covers information on: - the 

underlying concepts of risk, 

the relationship of risk to 

safety integrity; - the 

determination of tolerable 

risk; - a number of different 

methods that enable the 

safety integrity levels for the 

safety instrumented 

functions to be determined.

Critical Manufacturing business continuity UNITED STATES NATIONAL 

FOREWORD IEC FOREWORD 

INTRODUCTION 1 Scope 2 

Definitions and abbreviations 3 Risk 

and safety integrity - general 

guidance 3.1 General 3.2 

Necessary risk reduction 3.3 Role 

of safety instrumented systems 3.4 

Safety integrity 3.5 Risk and safety 

integrity 3.6 Allocation of safety 

requirements 3.7 Safety integrity 

levels 3.8 Selection of the method 

for determining the required 

safety integrity level Annex A 

(informative) As Low As Reasonably 

Practicable (ALARP) and 

tolerable risk concepts A.1 

General A.2 ALARP model Annex 

B (informative) Semi-quantitative 

method B.1 General B.2 

Compliance to ANSI/ISA-84.00.01-

2004 Part 1 B.3 Example Annex C 

(informative) The safety layer matrix 

method C.1 Introduction C.2 

Process safety target C.3 Hazard 

analysis C.4 Risk analysis 

technique C.5 Safety layer matrix 

 l d 
ISA TR99.00.02 Integrating Electronic 

Security into the 

Manufacturing and Control 

Systems Environment

10/10/2004 Gives a consistent approach 

for developing, 

implementing, and operating 

a program that addresses 

security for Manufacturing 

and Control Systems.

Critical Manufacturing Information Technology 1 Scope

2 Purpose

3 Intended Audience

4 General Terms and Definitions

5 Background

6 Developing a Security Program

6.1 Leadership Commitment 

6.2 Develop a Business Case 

6.3 Develop a Charter or Scope

6.4 Program Tasks

6.5 Special Considerations for 

Manufacturing 

and Control Systems

6.6 Program

6.7 Manufacturing and Control 

System Change

Management Plan

6.8 The Security Lifecycle 

6.9 Program Step Details

7 Define Risk Goals

8 Assess and Define Existing System 

8.1 Form Cross-Functional Team

8.2 Pre-Risk Analysis Activities 

8.3 Update the Screening Inventory

8.4 Make Preliminary Assessment of 

Overall Vulnerability

9 Conduct Risk Assessment and Gap 

l i
ITG 014 DISASTER RECOVERY AND 

BUSINESS CONTINUITY - A 

QUICK GUIDE FOR SMALL 

ORGANIZATIONS AND BUSY 

EXECUTIVES

2008 Business Continuity Emergency Services CHAPTER 1: Introduction to Disaster 

Recovery and Business 

Continuity CHAPTER 2: Data 

Disasters CHAPTER 3: Virus 

Disasters CHAPTER 4: 

Communication System Disasters 

CHAPTER 5: Software Disasters 

CHAPTER 6: Data Centre Disasters 

CHAPTER 7: IT Staff Disasters 

CHAPTER 8: IT Vendor Disasters 

CHAPTER 9: IT Project Failures 

CHAPTER 10: Information Security 

CHAPTER 11: Disaster Recovery 

Tools CHAPTER 12: Introduction to 

Non-IT Disasters CHAPTER 13: 

Disaster Recovery at Home 

CHAPTER 14: Plenty of Questions 

CHAPTER 15: How Do I Get Started? 

APPENDIX 1: Sources of Further 

Information APPENDIX 2: Disaster 

Recovery Training and Certification 

APPENDIX 3: Business Continuity 

Standards APPENDIX 4: Making DR 

and BC Exciting APPENDIX 5: 

Disaster Recovery Glossary 

APPENDIX 6: ITG resources

KS F 2301 Practice for Preparing 

Disturbed Soil Samples for 

Soil Testing

1995 Food and Agriculture 

KS F 2318 Methods for Penetration Test 

and Split-Barrel Sampling of 

Soils

1991 Food and Agriculture 

KS F 2319 Method for Soil Investigation 

and Sampling by Auger 

Borings

1991 Food and Agriculture 

KS F 2341 Standard Methods for Wet 

Preparation of Soil Samples 

for Particle Size Analysis and 

Determination of Soil 

Constants

1979 Food and Agriculture 

KSF 2348 Methods for Ring-Lined 

Barrel Sampling of Soils

1978 Food and Agriculture 
MIL-DTL-16377/77 Fixtures, Lighting; Emergency 

Ballast, for One 17-or 20-

Watt T12 or 17-Watt T8 

Fluorescent Lamp

18/12/2008 Emergency Services 

MIL-DTL-16377/82 Fixtures, Lighting; T8 

Fluorescent, Emergency 

Lighting, 17 Watts, 120 Volts, 

60 Hertz, Watertight, 

Symbols 331.1T8EM, 

331.2T8EM, 347.2T8EM, and 

347.3T8EM

18/12/2008 Emergency Services 

MIL-HDBK-1200 CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL 

(CB) AGENTS DETECTION AND 

MONITORING SYSTEMS

30/12/2013 Provides a basic knowledge 

of the operational effects of 

CB agents, a description of 

the operational environment 

and requirements for CB 

detection, an explanation of 

past technologies being 

explored to meet CB 

detection requirements and 

an explanation of CB 

detection system design 

criteria and components.

Emergency Services Chemical Defense Industrial Base

MIL-HDBK-783 CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL 

(CB) CONTAMINATION 

AVOIDANCE AND 

DECONTAMINATION

26/11/2013 Covers; warfare history; 

contaminants; protection, 

detection and contamination 

control; decontamination, 

methods and equipment; 

material and design 

considerations; future 

concepts.

Emergency Services Chemical Defense Industrial Base

MIL-PRF-38039D Systems, illuminated, 

warning, caution, and 

advisory, general 

specification for

14/8/2013 Specifies the general 

requirements for illuminated 

warning, caution, and 

advisory indicators and 

systems for use at aircrew 

stations.

communications Emergency Services Defense Industrial Base 1. SCOPE

2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS

3. REQUIREMENTS

4. VERIFICATION

5. PACKAGING

6. NOTES
MIL-STD-2105 Hazard assessment tests for 

non-nuclear munitions

19/4/2011 Establishes tests and test 

procedures for assessment 

of explosive safety and 

insensitive munitions (IM) 

characteristics for all nonnuclear munitions, munition 

subsystems and explosive 

devices.

Defense Industrial Base 1. SCOPE 

2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS

3. DEFINITIONS

4. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

5. DETAILED REQUIREMENTS

6. NOTES

MIL-STD-322B NOT 2 Explosive components, 

electrically initiated, basic 

evaluation tests for

4/2/2013 Covers test requirements 

and designs for electrically 

initiated explosive 

components.

Defense Industrial Base

MIL-W-71094 NOT 1 Waxes, coal-based, for use in 

r8150 explosive

3/10/2013 Defense Industrial Base

NACE 35110 AC CORROSION STATE-OFTHE-ART: CORROSION RATE, 

MECHANISM, AND 

MITIGATION REQUIREMENTS

1/1/2010 Provides the current 

understanding of the 

corrosion phenomenon 

associated with alternating 

current (AC) interference on 

buried steel pipelines.

Energy Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Transportation Systems 

NACE SP 01 02 IN-LINE INSPECTION OF 

PIPELINES

13/03/2010 Pertains to carbon steel 

pipeline systems used to 

transport natural gas, 

hazardous liquids including 

those containing anhydrous 

ammonia, carbon dioxide, 

water including brine, 

liquefied petroleum gases 

(LPG), and other services 

that are not detrimental to 

the function and stability of 

ILI tools.

Energy Transportation Systems 1. General 2. Definitions 3. Tool 

Selection 4. Pipeline ILI 

Compatibility Assessment 5. 

Logistical Guidelines 6. Inspection 

Scheduling 7. New Construction - 

Planning for ILI Surveys 8. Data 

Analysis Requirements 9. Data 

Management References 

Bibliography Appendix A: Sample 

Pipeline Inspection Questionnaire 

(Nonmandatory)
NACE SP 01 77 MITIGATION OF 

ALTERNATING CURRENT AND 

LIGHTNING EFFECTS ON 

METALLIC STRUCTURES AND 

CORROSION CONTROL 

SYSTEMS

22/06/2007 Presents guidelines and 

procedures for use during 

design, construction, 

operation, and maintenance 

of metallic structures and 

corrosion control systems 

used to mitigate the effect of 

lightning and overhead 

alternating current (AC) 

power transmission systems.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities 1. General 2. Definitions 3. 

Exposures and Effects of Alternating 

Current and Lightning 4. Design 

Considerations for Protective 

Devices 5. Personnel Protection 6. 

AC and Corrosion Control 

Considerations 7. Special 

Consideration in Operation and 

Maintenance of Cathodic 

Protection and Safety Systems 8. 

References 9. Bibliography 10. 

Appendix A: Wire Gauge 

Conversions

NASA STD 8719.11 SAFETY STANDARD FOR FIRE 

PROTECTION

19/11/2008 Describes requirements and 

responsibilities related to 

NASA's Fire Protection 

Program. Also contains 

requirements for fire 

prevention, detection, 

control, and suppression 

through engineering, 

inspection, training, and 

firefighting.

Government Facilities Defense Industrial Base 1. SCOPE 1.1 Purpose 1.2 

Applicability 1.3 General 

Guidance 2. APPLICABLE AND 

REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 2.1 

Applicable Documents 3. 

DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS 3.1 

Definitions 3.2 Acronyms 4. FIRE 

PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS 4.1 

Responsibilities 4.2 Legal 

Requirements, Codes, and Standards 

4.3 Basis for Determining the Level 

of Fire Protection for 

Specialized Facilities 4.4 Required 

Acceptance Inspection and Tests of 

Fire Protection and Life Safety 

Systems 4.5 Equivalency 5. SITE 

PLANNING AND CIVIL ENGINEERING 

CRITERIA 5.1 Siting of Facilities 

5.2 Water Supply Requirements for 

Fire Protection 5.3 Water 

Distribution System Criteria 6. 

ARCHITECTURAL FIRE PROTECTION 

CRITERIA 6.1 Life Safety 

Provisions 6.2 Segregation of 

Hazards 6.3 Open Plan Office 

Space 6.4 Interior Finishes 

6.5 Fire Protection for Employees 

h b l f 
NEMA IIC 1 Digital Imaging and 

Communications in Security 

(DICOS) Information Object 

Definitions (IODs)

29/8/2012 Specifies a data interchange 

protocol and interoperable, 

extensible file format to 

facilitate data information 

interchange (demographic 

information, x-ray 

radiographs, CT images, 

material specific 

information, trace detection 

signatures, threat 

assessment, etc.) of objects 

of inspection (checked 

luggage, carry-on luggage, 

parcels, personnel, etc.) for 

security screening 

applications.

Information Technology Healthcare and Public 

Health 

 Foreword

Section 1 - Scope

Section 2 - Overview

Section 3 - OOI Owner Modules

Section 4 - Object of Inspection 

(OOI) Modules

Section 5 - General Scan Modules

Section 6 - General Series Modules

Section 7 - Computed Tomography 

(CT) Image Information 

Object Definition (IOD)

Section 8 - Digital X-Ray (DX) 

Information Object Definition 

(IOD)

Section 9 - Threat Detection Report 

(TDR) Information Object 

Definition (IOD)

Section 10 - Common Information 

Entity (IE) Modules and 

Macros

Section 11 - Data Transmission

Section 12 - DICOS SOP Classes

Section 13 - Index

NEMA SB 11 Guide for Proper Use of 

System Smoke Detectors

29/9/2011 Provides information 

concerning the applications 

of smoke detectors used in 

conjunction with fire alarm 

systems. Outlines basic 

principles to be considered 

as well as operating 

characteristics of detectors 

and environmental factors 

that may either aid or 

prevent their operation.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

 Foreword 

SECTION 1 - GENERAL 

SECTION 2 - HOW SMOKE 

DETECTORS WORK

SECTION 3 - TYPICAL SYSTEM 

LAYOUT

SECTION 4 - PROPER DETECTOR 

PLACEMENT AND SPACING 

SECTION 5 - TESTING AND 

MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE OF 

DETECTORS

SECTION 6 - NUISANCE ALARMS

SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF 

DETECTOR OWNERS AND 

INSTALLERS
ARTICLE 7 NFPC Emergency Planning and 

Preparedness Eighth Edition

1990 Emergency Services 

NFPA 10 Portable Fire Extinguishers 17/12/2012 Pertains to the selection, 

installation, inspection, 

maintenance, recharging, 

and testing of portable fire 

extinguishers and Class D 

extinguishing agents.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

 Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Requirements

Chapter 5 - Selection of Portable Fire 

Extinguishers

Chapter 6 - Installation of Portable 

Fire Extinguishers

Chapter 7 - Inspection, 

Maintenance, and Recharging

Chapter 8 - Hydrostatic Testing

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Recommended Markings 

to Indicate

Extinguisher Suitability According

to Class of Fire

Annex C - Fire Extinguisher Selection

Annex D - Operation and Use

Annex E - Distribution

Annex F - Selection of Residential

Fire-Extinguishing Equipment

Annex G - Extinguisher Classification 

and Rating

System

Annex H - Conditions of Selection

Annex I - Maintenance Procedures

Annex J - Typical Specification of 

i
NFPA 101B MEANS OF EGRESS FOR 

BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES

8/8/2002 Defines minimum criteria for 

the design of egress facilities 

in order to permit prompt 

escape of occupants from 

buildings or, where 

desirable, into safe areas 

within buildings.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

 Chapter 1 Administration

1.1 Scope

1.2 Purpose. (Reserved)

1.3 Application

1.4 Equivalency

1.5 Units and Formulas

1.6 Enforcement 

Chapter 2 Referenced Publications

2.1 General

2.2 NFPA Publications

2.3 Other Publications

Chapter 3 Definitions

3.1 General

3.2 NFPA Official Definitions

3.3 General Definitions

Chapter 4 General

4.1 Mixed Occupancies

4.2 Hazard of Contents

Chapter 5 New Construction

5.1 General

5.2 Means of Egress Components

5.3 Capacity of Means of Egress

5.4 Number of Means of Egress

5.5 Arrangement of Means of Egress

5.6 Measurement of Travel Distance 

to Exits

5.7 Discharge from Exits

 ll i i f f 
NFPA 1061 Public Safety 

Telecommunications 

Personnel Professional 

Qualifications

20/12/2006 Specifies the minimum job 

performance qualifications 

of persons in specific 

position within the 

communications field, such 

as public safety 

telecommunicator, 

communications training 

officer, communications 

supervisor, quality 

assurance/improvement 

personnel, communications 

training coordinator, 

communications center 

manager, and logistics 

section communications unit 

leader.

communications

NFPA 110 EMERGENCY AND STANDBY 

POWER SYSTEMS

18/06/2012 Describes performance 

requirements for emergency 

and standby power systems 

providing an alternate 

source of electrical power to 

loads in buildings and 

facilities in the event that 

the primary power source 

fails.

Emergency Services Energy Chapter 1 - Administration Chapter 

2 - Referenced Publications Chapter 

3 - Definitions Chapter 4 - 

Classification of Emergency Power 

Supply Systems (EPSSs) Chapter 5 - 

Emergency Power Supply (EPS): 

Energy Sources, Converters, 

and Accessories Chapter 6 - 

Transfer Switch Equipment Chapter 

7 - Installation and Environmental 

Considerations Chapter 8 - Routine 

Maintenance and Operational 

Testing Annex A - Explanatory 

Material Annex B - Diagrams of 

Typical Systems Annex C - 

Informational References Index
NFPA 1141 FIRE PROTECTION 

INFRASTRUCTURE FOR LAND 

DEVELOPMENT IN 

WILDLAND, RURAL, AND 

SUBURBAN AREAS

20/6/2011 Includes the requirements 

for the fire protection 

infrastructure in wildland, 

rural, and suburban areas 

where there is an intended 

change of land use or 

intended land development.

Societal Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Requirements

Chapter 5 - Means of Access

Chapter 6 - Building Access and 

Separation

Chapter 7 - Fire Protection

Chapter 8 - Water Supply

Chapter 9 - Fire Protection During 

Construction

Chapter 10 - Community Safety and

Emergency Preparedness

Chapter 11 - Capacity of Fire 

Protection Services

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Informational References

Index

NFPA 1143 WILDLAND FIRE 

MANAGEMENT

17/06/2013 Gives minimum 

requirements to fire 

protection organizations on 

the management of wildland 

fire, including prevention, 

mitigation, preparation, and 

suppression.

Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration Chapter 

2 - Referenced Publications Chapter 

3 - Definitions Chapter 4 - 

Risk/Hazard Assessment and 

Mitigation Chapter 5 - Preparedness 

Chapter 6 - Incident Management 

Chapter 7 - Fire Suppression 

Chapter 8 - Post-Incident Activities 

Annex A - Explanatory Material 

Annex B - Air Operations for Forest, 

Brush, and Grass Fires Annex C - 

Informational References Index
NFPA 1144 REDUCING STRUCTURE 

IGNITION HAZARDS FROM 

WILDLAND FIRE

29/8/2012 Gibes a methodology for 

assessing wildland fire 

ignition hazards around 

existing structures, 

residential developments, 

and subdivisions and 

improved property or 

planned property 

improvement that will be 

located in a wildland/urban 

interface area, and provides 

minimum requirements for 

new construction to reduce 

the potential of structure 

ignition from wildland fires.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

 Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Assessing Wildland Fire 

Hazards in

the Structure Ignition Zone

Chapter 5 - Building Design, 

Location, and

Construction

Chapter 6 - Fuel Modification Area

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Fuel Model Classifications

Annex C - Type IV (2HH) 

Construction

Annex D - Informational References

Index
NFPA 1221 Installation, Maintenance, 

and Use of Emergency 

Services Communications 

Systems

18/6/2012 Provides the installation, 

performance, operation, and 

maintenance of public 

emergency services 

communications systems 

and facilities.

Emergency Services Communications Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Communications Centers

Chapter 5 - Communication and 

Signal Wiring

Chapter 6 - Emergency Response 

Facilities

Chapter 7 - Operations

Chapter 8 - Telephones

Chapter 9 - Dispatching Systems

Chapter 10 - Computer-Aided 

Dispatching (CAD) Systems

Chapter 11 - Testing

Chapter 12 - Records

Chapter 13 - Data Security

Chapter 14 - Public Alerting Systems

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Frequency-Sharing 

Memorandum of Understanding

Annex C - Planning Guidelines for 

Universal Emergency Number

(9-1-1) Service

Annex D - Computer-Aided 

Dispatching (CAD) Systems

Annex E - Informational References

Index
NFPA 1221 Standard for the Installation, 

Maintenance, and Use of 

Emergency Services 

Communications Systems, 

2013 Edition

18/6/2012 Provides the installation, 

performance, operation, and 

maintenance of public 

emergency services 

communications systems 

and facilities.

Emergency Services Communications Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Communications Centers

Chapter 5 - Communication and 

Signal Wiring

Chapter 6 - Emergency Response 

Facilities

Chapter 7 - Operations

Chapter 8 - Telephones

Chapter 9 - Dispatching Systems

Chapter 10 - Computer-Aided 

Dispatching (CAD) Systems

Chapter 11 - Testing

Chapter 12 - Records

Chapter 13 - Data Security

Chapter 14 - Public Alerting Systems

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Frequency-Sharing 

Memorandum of Understanding

Annex C - Planning Guidelines for 

Universal Emergency Number

(9-1-1) Service

Annex D - Computer-Aided 

Dispatching (CAD) Systems

Annex E - Informational References

Index
NFPA 13 Installation of Sprinkler 

Systems

19/2/2014 Gives a reasonable degree of 

protection for life and 

property from fire through 

standardization of design, 

installation, and testing 

requirements for sprinkler 

systems, including private 

fire service mains, based on 

sound engineering principles, 

test data, and field 

experience.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Requirements

Chapter 5 - Classification of 

Occupancies and

Commodities

Chapter 6 - System Components and 

Hardware

Chapter 7 - System Requirements

Chapter 8 - Installation 

Requirements

Chapter 9 - Hanging, Bracing, and 

Restraint of

System Piping

Chapter 10 - Underground Piping

Chapter 11 - Design Approaches

Chapter 12 - General Requirements 

for Storage

Chapter 13 - Miscellaneous Storage

Chapter 14 - Protection for 

Palletized, Solid-Piled,

Bin Box, Shelf, or Back-to-Back Shelf

Storage of Class I through Class IV

Commodities

Chapter 15 - Protection for 

Palletized, Solid-Piled,

i h lf k k h lf
NFPA 1561 EMERGENCY SERVICES 

INCIDENT MANAGEMENT 

SYSTEM AND COMMAND 

SAFETY

2/12/2013 Includes the minimum 

requirements for an incident 

management system to be 

used by emergency services 

to manage all emergency 

incidents.

Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration Chapter 

2 - Referenced Publications Chapter 

3 - Definitions Chapter 4 - System 

Implementation Chapter 5 - 

Functions and Structure of 

Command Chapter 6 - 

Communications and Information 

Management Chapter 7 - Incident 

Management Team(s) Chapter 8 - 

Command Safety Annex A - 

Explanatory Material Annex B - 

Emergency Operations Centers 

Annex C - Area Command Annex D - 

Fire Service Information Annex E - 

Functional Assignments for HighRise Building Incidents Annex 

F - Development of Subordinate 

Officers or Implementing a 

More Efficient Management 

System Annex G - Incident 

Management for the Fire Service 

on Type 5 or Type 4 Incidents Annex 

H - Structural Fire Fighting - Risk 

Assessment and Operational 

Expectations Annex I - Referenced 

Publications Index
NFPA 16 INSTALLATION OF FOAMWATER SPRINKLER AND 

FOAM-WATER SPRAY 

SYSTEMS

3/1/2011 Covers requirements for the 

design, installation, and 

maintenance of systems for 

reliable fire protection.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

 Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Requirements

Chapter 5 - System Components

Chapter 6 - Water Supplies

Chapter 7 - System Design and 

Installation

Chapter 8 - Acceptance Tests

Chapter 9 - Inspection, Testing, and 

Maintenance

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Foam Solution 

Concentration Determination

Annex C - Informational References

Index
NFPA 1600 DISASTER/EMERGENCY 

MANAGEMENT AND 

BUSINESS CONTINUITY 

PROGRAMS

17/12/2012 Defines the fundamental 

criteria to develop, 

implement, assess, and 

maintain the program for 

prevention, mitigation, 

preparedness, response, 

continuity, and recovery.

Emergency Services business continuity Chapter 1 - Administration Chapter 

2 - Referenced Publications Chapter 

3 - Definitions Chapter 4 - Program 

Management Chapter 5 - Planning 

Chapter 6 - Implementation Chapter 

7 - Training and Education Chapter 

8 - Exercises and Tests Chapter 9 - 

Program Maintenance and 

Improvement Annex A - Explanatory 

Material Annex B - Program 

Development Resources Annex C - 

Self-Assessment for Conformity with 

NFPA 1600, 2013 Edition Annex D - 

Plan-Do-Check-Act (PDCA) Cycle 

Annex E - Crosswalk Between NFPA 

1600, DRII, and CSA Z1600 

Annex F - NFPA 1600 2013 Edition as 

a Management System 

Standard Annex G - Maturity 

Models Annex H - APELL Annex I - 

Family Preparedness Annex J - 

Informational References Index
NFPA 1620 Standard for Pre-Incident 

Planning

5/12/2009 Specifies criteria for 

developing pre-incident 

plans for use by personnel 

responding to emergencies.

Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Pre-Incident Planning 

Process

Chapter 5 - Physical Elements and 

Site Considerations

Chapter 6 - Occupant Considerations

Chapter 7 - Protection Systems and 

Water Supplies

Chapter 8 - Special Hazards

Chapter 9 - Emergency Operations

Chapter 10 - Pre-Incident Plan 

Testing and Maintenance

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Case Histories

Annex C - Special or Unique 

Characteristics of Occupancy 

Classifications

Annex D - Sample Pre-Incident Plan 

Field Collection Card 

and Facility Data Record

Annex E - Informational References

Index
NFPA 1620 Pre-Incident Planning 5/12/2009 Specifies criteria for 

developing pre-incident 

plans for use by personnel 

responding to emergencies.

Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Pre-Incident Planning 

Process

Chapter 5 - Physical Elements and 

Site Considerations

Chapter 6 - Occupant Considerations

Chapter 7 - Protection Systems and 

Water Supplies

Chapter 8 - Special Hazards

Chapter 9 - Emergency Operations

Chapter 10 - Pre-Incident Plan 

Testing and Maintenance

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Case Histories

Annex C - Special or Unique 

Characteristics of Occupancy 

Classifications

Annex D - Sample Pre-Incident Plan 

Field Collection Card 

and Facility Data Record

Annex E - Informational References

Index

NFPA 1720 ORGANIZATION AND 

DEPLOYMENT OF FIRE 

SUPPRESSION OPERATIONS, 

EMERGENCY MEDICAL 

OPERATIONS, AND SPECIAL 

OPERATIONS TO THE PUBLIC 

BY VOLUNTEER FIRE 

DEPARTMENTS

18/7/2013 Covers minimum 

requirements relating to the 

organization and 

deployment of fire 

suppression operations, 

emergency medical 

operations, and special 

operations to the public by 

volunteer and combination 

fire departments.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

 Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Organization, Operation, 

and Deployment

Chapter 5 - Systems

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Risk Management Model

Annex C - Informational References

Index
NFPA 18 WETTING AGENTS 25/8/2010 Provides qualification tests, 

methods of evaluation, and 

general rules for application 

of wetting agents and 

wetting agent solutions as 

related to fire control and 

extinguishment.

Emergency Services Chemical Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Uses and Limitations

Chapter 5 - Requirements and Test 

Methods for

Wetting Agent Concentrates and

Wetting Agent Solutions

Chapter 6 - Class A Fire 

Extinguishment Tests

Chapter 7 - Class B Fire 

Extinguishment Tests

Chapter 8 - Wetting Agent Supply

Chapter 9 - Packaging and Labeling

Chapter 10 - Inspection, Testing, and

Maintenance of Fixed Systems

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Informational References

Index

Referenced Standards ASTM D 1293 
NFPA 18A WATER ADDITIVES FOR FIRE 

CONTROL AND VAPOR 

MITIGATION

3/1/2011 Offers guidance for 

professionals responsible for 

purchasing, testing, listing, 

and using water additives for 

the purpose of fire control 

and flammable vapor 

mitigation.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Uses and Limitations

Chapter 5 - Properties and General 

Test Protocols for

Evaluation of Water Additive 

Concentrate and

Solution

Chapter 6 - Class A Fire Test 

Methods

Chapter 7 - Class B Fire Test 

Methods

Chapter 8 - Packaging and Labeling

Chapter 9 - Supply

Chapter 10 - Inspection, Testing, and 

Maintenance of Fixed

Systems

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Residual Fire Retardancy

Annex C - ICAL Radiant Panel Test 

for Exposure Protection

Annex D - Three-Dimensional Fire 

Test Apparatus

Annex E - Informational References

Index
NFPA 1901 AUTOMOTIVE FIRE 

APPARATUS

18/07/2008 Specifies the requirements 

for new automotive fire 

apparatus and trailers 

designed to be used under 

emergency conditions to 

transport personnel and 

equipment and to support 

the suppression of fires and 

mitigation of other 

hazardous situations.

Transportation Systems Emergency Services Chapter 1 Administration 1.1 Scope 

1.2 Purpose 1.3 Application 1.4 

Retroactivity 1.5 Equivalency 1.6 

Units and Formulas Chapter 2 

Referenced Publications 2.1 General 

2.2 NFPA Publications 2.3 Other 

Publications 2.4 References for 

Extracts in Mandatory Sections 

Chapter 3 Definitions 3.1 General 

3.2 NFPA Official Definitions 3.3 

General Definitions Chapter 4 

General Requirements 4.1 General 

4.2 Requirements by Apparatus 

Type 4.3 Responsibility of the 

Purchaser 4.4 Responsibility of the 

Contractor 4.5 Fire Apparatus 

Components 4.6 Legal 

Requirements 4.7 Third-Party 

Certification of Test Results 4.8 

Manufacturer Certification of Test 

Results 4.9 Personnel Protection 

4.10 Controls and Instructions 4.11 

Vehicle Data Recorder 4.12 

Component Protection 4.13 Vehicle 

Stability 4.14 Fire Apparatus 

Performance 4.15 Roadability 4.16 

Serviceability 4.17 Road Tests 4.18 

 li 
NFPA 1906 WILDLAND FIRE APPARATUS 28/8/2012 Specifies the minimum 

requirements for the design, 

performance, and testing of 

new automotive fire 

apparatus that are designed 

primarily to support wildland 

fire suppression operations.

Transportation Systems Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Requirements

Chapter 5 - Wildland Fire Apparatus

Chapter 6 - Reserved

Chapter 7 - Wildland Mobile Water 

Supply Fire

Apparatus

Chapter 8 - Reserved 

Chapter 9 - Reserved 

Chapter 10 - Reserved 

Chapter 11 - Reserved 

Chapter 12 - Chassis and Vehicle 

Components

Chapter 13 - Low-Voltage Electrical 

Systems and

Warning Devices

Chapter 14 - Driving and Crew Areas

Chapter 15 - Body, Compartments, 

and Equipment Mounting

Chapter 16 - Pumps for Wildland 

Fire Fighting and Associated

Equipment

Chapter 17 - Reserved 

Chapter 18 - Water Tanks

Chapter 19 - Reserved 

h ii NFPA 1961 Fire Hose 18/6/2012 Describes the design and 

construction requirements 

for new fire hose, the testing 

required to verify the design 

and construction, and the 

inspection and testing 

required of all new fire hose.

Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Design Requirements

Chapter 5 - Construction 

Requirements

Chapter 6 - Test Methods for 

Manufacturers'

Hose Certification

Chapter 7 - Sampling, Inspection, 

and Tests

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Informational References

Index
NFPA 20 Installation of Stationary 

Pumps for Fire Protection, 

2013 Edition

29/8/2012 Covers with the selection 

and installation of pumps 

supplying liquid for private 

fire protection.

Emergency Services Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Requirements

Chapter 5 - Fire Pumps for High-Rise 

Buildings

Chapter 6 - Centrifugal Pumps

Chapter 7 - Vertical Shaft TurbineType Pumps

Chapter 8 - Positive Displacement 

Pumps

Chapter 9 - Electric Drive for Pumps

Chapter 10 - Electric-Drive 

Controllers and Accessories

Chapter 11 - Diesel Engine Drive

Chapter 12 - Engine Drive 

Controllers

Chapter 13 - Steam Turbine Drive

Chapter 14 - Acceptance Testing, 

Performance, and

Maintenance

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Possible Causes of Pump 

Troubles

Annex C - Informational References

Annex D - Material Extracted by 

NFPA 70, Article 695 d
NFPA 203 ROOF COVERINGS AND ROOF 

DECK CONSTRUCTIONS

15/10/2000 Provides general 

information about roof 

coverings and their fire 

characteristics, and 

recommends safety 

specifications.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Chapter 1 Introduction

1.1 General

Chapter 2 General Types of Roof 

Coverings

2.1 Composition Built-up

2.2 Prepared Coverings

2.3 Wood Shingles and Shakes

2.4 Elastomer Coverings

Chapter 3 Fire Performance 

Classification

3.1 Exterior Exposure

Chapter 4 Fire Classification - 

Interior Exposure

4.1 Insulated Metal Deck

4.2 Factory Mutual Classification

4.3 Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 

Classification

Chapter 5 Selection of Roof 

Coverings from a Fire

Standpoint

5.1 General

5.2 Built-up Coverings

5.3 Prepared Roofs

5.4 Wood Shingles and Shakes

5.5 Elastomeric Covering

Chapter 6 Referenced Publications

Index
NFPA 204 SMOKE AND HEAT VENTING 31/8/2011 Pertains to the design of 

venting systems for the 

emergency venting of 

products of combustion from 

fires in buildings.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

 Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Fundamentals

Chapter 5 - Vents

Chapter 6 - Air Inlets

Chapter 7 - Draft Curtains

Chapter 8 - The Design Fire

Chapter 9 - Sizing Vents

Chapter 10 - Mechanical Smoke 

Exhaust Systems

Chapter 11 - Venting in Sprinklered 

Buildings

Chapter 12 - Inspection and 

Maintenance

Chapter 13 - Design Documentation

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - The Theoretical Basis of 

LAVENT

Annex C - User Guide for the LAVENT 

Computer Code

Annex D - Sample Problem Using 

Engineering

Equations (Hand Calculations) and 

LAVENT

Annex E - Predicting the Rate of 

Heat Release of Fires

 i f i NFPA 214 WATER-COOLING TOWERS 28/1/2011 Applicable to fire protection 

for field erected and factoryassembled water-cooling 

towers of combustible 

construction or those in 

which the fill is of 

combustible material.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Location of WaterCooling Towers

Chapter 5 - Fire Protection

Chapter 6 - Electrical Equipment and 

Wiring

Chapter 7 - Internal Combustion 

Engine-Driven Fans

Chapter 8 - Maintenance

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Water-Cooling Tower 

Types

Annex C - Informational References

Index
NFPA 22 Water Tanks for Private Fire 

Protection, 2013 Edition

17/12/2012 Gives the minimum 

requirements for the design, 

construction, installation, 

and maintenance of tanks 

and accessory equipment 

that supply water for private 

fire protection, including the 

following: (1) Gravity tanks, 

suction tanks, pressure 

tanks, and embankmentsupported coated fabric 

suction tanks (2) Towers (3) 

Foundations (4) Pipe 

connections and fittings (5) 

Valve enclosures (6) Tank 

filling (7) Protection against 

freezing

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Chapter 1 - Introduction

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Information

Chapter 5 - Welded-Steel Gravity 

Tanks and Suction

Tanks

Chapter 6 - Factory-Coated, Bolted 

Steel Tanks

Chapter 7 - Pressure Tanks

Chapter 8 - Wood Gravity Tanks and 

Suction Tanks

Chapter 9 - Embankment-Supported 

Coated Fabric

Suction Tanks

Chapter 10 - Concrete Gravity Tanks 

and Suction

Tanks

Chapter 11 - Fiberglass-Reinforced 

Plastic Tanks

Chapter 12 - Tank and Tower 

Foundations in the

Ground

Chapter 13 - Steel Tank Towers

Chapter 14 - Pipe Connections and 

Fittings

Chapter 15 - Valve Enclosures and 

 i NFPA 221 HIGH CHALLENGE FIRE 

WALLS, FIRE WALLS, AND 

FIRE BARRIER WALLS

29/4/2014 Defines requirements for the 

design and construction of 

high challenge fire walls, fire 

walls, and fire barrier walls 

including protection of 

openings and penetrations. 

And explains minimum 

requirements for the design 

and construction of high 

challenge fire walls, fire 

walls, and fire barrier walls 

for use in providing safety to 

life and protection of 

property from fire.

Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Requirements

Chapter 5 - High Challenge Fire Walls

Chapter 6 - Fire Walls

Chapter 7 - Fire Barrier Walls

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Informational References

Index
NFPA 230 FIRE PROTECTION OF 

STORAGE

6/2/2003 Pertains to the indoor and 

outdoor storage of materials 

representing the broad 

range of combustibles, 

including plastics, forest 

products, rubber tires, scrap 

tires, baled cotton, and roll 

paper.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Chapter 1 Administration

1.1 Scope

1.2 Purpose

1.3 Retroactivity

1.4 Equivalency

1.5 Units

Chapter 2 Referenced Publications

2.1 General

2.2 NFPA Publications

2.3 Other Publication

Chapter 3 Definitions

3.1 General

3.2 NFPA Official Definitions

3.3 General Definitions

Chapter 4 General

4.1 Classification of Commodities

4.2 Usage Changes

Chapter 5 General Requirements

5.1 Building Construction

5.2 Storage Arrangement

5.3 Fire Protection - General

5.4 Building Equipment, 

Maintenance, and Operations

Chapter 6 Protection of Palletized, 

Solid Pile, Bin Box, and 

On-Shelf Storage

6.1 Application

h i f k 
NFPA 24 Installation of Private Fire 

Service Mains and Their 

Appurtenances, 2013 Edition

18/6/2012 Describes the minimum 

requirements for the 

installation of private fire 

service mains and their 

appurtenances.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Requirements

Chapter 5 - Water Supplies

Chapter 6 - Valves

Chapter 7 - Hydrants

Chapter 8 - Hose Houses and 

Equipment

Chapter 9 - Master Streams

Chapter 10 - Underground Piping

Chapter 11 - Hydraulic Calculations

Chapter 12 - Aboveground Pipe and 

Fittings

Chapter 13 - Sizes of Aboveground 

and Buried Pipe

Chapter 14 - System Inspection, 

Testing, and Maintenance

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Valve Supervision Issues

Annex C - Recommended Practice 

for Fire Flow Testing

Annex D - Recommended Practice 

for Marking of Hydrants

Annex E - Informational References

Index

NFPA 25 INSPECTION, TESTING, AND 

MAINTENANCE OF WATERBASED FIRE PROTECTION 

SYSTEMS

25/8/2010 Provides comprehensive 

guidance on maintaining 

suppression systems for 

optimum performance.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities
NFPA 251 FIRE RESISTANCE OF 

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION 

AND MATERIALS

18/8/2005 Describes methods of fire 

tests for the fire-resistive 

properties of building 

members and assemblies.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Chapter 1 Administration

1.1 Scope

1.2 Purpose

1.3 Application

1.4 Units

Chapter 2 Referenced Publications

2.1 General

2.2 NFPA Publications. (Reserved)

2.3 Other Publications

2.4 References for Extracts in 

Mandatory Sections. (Reserved)

Chapter 3 Definitions

3.1 General

3.2 NFPA Official Definitions

3.3 General Definitions

Chapter 4 Control of Fire Tests

4.1 Temperature-Time Curve

4.2 Furnace Temperatures

4.3 Temperatures of Unexposed 

Surfaces of Floors, Roofs, 

Walls, and Partitions

4.4 Furnace Pressure

Chapter 5 Test Specimen

5.1 Specimen

5.2 Protection and Conditioning of 

Test Specimen

Chapter 6 Conduct of Fire Tests

 i i NFPA 291 Fire Flow Testing and 

Marking of Hydrants

18/6/2012 Describes fire flow testing 

and marking of hydrants.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Flow Testing

Chapter 5 - Marking of Hydrants

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Informational References 

(Reserved)

Index
NFPA 295 Wildfire Control 5/8/1998 Specifies procedures for the 

control of wildfires, including 

department management, 

fireground organization, 

equipment and apparatus.

Emergency Services Chapter 1 Introduction

1.1 Scope

1.2 Purpose

1.3 Definitions

Chapter 2 General policy

2.1 Wildfire control policies

Chapter 3 Organization

3.1 Organizational structure

Chapter 4 Command

4.1 Incident command

4.2 Unified command

4.3 Strategic Considerations

4.4 Command Staff

Chapter 5 Operations

5.1 Operations

5.2 Resource evaluation

5.3 Size-up

5.4 Fire attack and control

5.5 Mop-up and demobilization

5.6 Post-incident review

Chapter 6 Planning

6.1 General

6.2 Pre-incident planning

6.3 Incident planning

6.4 Post-incident activities

Chapter 7 Logistics

7.1 Logistics function

 ili i NFPA 299 Protection of Life and 

Property from Wildfire

1/9/1997 Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 
NFPA 3 Recommended Practice on 

Commissioning and 

Integrated Testing of Fire 

Protection and Life Safety 

Systems

31/8/2011 Gives the recommended 

procedures, methods, and 

documentation for 

commissioning and 

integrated testing of active 

and passive fire protection 

and life safety systems and 

their interconnections with 

other building systems.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Qualifications of 

Commissioning Personnel

Chapter 5 - Commissioning

Chapter 6 - Integrated Systems 

Commissioning

Chapter 7 - Integrated System 

Testing

Chapter 8 - Re-commissioning (ReCx) and

Retro-commissioning (RCx) of Fire

Protection and Life Safety Systems

Chapter 9 - Commissioning 

Documentation and Forms

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Sample Basis of Design 

Narrative Report

Annex C - Sample Commissioning 

Documentation

Annex D - Referenced Publications

Index
NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible 

Liquids Code

14/11/2011 Gives fundamental 

safeguards for the storage, 

handling, and use of 

flammable and combustible 

liquids.

Chemical Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Definition and 

Classification of

Liquids

Chapter 5 - General Requirements

Chapter 6 - Fire and Explosion 

Prevention and

Risk Control

Chapter 7 - Electrical Systems

Chapter 9 - Storage of Liquids in 

Containers - General

Requirements

Chapter 10 - Storage of Liquids in 

Containers - Mercantile

Occupancies

Chapter 11 - Storage of Liquids in 

Containers - Industrial

Occupancies

Chapter 12 - Storage of Liquids in 

Containers - Storage

Occupancies

Chapter 13 - Storage of Liquids in 

Containers - Detached,

Unprotected Buildings

Chapter 14 - Hazardous Materials 

 k
NFPA 301 Code for Safety to Life from 

Fire on Merchant Vessels

18/6/2012 Defines construction, 

arrangement, protection, 

and space utilization factors 

that are necessary to 

minimize danger to life from 

fire, smoke, fumes, or panic.

Emergency Services Healthcare and Public 

Health 

 Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Fundamental 

Requirements

Chapter 5 - Performance-Based 

Option

Chapter 6 - Classification of 

Occupancy and Hazard

of Contents

Chapter 7 - Means of Egress

Chapter 8 - Features of Fire 

Protection

Chapter 9 - Vessel Services and Fire 

Detection and

Protection Equipment

Chapter 10 - Accommodation Spaces

Chapter 11 - Medical, Health Care, 

and Child Care

Spaces

Chapter 12 - Service Spaces

Chapter 13 - Electrical and Control 

Spaces

Chapter 14 - Engineering and 

Machinery Spaces

Chapter 15 - Storage Spaces

Chapter 16 - Cargo Spaces and Fuel k
NFPA 302 PLEASURE AND 

COMMERCIAL MOTOR CRAFT

15/06/2009 Describes minimum 

requirements for the 

prevention of fire and 

explosion, for mitigation of 

carbon monoxide hazards, 

and for life safety in case of 

fire on boats.

Transportation Systems Healthcare and Public 

Health 

Chapter 1 - Administration Chapter 

2 - Referenced Publications 

Chapter 3 - Definitions Chapter 4 - 

Hull Chapter 5 - Engines Chapter 6 

- Engine Exhaust Systems Chapter 7 

- Fuel Systems Chapter 8 - Cooking, 

Heating, and Auxiliary Appliances 

Chapter 9 - Electrical Systems Under 

50 Volts Chapter 10 - Alternating 

Current (ac) Electrical Systems on 

Boats Chapter 11 - Lightning 

Protection Chapter 12 - Fire 

Protection Equipment Chapter 13 - 

Carbon Monoxide Detection Annex 

A - Explanatory Material Annex B - 

Portable Fire Extinguishers and Fixed 

Systems Annex C - Operation and 

Maintenance Annex D - Fire 

Warning Equipment Annex E - 

Extinguisher Inspection and 

Maintenance Information 

from NFPA Standards Annex F - 

Informational References Index

NFPA 303 MARINAS AND BOATYARDS 25/8/2010 Applicable to the 

construction and operation 

of marinas, boatyards, yacht 

clubs, boat condominiums, 

docking facilities associated 

with residential 

condominiums, multipledocking facilities at multiplefamily residences, and all 

associated piers, docks, and 

floats.

residential facilities Transportation Systems Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Management

Chapter 5 - Electrical Wiring and 

Equipment

Chapter 6 - Fire Protection

Chapter 7 - Berthing and Storage

Chapter 8 - Operational Hazards

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Informational References

Index
NFPA 307 Construction and Fire 

Protection of Marine 

Terminals, Piers, and 

Wharves

21/6/2010 Presents general principles 

for the construction and fire 

protection of marine 

terminals, piers, and 

wharves.

Transportation Systems Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Piers and Wharves

Chapter 5 - Terminal Buildings

Chapter 6 - Terminal Yards

Chapter 7 - Water Supply for Fire 

Protection

Chapter 8 - Hazardous Materials 

Storage

Chapter 9 - General Terminal 

Operations

Chapter 10 - Miscellaneous 

Installations and Operations

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Substructure 

Nomenclature

Annex C - Additional Fire Protection 

Facilities

Annex D - Regulations and 

References

Annex E - Informational References

Index

Referenced Standards ASTM E 84
NFPA 31 INSTALLATION OF OILBURNING EQUIPMENT

3/1/2011 Provides the minimum 

requirements for the safe 

installation of stationary 

liquid fuel-burning 

appliances, including but not 

limited to industrial-, 

commercial-, and residentialtype steam, hot water, or 

warm air heating appliances; 

domestic-type range 

burners; space heaters; and 

portable liquid fuel-burning 

equipment.

Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Basic Installation and 

Operation

Requirements

Chapter 5 - Air for Combustion and 

Ventilation

Chapter 6 - Venting of Combustion 

(Flue) Gases

Chapter 7 - Tanks for Liquid Fuels

Chapter 8 - Heating Fuel Piping 

Systems and

Components

Chapter 9 - Oil Distribution Systems

Chapter 10 - Installation of Oil 

Burners and Oil-Burning

Appliances

Chapter 11 - Installation and 

Operation of Oil-Burning

Stoves, Kerosene-Burning Room 

Heaters, and

Kerosene-Burning Portable Heaters

Chapter 12 - Used Oil-Burning 

Appliances

Chapter 13 - Oil-and-Gas-Burning 

Appliances

 l il
NFPA 385 TANK VEHICLES FOR 

FLAMMABLE AND 

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS

2/1/2012 Presents design and 

construction requirements 

for tank vehicles for avoiding 

fires and explosions.

Transportation Systems Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Classification of 

Flammable and Combustible Liquids

Chapter 5 - Tank Vehicle Design

Chapter 6 - Asphalt Tank Vehicles

Chapter 7 - Marking on Tank 

Vehicles

Chapter 8 - Auxiliary Equipment

Chapter 9 - Operation of Tank 

Vehicles

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Precautions Against 

Ignition by Static

Electricity

Annex C - Informational References

Index
NFPA 395 STORAGE OF FLAMMABLE 

AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS 

ON FARMS AND ISOLATED 

SITES

1993 Specifies standards for 

storage of hazardous 

materials in rural areas, 

where isolation from other 

structures makes it 

unnecessary to adhere to the 

more rigid requirements of 

NFPA 30.

Chemical Chapter 1 General

1.1 Scope

1.2 Purpose

1.3 Equivalency

1.4 Retroactivity

1.5 Definitions

Chapter 2 Specific Requirements

2.1 Types of Approved Storage

2.2 Individual Containers Not 

Exceeding 60 Gallons

Capacity

2.3 Tanks of 60 to 1,100 Gallons 

Capacity

2.4 Marking of Tanks and Containers

2.5 Fire Prevention and Control

Chapter 3 Referenced Publications

Appendix A Explanatory Material

Appendix B Referenced Publications

Index
NFPA 402 Aircraft Rescue and Fire 

Fighting Operations

18/6/2012 Presents information relative 

to aircraft rescue and fire 

fighting operations and 

procedures for airport and 

structural fire departments.

Transportation Systems Emergency Services Chapter 1 Administration

Chapter 2 Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 Definitions

Chapter 4 Pre-Incident Planning for 

Aircraft Emergencies

Chapter 5 Flight Deck Crew and 

ARFF Personnel Responsibilities

Chapter 6 Emergency Response

Chapter 7 Factors Common to 

Airport Emergencies

Chapter 8 Aircraft Construction and 

Materials

Chapter 9 Evacuation and Rescue

Chapter 10 Fire Control and 

Extinguishment

Chapter 11 Interior Aircraft Fires

Chapter 12 Miscellaneous Aircraft 

Incidents

Chapter 13 Post-Aircraft Accident 

Procedures

Chapter 14 Structural Fire 

Department Operations at ARFF 

Incidents

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Air Transport of 

Dangerous Goods (Hazardous 

Materials and 

i d i l ) d l 
NFPA 403 Aircraft Rescue and FireFighting Services at Airports

17/6/2013 Describes the minimum 

requirements for aircraft 

rescue and fire-fighting 

(ARFF) services at airports.

Transportation Systems Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Organization of Aircraft 

Rescue and Fire-Fighting 

(ARFF) Services

Chapter 5 - Extinguishing Agents

Chapter 6 - Aircraft Rescue and FireFighting (ARFF) Vehicles

Chapter 7 - Airport Emergency 

Communications

Chapter 8 - ARFF Personnel, 

Protective Clothing, and Equipment

Chapter 9 - Airport Fire Station 

Location and Response 

Capability

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Basis of Agent Quantities

Annex C - Operational 

Communications System

Annex D - Task and Resource 

Analysis Model

Annex E - Training Program

Annex F - Informational References

Index

NFPA 408 AIRCRAFT HAND PORTABLE 

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

5/12/2009 Defines requirements for the 

type, capacity, rating, 

number, location, 

installation, and 

maintenance of aircraft hand 

portable fire extinguishers to 

be provided for the use of 

flight crew members or 

other occupants of an 

aircraft for the control of 

incipient fires in the areas of 

aircraft that are accessible 

during flight.

Transportation Systems Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Types and Capacities

Chapter 5 - Distribution of 

Extinguishers

Chapter 6 - Inspection, 

Maintenance, and Hydrostatic 

Testing

Chapter 7 - Flight Crew Training

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Informational References

Index
NFPA 409 AIRCRAFT HANGARS 24/9/2010 Provides the minimum 

requirements for the proper 

construction of aircraft 

hangars and protection of 

aircraft hangars from fire.

Transportation Systems Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Aircraft Hangar Groups

Chapter 5 - Construction of Group I 

and Group II Aircraft Hangars

Chapter 6 - Protection of Group I 

Aircraft Hangars

Chapter 7 - Protection of Group II 

Aircraft Hangars

Chapter 8 - Group III Aircraft 

Hangars

Chapter 9 - Group IV Aircraft 

Hangars

Chapter 10 - Paint Hangars

Chapter 11 - Periodic Inspection and 

Testing

Chapter 12 - Unfueled Aircraft 

Hangars

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Building Construction 

Types

Annex C - Informational References

Index

NFPA 412 Evaluating Aircraft Rescue 

and Fire-Fighting Foam 

Equipment

17/6/2013 Sets test procedures for 

evaluating the foam firefighting equipment installed 

on aircraft rescue and firefighting vehicles designed in 

accordance with NFPA 414.

Transportation Systems Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Aircraft Rescue and FireFighting Vehicle Foam

Production Performance Testing

Chapter 5 - Performance Criteria

Chapter 6 - Test Methods and 

Calculations

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Foam Extinguishing 

System Capability

Annex C - Informational References

Index
NFPA 414 AIRCRAFT RESCUE AND FIREFIGHTING VEHICLES

20/6/2011 Gives the minimum design, 

performance, and 

acceptance criteria for 

aircraft rescue and 

firefighting (ARFF) vehicles 

intended to transport 

personnel and equipment to 

the scene of an aircraft 

emergency for the purpose 

of rescuing occupants and 

conducting rescue and firefighting operations.

Transportation Systems Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Aircraft Rescue and FireFighting Vehicles

Chapter 5 - Aircraft Interior Access 

Vehicle

Chapter 6 - Acceptance Criteria

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Line Voltage Electrical 

Systems

Annex C - Aircraft Rescue and FireFighting Vehicle

Questionnaire

Annex D - Driver's Enhanced Vision 

System

Annex E - Informational References

Index
NFPA 418 HELIPORTS 3/1/2011 Describes minimum fire 

safety requirements for 

operation at heliports for the 

protection of persons, 

aircraft, and other property.

Transportation Systems Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government 

Facilities 

Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Requirements - 

Land-Based Facilities

Chapter 5 - Rooftop Landing 

Facilities

Chapter 6 - Rooftop Hangars

Chapter 7 - Water Supply

Chapter 8 - Offshore Heliports

Chapter 9 - Portable Fire 

Extinguishers

Chapter 10 - Emergency Operations

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Heliport Emergency 

Planning and Training for

Safety Personnel

Annex C - Establishing Extinguishing 

Agent Quantities

and Discharge Rates

Annex D - Informational References

Index
NFPA 45 FIRE PROTECTION FOR 

LABORATORIES USING 

CHEMICALS

25/8/2010 Applicable to laboratory 

buildings, laboratory units, 

and laboratory work areas 

whether located above or 

below grade in which 

chemicals, as defined, are 

handled or stored.

Chemical Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Emergency 

Services 

Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Laboratory Unit Hazard 

Classification

Chapter 5 - Laboratory Unit Design 

and Construction

Chapter 6 - Fire Protection

Chapter 7 - Explosion Hazard 

Protection

Chapter 8 - Laboratory Ventilating 

Systems and Hood Requirements

Chapter 9 - Chemical Storage, 

Handling, and Waste Disposal

Chapter 10 - Flammable and 

Combustible Liquids

Chapter 11 - Compressed and 

Liquefied Gases

Chapter 12 - Laboratory Operations 

and Apparatus

Chapter 13 - Hazard Identification

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Supplementary Definitions

Annex C - Supplementary 

Information on Explosion Hazards 

and 

Protection

 l 
NFPA 471 Responding to Hazardous 

Materials Incidents, 2002 

Edition

31/1/2002 Applicable to all 

organizations that have 

responsibilities when 

responding to hazardous 

materials incidents and 

recommends standard 

operating guidelines for 

responding to such incidents. 

Planning procedures, 

policies, and application of 

procedures for incident 

levels, personal protective 

equipment, 

decontamination, safety, and 

communications are 

specifically covered in this 

recommended practice.

Emergency Services Chapter 1 Administration

1.1 Scope

1.2 Purpose

1.3 Application

Chapter 2 Referenced Publications

2.1 General

2.2 NFPA Publications

2.3 Other Publications

Chapter 3 Definitions

3.1 General

3.2 NFPA Official Definitions

3.3 General Definitions

Chapter 4 Incident Response 

Planning

4.1 Developing an Incident Response 

Plan

4.2 Review and Training

Chapter 5 Response Levels

5.1 Planning Guide

5.2 Potential Applications

Chapter 6 Site Safety

6.1 Emergency Incident Operations

6.2 Ignition Sources

6.3 Control Zones

6.4 Communications

6.5 Monitoring Equipment

Chapter 7 Personal Protective i
NFPA 501A Fire Safety Criteria for 

Manufactured Home 

Installations, Sites, and 

Communities

2013 Describes the installation of 

manufactured homes and 

home sites, including 

accessory buildings, 

structures, and communities.

residential facilities Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Emergency 

Services 

 Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Fuel Supply

Chapter 5 - Electrical System

Chapter 6 - Life Safety and Fire 

Safety

Chapter 7 - Emergency 

Considerations

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Manufactured Home 

Community Action for Fire Safety

Annex C - Responsibilities of the 

Manufactured Home Resident

Annex D - Informational References

Index

NFPA 502 ROAD TUNNELS, BRIDGES, 

AND OTHER LIMITED ACCESS 

HIGHWAYS

2014 Gives designers, AHJs, and 

state and federal regulators 

with guidelines for the 

construction, operation, 

maintenance, and fire 

protection of these venues 

to mitigate hazards, maintain 

structural integrity, and 

protect lives.

Emergency Services Transportation Systems 
NFPA 505 Fire Safety Standard for 

Powered Industrial Trucks 

Including Type Designations, 

Areas of Use, Conversions, 

Maintenance, and Operations

17/12/2012 Pertains to fork trucks, 

tractors, platform lift trucks, 

motorized hand trucks, and 

other specialized industrial 

trucks powered by electric 

motors or internal 

combustion engines.

Emergency Services Transportation Systems Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Hazardous (Classified) 

Locations

Chapter 5 - Other Locations

Chapter 6 - Dual-Fuel Trucks

Chapter 7 - Conversion of Trucks

Chapter 8 - Maintenance of 

Industrial Trucks

Chapter 9 - Fuel Recharging, 

Marking, and

Operation of Industrial Trucks

Chapter 10 - Portable Fire 

Extinguishers

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Definitions for Locations 

for Electrical Installations

Annex C - Informational References

Index
NFPA 513-1998 Motor Freight Terminals 5/8/1998 Applicable to the prevention 

of loss of life and property 

damage from fires in motor 

freight terminals.

Transportation Systems Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Healthcare and 

Public Health 

 Chapter 1 General information

1.1 Application and scope

1.2 Definitions

Chapter 2 Construction and building 

arrangement

2.1 Freight transfer and 

administration buildings

2.2 Vehicle maintenance and service 

buildings

2.3 Employee facilities

Chapter 3 Building services

3.1 Electricity

3.2 Heating

3.3 Ventilation

Chapter 4 Freight-handling 

operation

4.1 Freight transfer

4.2 Mechanical handling equipment

4.3 Motor vehicles at docks

Chapter 5 Vehicle maintenance and 

service

5.1 General

5.2 Spray painting and undercoating

5.3 Inspection and repair pits

5.4 Repair of fuel tanks

5.5 Cleaning of parts

5.6 Welding and open flame 

i NFPA 51B Fire Prevention During 

Welding, Cutting, and Other 

Hot Work

17/6/2013 Covers minimum 

requirements for all persons 

who manage, request, 

authorize, perform, or 

supervise hot work.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Responsibility for Hot 

Work

Chapter 5 - Fire Prevention 

Precautions

Chapter 6 - Sole Proprietors and 

Individual Operators

Chapter 7 - Public Exhibitions and 

Demonstrations

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Significant Hot Work 

Incidents

Annex C - Informational References

Index
NFPA 54 NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE 31/8/2011 Covers the installation of 

fuel gas piping systems, 

appliances, equipment, and 

related accessories.

Energy Transportation Systems Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General

Chapter 5 - Gas Piping System 

Design, Materials, and 

Components

Chapter 6 - Pipe Sizing

Chapter 7 - Gas Piping Installation

Chapter 8 - Inspection, Testing, and 

Purging

Chapter 9 - Appliance, Equipment, 

and Accessory 

Installation

Chapter 10 - Installation of Specific 

Appliances

Chapter 11 - Procedures to Be 

Followed to Place Appliance 

in Operation

Chapter 12 - Venting of Appliances

Chapter 13 - Sizing of Category I 

Venting Systems

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Sizing and Capacities of 

Gas Piping

Annex C - Suggested Method of 

Checking for Leakage

 d NFPA 550 Fire Safety Concepts Tree 2/1/2012 Explains the structure, 

application and limitations of 

the Fire Safety Concepts 

Tree.

Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Structure of the Fire 

Safety Concepts

Tree

Chapter 5 - Applications

Chapter 6 - Limitations

Chapter 7 - Use of the Tree

Chapter 8 - Reserved

Chapter 9 - Administrative Action

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Informational References 

(Reserved)

Index
NFPA 551 Guide for the Evaluation of 

Fire Risk Assessments

17/12/2012 Gives assistance, primarily to 

authorities having 

jurisdiction (AHJs), in 

evaluating the 

appropriateness and 

execution of a fire risk 

assessment (FRA) for a given 

fire safety problem.

Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Evaluating a Fire Risk 

Assessment (FRA)

Chapter 5 - Selection and Evaluation: 

FRA Methods

Chapter 6 - Information 

Requirements

Chapter 7 - Documentation 

(Deliverables)

Chapter 8 - Review

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Informational References

Index

NFPA 556 GUIDE ON METHODS FOR 

EVALUATING FIRE HAZARD 

TO OCCUPANTS OF 

PASSENGER ROAD VEHICLES

21/06/2010 Provides: Guidance for a 

hazard based assessment for 

the development of 

hazardous conditions from 

fire involving passenger road 

vehicles; Statistical 

information on vehicle fires; 

Background information on 

passenger road vehicle fire 

performance; Performancebased approaches to 

evaluating passenger road 

vehicle fire hazards; and A 

substantial chapter 

dedicated to fire scenarios 

and mitigation strategies.

Transportation Systems Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration Chapter 

2 - Referenced Publications 

Chapter 3 - Definitions Chapter 4 - 

Types of Vehicles Chapter 5 - 

General Description of Passenger 

Road Vehicle Fires and 

Background Information Chapter 6 - 

Approach to Evaluating Passenger 

Road Vehicle Fire Hazard 

Chapter 7 - Objectives and Design 

Criteria Chapter 8 - Selecting 

Candidate Design Chapter 9 - 

Typical Fire Scenarios to Be 

Investigated Chapter 10 - Evaluation 

Methods and Tools Chapter 11 - 

Individual Fire Scenarios Chapter 12 - 

Further Guidance Annex A - 

Explanatory Material Annex B - Fire 

Retardants Annex C - Informational 

References Index
NFPA 59 UTILITY LP-GAS PLANT CODE 20/6/2011 Pertains to the design, 

construction, location, 

installation, operation, and 

maintenance of refrigerated 

and nonrefrigerated utility 

gas plants.

Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Requirements

Chapter 5 - Nonrefrigerated 

Containers

Chapter 6 - Refrigerated Containers

Chapter 7 - Piping, Valves, and 

Equipment

Chapter 8 - Buildings or Structures 

Housing LP-Gas Distribution

Facilities

Chapter 9 - Vaporizers, Heat 

Exchangers, and Gas-Air Mixers

Chapter 10 - Relief Devices

Chapter 11 - Operations

Chapter 12 - Maintenance

Chapter 13 - Fire Protection, Safety, 

and Security

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Method of Calculating 

Maximum Liquid Volume That

Can Be Placed in a Container at Any 

Liquid Temperature

Annex C - Method of Calculating 

Maximum Volume of Liquefied

Petroleum Gas That Can Be Placed in 

 i f
NFPA 59A PRODUCTION, STORAGE, 

AND HANDLING OF 

LIQUEFIED NATURAL GAS 

(LNG)

29/8/2012 Gives minimum fire 

protection, safety, and 

related requirements for the 

location, design, 

construction, security, 

operation, and maintenance 

of LNG plants.

Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Requirements

Chapter 5 - Plant Siting and Layout

Chapter 6 - Process Equipment

Chapter 7 - Stationary LNG Storage

Chapter 8 - Vaporization Facilities

Chapter 9 - Piping Systems and 

Components

Chapter 10 - Instrumentation and 

Electrical Services

Chapter 11 - Transfer Systems for 

LNG, Refrigerants, and 

Other Flammable Fluids

Chapter 12 - Fire Protection, Safety, 

and Security

Chapter 13 - Requirements for 

Stationary Applications Using 

ASME Containers

Chapter 14 - Operating, 

Maintenance, and Personnel 

Training

Chapter 15 - Performance (Risk 

Assessment) Based LNG Plant 

Siting

Annex A - Explanatory Material

 i i i f 
NFPA 70A National Electrical Code 

Requirements for One- and 

Two-Family Dwellings

1/3/2005 Provides those wiring 

methods and materials most 

commonly encountered in 

new construction at oneand two-family dwellings.

residential facilities Energy 90 Introduction

Chapter 1 General

100 Definitions

110 Requirements for Electrical 

Installations

Chapter 2 Wiring and Protection

200 Use and Identification of 

Grounded Conductors

210 Branch Circuits

215 Feeders

220 Branch-Circuit, Feeder, and 

Service Calculations

225 Outside Branch Circuits and 

Feeders

230 Services

240 Overcurrent Protection

250 Grounding and Bonding

280 Surge Arresters

285 Transient Voltage Surge 

Suppressors: TVSSs

Chapter 3 Wiring Methods and 

Materials

300 Wiring Methods

310 Conductors for General Wiring 

312 Cabinets, Cutout Boxes, and 

Meter Socket Enclosures

314 Outlet, Device, Pull, and 

i di
NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm and 

Signaling Code

29/8/2012 Describes the application, 

installation, location, 

performance, inspection, 

testing, and maintenance of 

fire alarm systems, 

supervising station alarm 

systems, public emergency 

alarm reporting systems, fire 

warning equipment and 

emergency communications 

systems (ECS), and their 

components.

communications Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Reserved

Chapter 5 - Reserved

Chapter 6 - Reserved

Chapter 7 - Documentation

Chapter 8 - Reserved

Chapter 9 - Reserved

Chapter 10 - Fundamentals

Chapter 11 - Reserved

Chapter 12 - Circuits and Pathways

Chapter 13 - Reserved

Chapter 14 - Inspection, Testing, and 

Maintenance

Chapter 15 - Reserved

Chapter 16 - Reserved

Chapter 17 - Initiating Devices

Chapter 18 - Notification Appliances

Chapter 19 - Reserved

Chapter 20 - Reserved

Chapter 21 - Emergency Control 

Function Interfaces

Chapter 22 - Reserved

Chapter 23 - Protected Premises Fire 

Alarm Systems

Chapter 24 - Emergency 

ii ( )
NFPA 72 NATIONAL FIRE ALARM AND 

SIGNALING CODE

29/8/2012 Describes the application, 

installation, location, 

performance, inspection, 

testing, and maintenance of 

fire alarm systems, 

supervising station alarm 

systems, public emergency 

alarm reporting systems, fire 

warning equipment and 

emergency communications 

systems (ECS), and their 

components.

communications Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Reserved

Chapter 5 - Reserved

Chapter 6 - Reserved

Chapter 7 - Documentation

Chapter 8 - Reserved

Chapter 9 - Reserved

Chapter 10 - Fundamentals

Chapter 11 - Reserved

Chapter 12 - Circuits and Pathways

Chapter 13 - Reserved

Chapter 14 - Inspection, Testing, and 

Maintenance

Chapter 15 - Reserved

Chapter 16 - Reserved

Chapter 17 - Initiating Devices

Chapter 18 - Notification Appliances

Chapter 19 - Reserved

Chapter 20 - Reserved

Chapter 21 - Emergency Control 

Function Interfaces

Chapter 22 - Reserved

Chapter 23 - Protected Premises Fire 

Alarm Systems

Chapter 24 - Emergency 

ii ( ) NFPA 73 Electrical Inspection Code for 

Existing Dwellings

21/6/2010 Sets requirements for 

Reduce electrical hazards 

and keep dwellings up-todate. Covers the latest 

provisions home inspectors 

need for verifying the safety 

of electrical systems in oneand two-family homes, multifamily dwellings with three 

or more units, mobile 

homes, and manufactured 

homes.

Energy residential facilities Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Requirements

Chapter 5 - Appliances and Special 

Equipment

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - National Electrical Code 

References

Annex C - Sample Ordinance 

Adopting NFPA 73

Annex D - Informational References

Index
NFPA 75 PROTECTION OF 

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 

EQUIPMENT

22/5/2013 Defines the requirements for 

the protection of 

information technology 

equipment and information 

technology equipment areas.

Information Technology Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Risk Considerations

Chapter 5 - Construction 

Requirements

Chapter 6 - Materials and 

Equipment Permitted in

the Information Technology 

Equipment

Area

Chapter 7 - Construction of 

Information Technology

Equipment

Chapter 8 - Fire Protection and 

Detection Equipment

Chapter 9 - Records Kept or Stored 

in Information

Technology Equipment Rooms

Chapter 10 - Utilities

Chapter 11 - Emergency and 

Recovery Procedures

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - What to Do in the First 24 

Hours for

Damaged Electronic Equipment and

Magnetic Media

 i k id i 
NFPA 750 WATER MIST FIRE 

PROTECTION SYSTEMS

5/12/2009 Describes the minimum 

requirements for the design, 

installation, maintenance, 

and testing of water mist fire 

protection systems.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General

Chapter 5 - System Components and 

Hardware

Chapter 6 - System Requirements

Chapter 7 - Installation 

Requirements

Chapter 8 - Design Objectives and 

Fire Test Protocols

Chapter 9 - Calculations

Chapter 10 - Water Supplies and 

Atomizing Media

Chapter 11 - Plans and 

Documentation

Chapter 12 - System Acceptance

Chapter 13 - System Maintenance

Chapter 14 - Marine Systems

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Research Summary

Annex C - Examples of Fire Test 

Protocols

Annex D - Reliability

Annex E - Informational References

Index
NFPA 80 FIRE DOORS AND OTHER 

OPENING PROTECTIVES

18/6/2012 Describes the installation 

and maintenance of 

assemblies and devices used 

to protect openings in walls, 

floors, and ceilings against 

the spread of fire and smoke 

within, into, or out of 

buildings.

Commercial Facilities residential facilities Government Facilities Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Requirements

Chapter 5 - Care and Maintenance

Chapter 6 - Swinging Doors with 

Builders Hardware

Chapter 7 - Swinging Doors with Fire 

Door Hardware

Chapter 8 - Horizontally Sliding 

Doors

Chapter 9 - Special-Purpose 

Horizontally Sliding Accordion 

or Folding Doors

Chapter 10 - Vertically Sliding Fire 

Doors

Chapter 11 - Rolling Steel Doors

Chapter 12 - Fire Shutters

Chapter 13 - Service Counter Fire 

Doors

Chapter 14 - Hoistway Doors for 

Elevators and Dumbwaiters

Chapter 15 - Chute Doors

Chapter 16 - Access Doors

Chapter 17 - Fire Windows

Chapter 18 - Glass Block Assemblies

Chapter 19 - Installation, Testing, 

d i f 
NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Other 

Opening Protectives

18/6/2012 Describes the installation 

and maintenance of 

assemblies and devices used 

to protect openings in walls, 

floors, and ceilings against 

the spread of fire and smoke 

within, into, or out of 

buildings.

Commercial Facilities residential facilities Government Facilities Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Requirements

Chapter 5 - Care and Maintenance

Chapter 6 - Swinging Doors with 

Builders Hardware

Chapter 7 - Swinging Doors with Fire 

Door Hardware

Chapter 8 - Horizontally Sliding 

Doors

Chapter 9 - Special-Purpose 

Horizontally Sliding Accordion 

or Folding Doors

Chapter 10 - Vertically Sliding Fire 

Doors

Chapter 11 - Rolling Steel Doors

Chapter 12 - Fire Shutters

Chapter 13 - Service Counter Fire 

Doors

Chapter 14 - Hoistway Doors for 

Elevators and Dumbwaiters

Chapter 15 - Chute Doors

Chapter 16 - Access Doors

Chapter 17 - Fire Windows

Chapter 18 - Glass Block Assemblies

Chapter 19 - Installation, Testing, 

d i f 
NFPA 801 FIRE PROTECTION FOR 

FACILITIES HANDLING 

RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

21/8/2013 Describes fire protection 

requirements intended to 

reduce the risk of fires and 

explosions at facilities 

handling radioactive 

materials.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Fire Protection Program

Chapter 5 - General Facility Design

Chapter 6 - General Fire Protection 

Systems and Equipment

Chapter 7 - Facilities, Processes, and 

Special Hazards

Chapter 8 - Fire Protection During 

Permanent Facility

Shutdown and Decommissioning

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Fire Hazards Analysis

Annex C - Sources of Radiation - The 

Nature of the Fire

Problem

Annex D - Informational References

Index
NFPA 803 FIRE PROTECTION FOR LIGHT 

WATER NUCLEAR POWER 

PLANTS

1/4/1998 Provides firesafety 

guidelines for light water 

nuclear electric generating 

facilities, including operating 

personnel, equipment, and 

operations. Includes the 

following chapters: inventory 

of flammable and 

combustible materials; 

control of combustible 

material; fire prevention 

measures; fire suppression 

systems; yard mains and 

hydrants; planning and fire 

protection; fire prevention 

and fire protection for the 

construction site. Also gives 

detailed definitions.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Energy Chapter 1 Introduction

1-1 Scope

1-2 Purpose

1-3 Equivalency Concepts

1-4 Definitions

1-5 Introduction and Special 

Problems Relating to 

the Protection of Light Water 

Nuclear Electric

Generating Stations

1-6 Units of Measurements

Chapter 2 Functional Subdivisions of 

the Plant 

Layout

2-1 General

2-2 Reactor, Fuel and Auxiliary Life 

Safety

2-3 Cost Benefit

2-4 Fire Hazard Analysis

Chapter 3 Inventory of Flammable 

and Combustible

Materials

3-1 Combustible Materials

3-2 Fire Loading

3-3 Consumable Goods

3-4 Temporary Combustible 

Materials

h l f b ibl 
NFPA 804 FIRE PROTECTION FOR 

ADVANCED LIGHT WATER 

REACTOR ELECTRIC 

GENERATING PLANTS

5/12/2009 Pertains only to advanced 

light water reactor electric 

generating plants and 

provides minimum fire 

protection requirements to 

ensure safe shutdown of the 

reactor, minimize the release 

of radioactive materials to 

the environment, provide 

safety to life of on-site 

personnel, limit property 

damage, and protect 

continuity of plant 

operation.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Energy Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Fire Protection Program

Chapter 5 - Fire Prevention and 

Administrative Controls

Chapter 6 - Manual Fire Fighting

Chapter 7 - Nuclear Reactor Safety 

Considerations

Chapter 8 - General Plant Design

Chapter 9 - General Fire Protection 

Systems and Equipment

Chapter 10 - Identification of and 

Protection Against Hazards

Chapter 11 - Fire Protection for the 

Construction Site

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Best Practices for 

Protection of Fire and Explosion 

Hazards in Nuclear Reactor Power 

Plants

Annex C - Informational References

Index
NFPA 805 Performance-Based Standard 

for Fire Protection for Light 

Water Reactor Electric 

Generating Plants

5/12/2009 Describes the minimum fire 

protection requirements for 

existing light water nuclear 

power plants during all 

phases of plant operation, 

including shutdown, 

degraded conditions, and 

decommissioning.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Energy Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Methodology

Chapter 5 - Fundamental Fire 

Protection Program and 

Design Elements

Chapter 6 - Determination of Fire 

Protection Systems 

and Features

Chapter 7 - Fire Protection During 

Decommissioning and 

Permanent Shutdown

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Nuclear Safety Analysis

Annex C - Application of Fire 

Modeling in Nuclear Power 

Plant Fire Hazard Assessments

Annex D - Use of Fire PSA Methods 

in NFPA 805

Annex E - Deterministic Approach - 

Plant Damage/Business

Interruption

Annex F - Informational References

Index
NFPA 806 Performance-Based Standard 

for Fire Protection for 

Advanced Nuclear Reactor 

Electric Generating Plants 

Change Process

5/12/2009 Gives minimum 

requirements for a riskinformed, performancebased change process for the 

fire protection program for 

advanced nuclear reactor 

electric generating plants 

during construction and all 

phases of plant operation, 

including shutdown, 

degraded conditions, and 

decommissioning.

Nuclear Reactors, 

Materials, and Waste 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Energy Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Requirements

Chapter 5 - Methodology

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Nuclear Safety Capability 

Assessment

Annex C - Application of Fire 

Modeling in Nuclear 

Power Plant Fire Hazard 

Assessments

Annex D - Use of Fire PSA Methods 

in NFPA 806

Annex E - Informational References

Index

NFPA 80A PROTECTION OF BUILDINGS 

FROM EXTERIOR FIRE 

EXPOSURES

20/6/2011 Provides separation 

distances between buildings 

to limit exterior fire spread 

based on exterior openings 

and other construction 

features.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Classification of 

Exposures and Recommended

Separation Distances

Chapter 5 - Means of Protection

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Example

Annex C - Informational References

Index
NFPA 820 FIRE PROTECTION IN 

WASTEWATER TREATMENT 

AND COLLECTION FACILITIES

8/3/2012 Gives minimum 

requirements for protection 

against fire and explosion 

hazards in wastewater 

treatment plants and 

associated collection 

systems, including the 

hazard classification of 

specific areas and processes.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Emergency 

Services 

 Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Collection Systems

Chapter 5 - Liquid Stream Treatment 

Processes

Chapter 6 - Solids Treatment 

Processes

Chapter 7 - Fire and Explosion 

Prevention and Protection

Chapter 8 - Materials of 

Construction

Chapter 9 - Ventilation

Chapter 10 - Administrative Controls

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Wastewater Treatment 

Processes

Annex C - Selection of Collection 

System Materials

Annex D - Chemical and Fuel 

Fire/Explosion Hazards

Annex E - List of Associations with 

Their Abbreviations

Annex F - Informational References

Index
NFPA 850 FIRE PROTECTION FOR 

ELECTRIC GENERATING 

PLANTS AND HIGH VOLTAGE 

DIRECT CURRENT 

CONVERTER STATIONS

2/6/2010 Gives recommendations for 

fire prevention and fire 

protection for electric 

generating plants and high 

voltage direct current 

converter stations.

Energy Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Emergency 

Services 

 Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Fire Protection Design 

Process

Chapter 5 - General Plant Design

Chapter 6 - General Fire Protection 

Systems and Equipment

Chapter 7 - Identification of and 

Protection Against 

Hazards

Chapter 8 - Identification and 

Protection of Hazards 

for Combustion Turbines and 

Internal Combustion 

Engines

Chapter 9 - Alternative Fuels

Chapter 10 - Identification and 

Protection of Hazards for 

Wind Turbine Generating Facilities

Chapter 11 - Solar Thermal Power 

Generation

Chapter 12 - Geothermal Power 

Plants

Chapter 13 - Identification and 

Protection of Hazards for 

Integrated Gasification Combinedl NFPA 8502 PREVENTION OF FURNACE 

EXPLOSIONS/IMPLOSIONS IN 

MULTIPLE BURNER BOILERS

1/4/1999 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Energy 
NFPA 914 FIRE PROTECTION OF 

HISTORIC STRUCTURES

5/12/2009 Recommends minimum 

requirements for the 

protection of historic 

structures from fire through 

a comprehensive fire 

protection program, while 

protecting the elements, 

spaces, and features that 

make these structures 

historically or architecturally 

significant.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Emergency 

Services 

Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Goals and Objectives

Chapter 5 - Reserved

Chapter 6 - Security

Chapter 7 - Process

Chapter 8 - Prescriptive-Based 

Option

Chapter 9 - Performance-Based 

Option

Chapter 10 - Management 

Operational Systems

Chapter 11 - Fire Prevention

Chapter 12 - Additions, Alterations, 

and Rehabilitation

Chapter 13 - Fire Precautions During 

Construction, Repair, 

and Alterations

Chapter 14 - Inspection, Testing, and 

Maintenance

Chapter 15 - Special Events

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Planning and Design 

Appraisal

Annex C - Survey Criteria for an 

Historic Structure

 i f i d i 
NFPA 921 GUIDE FOR FIRE AND 

EXPLOSION INVESTIGATIONS

24/4/2014 Helps individuals who are 

charged with the 

responsibility of investigating 

and analyzing fire and 

explosion incidents and 

rendering opinions as to the 

origin, cause, responsibility, 

or prevention of such 

incidents, and the damage 

and injuries which arise from 

such incidents.

Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - Basic Methodology

Chapter 5 - Basic Fire Science

Chapter 6 - Fire Patterns

Chapter 7 - Building Systems

Chapter 8 - Fire Protection Systems

Chapter 9 - Electricity and Fire

Chapter 10 - Building Fuel Gas 

Systems

Chapter 11 - Fire-Related Human 

Behavior

Chapter 12 - Legal Considerations

Chapter 13 - Safety

Chapter 14 - Sources of Information

Chapter 15 - Planning the 

Investigation

Chapter 16 - Documentation of the 

Investigation

Chapter 17 - Physical Evidence

Chapter 18 - Origin Determination

Chapter 19 - Fire Cause 

Determination

Chapter 20 - Classification of Fire 

Cause

Chapter 21 - Analyzing the Incident 

f d
NFPA 96 VENTILATION CONTROL AND 

FIRE PROTECTION OF 

COMMERCIAL COOKING 

OPERATIONS

21/8/2013 Gives the minimum fire 

safety requirements 

(preventative and operative) 

related to the design, 

installation, operation, 

inspection, and maintenance 

of all public and private 

cooking operations.

Commercial Facilities Emergency Services Chapter 1 - Administration

Chapter 2 - Referenced Publications

Chapter 3 - Definitions

Chapter 4 - General Requirements

Chapter 5 - Hoods

Chapter 6 - Grease Removal Devices 

in Hoods

Chapter 7 - Exhaust Duct Systems

Chapter 8 - Air Movement

Chapter 9 - Auxiliary Equipment

Chapter 10 - Fire-Extinguishing 

Equipment

Chapter 11 - Procedures for the Use, 

Inspection, Testing, and

Maintenance of Equipment

Chapter 12 - Minimum Safety 

Requirements for Cooking

Equipment

Chapter 13 - Recirculating Systems

Chapter 14 - Solid Fuel Cooking 

Operations

Chapter 15 - Downdraft Appliance 

Ventilation Systems

Annex A - Explanatory Material

Annex B - Informational References

Index

NFPA FIRE & LIFE SAFETY CAD 

SYMBOLS

FIRE & LIFE SAFETY CAD 

SYMBOLS

2012 communications Emergency Services 
NFPA HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 

RESPONSE HDBK

HAZARDOUS 

MATERIALS/WEAPONS OF 

MASS DESTRUCTION 

RESPONSE HANDBOOK

2013 Provides complete text of 

NFPA 472 and NFPA 473 and 

any applicable Formal 

Interpretations issued by the 

Association.

Emergency Services Preface Acknowledgments 

Contributors About the Editor PART 

ONE - NFPA[R] 472, Standard for 

Competence of Responders 

to Hazardous Materials/Weapons 

of Mass Destruction Incidents, 2013 

Edition, with Commentary 1 

Administration 2 Referenced 

Publications 3 Definitions 4 

Competencies for Awareness Level 

Personnel 5 Core Competencies for 

Operations Level Responders 6 

Competencies for Operations Level 

Responders Assigned MissionSpecific Responsibilities 7 

Competencies for Hazardous 

Materials Technicians 8 

Competencies for Incident 

Commanders 9 Competencies for 

Specialist Employees 10 

Competencies for Hazardous 

Materials Officers 11 Competencies 

for Hazardous Materials Safety 

Officers 12 Competencies for 

Hazardous Materials Technicians 

with a Tank Car Specialty 13 

Competencies for Hazardous 

i l h i i i h NFPA HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 

RESPONSE SET

HAZARDOUS 

MATERIALS/WMD RESPONSE 

SET

2013 Emergency Services 

NFPA SURVIVING A DISASTER 

VIDEO

SURVIVING A DISASTER 

VIDEO

Emergency Services 
ANSI/NGWA 01 Water Well Construction 

Standard

2014 The standard provides 

requirements for 

construction of water supply 

wells. Topics covered include 

water well site selection, 

water well casing and casing 

installation; water well 

screens, filter pack, and 

formation stabilizer; water 

well grouting; water well 

plumbness and alignment; 

water well development; 

water well testing for 

performance; data recording 

pertaining to water wells; 

water well disinfection with 

chlorine; water well 

sampling and testing; and 

decommissioning and 

abandonment of water 

wells.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Best Suggested Practices for 

Managing a Flowing Water 

Well 

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Best Suggested Practices for 

Reducing Iron and 

Manganese in Residential 

Water Well Systems

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Best Suggested Practices for 

Reducing Problematic 

Concentrations of Arsenic in 

Residential Water Well 

Systems

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Best Suggested Practices for 

Reducing Problematic 

Concentrations of Boron in 

Residential Water Well 

Systems

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Best Suggested Practices for 

Reducing Problematic 

Concentrations of Fluoride in 

Residential Water Well 

Systems

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 
Best Suggested Practices for 

Reducing Problematic 

Concentrations of Hydrogen 

Sulfide in Residential Water 

Well Systems

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Best Suggested Practices for 

Reducing Problematic 

Concentrations of 

Microorganisms in 

Residential Water Well 

Systems

This industry-derived 

document was developed 

through consensus of water 

well system professionals. 

Details are included on the 

health effects of 

microorganisms in water 

systems, their origination, 

and procedures to help 

reduce or remediate their 

presence in a water well 

system. Disinfection 

processes are included as 

well as concentration 

information for various 

chemical applications. Water 

treatment systems are also 

discussed as long term 

options for water well 

systems that do not respond 

sufficiently to disinfection of 

the well itself.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Best Suggested Practices for 

Reducing Problematic 

Concentrations of Nitrates in 

Residential Water Well 

Systems

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Best Suggested Practices for 

Reducing Problematic 

Concentrations of 

Perchlorate in Residential 

Water Well Systems

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Best Suggested Practices for 

Reducing Problematic 

Concentrations of Radon in 

Residential Water Well 

Systems

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 
Best Suggested Practices for 

Reducing Problematic 

Concentrations of Strontium 

in Residential Water Well 

Systems

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Best Suggested Practices for 

Reducing Problematic 

Concentrations of Uranium in 

Residential Water Well 

Systems

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Best Suggested Practices for 

Residential Water Well 

Cleaning

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Best Suggested Practices for 

Residential Water Well 

Disinfection Following a 

Flood Event: Procedures for 

Water Well System 

Professionals

This document was 

developed through 

consensus of industry 

professionals and incudes 

information for actions 

following a flood event 

during which a water well 

may have been inundated 

with floodwater. The 

document describes actions 

and safety precautions 

regarding preparation to 

service a flooded well, 

cleaning the well system, 

and disinfection 

concentrations and 

application procedures for 

various well configurations.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Best Suggested Practices for 

Water Well Systems for Fire 

Protection Services for StandAlone Housing Units of Four 

or Fewer

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

Best Suggested Practices for 

Water Well Systems 

Inspection

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 
Best Suggested Practices to 

Reduce and Mitigate 

Problematic Concentrations 

of Methane in Residential 

Water Well Systems

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

NSF 61 Drinking water system 

components - Health effects

22/10/2013 Describes specific materials 

or products that come into 

contact with drinking water, 

drinking water treatment 

chemicals, or both.

Water and Wastewater 

Systems 

 1 Purpose, scope, and normative 

references

2 Definitions

3 General requirements

4 Pipes and related products

5 Barrier materials

6 Joining and sealing materials

7 Process media

8 Mechanical devices

9 Mechanical plumbing devices

10 Instructions and information

Annex A (normative) - Toxicology 

review and evaluation 

procedures

Annex B (normative) - 

Product/material evaluation

Annex C (normative) - Acceptable 

materials

Annex D (normative) - Normative 

drinking water criteria

Annex E (informative) - 

Informational drinking water criteria

Annex F (informative) - Revisions to 

the evaluation of lead

Annex G (normative) - Weighted 

average lead content 

evaluation procedure to a 0.25% 

l d i AEP-(F) Manual of techniques of 

sampling and analysis of 

gases and liquified gases for 

aircraft servicing 

2009 Transportation Systems 

STANAG 2399 Battlefield 

Recovery/Evacuation 

Operations

19/1/1995 Outlines NATO operational 

procedures for recovery and 

evacuation procedures.

Emergency Services 

 System Control Ball Valves for 

Fire Protection Service

Emergency Services Residential Facilities Commercial Facilities Government 

Facilities

 Evaluating Compatibility of 

Products with CPVC Piping

Residential Facilities Commercial Facilities Government 

Facilities
 Tamper Resistant Features of 

Hydrants for Fire-Protection 

Service

Emergency Services Residential Facilities Commercial Facilities Government 

Facilities

 Air Pressure Maintenance 

Devices

Residential Facilities Commercial Facilities Government 

Facilities

 Butterfly Valve Indicator Posts 

for Fire Protection Service

Emergency Services Residential Facilities Commercial Facilities Government 

Facilities

ANSI / RESNA ED-1 Emergency Stair Travel 

Devices for Individuals with 

Disabilities

2013 A performance standard for 

emergency stair travel 

devices used by individuals 

with disabilities during 

building evacuation. Volume 

1 of the Standard was 

approved in February 2013, 

and covers track-type, 

controlled-descent, manualascent devices. ED-1 covers 

device terminology, 

measurement methods, 

weight capacity, 

maneuverability, stability, 

and inspection. Test 

methods are provided, as 

well as forms for the 

reporting of test results and 

inspections. ED-1 has been 

adopted by the National Fire 

Protection Association, for 

inclusion in NFPA 101 – Life 

Safety Code Annex, and is 

being considered for 

adoption by other code 

development groups.

Emergency Services Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential 

Facilities

GOST 31167 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES 

- METHODS FOR 

DETERMINATION OF AIR 

PERMEABILITY OF BUILDING 

ENVELOPES IN FIELD 

CONDITIONS

1/3/2011 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

GOST 31168 HOUSES - METHOD FOR 

DETERMINATION OF SPECIFIC 

HEAT CONSUMPTION FOR 

BUILDING HEATING

1/7/2003 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities Energy 
GOST 31383 PROTECTION AGAINST 

CORROSION OF CONCRETE 

AND REINFORCED CONCRETE 

CONSTRUCTIONS - TEST 

METHODS

1/7/2010 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

GOST 31384 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 

PROTECTION AGAINST 

CORROSION - GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS

1/3/2010 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

GOST R 54614 AIR TRANSPORT - ALARM 

MEANS FACILITATING 

DETECTION OF CIVIL 

AIRCRAFTS WHICH HAVE 

SUFFERED DISASTER IN DAY 

AND NIGHT CONDITIONS 

(PYROTECHNIC, RADIO-, 

LIGHT-REFLECTING, 

STROBOSCOPIC LAMPS, 

STREAMERS) - GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS

1/6/2012 Transportation Systems Emergency Services 

ANSI/SMACNA 001 Seismic Restraint Manual 

Guidelines for Mechanical - 

OSHPD 

2008 updated set of guidelines 

that shows designers and 

contractors how to 

determine the correct 

restraints for sheet metal 

ducts, piping and conduit, so 

that they are more likely to 

remain attached to the 

building during an 

earthquake. The manual 

shows how very low- and 

very high-risk areas of the 

country can be 

accommodated. The new 

edition includes a more 

extensive list of bracing 

options and has been revised 

to comply with current 

building codes all within a 

single document for user 

convenience.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal 

Inspection Guide 

2004 An invaluable inspection 

resource for owners of 

standing seam, batten seam, 

or Bermuda-type roofs. 

Presents practical 

troubleshooting and 

corrective tips for typical 

problems of roof panels, 

gutters, downspouts, fascia, 

copings, flashing, ridges and 

hips, valleys, expansion 

joints, penetrations, 

fasteners and soldering. Also 

provides relevant 

information regarding 

construction of these 

architectural elements, the 

purpose of each, as well as 

what to look for during 

periodic inspections. 

Sealants, moisture transfer 

methods and air leakage are 

also covered. Emphasizes the 

importance of regular and 

appropriately timed 

inspections because a small 

problem discovered early 

 b fi d l 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal 

Manual

2012 This completely revised 

publication contains the 

most comprehensive set of 

recommended practices 

available for proper design 

and installation of customfabricated architectural 

sheet metal including roof 

drainage system design for 

scuppers, gutters and 

downspouts. Features more 

details in the historical 

restoration section on 

skylights, cornices and 

spires; new moisture and 

maintenance guide with 

underlayments; mechanical 

fasteners and soldering 

guidance; and enhanced 

metals selection data. Offers 

new construction techniques 

and alternative methods of 

design and installation 

reflecting climatic conditions 

and rainfall rates. An 

upfront, fast “look-up” key 

speeds information retrieval. 

l fl hi l 

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
SMACNA Residential Sheet Metal 

Guidelines 

2001 Covering topics that include 

roof drainage systems, 

decks, chimneys, windows, 

doors and ledges, the new 

manual presents details and 

explanations based on and 

designed for low-rise 

residential buildings, up to 

three stories, that are used 

as single-family and multifamily dwellings. The guide 

also highlights details 

commonly used in 

residential sheet metal work 

throughout the industry. In 

addition to generic detail 

drawings, design data and 

the appendixes will help 

users to adapt the drawings 

to local climate and project 

conditions. Carefully 

examining the information 

along with the local climate 

conditions will enable users 

to select the proper details 

for practically any residential 

architectural sheet metal 

li i

residential facilities
SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual 

Guidelines for Mechanical 

Systems

2009 This special edition of the 

SMACNA Seismic Restraint 

Manual • OSHPD Edition has 

been developed to meet the 

specific requirements of the 

California Office of Statewide 

Health Planning and 

Development (OSHPD) for 

hospital and health care 

facilities construction. The 

seismic hazard tables with 

this special edition are 

limited to the SHL A (g = 

0.67) and SHL AA (g = 1.0) 

applicable to the hospital 

and health care facilities 

outlined in the use of the 

manual. The manual is not 

intended to cover the 

ordinary supports for ducts 

and pipes required for 

gravity loads. The only 

restraints shown in the 

tables and figures are those 

needed to provide the extra 

support for seismic loads.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
SMACNA Technical Manual Collection 2013 Thirty of SMACNA's most 

requested technical manuals 

are conveniently located in 

PDF format with searchable 

indexes on one CD-ROM. 

Purchase the entire set for 

substantial savings. Among 

the titles are HVAC Duct 

Construction 

Standards—Metal & Flexible; 

Fire, Smoke & Radiation 

Damper Installation Guide 

for HVAC Systems; Indoor Air 

Quality—A Systems 

Approach; and Round 

Industrial Duct Construction 

Standard.

Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/GRHC/SPRI VR-1 Procedure for Investigating 

Resistance to Root 

Penetration on Vegetative 

Roofs 

2011 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/SPRI FX-1 Standard Field Test 

Procedure for Determining 

the Withdrawal Resistance of 

Roofing Fasteners

2011 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/SPRI FX-1 Standard Field Test 

Procedure for Determining 

the Withdrawal Resistance of 

Roofing Fasteners

2011 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/SPRI GD-1 Structural Design Standard 

for Gutter Systems Used with 

Low-Slope Roofs

2012 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/SPRI GD-1 Structural Design Standard 

for Gutter Systems Used with 

Low-Slope Roofs

2010 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
ANSI/SPRI IA-1 Standard Field Test 

Procedure for Determining 

the Mechanical Uplift 

Resistance of Insulation 

Adhesives over Various 

Substrates - V2

2010 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/SPRI IA-1 Standard Field Test 

Procedure for Determining 

the Mechanical Uplift 

Resistance of Insulation 

Adhesives over Various 

Substrates - V2

2010 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/SPRI RD-1 Performance Standard for 

Retrofit Drains

2009 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/SPRI RD-1 Performance Standard for 

Retrofit Drains

2009 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/SPRI RP-14 Wind Design Standard for 

Vegetative Roofing Systems

2010 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/SPRI RP-14 Wind Design Standard for 

Vegetative Roofing Systems

2010 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/SPRI RP-4 Wind Design Standard For 

Ballasted Single-ply Roofing 

Systems 

2013 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/SPRI RP-4 Wind Design Standard For 

Ballasted Single-ply Roofing 

Systems

2013 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/SPRI VF-1 External Fire Design Standard 

For Vegetative Roofs

2010 Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities

ANSI/SPRI WD-1 Wind Design Standard 

Practice for Roofing 

Assemblies

2012, Commercial Facilities Government Facilities Residential Facilities
Organization Number

American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association 

(AREMA)
American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association 

(AREMA)
American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association 

(AREMA)

American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association 

(AREMA)

ASCE Technical Committeee on Lifeline Earthquake Engineering PROCEEDINGS TCLEE 2009: 

Lifeline Earthquake Engineering 

in a Multihazard Environment

Bell Telephone
California Dept. of Transportation (CALTRANS) Technical Publications 

Center for Disease Control (CDC) Public Health Preparedness 

Capabilities: National Standards 

for State and Local Planning

Department of Homeland Security NIPP 2013

Federal Highway Administratoin (FHWA) FHWA-HRT-05-067

Federal Highway Administratoin (FHWA) FHWA-HRT-06-032
Federal Highway Administratoin (FHWA) Section 106 

Fritz Institute

Government Accountability Office GAO-14-603T
IETF A Framework for Supporting 

Emergency Telecommunications 

Services (ETS) Within a Single 

Administrative Domain, Ken 

Carlberg

Naval Facilities Engineering Service Center (NFESC) TR-2069-SHR

NAVFAC DM-25.1

NIH Model guide for comm disaster resistance planning

NISEE NCEL R-939

Relief Web Disaster Resilience Topic Guide

SHEET METAL & AIR CONDITIONING

NATIONAL CONTRACTORS’ ASSOCIATION (SMACNA)
The Lifelines Council - City and County of San Fransico

UNISDR United nations international strategy for disaster reduction

Presidential Policy Directive / 

PPD-8: National Preparedness
Title Date Scope

Manual for Railway 

Engineering

2012 The Manual consists of more than 5,000 

pages of railway engineering reference 

material, the recommended practices for 

the industry. It contains principles, data, 

specifications, plans and economics 

pertaining to the engineering, design and 

construction of the fixed plant of 

railways (except signals and 

communications), and allied services and 

facilities. The material is developed by 

AREMA technical committees and is 

published as a guide to railways in 

establishing their individual policies and 

practices relative to the subjects, 

activities and facilities covered in the 

Manual, with the aim of assisting them 

to engineer and construct a railway plant 

which will have inherent qualities of safe 

and economical operation as well as low 

maintenance cost. Chapters are grouped 

into four general categories, each in a 

separate volume: Track * Structures * 

Infrastructure and Passenger * Systems 

Management.
Bridge Inspection Handbook The AREMA Bridge Inspection 

Handbook© provides a comprehensive 

source of information and criteria for 

bridge inspections for engineers engaged 

in the assessment of railway bridges. This 

Handbook is published as a guide to 

establishing policies and practices 

relative to bridge inspection. It covers 

such topics as confined spaces, site 

conditions, loads & forces, 

nomenclature, bridge decks, timber, 

concrete & steel bridges, movable 

bridges, tunnel and culvert inspections, 

and emergency & post-earthquake 

inspections. Also included are many color 

photographed examples in several 

chapters, as well as a glossary 
Design of Modern Steel 

Railway Bridges

Design of Modern Steel Railway Bridges 

focuses not only on new steel 

superstructures but also outlines 

principles and methods that are useful 

for the maintenance and rehabilitation of 

existing steel railway bridges. It 

complements the recommended 

practices of the American Railway 

Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way 

Association (AREMA), in particular 

Chapter 15-Steel Structures in AREMA’s 

Manual for Railway Engineering (MRE). 

The book has been carefully designed to 

remain valid through many editions of 

the MRE.

The author examines the methods for 

analysis and design of modern steel 

railway bridges. He details the history of 

steel railway bridges in the development 

of transportation systems, discusses 

modern materials, and presents an 

extensive treatment of railway bridge 

loads and moving load analysis. He then 

outlines the design of steel structural 

members and connections in accordance 

with AREMA recommended practice, 

d i h i h k d PRACTICAL GUIDE TO 

RAILWAY ENGINEERING

This text combines and consolidates the 

most useful information from a 

multitude of sources including:

AREMA Manuals

Railway Engineering by W.W. Hay

Railway Curves and Earthwork by C. 

Frank Allen

FRA, USDOT and other agency sources.

Bell System Practices 

https://archive.org/details/be

llsystempractices
Engineering Services 

Manuals, Design, and 

Construction publications

Mar-11 Creates national standards for public 

health preparedness capability-based 

planning and will assist state and local 

planners in identifying gaps in 

preparedness, determining the specific 

jurisdictional priorities, and developing 

plans for building and sustaining 

capabilities. These standards are 

designed to accelerate state and local 

preparedness planning, provide guidance 

and recommendations for preparedness 

planning, and, ultimately, assure safer, 

more resilient, and better prepared 

communities.

Partnering for Critical 

Infrastructure Security and 

Resilience

Jul-05

Seismic Retrofitting Manual 

for 

Highway Structures: Part 2 – 

Retaining 

Structures, Slopes, Tunnels, 

Culverts, 

and Roadways

Aug-04

Seismic Retrofitting Manual 

for

Highway Structures: Part 1 – 

Bridges

Jan-06
Historic Preservation Act

A DISASTER RESILIENCE 

STANDARD FOR COMMUNITYAND FAITH-BASED SERVICE 

PROVIDERS

Jun-09 A Disaster Resilience Standard for 

Community – and Faith-Based Service 

Providers is designed as a tool for 

continuous improvement as part of a 

voluntary process to apply best practices 

to increase the capacity of community – 

and faith based organizations to fulfill 

their mission to provide services to their 

clients during and after emergencies and 

disasters. Fritz Institute makes no 

representation or guarantee as to the 

efficacy of any program as a result of use 

of or compliance with the standards 

contained herein. Fritz Institute makes 

no guaranty or warranty as to the 

completeness of information in this 

document, and Fritz Institute expressly 

disclaims liability for any personal injury 

or damages of any nature resulting from 

the publication, use of, or reliance on this 

document.

DISASTER RESILIENCE 

Actions Are Underway, but 

Federal Fiscal Exposure 

Highlights the Need for 

Continued Attention to 

Longstanding Challenges 

May-14
2007

DESIGN CRITERIA FOR 

EARTHQUAKE 

HAZARD MITIGATION OF 

NAVY PIERS 

AND WHARVES 

Mar-97

Piers and Wharves

The seismic design of 

waterfront retaining 

structures

1993

This topic guide focuses on resilience to 

natural hazards, with emphasis on 

humanitarian action, in fragile and 

conflict-afflicted states as well as in other 

contexts. Although some principles are 

common to both contexts, there remains 

a high level of uncertainty about how to 

build resilience in adverse political 

economies.

Technical 

Publications/Standards

https://www.smacna.org/sto

re
Lifeline Interdependency 

Study Report 

http://www.sfgsa.org/modul

es/showdocument.aspx?docu

mentid=12025

Apr-14 The study found that the expected levels 

of system damage are not as severe as 

they might 

have been without the major retrofits 

and upgrades that have been made to 

many of the city’s 

and region’s lifeline systems over the 

past decades. Nonetheless, most lifeline 

systems are still 

vulnerable to moderate damage that 

could substantially affect system 

functioning and delay 

restoration. The study has also found 

that the restoration of some lifeline 

systems is closely 

coupled and interdependent with the 

performance and restoration of other 

lifelines systems. 

This coupling varies with time—in the 

first hours, days, weeks, and 

months—following a major 

disaster. And, thus, while some lifeline 

systems may only experience moderate 

damage, their 

restoration could be significantly delayed 

because of these interdependencies. The 

study also 

d li i l id f h k 

2011
Link


http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/techpubs/

http://www.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/publications/NIPP%202013_Partnering%20for%20Critical%20Infrastr

ucture%20Security%20and%20Resilience_508_0.pdf
http://www.gao.gov/assets/670/663179.pdf
http://reliefweb.int/report/world/disaster-resilience-topic-guide
http://www.dhs.gov/xlibrary/assets/presidential-policy-directive-8-national-preparedness.pdf
critical infrastructure sectors based on NIPP sectors with the exception of highlighted

Chemical 

Business Continuity

Commercial Facilities 

Communications

Critical Manufacturing 

Dams 

Defense Industrial Base

Emergency Services 

Energy 

Financial Services 

Food and Agriculture 

Government Facilities 

Healthcare and Public Health 

Information Technology 

Nuclear Reactors, Materials, and Waste 

Residential Facilities

Societal 

Transportation Systems 

Water and Wastewater Systems